UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA 



FROM THE LIBRARY OF 



PROFESSOR FELICIEN VICTOR PAGET 

BY BEQUEST OF MADAME PAGET 



NO. 



HARVARD 



EXAMINATION PAPERS. 



COLLECTED AND AERANGED 



BY 



R. F. LEIGHTON, A.M., 

MASTEB MELROSE HIGH SCHOOL. 




BOSTON: 

GINN AND HEATH. 

1880. 



NOTE. 

In the Harvard University Catalogue, published by C. W. 
Sever, Cambridge, a full collection of examination papers may 
be found, comprising not only the papers set for Admission to 
College, but also nearly all the final examination papers given 
in the several Courses of Instruction in the College, the papers 
given in the Divinity, Law, and Medical Schools, those set for 
Admission to the Lawrence Scientific School, and those used at 
the Preliminary Examinations for Women. These make about 
160 pages of close type each year. The price of the Catalogue 
is, in paper 50 cts., in cloth 75 cts. 



CONTENTS. 



History and Geography 3 

Modern and Physical Geography. 22, 196, 216, 251, 258, 282, 308 
Greek Composition .... 27, 197, 219, 246, 259, 283 

Greek Grammar . . . .40, 199, 219, 245, 260, 284, 311 

Greek Prose 197, 220, 247, 261, 285, 312 

Greek Poetry . . ' 198, 222, 263, 287, 315 

Latin Compositio'n ... 63, 201, 223, 238, 265, 289, 317 

Latin Grammar .... 85, 202, 224, 237, 265, 289, 318 

Latin 203-207, 225, 228, 239 

French . . 109, 252, 279, 303, 329 

German 304, 330 

Arithmetic Ill, 208, 229, 248, 272, 297, 323 

Algebra 134, 209, 230, 249, 273, 298, 324 

Advanced Algebra 157, 210, 256, 274, 299, 325 

Plane Geometry . . , 162, 211, 214, 232, 250, 274, 300, 326 
Solid Geometry . . . . 172, 212, 232, 255, 275, 300, 326 
Analytic Geometry . . . 176, 213, 233, 254, 276, 301, 327 
Logarithms and Trigonometry . . . .178, 208, 229, 302 

Physics 188, 307, 331, 332 

Chemistry and Physics . . . . . . . 306, 331 

Physics and Astronomy 307, 332 

Mechanics 190 

Ancient History and Geography . . 195, 216, 257, 281, 308 

English Composition 215, 235, 278, 302, 329 

Plane Trigonometry 234, 253, 277, 328 

Botany 279,» 307, 332 



APPENDIX. 

Requisites for Admission to Harvard College . . 397 



/ OF THE 

[ yWiVERSlTY 

OF 

iLIFORliSJ 



EXAMINATION PAPERS. 



HISTORY AND GEOGRAPHY. 



1. Mention the principal nations that flourished before 
the Greeks. 2. What was the extent of Greece as com- 
pared with the territories of those nations ? 3. What were 
the earliest governments among the Greeks ? Mention the 
other forms of government which were afterwards adopted. 

4. Mention the principal periods in Grecian history. 

5. Give some account of Lycurgus; of Solon. 6. Men- 
tion the principal events. in the Persian wars; mention 
some of the most distinguished persons engaged in them. 
7. What causes led to the Peloponnesian War ? Mention 
the principal events ; the principal persons ; the duration ; 
the result of this war. 8. State what you know of the 
condition of Greece in the period following the Pelopon- 
nesian War. 9. State what you know of the history of 
Thebes. 10. State briefly what you know of the relations . 
between Macedonia and Greece in the time of Philip and 
Alexander. 11. When, and by whom, was Greece sub- 
jected to Eome ? 12. Give some account of the foundation *— 
of Eome, and its first form of government. 13. What revo- -v 
lution put an end to the first government ? and what gov- -^ 
ernment succeeded it ? 14. Mention some of the early 



4 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

^ Italian conquests of the Eomans. 15. State some of the 
principal events in the Punic wars, and what was their 
conclusion. 16. State what you know of Catiline ; at what 
period he lived ; what political transactions he was engaged 
in ; who were his most distinguished contemporaries ; what 
became of him. 17. Give some account of the leaders in 
the Civil Wars. 18. Mention the circumstances of the death 
of Julius Caesar. 19. What events followed his death ? 
How, and by whom, were the civil conflicts composed ? 

11. 

1. Name the following persons in proper historical order 

^ and mention something that is recorded of each : Codrus, 

ri^ Flaminius, Lysander, Mardonius, Marius, Pyrrhus, Eegulus, 

Socrates, Themistocles. 2. State briefly the origin of the 

(^ First Punic War. 3. Give some account of Pericles, and 

what he did for Athens. 4. What famous battles were 

fought in Boeotia ? 5. Give some account of Hannibal. 

6. Who was Cleopatra ? 7. Describe the battle of Pharsa- 

lia ? 8. Name the first six Csesars. 9. What is meant by 

the Heroic Age ? 

III. 

1. Name the following persons in proper historical order, 
mentioning to what nation each belonged, and for what he 
was noted : Aristides, Cincinnatus, Draco, Epaminondas, 

• ^Fabius, Pericles, Pompey, Solon, Sylla, Trajan. 2. Name 
the three persons whom you consider most noted in Gre- 
cian history ; and state very briefly what each did. 3. 
Three in Eoman history, in like manner. 4. What was 
the occasion of the First Persian War ? 5. Describe the 
battle of Marathon ; of Arbela. 6. Who were the kings 

; of Eome ? 7. State all you know of Jugurtha. 



HISTORY AND GEOGRAPHY. 5 

IV. 

1. Give an account of the first invasion of Greece by the 
Persians. Tell when it occurred, what was the cause of 
it, what forces were employed, both of ships and men, 
what generals were engaged, and every other particular 
you remember. 2. Describe the Second Punic War in the 
same way. 3. Name " the twelve Csesars " in the order of 
their reigns. 4. In what year was Julius assassinated ? 
5. When did Constantine become emperor ? 

V. 

1. What were the principal countries known to the an- 
cients ? 2. Describe the situation of Palestine ; of Phoeni- 
cia ; of Egypt. 3. What were the principal divisions of 
Asia Minor ? By whom was Asia Minor colonized ? 4. De- 
scribe the situation of Greece ; mention some of the most 
important mountains, rivers, plains, gulfs, seas. 5. Men- 
tion the principal divisions of Greece ; give the names and 
situation of the most celebrated cities. 6. What coimtries 
were comprised in Greece proper ? in Peloponnesus ? 
What were the principal Greek islands I 7. Describe the 
situation of Italy. What countries were comprised in 
Italy proper ? 8. Where was Eome ? on w^hat hills was it 
built ? Mention some of the other principal cities of Italy ; 
the principal islands. 9. Describe the Mediterranean Sea ; 
its shape ; its extent. Mention the principal ancient na- 
tions that inhabited its shores. 

VI. 

1. Describe Sicily. 2. What were the principal cities 
of Greece ? 3. AVhat countries in Africa ? 4. What riv- 
ers in Cisalpine Gaul ? 5. Where was lUyricum ? Area- 



6 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

dia ? the river Thermodon ? 6. Draw, on half a page, an 
outline map of Greece, Macedonia, Thrace, and Asia Minor, 
especially of their sea-coasts ; or, if you cannot draw, name 
the seas of the ancient world, and all the islands in each 
of them. 

VII. 

1. Describe Egypt. 2. What were the principal cities 
of Asia Minor, and for what was each noted ? 3. What 
mountains in and around Thessaly ? What in Peloponne- 
sus ? 4. Where was Colchis ? Mount Ararat ? the river 
Strymon ? Tyre ? 5. Draw an outline of the coasts of the 
Mediterranean and Adriatic Seas, with the principal isl- 
ands ; and give the ancient names of the countries and 
rivers in the regions now occupied by Italy, Spain and 
Portugal, Prance, and Great Britain. 

YIII. 

1. Where was Colchis ? 2. Name the countries of Greece 
proper. 3. What mountains in Boeotia ? 4. What was 
its capital ? 5. What other noted places in Boeotia ? 6. 
Draw a map about two inches in breadth representing the 
Peloponnesus, with the divisions and cities marked. 7. De- 
scribe Spain. 8. What was the fonmer name of Saragossa ? 

9. What river between Italy proper and Cisalpine Gaul ? 

10. What Eoman roads do you remember ? 

IX. 

1. What mountain ranges enclose the Mississippi Val- 
ley ? Describe the Mississippi Eiver and its tributaries, 
giving the source and direction of each. 2. Describe 
Chesapeake Bay and the rivers which run into it. 3. De- 



HISTORY AND GEOGRAPHY. 7 

scribe the Alps. Give the name, course, and exit of each 
of the great rivers which rise in them. 4. State the 
divisions, in the order of their situation, belonging to the 
Peloponnesus, with the position of five principal towns. 
5. Give the history and geography of the battle of Mara- 
thon. 6. Who was (or were) victorious, and over whom, 
at (1) Salamis ; (2) Platsea ; (3) Mantinea ; (4) Chseronea ; 

(5) Arbela ; (6) the Caudine Forks ; (7) Zama ; (8) Acti- 
um ? 7. Name the principal events in the life of Julius 
Csesar, and such dates as you can call to mind.J 8. Name 
the Twelve Caesars, so called. Also the Five Good Empe- 
rors, sometimes so called. 9. Themistocles. 10. Describe 
the administration and policy of Pericles. 11. Give an 
account of the Athenian expedition to Sicily. 

X. 

1. Athens and Sparta ; compare and contrast them. 2. 
The death of Socrates. 3. Give the position of the follow- 
ing places, and tell what has made them famous : (1) Mara- 
thon ; (2) Salamis; (3) Platsea; (4) Mantinea; (5) Arbela; 

(6) Chseronea ; (7) Pydna. 4. Who gained and who lost the 
battles fought at the following places : (1) Cannse ? (2) Zama ? 
(3) Pharsalia ? (4) Philippi ? (5) Actium ? 5. Greenwich 
is in longitude 0°, and in north latitude 51 J° : what are the 
longitude and latitude of the spot on the earth's surface 
opposite, or antipodal, to Greenwich ? 6. Describe or bound 
the basin of the Mississippi Eiver. 7. The institutions 
of Lycurgus and the laws of Solon. 8. The chief ties 
which bound together the Grecian world. 9. Epaminondas. 
10. Give the chief rivers of France, with their ancient 
names. 



8 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

XL 

1. Give the general course of (1) the Nile ; (2) the 
Mine ; (3) the Danube ; (4) the Elbe ; (5) the Volga ; (C) 
the St. Lawrence ; (7) the Susquehanna; (8) the Amazon. 
2. (1) What number of degrees represent the gTeatest pos- 
sible latitude ? (2) The greatest possible longitude ? (3) 
Except at the equator, which is the greater, a degree of lati- 
tude or a degree of longitude ? (4) Give, in degrees, the 
width of the torrid zone. (5) Which way from the north 
pole are London and New York? (6) What island near 
Africa is crossed by the Tropic of Capricorn ? 3. Winch 
of the Mediterranean islands preserve substantially their 
ancient names ? 4. What are the modern names of (1) 
Liigdunum? (2) Massilia ? (3) Eboracum ? (4) Euboea ? 
(5) Corcyra ? (6) the Sequana ? (7) the Iberus ? (8) the Padus ? 
"5. (1) Plataea; (2) Sphacteria; (3) Syracuse; (4) ^gos- 
potami : give the geographical situation of these places, and 
say (in a sentence or two for each) what occurred there in the 
Peloponnesian War. 6. Where, and over whom, did Alex- 
ander the Great gain his greatest victories, and what were 
the general results of his conquests ? 7. Which took place 
first, (1) the fall of Carthage or the captivity of Jugurtha ? 
(2) the battle of Actium or the battle of Philippi ? (3) 
the death of Pompey or the death of Caesar ? (4) the death 
of Antony or the death of Cicero ? (5) the fall of Corinth 
or the fall of Jerusalem ? 8. Describe the city of Athens, 
9. Contrast the empire, government, and policy of Athens 
w4th those of Sparta, giving such instances and illustrations 
as may occur to you. 

XII. 

1. (1) What are the principal river basins of France ? 
(2) Give the general course of the rivers. (3) Through 



HISTORY AND GEOGRAPHY. 9 

what waters must you pass in going from London to Can- 
ton ? 2. The latitude of Boston is about 42° IST. ; its longi- 
tude is about 71° W. (1) What city in Europe has nearly 
the same latitude ? (2) and what are the latitude and longi- 
tude of the point opposite, or antipodal, to Boston ? 3. Point 
out the principal divisions, rivers, and mountains of Ancient 
Italy, by means of an outline map, or not, as you please. 
4. Where is (1) Mount Athos ? (2) Thermopylae ? (3) Arte-^ 
misiura ? (4) Salamis ? (5) Plat^ea ? (6) Mycale ? With the' 
geography of each place, mention some event connected 
with the history of the place. 5. Name the important bat- 
tles in the Second Punic War. 6. Give a particular account 
of the legislation of Lycurgus, Solon, and Cleisthenes. 

XIII. 

1. Which way from Athens to (1) Corinth ; to (2) Mara^^. 
thon ; to (3) Delos ; to (4) Thermopylae ; to (5) the Helles- 
pont ; to (6) Crete : from Rome to (7) Carthage ; to (8) 
Carthago Nova; to (9) Cannae; to (10) Neapolis ; to (11) 
Tarentum ; to (12) Yerona ; to (13) Massilia ; to (14) Lug- 
dunum ; to (15) the Baleares ; to (16) Gades ? 2. Three 
statesmen : (1) Themistocles ; (2) Pericles ; (3) Epaminon- 
das. 3. The expedition of Cyrus the Younger, and the 
retreat of the Ten Thousand. 4. The chief events in .the 
life of Julius Caesar. 5. The rivers of Yirginia, — describe 
them. 6. The principal English colonies ; name and situ- 
ation. 7. Give a brief account of the reforms of Cleis- 
thenes. 8. The Persian invasions, and the principal battles 
in each, — a short sketch. 9. After these invasions the war 
languished for several years, until it was finally closed by 
the Peace of Cimon : what can you relate of the times of 
that peace ? Compare the Peace of Cimon with that of 
Antalcidas, stating the time and circumstances of the lat- 



10 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

ter. 10. Compare Athens and Sparta. What were the 
causes and results of the Peloponnesian War ? 11. Give 
some account of Philip of Macedon and of Alexander, and 
compare the two. 12. The geographical position and con- 
figuration of Greece. 

XIY. 

1. Give a sketch of the life of Themistocles. 2. De- 
scribe the battle of Plataea. 3. Describe the administra- 
tion of Pericles, and illustrate it by events. 4. Write 
an account of the Sicilian expedition. 5. Give the geo- 
graphical position of Byzantium, Dyrrachium, Aquileia, 
Tarentum, Saguntum, Cannse, Massilia, Eboracum. 6. 
What is the difference between a parallel and a meridian ? 
How far, in degrees, is each polar circle from its pole ? 
What is the greatest possible latitude ? longitude ? 7. The 
basin of a river is the entire area or territory watered or 
drained by the river and all its branches : w^hat European 
states lie, wholly or in part, in the basin of the Ehine, and 
what States of our Union are, wholly or in part, in the 
basin of the Mississippi ? 8. Name a fact in the history of 
jach of the following places, and give the situation of each : 
Marathon, Salamis, Platsea, Mantinea, Chseronea, Arbela, 
Cannse, Sjrracuse, Zama, Pharsalia, Philippi, Actium. 9. 
What most notable service w^as rendered to his country 
by Leonidas, Thrasybulus, Marius, Demosthenes, Cicero ? 

XV. • 

_^ 1. Where were Corinth, Thessalonica, Philippi, Ephesus, 
Sardis ? 2. Four important ancient battles : two from Gre- 
.^11 and two from Roman history. Name the victorious 
and the vanquished party, and show the importance of the 
wattles. 3. The expedition of the Younger Cyrus against 



HISTORY AND GEOGRAPHY. 11 

Persia, and that of Alexander. 4. The position of the Alps 
and the Apennines ; the rivers that rise in them. 5. Any 
four English colonies ; the chief Spanish colony ; the great 
French dependency in Africa. To what power do the 
Azores helong ? 6. Where are Batavia, Van Diemen's 
Land, New Orleans, San Francisco ? What historical infer- 
ences do you draw from their names ? 7. The statesman- 
ship of Themistocles. 8. The Athenian power at the 
beginning and at the end of the Peloponnesian War. 9. 
The Athenian and the Spartan polity, character, influence. 

XVI. 

1. Give the latitude of the tropics and of the polar 
circles. What makes them good boundaries for zones ? 
Define arctic and antarctic according to their derivation, 
2. The longitude of St. Petersburg is 30° east from Green- 
wich : give the longitude of two places, one 120° east, and 
the other 120° west, from St. Petersburg. 3. What is 
meant in geography by watershed and hasin ? What is the 
relation of the Po ' to the Alps and Apennines, and of the 
Mississippi to the Eocky Mountains and AUeghanies ? 
4. Point out four towns in this country named after foreign 
towns, and give the situation of the former and of the 
latter. 5. Candia : its situation and ancient name. Mont 
Blanc : in what country is it ? 6. Waterloo, Sebastopol, 
Gettysburg, Sadowa: where? 7. Saguntum, the Trebia,'^ 
Lake Trasimenus, Cannse, Zama : geographically and his- j 
torically. 8. The Eubicon, Pharsalia, Philippi, Actiuniy^ 
geographically and historically. 9. The Acropolis of 
Athens. 10. Where is Syracuse ? Give an account of the 
failure of the Athenian expedition to Sicily. 11. What 
revolutions took place in the government of Athens be- 
tween 477 and 403 B. C. ? By whom were they efiected ? 



12 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

12. The character of Cimon. 13. Give the history of 
Platsea. 14. In what year of the Peloponnesian War was 
the battle of Amphipolis ? What were its consequences ? 
Who was the victor ? Where was Amphipolis ? 

XVII. 

1. Themistocles, Pericles, Thrasybulus. What, in hrief, 
did these men severally do for Athens, and when ? 2. 
Give the situation of Marathon, Thermopylae, Salamis, 
,. . vl Sphacteria, Syracuse, ^gos-potami, Leuctra, Arbela ; and 
-^■- tell who won and who lost there. 3. Give the position of 
the cities (or some of them) to which St. Paul's Epistles 
were directly sent. 4. With what seas are the mountains of 
Switzerland connected by rivers ? 5. Which of the United 
States lie in the basin of the Mississippi Eiver ? 6. JSTame 
and place three of the highest mountains in the world. 
Knowing the height of a mountain in feet, with what 
divisor will you reduce the height to miles ? 7. The sculp- 
tor Pheidias (Phidias). 8. The first meeting of the Pelo- 
ponnesian Confederacy at Sparta (B. C. 432) just before 
the great war. 9. The Eoman Comitia. 10. Julius Caesar 
in Spain. 

XVIII. 

1. Bound the hasin of the Po, of the Mississippi, of the 
{______St. Lawrence. 2. Name the chief rivers of Ancient Gaul 

and Modern France. Is France larger or smaller than 
Transalpine Gaul ? What are the two principal rivers that 
rise in the Alps ? Where is Mont Blanc ? 3. Where is the 
source of the Danube ? of the Volga ? of the Ganges ? of the 
Amazon ? 4. Describe tlie route of the Ten Thousand, or 
lay it down on a map. 5. Leonidas, Pausanias, Lysander. 
6. Pharsalia, Philippi, Actium : geographically and histor- 



HISTORY AND GEOGRAPHY. 13 

ically. 7. Supply the two names left blank in the follow- 
ing passage from the Oration for the Manilian Law : " Non 
dicam duas urbes potentissimas, Carthaginem et Numan- 

tiam ab eodem esse deletas ; non commemorabo 

iiuper ita vobis patribusque esse visum, ut in uno -^ 

spes imperii poneretur, ut idem cum Jugurtha, idem cum 
Cimbris, idem cum Teutonis bellum administraret." Who 
was Jugurtha? Where was Numantia ? 8. Compare 
Athens with Sparta. 9. Pericles : the man and his policy. 

XIX. 

1. From Csesar : " Gallos ab Aquitanis Garkmnd flumen, 
a Belgis Matrona et Sequana dividit." "Aquitania a Ga- 
Tumna flumine ad Pyrenceos montes et eam partem Oceania 
quae est ad Hispaniam, pertinet." Translate these passages. 
Bound Aquitania, describing geographical positions (where'' 
names are in italics), and giving modern names. (You 
may, if you choose, substitute a map for the description) 
2. From Caesar : " Undique loci natura Helvetii continentur ; 
una ex parte flumine Rheno, qui agrum Helvetium a Ger- 
manis dividit ; altera ex parte monte Jura altissimo, qui est 
inter Sequanos et Helvetios : tertia lacto Lemanno et Jlumine 
JRhodano qui Provinciam nostram ab Helvetiis dividit." 
Deal with this as with the preceding. 3. From Virgil : 

(1) " Quin Decios Drusosque procul, ssevumque securi 

Adspice Torquatum, et referentem signa Camillum : " 

(2) " Quis te, magne Cato, taciturn, aut te, Cosse, relinquat? 

Quis Gracchi genus, aut geminos, duo fulmina belli, 
Scipiadas, cladem Libyae ? " 

Translate and explain. 4. Cicero enumerates the wars in 
which Poonpeius had distinguished himself ; among them, 
bellum " Hispaniense,'' bellum " servile,'' bellum " navale" 



14 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

Explain. 5. The expedition of the younger Cyrus against 
Persia, and that of Alexander : compare them. 6. De- 
scribe Athens. 7. Name in proper order the chief events 
of the Peloponnesian War, giving the geographical posi- 
tions. 

XX. 

. 1. Where were Corinth, Thebes, Ephesus, Tarentum, 
Massilia, Saguntum ? Where were the Pyrensei Montes ? 
What sea on the east of Grsecia? What large islands 
near Italia ? What large gulf in the south of Italia ? 
Name the chief rivers of Hispania. 2. Cicero enumer- 
ates the wars in which Pompeius had distinguished him- 
self; among them bellum " Hispanieiise'/ bellum "servile" 
bellum " navaUy Explain. 3. Three important battles 
in Grecian history ; — name the victorious and the van- 
quished party, and show the importance of the battles. 
4. The expedition of Cyrus the Younger against Persia. 

I 5. The siege of Syracuse. 6. The Athenian power at the 
beginning, and at the end, of the Peloponnesian War. How 
long did the war last ? 7. The first secession of the Plebs : 
date, cause, and result. 8. The important battles of the 
Second Punic War ; the commanders and victors in each. 
9. The Gracchi, and their attempts at reform. 

XXI. 

/I. Erom Caesar: "Extremum oppidum AUobrogum est 
p^oximumque Helvetiorum finibus, Geneva!' "A lacu 
Lemanno, qui in flumen Rhodanum infiuit, ad montem Ju- 
ram fossam perduxit." " Elumen est Arar, quod per fines 
^duorum et Sequanorum in Rhodanum infiuit, incredibili 
lenitate, ita ut oculis, in utram partem fluat, judicari non pos- 
sit." Translate these passages. Describe the geographical 



HISTOKY AND GEOGRAPHY. 15 

situation of the places, etc., italicized, and give the modern 
names. What important town is at the junction of what 
were the Ehodanus and the Arar ? 2. From Cicero : 
" Pompeius nondum tempestivo ad navigandum mari Sici- 
liam adiit, Africam exploravit ; inde Sardiniam cum classe 
venit. Inde cum se in Italiam recepisset, duabus Hispaniis 
et Gallia Cisalpina prsesidiis ac navibus confirmata, missis 
item in oram Illyrici Maris et in Achaiam omnemque 
Graeciam navibus, Italise duo maria maximis classibus 
firmissimisque praesidiis adornavit : ipse autem, ut a Brun- 
disio profectus est, undequinquagesimo die totam ad imperi- 
um popiili Komani Ciliciam adjunxit." Give a translation 
and a geographical description. 3. Where were Argos, 
Sparta, Salamis, Mt. Olympus, Mt. Ida, Sardis ? What 
gulfs are separated by the Isthmus of Corinth ? Name the 
chief rivers of Gallia, giving both ancient and model 
names. 4. Marathon, Thermopylae, Platsea, — geographi- 
cally and historically. 5. Athens in the time of Pericles. 
6. The Sicilian expedition. 7. Epaminondas, and the su- 
premacy of Thebes. 8. Themistocles and Aristides. 9. 
Philip of Macedon, and the battle of Chaeronea. 

XXII. 

1. "Sit Scipio ille clarus, cujus consilio atque virtute 
Hannibal in Africam redire atque Italia decedere coactus 
est ; ornetur alter eximia laude Africanus, qui duas urbes 
huic imperio infestissimas, Carthaginem Numantiamque, 
delevit; habeatur vir egregius Paulus iUe, cujus currum 
rex potentissimus quondam et nobilissimus Perses honesta- 
vit ; sit seterna gloria Marius, qui bis Italiam obsidione et 
metu servitutis liberavit ; anteponatur omnibus Pompeius, 
cujus res gestae atque virtutes iisdem quibus solis cursus re- 
gionibus ac terminis continentur." Explain this passage 



16 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

from Cicero by brief notes, without writing a translation of 
it. 2. From what places, etc., did the Bosporani, the Cyziceni, 
the Cretenses, the Ehodii, mentioned by Cicero, respectively 
derive their names ? Where were those places ? Where 
were Brundisium, Caieta, Cilicia ? 3. Give tlie divisions 
of the Peloponnesus, with their relative position, and 
name a place in each. Connect historically Mantinea 
with Leuctra in Boeotia. 4. What, and where, were the 
chief settlements made outside of Greece by Greeks ? De- 
scribe the great Sicilian expedition. 5. Point out and 
describe the main causes of the growth and decline of the 
Athenian power. 6. What were the relations at different 
times between the Persian kings and the Greeks ? 

XXIII. 

1. Give a brief account of Caesar's campaign against 
the Helvetii. Pix the position of the following : Lacus 

I _Lemanus, the Ehodanus, the Allobroges, the Arar, Geneva. 

T What part did the Allobroges play in the Catilinarian 
" conspiracy? 2. " Inde cum se in Italiam [Pompeius] rece- 
pisset, duabus Hispaniis et Gallia Cisalpina prsesidiis ac 
navibus confirmata, missis item in oram Illyrici Maris et in 
Achaiam omnemque Graeciam navibus, Italise duo maria 
maximis classibus firmissimisque praesidiis adornavit ; ipse 
autem, ut a Brundisio profectus est, undequinquagesimo 
die totam ad imperium populi Eomani Ciliciam adjunxit." 
Fix the position of the italicized provinces, towns, etc., 

\^ without translating the passage. ' 3. Corinth, Pliilippi, 

y^^^ntioch, Sardis, Ephesus, Smyrna, — where situated ? 4. 
Name the chief battles in which Greeks and Persians were 
engaged between 500 and 300 B. C. Fix the positions, 
give the dates, and show the importance of the several 
battles. 5. Name some of the chief islands belonging to 



HISTORY AND GEOGRAPHY. 17 

Greeks or settled by Greeks, and point out tlie situation 
of eacli. 6. The conquest of Greece hy the Romans. Why 
were the Bomans more successful than the Persians had 
been ? 7. Tliemistocles and Pericles. 8. Pausanias and 
Lysander. 

XXIV. 

1. "Interfectus est propter quasdam seditionum suspi- 
ciones C. Gracchus" (Cicero.) Translate and expl^-in. 

2. " Etenim recordamini, Quirites, omnes civiles dissensiones, 
neque (solum) eas quas audistis, sed et has quas vosmetipsi 
meministis et vidistis." (Cicero.) Translate and explain. 

3. " Majores vestri cum Antiocho, cum Fhilippo, cumPcenis 
bella gesserunt." (Cicero.) Translate and explain. 4. Brun- 
disium, Caieta, Ostia, Gallia Cisalpina, Samos, Cilicia, Pon- 
tus (the country). (Cicero.) Give the position of each,' 
5. " Classes eeratas, Actia bella, 

Cernere erat ; totumque instructo Marte videres 
Pervere Leucaten (auroque), effulgere fluctus. 

Regina in mediis patrio (vocat) agmina sistro, 
Kecdum etiam geminos a tergo respicit angues" (Virgil.) 
Translate and explain. 6. Olympia and the Olympic 
Games. The Olympiads. 7. Describe the battle of Mara- 
thon and the battle of Salamis. 8. The character, policy, 
and works of Pericles. 9. Name the principal events 
which mark the decline and fall of the Athenian power. 
10. The most brilliant period and the most noted men in 
the history of Thebes. ' Mention two battles, give the geo- 
graphical site of each, and date one of themj 11. Demos- 
thenes. 12. Alexander's empire, and the kingdoms into 
which it broke up. Date his death. 



18 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

XXV. 

1. " Hsec (sc. Italia) genus acre viriim, Marsosque, pubem- 

que Sabellam, 
Adsuetumque malo Ligurem, Yolscosque verutos 
Extulit ; haec Decios, Marios, magnosque Camillos, 
- Scipiadas duros bello, et te, maxime Csesar." (Virgil.) 

2. " Nos, quorum majores Antiochum regem classe Persenque 
superarunt, omnibusque navalibus pugnis Carthaginienses 
.... vicerunt, ii nullo in loco jam prsedonibus pares esse 
poteramus." (Cicero.) (Ii may be rendered, imperfectly, 
by even we.) 3. " Ego enim sic existimo : Maximo, Marcello, 
JScipioni, Mario, et ceteris magnis imperatoribus, non solum 
propter virtutem, sed etiam propter fortunam, ssepius im- 
peria mandata atque exercitus esse commissos." (Cicero.) 
With this passage, take the following from Virgil: — 

" Tu Maximus ille es, 
Unus qui nobis cunctando restituis rem." 
4. Describe the city of Athens. 5. N'ame and describe 
some important places and events which are associated 
with the rivalry between Athens and Sparta. 6. What 
were the causes of the fall of the Athenian power ? 7. The 
first Darius and the last Darius : how were they con- 
nected with Grecian history ? 8. Name some of the Greek 
islands, and give their situation, with anything memorable 
in their history. 9. The rise and fall of the Achgean 
League. 10. What Eomans gained great victories over 
Greeks ? when, and where ? 11. Name the sections or 
provinces of the Peloponnesus, and point out places of 
historiijal importance. (Draw a map, if you choose.) 



HISTORY AND GEOGRAPHY. 19 



XXVI. 



1. By a single map (or otherwise) illustrate the follow- 
ing quotations from Caesar, without writing a translation 
of them : Gallos ab Aquitanis Garumna flumen, a Belgis 
Matrona et Sequana dividit. — Sequanos a Provincia nostra 
Rhodanus dividit. — Extremum oppidum AUobrogum est 
proximumque Helvetiorum finibus Geneva. Ex eo oppido 
pons ad Helvetios pertinet. Give the modern names of 
the rivers. 2. By means of a map, or a description in 
words, show the situation, relatively to Rome, of the Italian- 
districts named in the following passage from one of Cice- 
ro's orations against Catiline, without writing a translation 
of the passage : Video, cui Apulia sit attributa, qui habeat 
Etruriam, qui agrum Picenum, qui Gallicum, qui sibi has 
urbanas insidias caedis atque incendiorum depoposcerit. 
o. Write explanatory notes on the following lines from 
the prophecy of Anchises in the sixth book of the Aeneid : 
Ille triumphata Capitolia ad alta Corintho - 
Victor aget currum caesis insignis Achivis. 
Eruet ille Argos Agamemnoniasque Mycenas, 
I Ipsumque Aeaciden, genus armipotentis Achilli, 
I Ultus avos Trojae templa et temerata Minervae. 



1 4. Name (and date, as far 
as you can) the chief occa- 
sions which brought Greeks 
into contact with Persians. 
Give the situation of places. 
5. Themistocles and Aris- 
tides. 6. The causes and 
results of the Peloponnesian 
War. 7. What objects 



4. The Aryan settlement 
of Europe. 5. Forms of gov- 
ernment in Greece. 6. Phil- 
ip and Alexander ; the results 
of the conquests of the latter. 
7. The increase of the do- 
minion of Eome during and 
in consequence of the Punic 
Wars. 8. The Claudian, 



20 



EXAMINATION PAPERS. 



would an Athenian be most 
likely to point out to a stran- 
ger visiting Athens ? De- 
scribe some of them. 8. 
Name some turning-points or 
critical periods in the history 
of Athens. What made them 
such? 



Flavian, and " Good " emper- 
ors. Name them, and give 
some account of one emperor 
from each class. 9. Dio- 
cletian and Constantine. 



XXYII. 

1. Cicero mentions, in his account of the depredations 
of the pirates, Cnidus, Colophon, Samos, Misenum. Where 
were they ? 2. In what part of Gaul was the territory 
of the Aedui ? that of the Sequani ? that of the Arverni ? 
that of the Treviri ? Describe the course of the Rhodanus, 
the Arar, and the Rhenus, and give the modern names of 
these rivers. 3. Write explanatory notes on the follow- 
ing lines from the third book of the Aeneid : — 

Linquimus Ortygiae portus, pelagoque volamus. 
Bacchatamque jugis Naxon viridemque Donusam, 
Olearon, niveamque Paron, sparsasque per aequor 
Cycladas, et crebris legimus freta consita terris. 
Nauticus exoritur vario certamine clamor ; 
Hortantur socii, Cretam proavosque petamus. 
4. Name several of the I 4. Compare the geograph- 
rivers or mountains in Greece ; ical character of Greece with 
which are noted in mythol- \ that of Italy. 5. B. C. 490, 
ogy or history. 5. Name' 480, 431-404, 334-323: to 
some places of historical in- ! what events in the history 
terest in the Peloponnesus, ' of Greece do these dates 
and give the position of each. ' point ? 6. The relations of 



HISTORY AND GEOGRAPHY. 



21 



6. Represent by a map, or 
describe otherwise, the course 
of the expedition of Cyrus 
the Younger, and of that of 
Alexander of Macedon. 7. 
The Eoman Conquest of 
Greece. 8. B. C. 490, 480, 
431 - 404, 334 - 323 : to 
what events in the history 
of Greece do these dates 
point ? 9. Give the • situa- 
tion of each of the following 
places, and connect an event 
wdth each : Marathon, Ther- 
mopylae, Plataea, Leuctra, 
Syracuse, Chaerone 



the Italian States to Borne. 

7. The Roman civil wars. 

8. The extent of the Roman 
Empire. 9. The English 
conquest of Britain. 



22 EXAMINATJON PAPERS. 



MODERN AND PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 



1. Give a physical description of Italy. 2. Define 'pla- 
teaUy delta, steppe, light, lagoon, glacier. What is the profile 
of a country ? 3. How many degrees apart from each 
other are the two polar circles ? What is the breadth (in 
degrees) of the torrid zone ? What is the shortest dis- 
tance in degrees of longitude between Madras (80° E. from 
Greenwich) and San Francisco (122J° W.) ? 4. Describe 
the chief physical features of the State in which you live. 
5. Describe the Andes, and one of the three great river 
systems of South America. 6. Name the rivers connected 
with the lakes of Switzerland and of Northern Italy, and 
give their source, course, and end. 7. The Vosges, the 
Jura, the Carpathians ; Mt. Everest, Mt. Chimborazo, Mont 
Blanc, Monte Eosa, Mt. St. Elias. Give their position. 
8. To what powers belong the Azores, Corsica, Malta, Heli- 
goland, Algeria, Batavia, Manilla, Sydney, Havana ? 9. 
Constantinople, Alexandria, Gibraltar, New York, New 
Orleans, Hamburg, — show the convenience or importance 
of the position of each. 

II. 

1. What is meant by the terms "latitude" and "longi- 
tude " ? 2. Give the approximate longitude, reckoned from 
the meridian of Greenwich, of London ; New York ; Cape 
Horn ; the Cape of Good Hope ; Melbourne ; Shanghai ; the 
Sandwich Islands. 3. Name and give the position, with 
reference to the various countries, of the principal moun- 



MODERN AND PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 23 

tain chains of Europe. 4. Name and give the position and 
direction of the principal mountain ranges of North and 
South America. 5. Describe the principal rivers of North 
America, giving an approximate statement of the position 
of their sources, the direction in which they run, and their 
lengths. 6. Describe the principal rivers of Europe, in 
the manner indicated in the preceding question. 7. Name 
the principal islands of the East Indies, and state to what 
political powers they belong. 8. Name the West India 
Islands, and state to wjiat powers they belong. 9. Describe 
the position of France with reference to the adjacent coun- 
tries, rivers, mountains, and seas. 10. What are the advan- 
tages of London with regard to its geographical position ? 
of St. Louis ? of Chicago ? of San Francisco ? 11. What 
are the principal exports of England ? of the United 
States ? of Kussia ? of Central America ? 12. State ap- 
proximately the population of the most important states of 
Europe. 

IIL 

1. Where is Manilla ? Through what waters and across 
what countries would you pass in travelling from Manilla 
to New York, {a) entirely by water, (h) partly by water and 
partly by land ? 2. Explain what is meant by latitude 
and longitude. What is the longitude of the point in the 
northern hemisphere directly opposite Washington ? (As- 
sume longitude of Washington 77° W.) What is the lati- 
tude and longitude of the point in the southern hemisphere 
directly opposite Cambridge ? The latitude of Cambridge 
is 42° 23' N, the longitude 71° T W. 3. Mention the dif- 
ferent bodies of water surrounding the British Islands, and 
the rivers flowing into each. 4. Give as precisely as you 
can the position of the following mountains, and state, 



24 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

where possible, to what range each belongs : — Washington ; 
St. Elias ; Hecla ; Elburz ; Pike's Peak ; Dwalagiri ; Chim- 
borazo ; Shasta ; Orizaba. 5. Enumerate the States and 
Territories through or by which the Mississippi, Missouri, 
and Ohio Eivers flow. 6. State the principal conditions 
which determine the head of navigation on a river. Name 
the town or city at the head of navigation on two rivers 
in the United States, and on one in Europe. 7. State 
what you know about the Gulf Stream. 

I Y. 

1. State as precisely as you can where the following rivers 
rise and empty, their general directions, and the countries 
or states which they cross or bound : — Amazon ; Ehine ; 
Connecticut ; Volga ; Indus ; Ohio ; Obi ; St. Lawrence. 
2. Explain the terms latitude and longitude. Given the 
longitude of Melbourne as 145° E. when referred to Green-- 
wich, what would be its longitude when referred to Wash- 
ington ? (Washington lies 77° west of Greenwich.) 3. De- 
scribe the coast of Asia from Behring's Strait to the Strait 
of Malacca, mentioning the peninsulas, the seas, the mouths 
of important rivers, and the islands lying near the main- 
land. (Draw a map comprising these particulars, if you 
prefer.) 4. What is meant by the snoiv line ? Name some 
countries in which the snow line is very high. 5. Mention 
the principal islands in the Atlantic Ocean, and state to 
what political power each belongs. 6. Bound France, and 
give the name and position of four of its chief cities. 
7. Name and give the position of the principal mountain 
ranges of North and South America. 8. Bound Pennsyl- 
vania. What mountains cross the State ? What are its 
principal rivers ? How does it rank with the other States 
as to area ? as to population ? 



MODERN AND PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 25 

V. 

1. What is the breadth of the north temperate zone in 
degrees ? in miles ? 2. What is the length of the longest 
day at the North Pole ? at the Arctic Circle ? at the Equa- 
tor ? Account for the differences. 3. What countries of 
South America are on the Pacific coast ? Which one has 
no coast line ? 4. Through what waters would a vessel 
pass in sailing from Sevastopol to St. Petersburg ? 5. In 
what zone does Australia principally lie? What is the 
chief river of Australia ? What gulf on the north ? What 
important islands and groups of islands to the north and 
east ? 6. Give the position of the following cities as pre- 
cisely as you can, naming in all cases the river or other 
body of water on or near which the city lies: — Cayenne, 
Constantinople, Detroit, Lyons, Madras, Omaha, Palermo, 
Para, Sitka, Zanzibar. 7. Bound Illinois. What is its cap- 
ital ? Give the name and position of three other important 
cities. What are its chief rivers, and in what direction do 
they flow ? 8. Upon what three circumstances is the cli- 
mate of any region chiefly dependent ? 9. To what states 
or countries would you go for caoutchouc ? coffee ? olives ? 
opium ? pepper ? rice ? silk ? sugar ? tapioca ? turpentine ? 
10. Write what you can about coral islands and reefs. 

VI. 

1. What is meant by the relief of a country ? the pro- 
file ? What are the principal features of relief in North 
America ? 2. Bound the three principal river basins of 
South America. 3. In what direction are the Bahamas 
from the Bermudas ? the Azores from Oporto ? Honolulu 
from San Francisco ? Pekin from Yedo ? 4. Through or 



26 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

near what countries, islands, important cities, and bodies 
of water does the Tropic of Cancer pass ? 5. Name and 
give the situation of the English colonies in Africa. 6. 
Bound Italy. What is its largest city ? Name its princi- 
pal mountains and rivers. If there is anything peculiar 
about any of the rivers, mention and explain it. 7. Where 
are the following gulfs and bays : — Finland, Bothnia, 
Aden, Bengal, Lyons, Chesapeake ? Name the important 
rivers, if any, which empty into each. 8. What are the 
principal productions and exports of Eussia ? France ? 
Cuba ? Japan ? Peru ? 9. How do the forms of govern-, 
ment of the five principal nations of Europe differ ? 10. 
Write what you can about the trade winds. 



GREEK COMPOSITION. 27 



GEEEK COMPOSITION. 

I. 

1. What then ? When ^ the Athenians and my [fellow] 
citizens ^ come,^ let us summon * this man also, that we 
may consult ^ together.^ 2. Cyrus said, " If you go ^ now, 
when ^ shall you be at home ? " ^ 3. my country ! ^^ 
that all who inhabit ^^ thee would love thee as I now do ! 
4. Not many days after this. Chares ^^ came from Athens 
with ^^ a few ^^ ships ; and immediately the Lacedaemoni- 
ans and Athenians fought a naval battle.^^ The Lacedae- 
monians were victorious,^^ under the lead ^^ of Hegesandri- 
das.^^ 

1. iiretbav. 2. irokirris. 3. epxofiai. 4. Ka\ea>. 5. avfx^ovXevci 
(mid.). 6. Koiv^. 7. etfu. 8. nore. 9. oIkoi. 10. irarpis. 
11. olKea. 12. Xdprjs. 13. e;^a)i/. 14. oXtyoy. 15. vav[iax€<o. 
16. ftKacD. 17. ^yeofmi (gen. absol.). 18. 'HyTjaavdpiBas. 

XL 

1. After these things, Pericles rose,^ and thus spoke. 
2. Do not obey ^ these most wicked men. 3. On the next ^ 
day he gave them what he promised.* 4. All the Greeks 
happened ^ to be doing this. 5. Many fear lest these things 
should happen^ while Philip is king.'^ 6. If these things 
were true,^ it would be stiU more terrible.^ 

1. dpioTTJiii. 2. 7r€i0a>. 3. varepaios* 4, xmiarxv^oyLat. 5. Tvy- 
xdva> with the participle. 6. yiyvofiai. 7. genitive absolute. 
8. aXrjOfjS' 9. dfiv6s. 



28 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

III. 

1. Any one might justly^ praise ^ him, not only for^ 
these things, but for what he did about ^ the same time.^ 
2. If you do ^ what I just '' now told ^ you, you will have 
all things which any one could wish.^ 3. that ^^ these 
things had happened ^^ as we wished ! ^ But since ^^ we 
were unfortunate,^^ let us do what tlie wisest of us shall 
command.^* 4. If these men had not perished,^^ the city 
would have been saved ^^ and we should now be free.^^ 

1. dtKai(os. 2. €7raive(o. 3. IttL 4. irepi. 5. xpovos. 6. Troieco. 

7. apri. 8. (f)pd^Qj. 9. ^ovXofiai. 10. eWe. 11. ylyvofiai. 

12. €7r«'. 13. aTV)(r}s. 14. /ceXevo). 15. aTroXXvjUi. 16. o-co^o). 

1 7. tXevdepos. 

IV. 

1. If I appear ^ to be wrong ^ I will pay ^ the penalty. 
2. If you should turn * from evils, you would quickly ^ be- 
come ^ better. 3. I fear ^ lest we have forgotten ^ the road ^ 
home.^^ 4. If Philip had had this opinion,^^ — that it is 
difficult ^2 to fight ^2 with the Athenians, — he would have 
done ^* no one of the things which he has done. 

1. 8oKea). 2. dBiKea. 3. dUrju dovvai. 4. dnoTpeTTOfiai. 5. iv 
Taxei. 6. yiyvopai. 7. Bfidco. 8. iitCkavOdvopai. 9. obos. 10. 
oUabe. 11. yvafii]. 12. j^dKfTrds. 13. TToXfjuco). 14. Trpdaaa. 

V. 

1. Those who were looking ^ on feared ^ lest their friends ^ 
should suffer* anything. 2. They all said^ that the king^ 
had sent '^ them, and that they wished ^ to make an alli- 
ance ^ with Cyrus. 3. If another shall come ^° in his own 
name,^^ him ye will receive.^ 4. When this had hap- 



GREEK COMPOSITION. 29 

pened,^^ all believed ^* that an assembly ^^ would be sum- 
moned.^^ 

1. Oedofiai (partic). 2. (f>o^€oiiai, 3. <j)iKos. 4. Trao-xw. 5. 
Xeyo) with ort. 6. ^aatXevs. 7. Tre/iTTO). 8. ^ovXo^iai. 9. ot//x- 
nax^at. 10. fpxofiai. 11. ovojxa. 12. Xafi^dvo). 13. yiyvofiai. 
14. olofxai. 15. eKK\T](ria. 16. o-vyfcaXco). 

VI. 

1. You would be approved,^ should you appear ^ not to 
do those things which you would blame ^ others for doing. 
2. Swear* by no^ god for the sake of ^ money, not even'' 
if you are not about ^ to violate^ your faith.^^ 3. The 
king ^^ said ^^ that the messenger ^^ was not then present,^* 
and that, if he had been, these things would not have oc- 
curred.^^ 4. Would that I had ^^ the wings ^^ of an eagle,^^ 
that leaving ^^ the earth ^ I might be numbered ^i among ^ 
the stars ! ^ 

1. €v8oKifie<o. 2. (fyaivofxai. 3. eVtTt/xaca. 4. ofxwfxi. 5. ixrjbeis 
or ovdels^ 6. €V€Ka. 7. /i»;5e. 8. /xeXXeti'. 9. irapa^aiveiv. 10. 
TTio-Tis. 11. /SatriXev?. 12. XeyciJ/ with or*. 13. ayycXop. 14. 
irdpeifxi. 15. yiyvofiai. 16. ?X«i'. 17. Trrepov. 18. aero'y. 19. 
XeiVo). 20. -y^. 21. dpidpea. 22. cV. 23. aarpov. 

YII. 

1. I tried ^ to show ^ him that ^ he thought * he was 
wise, but ^ was not. 2. He says ^ that these things hap- 
pened "^ while Cyrus ^^ was king. ^ 3. Let no one believe ^ 
that I now fear ^^ lest our state ^^ be ruined. ^^ 4. If these 
men were not unjust,^^ they would not have condemned ^* 
these generals ^^ to death.^^ 5. He burned ^' the vessels,^^ 
that Cyrus ^^ might not pass over.^o 

1. neipdofiat. 2. beiKWfxi. 3. ort. 4. oiofiai (with infin.). 



30 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

5. di (with preceding fxev). 6. (jirjfii (with infin.). 7. ylyvofiai. 
8. participle of /Sao-tXevw. 9. vofii^o) (with infin.). 10. (f)o^€o- 
fiai. 11. TToXis. 12. dnoWvfit (2d aor. mid.). 13. dBiKto). 
14. KarayiyvaxTKO). 15. ' or parrjy 6s. 16. 6a faros* 17. KaraKa<u. 
18. ttXoIoi/. 19. Ki>os. 20. ata/SatVo). 

VIII. 

1. The king ^ is chosen ^ in order that those who choose ^ 
him may be benefited ^ by * him. 2. They said ^ that Cy- 
rus ^ was dead/ and that Ariaeus ^ would flee.^ 3. If he had 
been here,^^ would he have overlooked ^^ these things, or 
have punished 12 these impious ^^ men? 4. May we desire i* 
only^" those things which we shall rejoice ^^ to have ac- 
quired.i^ 5. Before ^^ he came,^^ the ships ^^ happened ^i 
to have gone ^ to Caria ^3 to summon ^ assistance.^^ 

1. /SatrtXevy. 2, aipia. 3. eu Trpa-rreiv. 4. bta. 5. Xeyo) (on). 

6. KOpoff. 7. Bvr]iTK(o. 8. *Apia7os. 9. (f)€vyoi>. 10. irapeipi. 11. 
Trepiopdto. 12. KoXdfo). 13. da-f^fjs. 14. (Tridvpeco. 15. ;^atpa). 
16. K€Krr)p.at. 17. fiovov. 18. TrpiV. 19. epxopai. 20. i/avy. 21. 
ruyx""*^- 22. oXxpp.ai,. 23. Kapia. 24. Treptu-y-yeXXo) (participle). 
25. ^oi^^eij/. 

IX. 

1. All of them fear^ lest they may be compelled ^ to do 
many ^ things which now they do not wish * to do. 2.0 
that ^ this man had had ^ strength "^ equal ^ to his mind. ^ 
3. They called in^^ physicians ^^ when they were sick,^^ 
that they might not die.^^ 4. He showed i* that he was 
ready ^^ to fight ^^ if any one should come out.^^ 

1. (jio^eofiai. 2. duayKa^Q}. 3. ttoXvs. 4. (Jov\op,ai. 5. (We. 
6. €X&). 7. pdipr). 8. icroy. 9. yvSfir}. 10. irapaKaXto). 11. 
larpos. 12. voaeco (partic). 13. dnoOi/fja-Ka}. 14. d^yXoo) (with 
ort). 15. (Toifios. 16. fidxopai. 17. €^epxop.ai. 



GREEK COMPOSITION. 31 

X. 

1. He said ^ that he had come ^ that he might see ^ both 
what was doing and what had been done. 2. I told him 
that, if these things had been true,* this would not have 
happened.^ 3. Would that he were alive ; ^ for he would 
not fear ^ these dangers ^ as you do. 4. Do you wish ^ me 
to come ? 2 Tell ^ him not to fear ^ me, thinking ^^ I shall 
be angry.^i 

1. Xe-yo). 2. epxofxai. 3. opdco. 4. akqBr]^. 5. ytyvofiat. 6. 
^ovXofjiai. 7. fao). 8. <l>o^ovfjLai. 9. Kivdvi/os. 10. oiofxai. 11. 
XaXcTratVo). 

XI. 

1. It is said^ that the king^ sent them away,^ fearing* 
lest they should perish^ by remaining.^ 2. Athens,^ al- 
though it was ^ great ^ before,^^ then became ^ greater, hav- 
ing been freed ^^ from tyrants. ^^ 3. Who of all the Greeks 
would not justly 1* have hated ^^ us, if we had fled^^ and 
had left ^'' our city to the barbarians ? ^^ 4. Call ^^ no one 
happy 20 before 21 he is dead.^^ 

1. Xeyco. 2. ^aaikevs. 3. diroTrefXTrca. 4. <j)o^€Ofiai. 5. ottoX- 
Xv/zt. 6. fievco. 7. 'A^^j/ai. 8. Participle of cl^ii. 9. fxeyas. 
10. jrptV. 11. ylyvofiai. 12. aTraXXdo-o-o). 13. rupavvos. 14. 
diKaiois. 15. fiiaeo}. 16. <f)fvyQ). 17. KOTaXeiTra). 18. fidp^apos. 
19. icaXco). 20. oX^ios. 21. Trpiv. 22. rcXevrao). 

XII. 

1. Wish 1 to be a friend ^ of the powerful,^ in order that 
you may not suffer punishment * if you act unjustly.^ 2. 
We fear ^ lest,^ if we do ^ this, we shall miss ^ at once ^^ 
what we have gained ^^ and what we hope ^ to gain. 3. 
The messenger ^^ came ^* to announce ^^ that the city had 



32 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

been taken,^^ but that the citizens ^'' were hidden ^^ near ^^ 
the sea.2^ 4. Would ^^ that he had died ^ in his youth,23 
for 2* he now would be happy.^^ 

1. /SouXo/xat. 2. 0iXoff. 3. to he powerful, dCvaa-dai. 4. dl- 
KT]v dovvai. 5. ddiKclv. 6. ^o^ovfxai. 7. firj. 8. TrpaTTco. 9. 
dixapravo). 10. a/xa. 11. Ti;'y;(di'Q>. 12. tXTTt'^co. 13. ayyeXos. 
14. ep^ofiai. ' 15. ayyeXXo). 16. aKlaKoyiai. 17. noXirijs. 18. 
KpviTTa, 19. TTopa. 20. ^ciXaTra. 21. et^e. 22. dirodur](rKa>. 
23. a young man, veavlaKos. 24. eWi. 25. evBaifiav. 

XIII. 

1. I trust ^ that these things which you have heard ^ are 
true.^ 2. Who would not wish* to leave his country,^ 
when such base ^ men are in power ? '' 3. The same men 
were present ^ when these things happened.^ 4. He said ^^ 
that, although he was ^^ a god, he wished * to die.^ 

1. TTia-Tevto. 2. aKovci. 3. aXT/^jjy. 4. ^ovXofiai. 5. TvarpLs. 
6. novrjpos. 7. Kpaxiat (partic). 8. irdpfifn, 9. ylyvopLU, 10. 
eiTTOi/. 11. participle. 12. aTro^v^aKo). 

XIV. 

1. After these things, a battle ^ having taken place,^ the 
Greeks were victorious.^ 2. The king himself came as 
quickly * as possible ^ with the army.^ 3. The same general ^ 
commalnded ^ the army in both ^ the battles. 4. Many of 
the children ^^ whom he saw feared ^^ lest they should be 
taken.^2 5 jf these things had been true,^^ it would have 
been still ^^ more terrible.^^ 

1. lidxri- -2. ytyvopiai. 3. vimco. 4. raxv. 5. w?. 6. (rrpd- 
Tevfxa. 7. OTparqyos. 8. rjyeofiai. 9. dp(f)6Tfpos, 10. TraT?. 11. 
<^o^eo/ia(. 12. \ap.^dv<a. 13. dX7;^i7s. 14. ert. 15. deii/df. 



GREEK COMPOSITION. 33 

XV. 

1. I told ^ him that you all ^ were my ^ friends,'* 2. He 
acts ^ thus ^ that he may not seem "^ to wrong ^ the state.^ 

3. If he had been just/^ this would not have happened. ^^ 

4. Do you think ^^ they will flee ^^ when ^* they see ^^ us ? 

1. Xeyo). 2. Tray. 3. poSSessive dative. 4. ^tXos. 5. Trpar- 
Toj. 6. ovrcos. 7. boKea>. 8. aSiKeo). 9. TroXts. 10. dUaios. 
11. yiyvofiai. 12. or/xat. 13. ^euyw. 14. orap. 15. opa'o). 

XVI. 

1. They came^ in order to destroy ^ their ^ enemies.* 
2. If you should say ^ this, he would be angry.^ 3. The 
men^ reported^ that they had seen^ no one.^^ 4. He de- 
clares ^1 that he expects ^^ to die.^^ 

1. epxo^iai. 2. axroXXv/ii. 3. article. 4. i^Bpos. 5. Xeya. 
6. ;(aXf7raifa). 7. dyijp. 8. arrayyeXXo). 9. opdco. 10. ovdets. 
11. aTTO^aiVo). 12. oi/xai. 13. 6pfia-K<o, 

XVII. 

1. While ^ Alexander ^ was ^ in the country ^ of the Uxii,* 
his horse Bucephalus ^ was ^ once ^ missing.^ 

1. participle. 2. 'AXe'^avfipo?. 3. x^P^- ^' Oviiot. 5. Bou- 

KfCJiaiXas. 6. yiyvofiai. 7. Omit. 8. d(f)avT)S' 

2. Accordingly,! he proclaimed ^ through ^ the country 
that he would kill * all the Uxii, unless they brought ^ him 
back his horse. 

1. ovv. 2. 7rpoKT]pvTT<t}. 3. dvd. 4. aTTOKTfiva. 5. aTrdyco. 

3. And such^ fear^ of the king had^ the barbarians, 
that* Bucephalus was sent^ back directly^ upon"^ the 
proclamation.^ 

1. rocrocrSe. 2. <p6^os. 3. USC flfxi. 4. &crT€. 5. dnoTrfp.Tvto. 

6. €v6vi. 7. CTTt. 8. KTJpvyfJM. 



34 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

XVITI 

1. Did not Homer 1 call ^ Agamemnon ^ shepherd* of the 
people,^ because a general ^ ought ^ to take care ^ that his 
soldiers ^ be both ^^ safe ^^ and ^^ prosperous ? ^^ 

1. "OfjLTjpoS' 2. 7rpo(rayop€vco. 3. *Ayan€p.va>v, 4. noifjLTjV. 5. Xaov. 
6. arparqyos. 7. dei. 8. eTTi/xeXe'o/xat. 9. arpanaiTTjs* 10. re 
xat. 11. (TO);. 12. €v8aifioiP. 

2. For ^ you know ^ that generals are chosen ^ to be au- 
thors * of prosperity ^ to those who chose them. 

1. yap. 2. o?Sa. 3. alpeofjiai. 4. atno?. 5. evSaifioPia. 

3. It seems ^ to me, therefore/^ that Agamemnon would 
not have been applauded ^ by Homer, had he not been ex- 
cellent * in this particular.^ 

1. 8oK6(o. 2. ovv. 3. inaivia. 4. from ayaBos. 5. omit. 

XIX. 

1. As ^ Xenophon ^ was ^ sacrificing,^ a messenger * ar- 
rived ^ from Mantinea,^ announcing ^ that his son ^ Gryl- 
lus ^ was dead.^^ 

1. omit. 2. S€vo(Pa)V. 3. ^vo). 4. ayyeXos. 5. fJKO). 6. 
MavTiveia. 7. Xeyo). 8. vtos. 9. rpvXXoj. 10. tO die, 6vr}(TKa>. 

2. Then^ he^ laid^ aside the garland,* but ^ continued^ to 
sacrifice. 

1. Kai 2. €Keivos. 3. dnoriOepai. 4. a-Te(f)avos. 5. 6e pre- 
ceded by /ieV. 6. fitaTfXeto. 

3. But when ^ the messenger had added ^ this ^ also,* that 
he had died victorious,^ Xenophon put ^ the garland on ^ 
again.^ 

1. eVei. 2. npoa-TiBrjfu. 3. eKeti/os. 4. Kai. 5. j'tfcaca (parti- 
ciple). 6. imriBefiai. 7. TrdXtJ/. 



GREEK COMPOSITION. 35 

XX. 

1. Themistocles 1 said^ that the tropliies ^ of Miltiades * 
woke ^ him from his sleep.^ 

1. Q€fiiaTOK\rjs. 2. Xeyw. 3. rporraiov. 4. Mikriddrjs. 5. dvi- 

OTTjfll. 6. VTTVOS- 

2. Do not hasten ^ to be ^ rich,^ lest thou speedily ^ be- 
come * poor.^ 

1. cnrevdo). 2. irkovrea. 3. ra^v. 4. yiyvofiat. 5. jrci/Tyr. 

3. If he shall slay^ his^ enemy ,^ he will pollute* his 
hand.^ 

1. diroKTflva. 2. possess, genit. 3. ixBpos. 4. fuaiva. 5. 

4. A report ^ was spread ^ abroad ^ that the allies ^ had 
revolted * from the city.^ 

1. \6yos. 2. diaoTreipo)* 3. (TvpyLaxps. 4. dcpianjfii. 5. TrAtf. 

XXI. 

1. It became^ evident,^ that^ the Greeks strongly* 
feared ^ lest he should become a tyrant.^ 2. The god, as it 
seems,^ often ^ rejoices ^ in making ^^ the small great, and ^^ 
the great small. 3. The Thebans after this raised ^ a tro- 
phy ,^^ and gave up^* the dead^^ under truce.^^ 4. He 
replied,^^ that he was not marching ^^ that ^^ he might do 
wrong 20 to any, but that he might assist ^^ those who were 
wronged.22 

1. yiyvofiai. 2. brjXos. 3. on. 4. Icryyp^^- 5. ^ojS/ojuat. 
V. Tvpavvos. 7. IbtKa. 8. TroXXoKtr. 9. ;^atpa). 10. participle of 
uiieo). 11. 5e (with preceding /xci/). 12. ttmy/xt. 13. rponaiop. 
14. d7ro8iSa)/xat. 15. vcKpos. 16. VTTOcTTroi'Soff. 17. anoKpivopxii. 
18. <rTpar€vo/iat. 19. tva. 20. afitKeo). 21. ^oTjdea. 22. parti- 
ciple. 

OF THE 

UNIVERSITY 

OF 



36 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

XXII. 

1. He thought ^ that he needed ^ friends ^ for this pur- 
pose,* that he might have helpers.^ 2. that^ I had 
as great '' power ^ as ^ these kings now have ! 3. They were 
not able ^^ to prevent ^^ Philip from passing through.^ 4. 
They announced ^^ that they should treat ^^ all these as 
enemies.^^ 

1. olofxai (w. infin.). 2. deofxai. 3. (f)i\os. 4. €V€Ka. 5. avuep- 
yos. 6. eWe. 7. rocroCros. 8. diivafjus. 9. oaos. 10. dvvafiai. 
11. KcoXva. 12. napepxafxat (aor.). 13. irpoayopfvo) (ori). 14. 
Xpdopat {use). 15. TroXepios. 

XXIII. 

1. The king said that whoever killed ^ the man should 
rule 2 the whole city. 2. They feared^ that the array would 
bring * aid to the inhabitants,^ for they perceived ^ that the 
citizens were not despondent.'^ 3. The eagle ^ remained 
until ^ evening ^^ came " on ; and, terrified ^^ by the sight,^^ 
we came to the soothsayers^* to make^^ communication 
about ^^ the omen.^^ 4. He hoped ^^ that he should die ^^ 
that day ,2^ that he might be released ^^ from his chains.^ 

5. Take 22 this soldier, and keep^* him until ^ I come^^ with^^ 
the king's army. 6. Do not inflict ^"^ misery ^ on me who 
am miserable ^^ already.^^ 

1. dnoKTeivoi. 2. ap^o). 3. (f)o^ovpai. 4. ^or]6ia>. 5. ivoiKeoi. 

6. aladavopai. 7. d6vpka>. 8. deroy. 9. €a)S. 10. ianepa. 11. 
€7nyiyvopai. 12. iKn\rj(ra(o. 13. o\lns. 14. pavris. 15. Koiv6a>. 
16. nepL 17. ^eiov. 18. iXni^o. 19. dirodvrjcrKa). 20. fiplpa. 
21. Xuo). 22. deapos. 23. Xa/i^at^o}. 24. o-tb^co. 25. ep^opau 
26. e;^a). 27. TrposTidrjpi. 28. wo-off. 29. voaea. 30. 7S7. 



GREEK COMPOSITION. . 37 

XXIV. 

1. They say that when animals ^ were endowed ^ with 
voices, the sheep ^ said to her master * : " You do ^ a curi- 
ous ^ thing/ because ^ to us who provide ^ you w^ool ^^ and 
lambs ^^ you give nothing that we don't take ^'^ from ^-^ 
the earth,^* while ^^ to the dog ^^ you give ^'' [-some-"] of the 
food^^ you have yourself." And that the dog, who had 
been listening,^^ said : " But I am your preserver,^^ so that 
you are not carried ^^ off by wolves ; ^ since,^^ if I should 
not guard ^ you, you could not feed,^^ through-fear ^^ of 
death." 27 

1. ^a>ov. 2. <l)(ovfj€is. 3. ots. 4. Bea-TTOTTjs. 5. ttoUco. 6. 
BavfiaoTTos. 7. omit. 8. because you = relat. pronoun, 9. 
7ra/3€;^a>. 10. ?ptov. 11. apves (plural). 12. Xafx^avco. 13. €K. 

14. yrj. 15. Be. 16. Kvav. 17. fieradiBcifxt. 18. (tItos. 19. 
OKova). 20. o-w^o). 21. dpTra^o).* 22. Xvacos. 23. fVct. 24. (j)v- 
Xarro). 25. vefxofiai. 26. <l>o^ovfiai. 27. OTroXXv/xt. 

XXV. 

1. He was brought up^ at^ the court ^ of the king*; so 
that,^ while ^ a boy ,7 he used to converse^ with the best^ of 
the Persians.^^ 2. Would that he had given ^^ me what he 
promised ^2 to give him! 3. Old men ^^ say that life^* is 
burdensome ^^ to them ; but if death ^^ comes ^^ near,^^ no- 
body wants ^^ to die.20 

1. Tratbevo). 2. cVt. 3. 6vpa (plural). 4. ^aaiXevs. 5. aare. 
6. Participle of e?/Ai. 7. Tratj. 8. StaXe-yo/zat. 9. dya^o'ff. 10. 
Il€par]s. 11. 8l8(cpi. 12. viTi(TXvkop.ai.. 13. ytpoiv. 14. ^a&>. 

15. ^apvs. 16. GafOTOp. 17. €p\opLai. 18. Trkrjaiov. 19. /Qoi^ 

Xo/Xat. 20. OTTO^l'l^ar/CCi). 



38 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

XXVI. 

1. Seuthes asked, " Would you be willing, Episthenes, 
to die for this boy ? " And he said, holding up his hands, 
" Strike, if the boy commands you to strike." 2. He feared 
that the men from the mountains would not make war 
with the Greeks. 

K B. — The sentences below need correction : write out 
corrected forms for them with a right translation. 

3. El ovBeis epxpfxat iva aKovoi efie, ovSeis (TO^arepos ftiriv. 

4. *Avi(TTr)(Tav ot *EXKrjif€s Kai elnov top rrais els ray TrdXeas tovt^ 
elvai, 

5. And Xenophon, on arriving, said to Seuthes, that the 
men were friendly, and would have sent mercenaries if he 
had asked it. 

XXVII 

1. The general with all his soldiers sailed away from the 
island, thinking that Cimon had come from Athens with 
twenty-seven ships. 2. The gods know well what it is best 
for man to have : to some they give much gold, to others a 
beautiful body, to others neither of these gifts. 3. (Write 
the following sentence in a corrected form, with the ac- 
cents.) 

Tap idaxra cfiavTOS avrovs ipa Tokavrov be oi dvdpa>Troi eitavaovrat 
fxaxovres. 

XXVIII. 

And immediately these soldiers came back and informed 
Xenophon that the enemy in great numbers had occupied the 
heights before Cleonymus had been able to lead his horsemen 
into the village. Then Xenophon said that if it seemed best to 



GREEK COMPOSITION. 39 

the other generals, he himself would march with his own men 
against the barbarians, that they might not attack the Greeks 
with their whole force. 

XXIX. 

Xenophon, the Athenian, fearing that, if he should leave 
Chirisophus and proceed by himself to attack the enemy, the 
barbarians would easily master the rest of the Grecian force 
before he could send them assistance, said that if the gods were 
willing to save them, they could save them where they were ; 
but if not, that it was fitting that they should remain and suf- 
fer whatever the gods appointed until death came. 



40 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 
I. 

1. Decline ^aXao-o-a, ttXoos, and Xeav throughout, and -yui/r in the 
singular. Explain the Accent of the oblique cases of yvy^. 
2. Decline the Adjective /xeXay. Compare aa><})pav and <To(}i6sf 
and give the rules. Compare fxiyas. 3. Decline ovtos and cfiav 
Tov. 4. Give the rule for the Augment of verbs compounded 
with a preposition. Give the Imperfect Indicative Active of 
€7nypa(f><o and 7reptypa(f)<o. 6. Give the rules for the formation of 
the Future Active. Inflect the Future Indicative Active of 
dyyeXXa. 6. Give the Second Aorist Indicative (Active, Passive, 
and Middle) of XeiVo). Inflect the Present Optative Active of 
Tt/xoo). 7. Give a synopsis of the Second Aorist Active of rlBrfpi, 
and inflect the Imperative. 8. Mention any classes of verbs 
which are followed by the Genitive. How is the Agent ex- 
pressed after verbals in -reos 1 9. Kopai Xapirea-a-iv Spoiai (hair 
resembling that of the Graces) : Explain the Dative Xapirea-a-iv. 
10. What constructions follow iva and oircos to denote a purpose"? 
When is each construction used 1 11. Divide the following 
verses into feet, and name the feet : — 

"Kaipere, K-^pvKes, At6s AyyeXoi ijB^ Kal avdpQv, 
"Aa-aov ir- oUtI fioi ififxes iiraiTioL, d\\' ' Ayafxifxvuv, 

II. 
1. Decline the Nouns pova-a and re^xos. Explain the change 
of accent in povaa where it is not the same as in the Nominative 
Singular. What nouns in a of the first declension have as in the 
Genitive Singular 1 2. Decline the Adjective x^P'-^'-^ i^ ^^ ^^^" 
gular. 3. Decline the Pronouns av and ovtos, 4. What are the 
syllabic and temporal augments respectively % What is the or- 
dinary reduplication, and what is the Attic reduplication] 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 41 

6. Conjugate the Verbs rpi^<o, ayyeXXco, and ypacfyay. Inflect the 
Perfect Indicative Passive of ypacjxo, and explain the euphonic 
changes which the root ypa(j>- undergoes in that tense. 6. How 
is the Future Active of a liquid verb formed 1 7. Give a synop- 
sis of the Present and Second Aorist Active of Lo-Trjfxi, and inflect 
those tenses in the Indicative. 8. What is the difference be- 
tween 6 <T0(f)6s a.vr]p and 6 avr^p (ro(f)6s 1 What does dv^p 6 a-o(f)6s 
mean 1 What do avros 6 durjp and 6 avros dvrjp mean 1 9. In the 
phrase e/c tovtchv Idv Xfyei, explain the case of hv. 10. In depend- 
ent clauses, which tenses of the Indicative are followed by the 
Subjunctive, and which by the Optative"? 11. Translate \av6dvei 
iavTou cro^os au, and explain the use of \ap6cu/(o with the parti- 
ciple. 

III. 

1. Which consonants are called labials, which Unguals, and 
which palatals ? Explain Syncope and Crasis, and give an ex- 
ample of each. 2. Define an Enclitic. Give the Enclitics 
which you remember. 3. Decline the Nouns piovara and npdypa. 
Give the rule for the accent of the Genitive Plural of each. 
4. Compare d\T}drjs, dyados, and kqkos. 5. Decline oSe in the Sin- 
gular, and oaTLs in the Plural. 6. Explain the Attic Reduplica- 
tion, and give an example. How are verbs beginning with a 
diphthong augmented? Give the Imperfect and First Aorist 
Active of atrfo). 7. Inflect the First Aorist Middle Indicative 
of jSouXeiJo), and the Second Aorist Passive Optative of XetTro). 
8. Give a synopsis of the Second Aorist Middle of riOrj^ii through 
all the moods, and inflect the Indicative. 9. Where are evpoi, 
evpfjaoi, and fvpcdeiri formed, and from what verb? 10. What 
cases follow Verbs of accusing, prosecuting, and convicting ? If 
these verbs are compounded with Kara, what construction fol- 
lows them 1 11. Translate e#c tovt(ou hv Xe-yee, and otx^Toi ov elbes 
avbpa. Explain the attraction in each case. 12. Explain the 
Genitive Absolute. When is the Accusative Absolute used"? 

Sophomore Questions. — 1. Translate 'Elirev on tovto rrotolt], 



42 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

EiTTfv oTi TovTO rroirjaoif Eiireu on tovto Troirja-euv, and Etrrfi' on 
TovTo TTot^o-fi, — and explain the diiFerence, wherever that is 
not made clear by the translation. 2. Translate i^otikero tovto 
noiTJa-ai, and c ^7 tovto noirja-ai, — and explain the force of the 
Aorist Infinitive in each case. 3. Explain the difference be- 
tween the Optative and the Secondary Tenses of the Indicative 
in expressions of a vdsh. Give an example of each. 

IV. 

1. Explain the terms Metathesis, Epenthesis, Syncope, and 
give examples of each. 2. Give the general rules for accenting 
the Penult of Greek words. 3. Decline reXtawyj and evyecoy, and 
state what nouns are indeclinable. 4. Compare the Adjectives 
IxiXas and r^bvs ', the Adverbs naKa and vvKxwp. 5. Give the 
numeral Adverbs as far as dcKaKis, and write in full the Plural 
of the Article. 6. Give the Imperfect of Trepiyiyvofxai and ai/cx©, 
also the Perfect Indicative of Tpl^a, with the rule for its forma- 
tion. 7. Inflect the Present Optative Active of nfidco, and the 
Imperfect of tIBtjui. Give the Imperative of etjitt, and the Pres- 
ent Indicative of ^j^/xi. 8. Translate the words rrXTjdei otnep 
diKaCova-i, and give the rule for the use of the Relative. 
9. What case follows verbs of tasting, and what cases follow 
causatives of this class 1 10. Explain the use of the Infinitive 
after verbs of saying, thinking, etc., and give an example. 

Sophomore Questions. — 1. What tenses can be used to 
express a customary action, and what is the general rule for 
introducing quotations'? 2. Translate npo "EWrjvog ovSe eivai 
TOVTO TO ovopa BoKe'i, and explain the Infinitive. 3. Explain in 
full the use of axpeXov in the expression of a wish, and illustrate 
by examples. 

V. 

1. What consonants are called labials, what Unguals, and 
what palatals ? Explain i\r movable, and give an example. 
2. Accent the following Nouns, yvaapm, yvwuav, yva>iiais (from 



GREEK GRAMMAR. .43 

Nona, yvafxrf) ', iraibosj iratda, jraibav, naicrip (from jraty) J and the 
following Verbs, /SovXeufi, ^ouXevot, ^ovXcvcraa-Oai, eXdeiVy iXOcov. 
3. Decline the Noun BaXaa-aa, and the Adjective xaptets. 4. (7om- 
j!?are icaXoy, aaxjipav, and ^Suy. 5. Decline the Relative os in the 
/Singular, and o^tos in the Plural. 6. How.is the Future Passive 
formed 1 — give an example (from /SovXevto). How is the Future 
Active of a liquid Verb formed ? 7. Give a synopsis of the 
Second Aorist Passive of XetVo), and iTi^ec^ the Subjunctive of 
that tense. Inflect the Aorist Imperative Active of /SovXeuw, and 
the Present Optative Active of hlbaju.. 8. Where are ^ov^evdfj, 
^ovXfvdfjvai, and TiTpi^ai made ] Explain the euphonic change 
introduced in forming Terpiylrai. 9. What is the difference be- 
tween /SovXf Oo-at and /SouXevo-ai 1 — between ecrrqcra and ea-TTju ] 
10. Translate ^ovXea-Oe elvai (To^oif and /SouXea^e TOiJTouff yevicrdai 
(ro(f)ovs. Explain the case of the Adjective in each. 11. Trans- 
late fieXei 0-ot Tovrav, and explain the cases of the Pronouns. 
12. Describe the Iambic Trimeter Acatalectic. What is a 
Trochee, a Pyrrhic, an Anapaest, and a Cretic ? 

Sophomore Questions. — 1. In what constructions can the 
Future Optative be used ] Give an example of its correct use. 

2. What constructions are regularly used in dependent clauses 
after Verbs signifying to strive, to take care, to effect, etc. % 

3. What is the meaning of each tense of the Infinitive after a 
verb of saying or thinking ? How are the tenses that are want- 
ing in the Infinitive supplied % Give an example of each tense, 

■"using <^rini and jroteo). 

VI. 

1. What Nouns of the first declension have the ending a of 
the Nominative Sing-ular short ? 2. Give the contracted forms 
with the Accents of the Noun ttXoo) (Nom. Dual), of the Adjective 
avrlirvoos^ of. the Verb txpafv, and state the rule or exception to 
which the Accent of each is to be referred. 3. Decline the 
Noun ixvaa. The Noun Qas. The Adjective ttoKvs. 4. Into 
what eight classes are Pronouns divided] Give examples of 



44 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

each in the Dative Plural. 5. What is the Greek for the nu- 
meral Three (cardinal), Third (ordinal), Thrice, One Third? 
6. Decline fls ; rpely. 7. What is the Pluperfect Active of 
dyet/jo) 1 The Aorist Active of fiiSco/xt % The Future Perfect Pas- 
sive of ^\aiTT(o 1 How is the last formed 1 8. Give a synopsis 
of the Second Perfect of XeiVo). Inflect the Future Optative 
Active of ayy'iXKa, the Present Optative Passive of rt/xao), the 
Present Subjunctive Active of didcofii. 9. Where is the form rjs 
from et/xt made 1 Inflect the Second Aorist Middle of ridrjuL and 
the Second Pluperfect of EIAQ. 10. Explain Attraction in Rela- 
tive Sentences, and illustrate by example. 11. Mention any 
constructions you remember in which the Dative may be used 
to take the place of the Genitive or Accusative, with or without 
Prepositions. 12. What cases can be used after the following 
Prepositions : d/x^/, dvd, 5id, npos, vmp 1 

Sophomore Questions. — 1. Give an example of the use of 
the Imperfect Infinitive. 2. Explain with examples the use of 
the Secondary Tenses of the Indicative in final clauses after ha, 
o)?, etc. 3. The difference in meaning between ov fxrj and /i?) ov 1 
Give examples of the correct use of each. 4. What Tense of 
the Infinitive is regularly employed after fiiXKeip 1 What other 
Tenses may take its place 1 

VII. 

1. What consonants are called mutes, and how are they 
divided into smooth, middle, and rough ? When is a syllable 
called pure ? 2. Accent the following Nouns : Bakaa-anv, Bahaa- 
(rai, 6aKa<T(T<ov (from 6aXa<T(Ta) ; alavos, alavcov (from aia>v) ; and the 
following Verbs: i^ovXevov, ^ovXevaa-iVjXnreiv, \trrea6ai,'Xnra)v. Give 
the rule for the last three. 3. Decline the Adjective a^iot. 4. 
Compare a^ios, ttoKvs, and fxeyas. Give the rule for comparing a^ios. 
5. Give the Genitive Singular (in all genders) of the following 
pronouns : eyo), avroc, eKclvos, ovtos, tIs, ris, os, and ocrnS' 6. Give 
a synapsis of the Aorist Middle of ^ov\eva>, and inflect the Op- 
tative. Give a synopsis of the Second Aorist Middle of XftVo), 



GREEK GRAMMAR. ' 45 

and inflect the Imperative. 7. Where are XiVtoo-tv, XiTrwo-tv, 
XtTretei/, and \i7rf)(ToiuTo made *? In what places is br)\oi found] 
Where are laraaav, la-Taadai, and Oelro made, and from what 
Verbs 1 Inflect the Present Imperative Passive of ta-Tijfii. 
8. Translate tXaOeu eavrov (To(f)6i a>v, and explain the use of the 
Participle. Mention any other Verbs which take a Participle 
in a similar way. 9. Which is more correct, (jio^ovfxai firj tXBoi or 
(})o^ovfiai fiff l\6rj % Give the reason for your answer. Translate 
ovK av yhoLTo tovto, and firj yevoiTo tovto. Explain the construc- 
tion in each. 

Sophomore Questions. — 1. Translate cfio^ovfiai fifj tovto noifj, 
and (^ojSoO/xat fi^ tovto TToiet, and explain the difference in mean- 
ing. 2. Translate clttcv on tovto iroioi, etnfv on tovto noifjaeiev, 
ftireu oTi TOVTO noirja-oi, and (prjal tovto Troirja-ai. Explain the 
tense of Troieo) used in each, 3. What two meanings can ovk 
fjdei (from oida) o n noirjo-eieu have 1 Explain the use of the 
Optative in each. 

VIII. 

1. What is Crasis] Give the contracted forms of koI av, koI 
otuov. 2. Decline (h. Accent ^e^ov^evfievos^ taras, idnv. Give 
the rules for the accentuation of these words. 3. Decline 
Tpt,f]pr]s, IxBvs. 4. Decline ({jyccos, noXvs. Compare aocfios and 
aXrjOqs. 5. Decline avTos and ovtos. 6. Give a synopsis of the 
Aorist Passive of jSouXfveo, and inflect the Subjunctive. Inflect 
the Future Middle of dyyeXXo). 7. Inflect the Optative Passive 
of TiiiS). Mention all the places in which the form TifiaaOe is 
found. 8. Translate ovbh av Trpa^aifi av, Siv ov (Tol <])i\ov. Ex- 
plain Trpa^aifi and ajv. 9. Translate ^Xdev tva to. yfyevrjfieva i8oi. 
Explain the Optative. El eXdoi, tovt av Idoi : d ^XBe, tovt av ddev. 
Translate, and explain the difference. 

Sophomore Questions. — 1. Translate n fxov XajSav cKTcivas 
tvdvs, Xva TavTa p^iroTc iiroirja-a, and explain the construction of 
€7roir](ra. 2. Translate eWe inoiei, etOe ttoioI. 



46 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

IX. 

1. Explain the tenns Contraction, Crasis, and Elision. Give an 
example of Elision. 2. Accent the following words : OaXaa-crav, 
6a\aa(Tai, 6a\a(r(Ta}V, OaXaa-aais (from 6aXa(T(ra) ; d^ieOf d^ioi, and 
d^iau (from a$LOs) ', /SovXfvot, iSovXeuovrai, and /SouXeuoiro. Give the 
rules for the three verbs. 3. Decline the Noun Xe'coy and the 
Participle lards. 4. Compare x^P^^^^^ V^^^> fi^yas, and ttoKvs. 
5. Decline the Numeral eh and the Pronoun ovtos. 6. How do 
you form the Future Passive and the Future Middle ? What is 
the Future Active of dyyeXXw, and by what rule is it formed] 
7. Injlect the Imperfect Passive of ^ovkevo), and the Imperfect 
Active of didcofii. Give a synopsis of the Present Tense of et/it, 
and inflect the Optative. 8. Where are the following verbs 
made : /SouXeuo-arco, ^ovXevdeir], ^ovKcv6r]T(o, and S/xev, ^/iev, Zarai 1 
9. How are the gender, number, and case of a Relative Pronoun 
determined'? Give an example. 10. Translate k^uvai i^ Siv 
exofjiev, and explain the case of the Relative. Translate aiiv S 
ex^is ^vudjxci, and explain the position of dwdfxei and the case of 
^. 11. Explain the Genitive and the Accusative Absolute, and 
give an example of each. 

Sophomore Qu-estions. — 1. Explain the division of tenses 
into primary and secondary. How is the construction of a de- 
pendent sentence affected by this principle 1 2. What time is 
denoted by the Aorist Infinitive 1 Give examples, using iXBelv. 

3. Translate elnev on tovto TToioi, cltttv oTi TovTo TToirjcreiev, and 
fiTTfy oTt TOVTO TToirjo-oi, and explain the difference in meaning. 

4. Describe the Iambic Trimeter Acatalectic. What are the four 
feet of two syllables 1 

X. 

1. Accent the following words, and give the rules for the ac- 
centuation you adopt: — TiOen, (payeiv, Xa/3ov, caravTo, Trpoaeixov, /Siy. 
2. Decline *Epfxeas, v^a-os, v€d)s, Kepas, JlepiKKerjs. 3. Give the Ac- 
cusative of IxOvs, vavs, ^ovs, yiyas, 2a)KpdTrjs, ^aa-i\€V5. 4. Decline 
^avxos, deiKvvs, idpig. 5. Compare koKos, [leaos, fiiKpos, npea-^vs. 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 47 

6. Decline crv, os. 7. Give the ordinals from one to ten inclu- 
sive. Decline bvo. 8. Give the synopsis of the Second Perfect 
of XeiTTO). Inflect the Second Aorist Active and the Second Ao- 
rist Passive of the same verb. 9. Give the Perfect of onwfii. 
Explain the Augment Give the Pluperfect of 7T€piypd(j)(o. 10. 
Inflect the Present Optative, Active, and Passive of Br}\S>. 11. 
What is the construction after verbs of accusing ? After verbs 
of taking away 1 After verbs denoting fulness and want 1 12. 

Translate i6eXa> xpw^^*- ^ts «x^**> ^^^ explain the construction of 

t 

OlS. 

Sophomore Questions. — 1. When do the Present and Aorist 
Infinitive retain their time 1 What is the rule for the time of 
Participles ? 2. How is an indefinite general relative sentence 
expressed after primary and after secondary tenses'? 3. How do 
you express a wish referring to the Past? To the Present? To 
the Future 1 4. In what case do you put the object after verbals? 
How do you express the agent after the same class of words 1 

XI. 

1. What consonants are called liquids 1 What are the mattes, 
and how are they divided into smooth, middle, and rough 
mutes ? 2. Explain the following euphonic changes : that of 
the root Xey- in iXex&rjv and XeXcKrai, that of the root Xcitt- in 
XiXetfifiai and eXft^^»/i», and that of Tret^- in irtneia-nai. 3. Accent 
the following words : yvafirjv, yvcofxai, yvafxav (from yvayfirj) ; TToXecog 
and TToXets (from TroXts) ; oxmvos and ova-Tivas (from oaris) ; and 
^ovXevei, /SouXeuot, and ^ovXevcofiai (from /3oi;Xei'o>). Give the rules 
for the three verbs. 4. Decline the Nouns 86^a and irpayfxa, and 
the Pronouns iyca and otros. Give the Accusative Singular and 
the Accusative Plural of the Relative os. 5. Inflect the Future 
Indicative Active and the Aorist Subjunctive Active of ^ovXevco. 
Give a synopsis of the Indicative Passive of fiovXeva>, and inflect 
the Aorist. 6. Give a synopsis of the Second Aorist Passive of 
XftTTw, and inflect the Subjunctive. 7. Give a synopsis of the 



48 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

Second Aorist Active of dl8a>fxi, and inflect the Indicative and 
Subjunctive. 8. In what voice, mood, and tense are the follow- 
ing verbs : edea-ap, laravai, taxri, Uvai, and rjdeo-apl 9. How does 

the Enclitic tIs differ from ris 1 Translate oKoveis n ; and rl 
aKovfis ; what is the difference between rj avr^ ttoXis, — avrfj f} 
nokis, — and avTr} fj noKisI 10. Explain the distinction between 
Primary and Secondary Tenses. Explain the terms protasis and 
apodosis, and give an example of each. 11. What are the 
Spondee, the Trochee, the Iambus, the Dactyl, and the Ana- 
pest ] What is the composition of Dactylic Hexameter (He- 
roic), and that of the Elegiac Pentameter ] 

Sophomore Questions. — 1. Translate eiirou on tXBoi, — « e\6oi, 
tdot ap TovTo, — and oTTOTc eXOoi, TovTo iiroUi. Explain the time 
to which tkBoi refers in each case. 2. When are ha, oiras, &c., 
followed by the Subjunctive, when by the Optative, and when 
by the past tenses of the Indicative 1 After what class of verbs 
is OTTOJC with the Future Indicative most frequently used] 
3. Describe the Iambic Trimeter Acatalectic, stating all the 
substitutions allowed, and showing how the Comic Trimeter 
differs from the Tragic. 

XII. 
1. Divide the consonants of the Greek alphabet into labials. 
Unguals, and palatals. What change does v undergo when it 
precedes a labial, lingual, or liquid"? 2. Accent the following 
words, and give the rule for each : Xcyovrai, Tiynqa-m, oXkoi, ous from 
oZas. 3. Decline the Nouns oiKi'a, j/cws, and aa-rv, and the Pro- 
nouns cyco and ooTtff. 4. Give the synopsis of the Aorist Passive 
of /SovXfvo) in all the Moods, and inflect the Participle. Inflect 
the Perfect Imperative Passive. 5. Give a synopsis of the 
Second Aorist Passive of XftTrco, and inflect the Subjunctive. 
6. Inflect the Present Optative Passive of rt/iw, tarrjiii, and 
dida)fii. 7. Give a synopsis of the Present of ridrjui, and inflect 
the Second Aorist Subjunctive Active. 8. Explain the apparent 
irregularity in the syntax of the following sentences : ndpfifu 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 49 

cyo) Koi ovTOS, ravra iyevcTOy to arpdrevfia yAxovTai. 9. Translate 
ol ayaOoi avBpconoi, dyaSoi ol auBpconoi, and oi dyaBol rSav dv6pa)7ra>v, 
and explain the Genitive. 10. Translate nepnn tovs dv6pa>- 
TTOvs and irefinei tSuv dvOpoiTrav, /SovXcvtov Tindrai, and 6 ^ovXeixov 
Tipdrai. 

Sophomore Questions. — 1. Translate d enpa^e koKcos eaxev 

and €1 enpa^e KaKa>s av eax^v. Translate el TTpaTTfi Ka\a)S e;^ei and 
eav irpaTTTj KoKois e;(et. 2. Translate (f)o^ovp.ai pq yiyuerai and 
(fio^ovpai pi] ov ytyvrjTat. If the leading verb in these cases were 
secondary, what would be the form of the dependent verbs 1 
3. Give examples of the use of the Infinitive in Indirect Quota- 
tion to express an action which is past, present, or future with 
respect to the leading verb. 

XIII. 
1. Write more correctly tar oTras, — dn ov, — ovk vpels, and 
explain the principle. What is iV movable ? — give an ex- 
ample of its use. 2. Explain the teims oxytone, barytone, peri- 
spomenon. Give the general rule for the accent of Nouns. 
Accent povoTjs, pova-av, povcrav, povtrai, povaais.* 3. Decline the 
Substantive XfW, and the Adjective d\r]6f}s. Compare a^ios, 
dya66s, KQKos, and peyas. 4. Decline eya>, and the Numeral «t?. 

5. Give a synopsis (through all the moods) of the Aorist Passive 
of /SouXevo), and inflect the Optative. Give a synopsis of the 
Second Aorist Middle of ridrjpi, and inflect the Imperative. 

6. Give the voice, mood, and tense of \iiraxriv, Xt7r«o<r«/, jSouXfvo-at, 
and /SouXevo-ai. 7. Give the rule for the formation of the Per- 
fect Passive, the Future Passive, and the Future Active. What 
is the Future Active of peva and of dyyeWa 1 8. What are the 
two kinds of Augment, and when is each used? Give an ex- 
ample of each. What is the ordinary Reduplication, and what 
is the Attic Reduplication 1 9. Inflect the Imperative Active of 
Tipda, giving both the uncontracted and the contracted forms. 
Inflect the Present Indicative Active of TrXew in the same way. 

Sophomore Questions. — 1. Explain the three uses of the 

* From pova-a. 



50 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

Present Infinitive, and the iwo uses of the Aorist Infinitive ; and 
give an example of each, using noie^v and noiijarai. 2. How 
many meanings can €(f>T] noLfLv clv tovto and t^r) Troirja-at hv rovro 
have 1 Explain each use of the Infinitive. 3. Show the differ- 
ence between a final clause and an object clause after oTrwy, and 
give examples. 4. In what cases is the Subjunctive used in 
Protasis, and what is the corresponding construction in Relative 
Sentences It Give an example of each. 5. Translate elnev on 
TOVTO noioir], — elirev on tovto 7roirj(reL€V, — elnev on tovto wotj)- 
trot, — einev ort tovto Troirjatiev av, and explain each tense of 
the Optative. 

XIV. 

1. Decline the Nouns yvafir) and tuxos. Explain the change 
of accent where it is not the same as in the Nominative Singular. 
2. Decline the Adjective a^ios in the Singular. Compare fjdvs, 
noKvs, and x^p''-^'-^- ^- Decline the Pronouns iya> and o^ro?. 
4. Give the principal parts of aKoxxa, Xafx^dva), and drroypdcpa). 
Inflect the Aorist Indicative Middle of ^ov\€va>, and give a 
synopsis of that tense through all the moods. 5. Give a 
synopsis of the tenses of the Indicative Active of tor^/ut (in the 
first person). Give a synopsis of the Second Aorist Active of 
didcofit, and inflect the Optative. 6. Inflect the Perfect Indicative 
Passive XfXctfxfjtai (from XftVo)), and explain the euphonic changes 
which the root Xfiir- undergoes in that tense. 7. What is the 
difference between 6 avTos dvfjp and 6 dv^p qvtosI 8. In the 
phrase e< tovtcov S)v Xcyfi, explain the case of S)v, and give the 
rule. 9. What are Enclitics, and what are Proclitics 1 Give 
examples of each in connection with other words. 10. What 
are the feet consisting of iwo syllables 1 Give the quantity of 
each. 

Sophomore Questions. — 1. To what time does the Aorist 
Optative refer in each of its uses 1 Give an example of each, 
using TTotco). 2. Give the general rule for indirect quotation 
after Sti or as, and examples. 3. Translate ft jSovXoiro, tovt 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 51 

iiroUi, and el jSovXotro, tovt av noioii], and explain the two uses 
of the Optative. 4. Which is more correct, ^^ rovro irotrjarjs 
or fiTj TovTo TToirja-ovl Explain the reason, and give the rule for 
Prohibitions. 

XV. 

1. Write more correctly eo-rt ol, ovras <r(f)6Bpa, mn'keKnaL, ivcfja- 
vfjs. What are rvx^'iv, dUrj, ye, called with respect to accent? 
2. Write the Genitive and Accusative Singular of the nouns 
Xapdy d6$a, reXavrjs^ 6a)s. Decline ^aaiKevs in the Singular, and 
relxos in the Plural number. 3. Write the Dative Singular and 
Plural of the Adjective x^P'-^'-^ ^^^ ^^ th® Participle bihovs in all 
genders. Compare the Adjectives ttoKvs, a-efivos, raxts. 4. De- 
cline ovTos and the interrogative rls. 5. Inflect the Future 
Middle Indicative of dyyeXX<o, and the Imperative Active of 
Tt/iueo. 6. Give a synopsis (through all the moods) of the Second 
Aorist Active of to-rrjut, of the Present Middle of Tidrjfii, and the 
Perfect Passive of ^ovXeva. 7. State the tense, mood, voice, and 
Present Indicative of the following verbal forms, yevoio, (TTrja-ai, 
tdero, fiovXeva-ov, €<f)iXei. 8. Translate rfjv avTT^v yva>fir}u (opinion) 
rjfiiu exovcriv, and explain the case of T)plv. 

Sophomore Questions. — 1. Translate eap ^ovXijrai, Troiel rovro, 
and eav ^ovXrjrai, 7roirj(rei tovto, and explain the two uses of the 
Subjunctive. 2. Translate cfiaalv rjfids eX6e7v, and KeXevovatv fjfxds 
eXBeiu, and explain the two uses of the Infinitive. 3. What is 
the rule for mood and tense in indirect quotations with on or 
cas after verbs of saying. Give examples. 4. How is a purpose 
expressed in Greek, and how a result 'i Give examples. 

XVI. 

1. Explain the form of the preposition in ecf) lyuv. "What 
must be the quantity of the a in <r5)}ia, and why 1 When is a 
word called barytone "? Accent x«P"y ^s Genitive Singular 
and as Accusative Plural from x°P"- 2. Write the Genitive 
and Accusative Singular of the Nouns ot^m, iiovaa, and the 



52 EXAMINATION TArERS. 

Genitive and Vocative Singular of oTparioiTrjs. Decline IxOvs in 
the Singular and veas in the Plural number. 3. Decline the 
Adjectives dXrjdrjs, f)8iatv. Compare fiiKpos, /xeXa?, a-oc^os. 4. De- 
cline o-u, ovToi, and the Masculine Singular of ocrrts. 5. Give a 
synopsis of the Future Active of /xeVo), of the Second Aorist 
Active of TiOr^yLi, and of the Present Middle of didtoni. 6. Inflect 
the Imperfect Middle of cf)t\€a>, and the Aorist Middle Indicative 
of fiov\fva>. 7. State the tense, mood, voice, and Present In- 
dicative First Singular of the following verbal forms : XmS}, voptS), 

6TVi/r<B, coTO). 8. Translate rfjp avrfjv yvdyfjirjv (opinion) fjfjuv €xov~ 

atv, and explain the case of rjfuv. 

Sophomore Questions. — 1. When is the subject of the In- 
finitive Mood regularly omitted 1 When does the Aorist Infini- 
tive refer to past time relatively 1 When does on or ms take 
the Optative Moodi — give examples. 2. By what mood and 
tense is a supposition referring to past time, and represented 
as contrary to fact, expressed 1 Give an example. 3. Trans- 
late ^Xdsv lua tdrj. What might be substituted for tdrj, and 
which would be the more regular form? 

XVII. 

1. Define an Enclitic. Give the Enclitics which you remem- 
ber. State the quantity of the a in the following words, and 
give the rules: bo^a (Nom. Sing.), bo^as (i\.cc.), iXrridas. What 
must be the quantity of the a in aoifxa, and why 1 2. Decline 
the Nouns Trpayfia, x^P""? 7^"^} vecos, in the Singular, and rpirjprjSy 
a(TTv, in the Plural. What exceptions to the usual rules for 
Accent occur among the forms here required 1 3. Decline the 
Pronouns ovtos and Bans. Decline in the Singular the Parti- 
ciple /Se/SovXeuKcos- and the Adjective yKvKvs. Compare yXvKvs and 
rjdvs, and decline the Comparative of the latter in the Plural. 
4. Inflect the Imperfect Active and the Present Optative Middle 
of Ttfiday, writing both uncontracted and contracted forms. Give 
synopses of the Aorist Active, j^.Iiddle, and Passive of ^ovKeva 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 63 

through all the moods. 5. Where are dyyeXS), cVrw, arS), cXwo-o), 
\r}<f)6a), formed (i. e. tense, mood, voice), and from what verbs ? 
Inflect the first and the last. 6. Translate ^ avr^ y^vf], — avTij 
fj yvvTjy — ^ yvv^ avTrj, writing the Greek with the English. 

Sophomore Questions. — 1. Translate e(f)rj rovro noirja-ai, and 
C07 TovTo iToiTjo-eiu. Substituto fiTrei/ on for €(})r], and make the 
requisite changes in noirja-ai and ^oifjaeiv. 2. Translate Sans hv 
tXOi], oyjreTat, — oaTis ^Xdfv, etdcv av. To what kind of sentences 
are these relative clauses analogous 1 Explain the two uses of 
the adverb av illustrated above. 3. How is a Purpose expressed 
in Greek] How a Wish referring to Future Time'J How a 
Prohibition in the Second Person? 

XVIII. 

1. Write more correctly Baxxf^^yT^rpi^fiai, vvkt oKriv, ovtcos <l)r}(rL 
What is Crasis ? Give an example. Mark the quantity of the 
final syllables in the following words : do^a (Nom. Sing.), do^a 
(Nom. Dual), Kpirds (Ace. PI.), Xt/icVay (Ace. PL), "kvaas (Part.). 
2. Decline the Nouns Ileparjs, noXis, t^Ixos, Kepas, in the Singular, 
and /Sao-tXevf, duayecov, in the Plural. 3. Decline the Pronouns 
o5 (i) and Tis. Decline the Numeral ffs, and in the Plural the 
Adjectives ttSs and npaos. What exceptions to the regular rules 
for Accent occur among the forms here required 1 4. Compare 
<ra}(^p(ov, rdkas, dyaOos, and decline one of the Comparatives of 
the last in the Plural. 5. Inflect the Present Optative Active 
of Tifida, and the Imperfect Middle of diScofii. Give synopses 
of the Future Middle of Kreivco, and of the Second Aorist Ac- 
tive of TiOrjpi through all the moods. 6. Where are 'Kiira>, XtTrS, 
iXS), cXo), iKpivco, formed (i. e. tense, mood, voice), and from what 
verbs 1 Give synopses of the first and last. 

Sophomore Questions. — 1. Translate €<f)T] koK&s Av npd^m in 
two ways, showing what two forms in Direct Discourse are here 
represented. 2. Translate Xcyet iav do^rj avra, — Xc^f i (av do^jj 
avra, and explain the two uses of the Subjunctive. 3. Trans- 



54 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

late ooTis €i8ep, Ixaprj av, and explain the meaning of the relative 
sentence. What would be the meaning, if the verbs were 
changed to the Optative of the same tense 1 What negative 
particle would be proper with the first verb 1 Describe two 
classes of Relative Sentences. 

XIX. 

1. Give an example of Elision. In what words does the ac^ 
cent of the elided vowel disappear with the vowel % What is 
the word t« called with respect to accent ? Give the other 
words of the same sort. Write nvos after auBpoiirov with the 
accents properly disposed. Write re after aa>pa, 2. Decline 
TToXts, 2Kv6r]s, oIkiu, oareov in the Singular, and o-vkov, vcms, Bas, 
TpiTjprjs in the Dual and Plural. Give the Genitive, Dative, and 
Accusative in all genders and numbers of a^ios, yXvKvs, of the 
Present Active Participle of tarrjixi, and of the Perfect Active 
Participle of PovXeva (or nava}). 3. Compare a-o(jf)os, ToKas, dXrjd^s, 
TToXvj. Decline the Comparative of peyas. Form an adverb from 
fjdvs, and compare it. Decline <rv in the Dual and Plural and 
ovTos in the Singular. Give the Cardinal Numerals as far as 
twelve. 4. Give synopses (through all the moods) of the Aorist 
Middle and Aorist Passive of /SouXevw (or irava), and inflect the 
Imperative. Give synopses of the Perfect Passive of ttXcko) and 
the Present Active of 8i8(api. Inflect the Perfect Passive Indic- 
ative of TrXeVco and the Imperfect Passive of ripdo). 6. Where 
are pevo), eVauo-co, Xittco, otw, iw, and ididay formed (i. e. tense, 
mood, voice), and from what verbs'? 

Sophomore Questions. — 1. What is the construction in 
Object Glauses after verbs of striving ? How do such clauses 
differ from Pure Final Clauses 1 What is a General Supposition 1 
How are General Suppositions expressed 1 How are Prohibitions 
in the Second and Third Persons expressed in Greek 1 Trans- 
late €<^»7 doiaeiv el dvvairo, and state what form the last three 
words would have in the Direct Discourse. 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 55 

XX. 

1. Give an example of Crasis. When does Iota become sub- 
script in Crasis 1 Write re after Kepas with the accents properly 
disposed. Write elfii after Kvpos. What is as called with re- 
spect to accent 1 2. Decline ^aaiXevs, decnroTijs, x^P") Kepas in the 
Singular, and dvayecou, Ix^vs, aa-rv in the Dual and Plural. Give 
the Genitive, Dative, and Accusative, in all genders and numbers, 
of xaptf« and aXrjdrjs, of the Second Aorist Active Participle of 
didiofii, and of the Perfect Active Participle of /SouXcuo) (or 7rav<o). 
3. Compare a^ios, peXas, aoicjypcov, peyas. Decline the Comparative 
of r}8vs. Form an adverb from raxvs, and compare it. Decline 
iyd), oa-Tis, ovros in the Dual and Plural. 4. Give synopses 
(through all the moods) of the Aorist Middle of 8ov\eva> and 
the Present Passive of Tipda and larrjpi. Inflect the Future 
Optative Active of dyyAXo) and the Perfect Passive Indicative 
of Tpi^co. 5. Where are eldS), eoro), enavaco, ico, Xitto), XtTTO), CTipSty 
and ididca formed (i. e. tense, mood, voice), and from what verbs'? 

Sophomore Questions. — 1. Translate el tovto iroie'lv Bvvarai, 
TToiel, and eav tovto noieiv bvurjTaif jroiei, and explain the two sorts 
of Conditional Sentences. How would the latter be written if 
uoiei were changed to inoiei 1 Describe two classes of Relative 
Sentences. 2. What is the construction in Greek after verbs of 
fearing ? after verbs of hindering ? Give the general rule for 
the Indirect Quotation of compound sentences after ort or a>s. 
Translate x^^^^^^ ehpelv and ^riariv evpeiv, and explain the two 
distinct uses of the Infinitive. 



XXI. 

1. Decline KpiTrjSj TroXtr, and the Singular of vrjaos. Explain 
the accent of the Nominative and Genitive Singular and the 
Nominative Plural of vrja-os. 2. Decline the Adjective xp^^^o^ 
in the Singular of all genders, and nas in the Plural. Compare 
ro(j)vs, ^bvs, and peyas ; and the Adverb aocpas. 3. Decline the 

3 D 



56 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

Pronouns iyat and av in the Plural, — ov in all numbers, and 
ovTos in the Plural. Explain the accent of oi5e and oTo-rto-t. 
4. Give a synopsis of the Future and Aorist Middle of ^ovKiva> 
(in all the moods), and inflect the Optative of each. Give a 
synopsis of the Second Aorist Passive of XeiTrco, and inflect the 
Subjunctive. Inflect the Perfect Passive Indicative of XetVo), 
•and explain the euphonic changes. 5. Give a synopsis of the 
Second Aorist Active of hlbcoyn, and of the Second Aorist 
Middle of Tidrjui, and inflect the Indicative of each. 6. Trans- 
late €K Tcop Trokfcav 0)1/ iTvy)(av€v tx^^t '^^^^ explain the case of Siv 
and the construction of i'xiov. 7. Give rules for the position 
of the Article, (1) with a noun and an adjective, (2) with a 
noun and a demonstrative pronoun, (3) with avros. Give an 
example of each, and translate it. 8. Give the names and mark 
the quantity of the feet of two syllables. 

Sophomore Questions. — 1. Explain the ordinary difference 
between the Subjunctive and the Future Indicative after ottws, 
and give an example of each. 2. Translate ei bvvaiTo, tovto 
(iroifi, and el divmro, tovt &u noLoirj, and explain the two uses of 
the Optative. Explain the two corresponding uses of the Sub- 
junctive, and give examples. 3. What various constructions 
follow npivl give examples. Is tovto iroirja-ci nplv ap t\6ai or 
TOVTO rroiriaci) irph iXOeiv more correct 1 — and why ? 

XXII. 

1. What consonants are called liquids ? How are mutes 
divided into labial, palatal, and lingual mutest 2. Form the 
Future of Tpi^co, ypdcjxo, and TreiBo), and explain the euphonic 
changes which are made before the ending -o-co. 3. Inflect the 
Perfect Passive (reTptpfxat) of Tpl^a, and explain the euphonic 
changes made in adding the endings -fiai, -aai, -toi, -uOov, and 
-aOe to the stem rpt/S-. 4. Decline the Nouns tto'Kittjs and vrjaes 
in the Singular, and 'Keav and fiaa-ikevs in the Dual and Plural. 
Give the Accusative Singular of eptsy iXirisj ttoXw, and vavs ', and 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 57 

give a rule for each case. 5. Decline the Pronouns <tv and oam. 
6. Give a synopsis (through all the moods and participles) of 
the Future Passive of \v(o (or ^ovXeixo). Give a synopsis of 
the Second Aorist Middle of XeiTrw, and inflect the Indicative 
and Imperative. 7. Give a synopsis of the Second Aorist Mid- 
dle of Tidqui, and inflect the Optative. Give the Principal Parts 
of taTTjfxi and didatfit. 8. What is the difference between the use 
of the Article in Attic Greek and in Homer'? Give a rule for 
the position of the article with adjectives and with demonstrative 
pronouns, and give an example of each. 9. Which tenses of the 
Indicative are primary ? and which are secondary (or historical)'^ 
How does this distinction often affect the mood of a dependent 
verb % 10. What is the difference between the Imperfect and Ao- 
rist Indicative'? and between the Present and Aorist Subjunctive'? 
Sophomore Questions. — 1. Explain the principle of Indirect 
Quotations, as regards both the leading and the dependent verbs. 
When can the Subjunctive be used in hidirect Questions in 
Greek % Give an example. 2. Explain the analogy between 
relative sentences and conditional sentences, and give examples. 
3. What form of the Infinitive construction can follow verbs 
denoting hindrance or prevention (like ei/>yo>, to prevent) 1 Give 
examples. 

XXIII. 

1. Correct the form y€ypa(})fiai, and form the Second and Third 
Persons Singular of it. Perform the operations of Crasis and 
Elision on the words fifjre 6 dvfjp. 2. Decline in the Singular 
OaKacraa, dtaTroTrjs, 6pi^, and &(ttv, and in the Plural rpi^prjs. 
3. Decline the Pronouns av in all numbers, ovtos and Sans in 
the Singular. Decline fjBvs in the Plural. Compare aocpoi, fieXas, 
KQKos, and padios. 4. Inflect the Aorist Subjunctive Passive of 
Tt/ido), the Present Indicative of elfu, the Second Perfect otda in 
the Indicative. 5. Write the Perfect of aKovat, the Future and 
Aorist of dlScopi, the Second Aorist of iKfiavOdva and of dnoBvrj- 
4rKu>, — all in the Active Voice. 6. How do o dvrip dyaOos and 



58 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

6 dyadbs dvfjp differ in meaning'? How is a Wish referring to 
future time expressed 1 7. Write out the scheme of the Dac- 
tyUc Hexameter Verse. 

Sophomore Questions. — 1. What is the difference in mean- 
ing between e^aaiXevov and e^aaiXevaal Give the different con- 
structions in use after tva in Final Clauses. How do Final and 
Object Clauses differ in meaning 1 2. How do ei nvas iSoi, ovdev 
av eiTToi and ei Tivas ifioi, ovdeu tXeyev differ in sense and grammar 1 
Wliat form of Direct Discourse is represented by eXeyev on 
ypayjrcicv 1 How do you express a Wish referring to past time ] 
Write out the scheme of the Iambic Trimeter Acatalectic. 

XXIV. 

1. Explain Elision and Crasis; give examples in eVt irepa and 
Koi avTos. 2. What are Enclitics 1 Correct the accent of ovtos 
fariu, Tipai re, Ttfxmv re, tovtov ye. 3. Decline the Nouns vrjaos, 
\ecov, and /SatrtXeus throughout, and dvrjp in the Singular. 4. De- 
cline the Adjective yXvKvs. Compare crepvos, 6^vs, and dXrjOfjg, 
5. Give the synopsis of the Future Passive of \va> (or /SovXevw) 
through all the moods, and inflect the Indicative. Inflect the 
Present Indicative Passive of drjXoa) (in the contract form). In 
■what places in this verb is the form 8r}\oi found 1 6. Give the 
synopsis of the Second Aorist Middle of riOrjpi in all the moods, 
and inflect the Optative. Inflect the Imperfect of elpi (to go), 
7. State briefly the distinction in the uses of the adverb av. 

Sophomore Questions. — 1. Explain the analogy between the 
expression of a Wish and of a Condition. What are the con- 
structions which may follow expressions denoting hindrance ? 
What are the two uses of an Aorist Infinitive 1 Translate 
** He does this whenever he pleases," and " He did this when- 
ever he pleased." 2. What are the differences between the 
Homeric use of the Article and the Attic use 1 3. What varie- 
ties of verse are measured by Dipodies? Explain the substi- 
tutions in the Iambic Dipody. How does the Trochaic Dipody 
differ from this ] 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 59 

XXV. 

1. Write down the smooth muies ; the labial mutes. Per- 
form Crasis and Elision on firjre 6 dvfjp. 2. Form the Accusative 
Plural of Tifirj, Vocative Singular of TroKiTrjs, entire Singular 
uncontracted and contracted of oareou, Singular in all cases of 
^aa-iXfvs, Nominative Plural and Genitive Plural of a-a)fxa and 
TToXis. 3. Decline dXrjOrjs in the Singular. Compare ayados and 
Kaxpos. Decline av in all its numbers, and oo-ris in Masculine 
Singular. 4. Form the Second Person Singular, Aorist Impera- 
tive Middle of ^ovXeva. Form the First Person Singular of 
\v<o in Aorist Optative Passive, of <^6i5yo> in Second Aorist Sub- 
junctive Active, of XeiVo) in 2d Aorist Indie, Middle. Form the 
Second Person Singular of TiOrjfii. in Second Aorist Indicative 
Middle. Inflect ci/xt (/ go) in the Present Indicative. Write 
out the Principal Parts of ytypaxTKO) and e/cSi'Sco/xt. 5. How is 
the Article used in Homer'? What is the difference between 
KoKos 6 nals and 6 koKos Trnls 1 2o<pa>T€p6i eanv fj e'-yco ; express 
this by changing e^w into an oblique case. What constructions 
are used in Final Clauses? How do you express a General 
Supposition in present and in past time? What is a Dactyl, 
an Iambus, a Trochee, an Anapaest ] 

Sophomore Questions. — 1. Explain the use of iva with 
the past tenses of the Indicative. Explain the Accusative in 
fxdxTjv viKdv. Express " that man " in Greek prose. What con- 
structions are allowed with verbals in -rios, -tc'oi/ ] What tenses 
and moods are used to express Prohibition ? Write out the 
scheme of the Iambic Trimeter Acatalectic both of Tragedy 
and of Comedy, naming the feet employed. 



XXVI. 

1. State the general principle for the Accent of Verbs, with 
such exceptions as you remember. 2. Decline the Nouns ^.lovfra, 
TfixoSf and dvydrrjp ; the Singular of ^Xe^//>, and the Plural of 



60 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

Xco)!/. 3. Decline the Pronouns av and rh, and the Numeral els. 
4. Compare raxvsy alo-xpos, and kukos, and decline one of the 
Comparatives of the last in the Plural. 5. Inflect the Present 
Optative Middle of Tifiato, and the Imperfect Middle of riBrjixi. 
Give a synopsis of the Present Active of drjXoco, and of the 
Aorist Passive of la-Trjfu. 6. If in the sentence epxerai tva ttju 
TToKiv Xbrj the first verb should be changed to rj\6iv, how would 
you construct the dependent verb"? 7. Translate into Greek 
the following : / saw those who were present, and I say that I 
have seen them. 

Sophomore Questions. — 1. Translate e<^»7 KoKms av irpa^ai in 
two ways, showing what two forms in Direct Discourse are rep- 
resented. 2. Translate Scttis €l8(v, fxaprj av, and explain the 
meaning of the relative sentence. What negative particle 
would be proper with the first verb 1 3. Under what circum- 
stances is a secondary tense of the Indicative used in a Final 
Clause after Iva 1 



XXVII 

1. Give the accusative, singular and plural, of MoCo-a. oiKia, 
X<»pa, and TifXT}. Decline vrjcrog in the singular, and Xka>v in the 
p)lural. 2. Decline the adjective y\vKvs in the singular, and 
fityas in the plural. Compare Kov(pos, ©Ivs-, d\r}3f]s, and fjdvs. 3. 
How is the Future Indicative Active of a liquid verb formed 1 
Give an example, and inflect it through all the numbers and 
persons. 4. Give the principal parts of ypa(f)(o, \afij3aua), and 
^epo). 5. Inflect the Imperfect Active of la-Trjjxt, aud the 2d 
Aorist Optative Active of Tidrim. 6. What is a stem in grammar *? 
In XcXft/i/Liai and in eppi(f)6di, point out the stem and the other 
parts of each word ; also explain all the euphonic changes made 
in any of the parts. 7. Translate noXXol rwv ^ovXofxfvtou eium 
(To(f)wv, and explain the case of a-o(fia>v. Translate 6 e/xos roii raXat- 
7ra>pov ^los, and explain the genitive. Explain the Accusative in 

nXijyfjV Tinrret. 8. Translate €01* tJ/ viv, TTOTe eVrai oUoi, and rjv 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 61 

lyyvs ^XBt] BdvaTos, ovdeh ^ovKerat Bufja-Kciv, and explain the Sub- 
junctive in each case. Translate cftrjcrlv iXdelu and ^ovXeTai iXdelu, 
and explain the tense of iXOelv in each. 9. What is a trochee, a 
tribrach, an anapaest, a cretici Explain the terras catalectic, 
dipody, dimeter. How many feet are there in a trochaic dime- 
ter, and how many in a dactylic dimeter 'i 10. Why is rjXBcu Iva 
tdrj more correct than epxerai Iva Xboil How is Ibrj to be ex- 
plained % Translate into Greek : tliey took care (eVi/ieXeo/jat) that 
this should he done (ylyvofiai), and explain the construction used 
in the dependent clause. 11. What is the difference between 
Xprjv tre tovto ttoiuv and xPl ^-^ rovTo iroiflv 1 Express in Greek : 
that this had happened, that this might happen, and that 
this were true; and explain the verbal form used in each case. 
1 2. What is an anapoistic dimeter acatalectic, — an anapaestic 
tetrameter catalectic, — an anapcestic system ? W^hat is an elegiac 
distich ? 

XXVIII. 

1. Decline the nouns vricros in the Singular, Ximv in the Dual 
and Plural, and fiaa-iXfvs in all numbers. Explain the accent of 
v^cros and Xe<op wherever it varies from that of the Nominative 
Singular. 2. Decline the Pronouns av in all numbers and oo-tls 
in the Plural. Explain the accents of the Genitive and Dative 
Plural of ooTif. 3. In what two principal ways are adjectives 
compared by change of termination 1 Give examples of each. 
Compare Ka/fdc, dyaSos, dXrjBrjSy and fieyas. 4. Give the principal 
parts of ttXckci), Xan^dva, didcofii, and la-TTjfic, 5. Inflect the Aorist 
Optative Passive of Xvo>, the Aorist Imperative Passive of Xva>,< 
the Imperfect Passive of to-rrjui, and the Second Aorist Optative 
Middle of n'^^/xi. 6. Explain the euphonic changes which occur 
in the following forms : — Xvovai, XeXeipfxai (Xfnt-), 8ovs (dovr-), vv^ 
{vvKT-), TTfireiKa (iretO-), redvKa (dv-), ireOrju (Be-). 7. When any 
forms of the substantive pronoun of the Third Person (ou, ot, 
acfiav, &c.) are used in Attic prose, what is their peculiar force ] 



C)2 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

Give an example. 8. Give examples containing the correct 
use of the Genitive Absolute and of the Accusative Absolute. 
When is the latter regularly used 1 9. Translate into Greek : 
If these had been good men, they would not have suffered [Trda-xco), 
and explain the construction used. 10. What is a trochee, a 
spondee, an iambus, and an anapsest 1 What is ccesura in verse, 
and where does this generally occur in the heroic hexameter ] 
1 1. How are object clauses with ottcos after verbs like o-kott^o) dis- 
tinguished, in construction and in meaning, from final clauses 1 
Give an example of each. When do final clauses admit the 
Indicative^ 12. Distinguish the Infinitive in Indirect Dis- 
course from its use in other constructions. Show, by an exam- 
ple, how the Imperfect is expressed in the Infinitive. What 
two meanings can e^jy tovto av iroirjcrai have 1 Explain the prin- 
ciple in each case. 13. What is the* difference between slU 
Iambic Dipody and an Iambic Dimeter 1 What substitutions 
for the Iambus are allowed in an Iambic Dipodj 1 what for the 
Trochee in a Trochaic Dipody ? Explain an Anapsestio System. 



LATIN COMPOSITION. 63 



LATIN COMPOSITION. 

I. 

1. Demaratus, the father of King Tarquin,i fl^d^ from 
Corinth to Tarquinii. 

1. Tarquinius. 2. Fugio, fugere. 

2. I do not think ^ that immortality ^ is to be despised ^ 
by a mortal.'* 

1. Arhitror, arbitrari. 2. Immortalitas. 3. Contemno, 
contemners 4. Mortalis,-e. 

3. Theophrastus is^ said to have accused ^ Kature, be- 
cause ^ she had given a long life to crows,* and so ^ short ^ a 
life to men. 

1. Dico, dicere. 2. Accuso, accusare. 3. Quod. 4. Ciof- 
iiix. 5. Tarn. 6. JExiguiis. 

4. Ignorance^ of future ^ evils ^ is more useful* than 
knowledge ^ [of them^ ]. 

1. Ignoratio. 2. Futurus. 3. Malum. 4. ?7if^7ts. 
5. Scientia. 6. Omit. 

5. Do you not know ^ what ^ sort of men you charge ^ 
with crime ? * 

1. Intelligo. 2. What 80Ttof= qualis. 3. Argu^,arguere, 
4. Scelus. 

6. If death ^ were feared,^ Brutus would not have fallen ^ 
in battle,* and the Decii would not have exposed ^ them- 
selves to the weapons ^ of the enemy. 

1. Mors. 2. Timeo, timere. 3. Concido, concidere. 
4. Proelium. 5. Ohjicio, ohjieere. 6. Telum. 



64 EXAMINATION ^'PAPERS. 

11. 

1. Pompey was the first Roman who subdued ^ the Jews.^ 
By right ^ of conquest * he entered ^ their Temple. 

1. Devinco, -ere. 2. Judoeus. 3. Jus. 4. Victoria. 
5. Intro, -are. 

2. They say ^ that Timotheus, a distinguished ^ man at 
Athens,^ when * he had dined ^ at ^ Plato's ^ and had been 
greatly ^ gratified ^ with the entertainment,^^ and had seen 
him the-next-day/^ said : ^^ " Your dinners ^^ are pleasant ^* 
not only at-the-time,^^ but also the-day-after." ^^ 

1. Fero,f^re. 2. Clarus. 3. Athence, -arum. 4. Cum. 
5. CteTio, -are.  6. Apud. 7. Plata, -onis. 8. Admodum. 
9. Deledo, -are. 10. Convivium. 11. Postridie. 12. i^ico. 
13. (7te7ia. 14. Jucmidus. 15. /ti prcesentia. 16. Postero 
die. 

3. Yerres also ^ordered ^ the silver ^ tables * to be carried- 
away ^ from ^ all the shrines.'^ 

1. /(^e??i. 2. Jubeo, -ere. 3. Argenteus,-a, -um. 4. Mensa. 

5. Aufero. 6. i^e. 7. Delubrum. 

Ill 

1. The next ^ day he calls ^ the leaders of the forces ^ 
together, and tells * them that no city is more hostile ^ to 
the Greeks than the royal ^ (city) of the old kings. 

1. Posterns. 2. Convocare = c?i[l together. 3. Copice. 
4. Docere. 5. Infestus. 6. Pegius. 

2. If we grant ^ that the gods exist,^ and that the universe ^ 
is ruled* by their mind, I do not see why^ I should^ say 
there is no divination.'^ 

1. Concedo. 2. Esse. 3. Mundus. 4. Pegere. 5. Cur. 

6. I say there is no = nego esse. 7. Divinatio. 



LATIN COMPOSITION. 65 

3. There is not ^ one of you who has not often ^ heard ^ 
how * Syracuse ^ was taken by Marcellus. 

1. Notone=7iema 2. Soepe. 3. Audire. 4. Quemadmo- 
dum. 5. Syracusce. 

4 Demaratus, the father of our King Tarquin, fled ^ from 
Corinth,^ because ^ he could not bear * the tyrant ^ Cypselus, 
to Tarquinii, and there ^ established ^ his fortunes.^ 

1. Fugere. 2. Corinthus. 3. Quod. 4. Ferre. 5. Ty- 
rannus. 6. Ihi, 7. Constituere. 8. Fortuna. 



IV. 

1. They say ^ that the death of his son was ^ announced 
to Anaxagoras [as he was ^] discoursing * among ^ his friends ^ 
on ^ the nature of things, and that no ^ answer was given by 
him except^ that he begot ^ him mortal. A glorious ^^ 
speech ^^ in ^^ truth, and worthy ^^ of being uttered ^* by so 
great a man. 

1. Trader e. 2. Nuntiare. 3. Omit. 4. Disserere. 
5. /Ti^er. 6. Familiaris. 7. i>e. 8. Literally, nothing 
else (nihil aliud) was answered (respondere) except (nisi). 
9. Gignere. 10. Prceclarus. 11. Fboj. 12. Fero. 13. Z>i^- 
mts. 14. Emitter e. 

2. How much wiser ^ Xenophon [acted 2], who, when he 
was engaged-in-sacred-rights,^ and heard that his elder* 
son had fallen ^ in battle,^ merely^ laid-down^ the garland ^ 
from 10 his head : but ^^ when he heard that he had fallen 
fighting 12 bravely ,13 he put i* the garland on his head again.i^ 
- 1. Sapienter. 2. Omit. 3. Sacra peragere. 4. Major 
natu. 5. Cadere. 6. Prceliurn. 7. Tantum. 8. Deponere. 
9. Corona. 10. E. 11. Vero. 12. Pugnare. 13. Fortiter. 
14. Put on = mjooTierg with dative. 15. Rursus. 

3* 



66 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

V. 

1. There is need ^ of m9,gistrates,2 without ^ whose wis- 
dom * and care ^ the state ^ cannot ^ exist.^ 

1. Opus. 2. Magistratus. 3. Sine. 4. PrudeTitia, 

5. Diligentia. 6. Civitas. 7. With posse. 8. Esse. 

2. Do you see ^ how ^ the furies ^ harass * the impious,^ 
and never ^ suffer ^ them to-stand-still ? ^ 

1. Video. 2. C7i(. 3. Furia. 4. Agito. 5. Impius. 

6. With ^^ng'itam. 7. Patior. 8. Consisto. 

3. Since ^ solitude ^ and a life ^ without friends ^ is full ^ 
of snares ^ and fear/ reason ^ admonishes ^ us to contract ^^ 
friendships.^^ 

1. Cum. 2. Solitudo. 3. Vita. 4. Amicics. 5. Plenus. 
6. Insidice. 7. Metus. 8. Patio. 9. Moneo. 10. Ciom- 
paro. 11. Amicitia. 

4. We favor ^ thee; we wish^ thee to enjoy ^ thy 
virtue.* 

1. -Faveo. 2. CWp^(?. 3. Fruor. 4. Virtus. 

5. Lucilius used ^ to say ^ that he wished ^ those things 
which he wrote * to be read ^ neither by the very unlearned ^ 
nor the very learned. 

1. Soleo. 2. Dico. 3. Volo. 4. Scribo. 5. Ze^a 
6. Indoctus. 

6. The decemvirate ^ and his colleagues ^ had completely ^ 
changed* Fabius, — a man formerly^ excellent^ both in 
peace ^ and in war.^ 

1. Decemviratus. 2. Collega. . 3. Plane. 4. Muto. 
5. 0/m. 6. Egregius. 7. With domus. 8. Militia. 



LATIN COMPOSITION. 67 

VI. 

1. Let us consider,^ first,^ whether the universe ^ is gov- 
erned * by the foresight ^ of the gods ; ^ secondly/ whether 
they provide ^ for the welfare ^ of man.^^ 

1. Video. 2. Primum. 3. Miindus. 4. Bego. 5. Pro- 
videntia. 6. Deus. 7. Ddnvde. 8. Consulo. 9. -Kes. 10. 
Humanus. 

2. Neoptolemus would never ^ have been able^ to take^ 
Troy, if he had been willing * to listen ^ to Lycomedes, in ^ 
whose household he had been brought ^ up. 

1. Nunquam. 2. Possum. 3. Cajgere. 4. Volo. 5. 
Audio. 6. Apud. 7. Educe. 

3. When ^ the enemy ^ saw ^ that the damages,* which 
they had hoped ^ could ^ not be repaired ^ for a long ^ time,^ 
had been so ^^ repaired by the toil ^^ of a few ^^ days ^^ that 
there was no opportunity i* left ^^ for a sally ,^^ they were- 
eager ^'^ for the original ^^ terms ^^ of capitulation.^^ 

1. ?7&^. 2. Hostis. 3. Ftc^eo. 4. /s. 5. /S^^ero. 
6. Possum. 7. Reficio. 8. Longus. 9. Spatium. 10. /ifo^. 
11. Labor. 12. Paucus. 13. i)^es. 14. Locus. 15. -Ke- 
linquo. 16. Eruptio. 17. Eccurro. 18. /(iem. ^19. Coti- 
c?^Y^o. 20. Deditio. 

4. If he is about to come ^ to Rome without ^ violence,^ 
you may 3 properly* remain^ at home ;^ but^ if he is about 
to give ^ up the city ^ to be plundered,^^ I fear ^^ that Dola- 
bella himself ^^ can^^ not fully ^* protect ^^ us. 

1. Venio. 2. Modeste. 3. Possum. 4. Recte. 5. >S^2^m. 
6. Domus. 7. >S'm. 8. i>o. 9. Urhs. 10. Diripio. 
11. Vereor. 12. ipse. 13. Possum. 14. >Sa^is. 15. Pro- 



68 EXAMINATION PAPP:RS. 

VIL 

1. When 1 I was on ^ (my) Tiisculan-estate,^ and wanted * 
to use ^ certain^ books ^ out^ of the library^ of Lucullus, I 
went 10 to his villa,ii to take ^^ them thence ^^ inyself,^* as ^^ 
I used 1*^ to. 

1. Cum. 2. In. 3. Tusculanuw.. 4. Telle. 5. Uti. 
6. Quidam. 7. X^&er. 8. ii'. 9. BiUiotheca. 10. Fe- 
mVg. 11. F^//a. 12. Promere. 13. /tic?^. 14. J^^se. 
15. Ut. 16. >^o/em 

2. You know-not,^ madman ^ what power ^ virtue ^ has ; ^ 
you use ^ the name ^ only ^ of virtue, you know not how ^ 
powerful 10 virtue itself ^^ is. 

1. Nescire. 2. Insanm. 3. Vis. 4. Virtus. 5. Habere. 
6. Usurpare. 7. Nomen. 8. Tantum. 9. C^t^c?. 10. To 
be powerful, valere. 11. Tpse. 

3. What can ^ you say ^ in ^ your defence * which they 
have not said ? 

1. Possum. 2. Dicere. 3. Jti. 4. Defensio. 

4. You are sorry ^ for others,^ for yourself^ you are 
neither ^ sorry nor * ashamed.^ 

1. Miseret. 2. Alius. 3. T^^. 4. iVec. 5. P?/^e^. 

5. The tyrant 1 Dionysius, expelled ^ from Syracuse,^ 
taught * boys ^ at Corinth.^ 

1. Tyrannus. 2. Expello. 3. Syr acusce, -arum. 4. Docere. 
5. Pwer. 6. Corinthus. 

6. This state ^ has not produced ^ any ^ men more illus- 
trious * in glory ^ than Africanus, Lselius, and Furius. 

1. Civitas. 2. Ferre. 3. ^/Z«^s. 4. Clarus. 5. Gloria. 



LATIN COMPOSITION. 69 

VIII. 

1. Let US so^ live'^ as always^ to think* that an ac- 
count ^ must be rendered ^ by us. 

1. Ita. 2. Vivere. 3. Semper. 4. Arhitrari. 5. Ratio. 
6. Bcddere. 

2. Would-that ^ I could ^ as ^ easily * discover ^ the truth^ 
as refute " the falsehood.^ 

1. Utinam. 2. Posse. 3. Ta?7i. 4. Facile. 5. Jnvenire. 
6. Verus. 7. Convincere. 8. Falsus. 

3. He exhorted ^ his friends ^ not to be- wanting ^ to the 
common * safety.^ 

1. Hortari. 2. Amicus. 3. Deesse. 4. Communis. 

5. <Sa/M«. 

4. After ^ Porapey had learned ^ what had been done ^ at 
Corfinium, he set-out * with two legions ^ from Luceria, and 
in five days^ arrived-at^ Brundisium. 

1. Posteaquam. 2. Rcperire. 3. Gerere. 4. Proficisci. 

6. Legio. 6. i)ie5. 7. Pervenire. 

5. When ^ by the supreme-authority ^ of one man there- 
was^ no-longer* a field ^ in public-life^ for wisdom'' or^ 
personal-influence,^ I surrendered ^^ myself neither ^^ to my 
sorrows,^^ by which I should have been overwhelmed ^^ if- 
I-had-not ^* resisted ^^ them, nor ^^ to pleasure ^^ unworthy ^^ 
of a scholar. ^^ 

1. Quum. 2. Dominahis. 3. -E'sse. 4. iVoTi /am. 
5. Locus. 6. Pespuhlica. 7. Consilium. 8. ^w^. 9. ^i^c- 
toritas. 10. Dedere. 11. iV6c. 12. Anger. 13. Conficere. 
14. iWsz. 15. Resistere. 16. Voluptas. 17. Indignus. 
18. Doctv^ Iwmo. 



70 . EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

IX. 

1. I find^ that Plato came^ to Tarentum in the consul- 
ship 3 of Camillus and Claudius. 

1. Reperire. 2. Venire. 3. Express this by the word 
consul. 

2. The plays ^ of ^ Livius are not worthy ^ of being read ^ 
a second ^ time. 

1. Fdbula. 2. Liviaiius = of Livius. 3. Dignus. 

4. Leg ere. 5. Iterum. 

3. The Sicilians ^ sometimes ^ make ^ a month * longer ^ 
by one ^ day ^ or two ^ days. 

1. SiciUus. 2. Nonnunquam. 3. Facere. 4. Mensis. 

5. Longus. 6. C/yii^s. 7. i^tes. 8. Biduum. Write out 
the rule for the case of c?zes. . 

4. The Stoics^ think ^ it does not^ concern* men^ to 
know 6 what is going to happen.^ 

1. Stoicus. 2. Existimare. 3. Nihil. 4. Interesse. 
5. Homo. 6. >S^cire. 7. ^sse. 

5. There were [some^] who on this day accused ^ the 
king ^ of rashness,'* the consul ^ of inefficiency.^ 

1. Omit. 2. Accusare. 3. Hex. 4. Temeritas. 5. Cb^i- 
Si*/. 6. Segnitia. 

6. I am afraid ^ that I cannot ^ grant ^ that.* 

1. Vereri. 2. Possum. 3. Concedere. 4. ///e. 

X. 

1. When ISTasica had come ^ to the poet ^ Ennius, and 
the maid 3 had told * him^ Ennius was not at home,^ IN'asica 
knew ^ that she had said so ^ at her master's ^ command,^^ 
and that he was within.^^ 



LATIN COMPOSITION. 7^ 

1. Venire. 2. Poeta. 3. Ancilla. 4. Dicere. 5. 7s 
(dative). 6. Domus. 7. Sentire. 8. Omit. 9. Domimcs. 
10. J^i^ssz^- (abl.). 11. 771^1^5. 

2. A few ^ days ^ after ,3 when Ennius had come to Nasica 
and asked * for him, Nasica bawls ^ out that he is not at 
home. 

1. Paucus. 2. Dies. 3. Post. 4. Qucerere (with the 
accusative). 5. Exclamare. 

3. Then quoth ^ Ennius : What ?2 Do I not recognize^ 
your * voice ? ^ 

1. Inquit. 2. O'^zd 3. Cognoscere. 4. TVz^s. 5. Fba;. 

4. Hereupon ^ I^asica : You are a shameless ^ fellow : ^ 
when I asked for you I believed * your maid (when ^ she 
said) that you were not at home. Do you not believe my- 
own-self ?^ 

1. Hie. 2. Impudens. 3. Homo. 4. Credere (with 
dative). 5. Omit. 6. My-own-self, ego ipse. 

XI. 

1. This ^ edict 2 having been published,^ there was* no ^ 
state ^ which "^ did not send ^ a part ^ of its ^^ Senate ^^ to 
Cordova,^^ ^q 6 Roman citizen ^^ who ^ did not come ^* to 
the meeting at ^^ the day.^^ 

1. Literally, which, qui. 2. Edictum. 3. Permdgare. 
4. -E'sse. 5. Nullus. 6. Civitas. 7. Which — not or who 
— not, 2'i^m. 8. Mittere. 9. Pars. 10. Omit. 11, Sena- 
tus. 12. Corduha. 13. (7ii?ts. 14. Convenire. 15. -4c?. 
16. 7)zes. 

2. Nothing ^ is more praiseworthy ,2 nothing more worthy^ 
of a great * and illustrious ^ man,^ than clemency .'' 



i2 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

1. Nihil. 2. Lauddbilis. 3. Dignus. 4. Magnus, 

5. Prwclarus. 6. Vir. 7. Clementia. 

3. Don't ^ you know ^ what ^ sort of dead * men you are 
accusing ^ of the worst ^ crime ? ^ 

1. Nonne. 2. Intelligere. 3. What sort of, qualis. 
4. Mo7iuus. 5. Arguere. 6. Summus. 7. Scelus. 

4. For many^ ages^ the name^ of the Pythagoreans* 
was^ in such high repute, that^ no others^ seemed^ learned.^ 

1. Multus. 2. Sceculum. 3. Nomen. 4. Pythagoreus. 

6. To be in such high repute, szc vigere. 6. ?7if. 7. Alius. 
8. Videri, 9. Dodus. 

XII. 

1. In-the-mean-time ^ the Komans,^ the Scipios ^ being 
sent * to Spain,^ first ^ drove ^ the Carthaginians ^ from the 
province,^ afterwards ^^ carried ^^ on serious ^^ wars ^^ with ^* 
the Spaniards ^^ themselves.^^ 

1. Interea. 2. Romanus. 3. Scipio,-onis. 4. Mittere. 
6. Hispania. 6. Primo. 7. Expellere. 8. Posnus. 9. Pro- 
vincia. 10. Postea. 11. Gerere. 12. Gravis. 13. Bellum. 
14. Cwm. 15. Hispanus. 16. ipse. 

2. While ^ these 2 things were carried^ on in Asia, alP* 
Greece* had rushed^ to ^ arms,^ in the hope^ of regaining^ 
liberty,^^ following ^^ the authority ^^ of the Lacedemonians.^^ 

1. i>2^m. 2. -^wj. 3. Gerere. 4. Grcecia. 5. Concur- 
rere. 6. ^^. 7. Arma. 8. /SJpes. 9. Becuperare. 
10. Lihertas. 11. /Sieg'i^z (perfect participle). \2. Auctoritas. 
13. Zacedcemonius. 14. Omnis. 

3. When ^ Eegulus had come ^ to Rome,^ he set * forth 
his instructions^ in the Senate;^ but^ he said^ it was^ 
not^ expedient ^^ for the captives ^^ to be restored j^^ fQj. 



LATIN COMPOSITION. 73 

that they ^^ were young ^* men and good ^^ leaders,^^ that he 
(Eegulus) was enfeebled ^^ by age.^^ 

1. Cum. 2. Venire. 3. Roma. 4. Exponere. 5. Man- 
datum. 6. Senatus. 7. Sed. 8. To say not, negare. 

9. ^S56. 10. Utilis. 11. Captivus. 12. Beddere. 13. ///e, 
14. Adolescens. 15. Bonus. 16. i)2^. 17. Confectus, 
18. Senectus, 

XIII. 

1. Phormio the ^ Peripatetic,^ when ^ Hannibal,* expelled^ 
from Carthage,^ had come^ to Ephesus,^ is said^ to have 
talked ^^ some^^ hours ^^ about ^^ the duty^* of a com- 
mander.i^ 

1. nie. 2. Beripateticus. 3. Cum. 4. Hannibal, -halis. 
5. Expellere. 6. Karthago, -aginis. 7. Venire. 8. Ephe- 
sus, -esi. 9, Dicere. 10. Loqui. 11. Aliquot. 12. ZTor^^, 
-r6?^. 13. 2)6. 14. Officium. 15. Imperator. 

2. Then,^ when the^ rest who had heard ^ him were 
greatly * charmed,^ they inquired ^ of "^ Hannibal what he ^ 
thought^ of 1^ that^^ philosopher.^ Hannibal is said^^ to 
have answered,^* that he had often ^^ seen ^^ many ^^ crazy ^^ 
old^^ men, [but^^] nobody ^i who^^ was morels crazy 2* than 
Phormio. 

1. Tum. 2. Cceteri. 3. Audire. 4. Vehementer. 
5. JDelectare. 6. Qucerere. 7. ^&. 8. i/^se. 9. Judicare. 

10. De. 11. iZZe. 12. Bhilosophus. 13. i^'m-e. 14. jKe- 
spondere. 15. &^e. 16. Videre. 17. Multus. 18. i>6- 
/iVits, -a, -wm. 19. Senex. 20. Omit. 21. Nemo. 22. Cm. 
23. Magis. 24. I am crazy (by the verb) deliro, delirare. 

XIV. 

1. If the Gauls ^ had attacked ^ the town^ that night,* 
they would have taken ^ it easily,^ since ^ no one supposed ^ 
that an enemy ^ was-at-hand.*^ 



74 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

1. Gallus. 2. Oppugno. 3. Oppidum. 4. iVba;. 
6. Capio. 6. Facile. 7. Quum. 8. Pw^o. 9. Hostis. 
10. Adsum. 

2. For three-days,^ however ^ they waited ^ to see * what 
the consul would do,^ who was himself enrolling- troops ^ at 
Ariminum, and had ordered ^ Nero to cross ^ the Po,^ and 
hinder ^^ the enemy from ravaging ^^ the country.^^ 

1. Triduum. 2. Tamen. 3. Exspedo. 4. Omit. 5. i^ac^o. 
6. Belectum habeo. 7. Impero. 8. Transeo. 9. Padus. 
10. Frohibeo. 11. Fopulor. 12. J[^e?'. 

3. After ^ the leader ^ of the Gauls saw ^ that the Eomans 
would-not * risk ^ a battle,^ he repented '^ of his own inac- 
tivity,^ for ^ he remembered ^^ the counsels ^^ of his father,^^ 
who had feared ^^ that his son^* would not be bold ^^ enough,^^ 
and had warned ^^ him not to lose ^^ a single day. 

1. Fosteaquam. 2. Z^wa;. 3. Fic^eo. 4. Nolo. 5. C(9m- 
mitto. 6. Frcelium. 7. Fmnitet. 8. Inertia. 9. Enim. 
10. Memini. 11. Consilium. 12. Fater. 13. Metuo. 
14. Filius. 15. Audax. 16. /S'a^i's. 17. Moneo. 18. 

XV. 

1. The next^ day^ I was summoned^ by Pansa to 
Bononia.* When ^ I was on ^ the way,^ it was announced ^ 
to me that he was dead.^ 

1. Fosterus. 2. i>^e5. 3. Arcesso. 4. First declension, 
6. (7wwi. 6. /ti. 7. /^er. 8. Nuntio. 9. Morior. 

2. You (plural) seem^ to me not^ even^ to-day* to 
know ^ what ^ a crime ^ you have dared ^ against ^ me. 

1. Videor. 2. JVe. 3. Quidem. 4. Hodie. 5. /Sc^o. 
6. Interrogative. 7. Facinios. 8. Audeo. 9. /ti. 



LATIN COMPOSITION. 75 

3. This man, if^ he had been blessed ^ with a longer ^ 
life,* would have been much ^ more illustrious^ than his 
brother,^ in peace ^ and in war.^ 

1. Si. 2. Contingo ; literally, " if a longer life had fallen 
to him." 3. Longus. 4. jEtas. 5. Multus. 6. Claries. 

7. Frater. 8. With domus. 9. Militia. 

4. The consul, afraid^ of being surrounded,^ sent^ 
cavalry * to take ^ possession of the hills.^ 

1. Vereor (perfect participle). 2. Circumvenio. 3. Frce- 
mitto. 4. Eques. 5. Occupo. By what constructions may 
the purpose be given ? 6. Collis. 

XVI. 

1. Marcellus, with^ a small ^ body^ of horse,* fought^ 
[the enemy ^] and killed"^ the king^ of the Gauls,^ Virido- 
marus by name,^^ with his ^^ own hand.^ 

1. Cum. 2. Parvus. 3. Manus. 4. Eques (plural). 
5. Dimicare. 6. Omit. 7. Occidere. 8. Bex. 9. Callus. 
10. Nomen. 11. Suus. 

2. In the ninth ^ year ^ after ^ the banishment * of the 
kings,^ when ^ the son-in-law ^ of Tarquinius had collected ^ 
a huge ^ army ^^ to ^^ avenge the wrong ^^ done ^^ his father- 
in-law,i* a new ^^ office^^ was created ^^ at Rome. 

1. Nonus. 2. Annus. 3. Pos^. 4. Exactus (literally, 
after the kings expelled). 5. Rex. 6. (7^^m. 7. Gener. 

8. Colligere. 9. Ingens. 10. Exercitiis. 11. ^(i with 
gerundive of vindicare. 12. Injuria. 13. Simply the 
objective genitive: literally, "wrong of his." 14. /Sbcer. 
15. Novus. 16. Dignitas. 17. Creare. 

3. At^ present I will merely ^ ask^ this,* whether^ this 
branch-of-literature ^ is deservedly ^ suspected ^ by ^ you. 



76 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

1. Nunc. 2. Tantum. 3. Qucerere. 4. Illiid. 5. Ne 
(enclitic). 6. Genus scribendi. 7. Merito. 8. Sus;pectus. 
9. Dative. 

XVII. 

1. The ninth ^ year ^ after ^ the expulsion * of the kings,^ 
when^ the son-in-law^ of Tarquin^ had® collected an im- 
mense ^^ army,^^ a new ^^ dignity ^^ was ^^ created at Rome, 
which is ^^ called the dictatorship/^ — greater ^^ than the 
consulship.^^ 

1. Nonus. 2. Annus. Z, Post. 4. Literally, " kings ex- 
pelled": exigo. 5. Eex. 6. Cum. 7. Gener. 8. Tarqui- 
nius. 9. Colligo. 10. Ingens. 11. Uxercitus. 12. Novus. 
13. Dignitas. 14. Creo. 15. Appello. 16. Dictatura. 
17. Magnus. 18. Consulatus. 

2. Do you suppose ^ that men ^ who are ^ said to * predict- 
the-future can ^ tell-you ^ whether ^ the ^ moon uses ^ her ^^ 
own light ^^ or ^^ that "^ of the sun ? ^^ 

1. Ce/iseo. 2. /s; literally, " those." 3. Dico. 4. Pre- 
dict-the-future : clivino. 5. Possum. 6. Tell-you : respon- 
dec. 7. Omit. 8. Luna. 9. C/i(or. 10. /S^i^w5. 11. 
Lumen. 12. ^t^. 13. >Sb/. 

3. It was a glorious ^ sentiment ^ and worthy ^ of being 
uttered ^ by that ^ great man.^ 

1. Prceclarus. 2. Vox. 3. Dignus. 4. Emitto. b. That 
great : tantus. 6. F^n 

XVIII. 

1. When ^ Balbus had ^ said this,^ then ^ Cotta said, with- 
a-smile,^ " You are ^ late, Balbus, in telling me what to de- 
fend ; ^ for ^ while ^ you were discussing ^^ I w^as myself 
pondering ^^ what to say in ^^ reply, and ^^ not so-much ^* 



LATIN COMPOSITION. 77 

for-the-purpose-ofi^ refuting ^^ you as of finding-out ^^ the- 
tliings ^^ which I did not ^^ undetstand." ^^ 

1. Cum. 2. Dico. 3. Eelative. 4. Turn. 5. Arrideo 
(present participle). 6. I am late in telling, sero prmcijpio, 
7. Defendo. 8. Unim. 9. Ablative absolute. 10. Disputo. 
11. Mecum meditor. 12. In reply, contra. 13. Neque. 
14. So much — Qi^ytam — quam. 15. Causa. 16. Befello. 
17. Eequiro. 18. With *5. 19. Minus. 20. Intelligo. 

XIX. 

1. I do not care ^ how ''^ rich ^ Gyges is.* 

1. Express with refert. 2. Quam. 3. i>^i;e5. 4. -£fese. 

2. Who ^ more ^ illustrious in Greece ^ than ^ Themisto- 
cles ? who ^ when ^ he had ^ been driven into exile ^ did ^ not 
do harm to his thankless ^^ country,^^ but did ^^ the same ^' 
that Coriolanus had ^^ done twenty ^* years ^^ before.^® 

1. §^^^5. 2. Clarus. 3. Grcecia. 4. Write in two ways. 

5. §m. 6. Ci^m. 7. Expellere. 8. Exilium. 9. Do 
harm to, Injuriam ferre with dative. 10. Ingratus, 
11. Patria. 12. Facere. 13. /c?6m. 14. Viginti. 15. 
Annus. 16. ^?i^e. 

3. In the first ^ of the spring ^ the consul came^ to 
Ephesus, and, having * received the troops ^ from ^ Scipio, he 
held^ a speech^ in-presence-of^ the soldiers,^* in^^ which, 
after ^"^ extolling their bravery,^' he exhorted ^* them to ^* 
undertake a new ^^ war" with^^ the Gauls, who had^® [as 
he said ^^] helped Antiochus with ^^ auxiliaries.^ 

1. Primus. 2. Ver. 3. Venire. 4. Accipere. 5. Copice. 

6. A. 7. Habere. 8. Contio. 9. Apud. 10. Jf^7^. 
11. Omit. 12. Collaudare (ablative absolute). 13. Virtus. 
14. Adhortari. 15. Suscipere with ac? and gerundive. 16. 
Novm. 17. Bellum. 18. (7i^w. 19. Juvare. 20. Au^ilium, 



78 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

XX. 

1. The plays ^ of Livius are not worth ^ reading^ more- 
than-once.'* 

1. Fahula. 2. Dignus. 3. Leg ere. 4. Iterum. 

2. What ^ style-of-speaking ^ was ^ in vogue in those * 
times ^ can^ best ^ be ^ learned from ^ the works ^" of Thucy- 
dides.^^ 

1. Qui. 2. Dicendi genus. 3. Vigere. 4. Ille. 5. Tiem- 
pus. 6. Posse. 7. Maxime. 8. Intelligere. 9. -fi'ic. 
10. Scriptum. 11. Thucydides (genitive -c^^). 

3. When ^ I had ^ been engaged a-couple-of-years ^ in * 
law ^ cases, and my name ^ was very-well-known ^ in the 
forum, I went ^ away from Kome, When ^ I had ^ come to 
Athens,^** I stayed ^^ six months ^^ with ^^ Antiochus, and re- 
newed ^* the study ^^ of philosophy ^^ under " this teacher.^® 

1. Cum. 2. Versari. 3. Biennium. 4. /?i. 5. Causa.' 
6. Nomen. 7. «/am celehratum. 8. Proficisci. 9. Venire. 
10. Athence. 11. ^sse. 12. Mensis. 13. Ci^m. 14. Beno- 
vare. 15. Studium. 16. Philosophia. 17. Omit. 18. i^oc- 
^or (ablative absolute). 

XXI. 

1. When^ Paullus, to whom the war^ with^ Perses* 
had-been-allotted,^ had ^ gone home,^ that ^ very ^ day ^*^ he 
noticed ^^ that his little ^^ daughter Tertia was low-spirited.^' 

1. Cu7n. 2. Bellum. 3. Cum. 4. Parses (genitive ce). 
5. To be allotted, dbtingere (active). 6. Bedire. 7. Domus. 
8. /s. 9. ipse. 10. Dies. 11. Animadvertere. 12. Di- 
minutive ofjilia. 13. Tristiculus. 

2. "What^ is the matter," 2 said^ he, "my Tertia?" 
" Why 1 are you sad ? " * " My father," ^ said she, " Persa 
is 6 dead." 



LATIN COMPOSITION. 79 

1. Quid, 2. Omit. 3. Inquit 4. Tristis. 5. Pater, 
6. Perire. 

3. Then ^ the-father ^ embraced ^ the girl * tenderly ^ and 
said, " I ^ accept the omen,^ my daughter." 

Now ^ this ^ Persa was a puppy,^*^ which had " died. 

1. Turn. 2. The father, ille. 3. Complecti. 4. Puella. 
5. Comparative of adverb ar^e. 6. Accipere, 7. Omen. 

8. Autem. 9. /s. 10. Catellus. 11. ifoW. 

XXIL 

1. Plato, when ^ he was ^ provoked with a slave ^ of* his, 
bade^ him doff^ his tunic'' forthwith^ and hold^ out his 
shoulders ^® to the scourge,^^ intending ^^ to beat him him- 
self ^' with his own hand.^* 

1. Cu7n. 2. Irasci with dative. 3. Servus. 4. Of his = 
suus. 5. Juhere. 6. Ponere. 7. Tunica. 8. Statim. 

9. Hold out =^ro5&ere. 10. Scapulce, -ar^im. 11. Verier, 
-is, plural. 12. Future participle of ccedere. 13. Ipse. 
14. Manus. 

2. When ^ he was-aware ^ that he was provoked, he kept ^ 
his hand suspended,* just-as ^ he had raised ^ it, and stood ^ 
like ^ one ^ about to strike.^" 

1. Postquam. 2. Intellegere. 3. Detinere. 4. Sicspen- 
dere. 5. /S^zc?^^. 6. Tollere. 7. /S'ifare. 8. Similis. 
9. Omit. 10. Cf^c^ere. 

3. Being-asked ^ then ^ by a friend ^ who had happened * 
in what ^ he was-about : ^ " I am exacting ^ penalty," ^ said 
he, " from ^ a passionate ^^ man." ^^ 

1. Interrogare. 2. Deinde, 3. Amicus. 4. Happened 
in =z forte intervenire. 5. C^^^w. 6. Agere. 7. Exigere. 
8. Poena, plural. 9. ^&. 10. Iracundus. 11. HoTno. 



80 EXAMINATION PAPERS- 

XXIII. 

1. While^ this 2 was^ done at Yeii,* meantime^ the 
citadel ^ at Eome was in great '^ danger.^ 

1. Dum. 2. Hie (neuter plural). 3. Agere. 4. Veil, 
Veiorum. 5. Interim. 6. Arx. 7. Ingens. 8. Pericu- 
lum. 

2. For ^ the Gauls,^ having ^ observed a human * track,^ 
climbed-up ^ to the top "^ in a glimmering ^ night ^ in such ^® 
silence ^Hhat *^ they not ^^ only escaped-the-notice-of ^* the 
guards/^ but ^^ did not-even " rouse ^^ the dogs,^^ — a 
creature ^^ on-the-alert ^^ for ^'^^ noises ^' at night.^^ 

1. Namque. 2. Galliis. 3. Notare (ablative absolute). 

4. Humanus. 6. Vestigium. 6. JSvadere. 7. Summus, 
neuter. 8. SuUustris. 9. iVoa;. 10. Tantus. 11. Silen- 
tium. 12. Ut. 13. iVbTi solum. 14. F oiler e. 15. Custos. 
16. >S'ec?. 17. iVe — qnidem. 18. Exciiare. 19. (7a?iz5. 
20. Animal. 21. Sollicitus. 22. ^c?. 23. Strepitiis. 
24. Nocturnus. 

XXIV. 

1. Death ^ alone ^ confesses ^ how puny * are the bodies ^ 
of men.^ 

1. Jllf<?r5. 2. >S(9te. 3. Fateor. 4. Quantulus. 5. (7or- 
pusculum. 6. Homo. 

2. There ^ is nothing ^ better ^ than agriculture/ nothing 
sweeter,^ nothing worthier ^ of a free ^ man. 

1. Omit. 2. iV^7^^7. 3. Bonus. 4. Agrimdtura. 

5. Dulcis. 6. Dignus. 7. Xi6er. 

3. When ^ Livius Salinator was ^ going out of the city ^ 
to* carry on war^ against^ Hasdrubal, Fabius advising^ 
him to ascertain ^ the strength ^ of the enemy ^^ first," he 



LATIN COMPOSITION. 81. 

answered ^^ that lie would not let ^' a chance ^* for fighting ^* 
pass.^^ 

1. Cum. 2. Egredi (with ablative). 3. Urhs. 4. Gerere. 
5. Belhim. 6. Adversus. 7. Moneo, ablative absolute. 

8. Agnoscere. 9. F"is (plural). 10. Hostis. 11. PW?^. 
12. Respondeo. 13. Omitto. 14. Occasio. 15. Pugno 
(genitive of gerund). 

XXV. 

1. During^ these events,^ horsemen ^ had been sent* to 
Alba, to^ transport^ the populace^ to Eome. Then le- 
gions^ were brought^ for the-purpose^ of destroying ^^ the 
city. 

2. When these ^ entered " the gates,^^ there was not that 
commotion^* such^* as is apt^® to belong-to^® captured^'' 
cities, when, on-the-capture ^^ of the citadeP^ by force,^^ 
the rush ^^ of armed ^ men ^ through the city confounds ^ 
all things ; 

3. but a sad '^ silence ^ so enchained ^^ the minds ^ of 
all, that, forgetting ^ what to leave,^^ what to take ^ with 
them, they stood '^ on the thresholds,^ or wandered^ 
through their homes.^ 

1. Inter. 2. Omit. 3. Eques. 4. Mitto. 5. Express 
by a relative clause. 6. Traduco. 7. Multitvdo. 8. Legio. 

9. Duco. 10. Diruo. 11. Intro. 12. Porta. 13. Tu- 
multus. 14. Qualis. 15. Soleo. 16. Expressed by the 
case of "cities." 17. Capio. 18. Express by a passive 
verb. 19. Arx. 20. Vis. 21. Cw?'m5. 22. Armo. 
23. if^sceo. 24. Tristis. 25. Silentium. 2Q. Defigo. 
27. Animus. 28. OUiviscor. 29. Pelinquo. 30. ^«r(?. 
31. >S'^o. 32. Limen. 33. Pervagor. 34. Domus. 



82 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

XXVI. 

1. "Whenever^ the spring ^ had-set-in,^ Yerres devoted* 
himself to journeyings,^ in which he showed^ himself so- 
very ^ energetic ^ that nobody ^ ever ^" saw ^^ him sitting ^^ 
on ^^ a horse. ^* 

1. Cum. 2. Ver. 3. Coepit esse. 4. Do. 5. /i(er. 
6. Proebeo. 7. C/'s^'ite eo. 8. Impiger. 9. Nemo. 10. t^Ti- 
quam. 11. F^c?eo. 12. >S^ec?eo. 13. 7?^. 14. Equus. 

2. For he used to ride^ in a sedan and eight, in which 
there was a cushion ^ stuffed ^ with rose-leaves.* Moreover,^ 
he had ^ one ^ garland ^ on his ^ head,^^ another " on his ^ 
neck,'^ and ever-and-anon ^^ he gave ^* his nose a little-net ^' 
of the finest ^^ of thread," with tiny ^* meshes,^ full ^o of 
rose-leaves. 

1. To ride in a sedan and eight, Xec^ica octophoro ferri. 

2. Pulvinus. 3. Far do. 4. ^osa (singular). 5. Autem. 
6. Habeo. 7. ZZtiz^s. 8. Corona. 9. Omit. 10. Caput. 
11. Alter. 12. Collum. 13. Identidem. 14. -4c^ no^res 
sihi admovere. 15. Reticulum. 16. Tenuis. 17. Linum. 
18. Minutus. 19. Macula. 20. Plenus. 

XXVII. 

1. Nasica when^ he had come to Ennius's^ and the girl^ 
had told him that Eimius was not at home, was aware* 
that she had said it at her master's^ order,^ and that he was 
at home. A few*^ days after when^ Ennius had come to^ 
Nasica's, Nasica cries out^ that he is not at home. Then^ 
Ennius: "What! don't I know^^ your voice ?"^i Here- 
upon ^2 ;N'asica: "You are a shameless ^^ fellow ;i* I be- 
lieved ^^ your girl, don't you believe me ? " • 

1. Cum. 2. Come to Ennius's, venire ad- Ennium. 

3. Ancilla. 4. Sentio. 5. Domifius. 6. Jussu (ablative). 



LATIN COMPOSITION. 83 

7. Paucus. 8. Exclamo. 9. Turn. 10. Cognosco. 11. Vox. 
12. ffic. 13. Infudens. 14. Homo. 15. Credo, 

2. It was more^ important ^ for the Athenians to have 
solid ^ roofs* on^ their ^ houses^ than the loveliest^ ivory ^ 
statue ^^ of Minerva. StilP^ I would rather be Phidias ^^ 
than the best possible ^^ carpenter.^* 

1. Plus. 2. It is important, interest. 3. Firmus. 
4. Tectum. 5. In. 6. Omit. 7. Domicilium. 8. Pulcher 
(superlative). 9. "Of ivory," ex and ebur. 10. Signum. 
11. Tamen. 12. Phidias, Phidice. 13. FeZ with superla- 
tive of bonus. 14. Faber tignarius. 

XXVIII. 

1. At the same^ time^ King Attains, having gone^ from 
Thebes* to Pergamus, dies^ in his seventy-second year,^ 
after '^ reigning^ four-and-forty years. To this man fortune^ 
had given no claim ^^ but^^ wealth ^^ toward^^ the hope^* of 
the throne.^^ 

1. Idem. 2. Tempus. 3. Proficiscor. 4. Tliebce, The- 
barum. 5. Morior. 6. Annus. 7. Cum (literally, " when 
he had reigned "). 8. Regno. 9. Fortuna. 10. No claim, 
nihil. 11. Prceter. 12. Divitice. 13. Ad. 14. Spes. 
15. Regnum. 

2. By using^ this^ at once^ economically* and^ in prince- 
ly style ^ he brought it to pass^ that he seemed^ not unwor- 
thy ^ of the throne. Then,^ after the Gauls were conquered ^<^ 
in a single ^^ battle,^^ he assumed ^^ the name^* of King.^^ 

1. Utor. 2. Eefers to divitice. 3. At once . . and, si- 
mul . . simul. 4. Prudenter. 5. In princely style, mag- 
nifice. 6. Bring it to pass, efficio. 7. Videor. 8. Indig- 



84 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

nus. 9. Deinde. 10. Vi7ico. 11. Unus. 12. Prcelium. 

13. Adscisco. 14. Nomen. 15. Regius, -a, -i^-m. 

3. He ruled 1 his subjects ^ with perfect^ justice,* he 
showed^ unparalleled^ fidelity^ to his allies,^ he was cour- 
teous^ to wife^^ and children,^^ — four he left^^ surviving/^ 
— gentle^* and generous ^^ to friends.^^ 

1. Rego. 2. Suus, -a, ^um. 3. Summa. 4. Justitia. 
5. Prcesto. 6. Unicus. 7. Fides. 8. Socius. 9. Comis. 
10. Uxor. 11. Liheri. 12. Relinquo. 13. SupeTstes,-stitis. 

14. Mitis, 15. Mnnificiis. 16. Amicus. 



LATIN GRAMMAR. 85 



LATIN GRAMMAR. 



1. Decline career, deus, arcus, dies, giving the gender of 
each, with the rule for it, and marking the quantities of 
penultimate and final syllables in all the cases. 

2. Give the gender of via, gladius, Tiberis, with the rule 
for each. Give Ablative singular of sedile,ticrris ; Genitive 
plural of mr, pater, hostis, equa. 

3. Decline alter, alacer, iste. Compare gracilis, inferuB, 
ingens, malus ; compare jprope, and the adverbs formed 
from acer, alius, 

4. Give principal parts of pono, sedeo, domo, vincio. 
Give Future Active Participle and Future Passive Participle 
of jpono, and Pluperfect Active Second Person Plural of 
sedeo, marking the quantities of all the syllables of both 
verbs. Inflect the Present Indicative of eo ; of nolo. 

6. Name some classes of verbs followed by the Genitive, 
by the Dative, by the Ablative, by two Accusatives. Give 
some of the rules for the Subjunctive after Pelative Pro- 
nouns ; for its use after Particles. How is not expressed 
with the Imperative ? How is a Wish expressed ? 

II. 

1. Before what vowels have g and c a soft sound ? 
What is the gender of Januarius ? of Corinthus ? of Aquilo ^ 
Give the rule for each. What is an Epicene Noun ? 
What words are naturally neuter ? What is Declension ? 
What are some of the general rules for Declension ? Which 
apply to aU nouns ? 



86 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

2. Decline dea, Penelope, mr, vis, harbiton, sedile. When 
does the Nominative plural of the third declension end in 
-ia ? Give the three general rules for gender in nouns of 
the third declension. What is the gender of tellus, legio, 
arundo, amnis ? Give the rule for each. Decline domus, 
hos, Vergilius. What are the Heterogeneous Nouns, and 
Heteroclites ? Give some examples of each. Give the 
rule for the derivation of Patronymics ; of Diminutives. 
What do the terminations -ium, -avium, -He, in nouns 
denote ? 

3. Decline alius, quisquam, tu. Give the rules for com- 
paring adverbs. What is a Gerund ? a Gerundive ? a 
Supine ? a Participle ? Give the synopsis of possum in the 
Third Person Singular throughout the verb. Inflect the 
Imperatives, Active and Passive, of moneo, amo, capio, audio. 
What are Irregular Verbs ? Give the list of them. What 
compounds oifacio have^f in the passive ? How do you 
form Frequentative Verbs ? how Inceptives ? how Inten- 
sives ? How are adverbs formed from adjectives ? 

4. What does ultimus mean ? What do hie and ille 
mean when used together ? Explain all the uses of suus 
which you know. When is the Nominative of the Third 
Person wanting ? Translate in two ways, " A woman of 
remarkable beauty " {femina, maximus, pulchritudo). Ex- 
plain the Genitive, — pridie ejus diei. How do you translate 
the name of a town to which motion pror'-eeds ? How from 
which ? How the name of a town where an event occurs ? 
How in each case if the name of the place is not the 
name of a town ? 

5. Tell all the ways in which a voluntary agent can be 
translated. Translate, " We pity (miseret) them." When 
ia the Passive Voice followed by the Accusative of the 



LATIN GRAMMAR. 87 

thing ? Wliat is Synecdoche ? How do you translate 
expressions denoting time how long, and time at which 
something happens ? What cases follow potior, fido, doceo, 
peto, juvat, voco f What two different Ablative construc- 
tions may follow a comparative ? In what senses does ut 
take the Subjunctive ? in what the Indicative ? What con- 
struction follows jpriusquam, quin, cum ? Mention four 
cases of a Subjunctive after qui. » 

6. Tell all the ways you know of translating a clause 
denoting a purpose into Latin. When is the Infinitive 
used without a subject ? State the use of the Genitive, 
Dative, Accusative, and Ablative of Gerunds. What is the 
general order of words in a Latin sentence ? 

7. Give the rules for Increment in nouns and verbs. 
When do two consonants lengthen the preceding vowel ? 
Give the general rules for the quantity of final syllables. 

Ill 

1. Decline honos. What is its gender ? Why ? Is this 
gender natural or grammatical, and what is the difference 
between these two classes of genders ? Mention some 
classes of nouns which are masculine from their signifi- 
cation. Some which are feminine. How do neuter nouns 
of the third declension end ? Decline any one you think 
of How do you distinguish the declensions of nouns ? 

2. Decline duo. Decline levior. Of what degree of 
comparison is it ? Give the other degrees of comparison 
of the same word. Compare magnus. Mention other ad- 
jectives which are irregular in their comparison. 

3. Decline ipse. Give all genders of the Nominative 
singular of quis. Of the Interrogative qui. Decline siquis. 

4. What is an Irregular Verb ? Give a synopsis of the 



88 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

verb esse. Write out the Present tense of this verb in all 
modes and persons. How do yon distingnish the conju- 
gations ? What are the principal stems of verbs? Give 
the terminations of the First Person Indicative of a verb of 
the third conjugation in all the tenses. What is a Fre- 
quentative Verb ? 

5. What is the Increment of a verb ? What is the 
quantity of verbal increments ? What is the general rule 
for the quantity of the increments of nouns ? 

lY. 

1. Give the three general rules for the gender of nouns 
of the third declension. Gender and rule for Boreas, manus^ 
res, virtus. 

2. Decline the following nouns, marking the quantities 
of the penultimate and final syllables in all the cases: 
imago, domus, poeina, respuhlica, juvenis. 

3. Decline tu, nierque, aliquis, hrevior. Compare cle- 
mens, par, diu. What does the termination -He in nouns 
denote ? -lentus in adjectives ? 

4. Give principal parts of jnvo, resisto, spondee, haurio, 
marking the quantities of all the syllables in all the forms. 
Inflect the Perfect Active Indicative of resisto. Imperative 
Active and Passive of haurio. Give the synopsis of fio in 
the present stem. 

5. Give several cases of nonns which follow the verb 
sum, and the rules for them. What cases follow utor, re- 
cordor, parco, p€enitet? What cases do the prepositions 
super, prce, inter, govern respectively ? How is a Purpose 
expressed ? 

V. 
1. Decline the following nouns, marking the quantity of 



LATIN GRAMMAR, 89 

the penultimate and final syllables through all the cases : 
ala, genius, pars, conclave, acus, acies. Give the gender of 
each noun, with rule for it. 

2. Decline the adjectives acer Sindfacilis; the pronouns 
quidam and uter. Compare acer,facilis,felix, mains. Form 
adverbs from pulcher and prudens, and compare them. 
How do you express in Latin Jive, fifth, and five times f 

3. Give the principal parts of the following verbs, marking 
the quantity of all the syllables : sto, torqueo, cado, ccedo, 
cedo, ordior. Inflect the Perfect Subjunctive Active of 
cedo, and the Present Imperative Passive of ordior, mark- 
ing the quantities throughout. 

4. What case or cases follow pudet, fxmgor, prcesum, 
doceo? Translate into Latin: 1. He asked (rogo) him 
whether (num) Caius had come (venio). 2. He said (dico) 
that Caius would come. 3. He orders {impero) Caius to 
come. 4. He w^as hindered (impedio) by Caius from (quo- 
minus) coming. 5. He was waiting (ppperior) until {dum) 
Caius should come. 6. No one {nemo) waited who was 
able (possum) to come. 7. If he had waited, I should not 
have come. 8. Would that (utinam) Caius would come. 
9. Do not come, Caius. 

VI. 

1. Decline virtus, domus, puer, calcar, giving the gender 
of each with the rule for it, and marking the quantity of the 
penultimate and final syllables in all the cases. 

2. Give the gender of juvenis, canon, ratio, flos, with the 
rule for each. Give the Ablative singular of AncJiises, aper, 
tribus ; Genitive plural of nubes, respublica, mater. 

3. Decline piger, gravior, ambo, quisque. Compare frugi, 
humilis, and the adverbs formed from acer, durus. 



90 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

4. Give the principal parts of veto, lacesso, pendo, pendeo, 
sepelio, mentior. Mark the quantity of all the syllables 
of the verbal forms adjuvare (from adjuvo), tetenderitis 
(from tendo), and give all the voices, moods, tenses, num- 
bers, and persons in which they may be found. Inflect the 
Future Perfect Indicative Passive of moneo, marking the 
quantity of all the syllables. 

5. Translate into Latin in as many ways as you are able : 

1. He sent (mitto) men to seek (peto) an oracle (oraculum)^ 

2. He heard (audio) that Caius had fled (fugio). 3. He 
feared (timeo) that Caius had fled. 4. He was angry (iras- 
cor) that Caius had fled. What cases follow the prepo- 
sitions prce, sitb, inter, respectively ? Give the rules which 
you remember for the Dative after verbs. 

VII. 

1. Decline filia, vesper, navis, nemus, domus ; mark the 
quantity of the penultimate and final syllables through all 
the cases ; give the gender of each noun, with the rule. 
Give the rules for the formation of the Genitive plural of 
the third declension. How are the Diminutives formed 
from nouns ? 

2. Decline crudelis, unus, duo, idem, aliquis ; compare 
crudelis, facilis, superus, vetics. What are the meanings 
respectively of the terminations -osus (e.g. vinosus), -His 
(e. g. mohilis), -ax {e. g. fallax) ? Give the Latin for a hun- 
dred, two hundred, and so on to nine hundred inclusive. 
Mark the quantity of the peuultimate and final syllables 
in all the Latin words given in this section. 

3. Give the principal parts of juvo, veho, sentio, censeo, 
ccedo, audeo. Inflect the Present Subjunctive Passive of 
juvo ; the Perfect Subjunctive Active of veho ; the Future 



LATIN GRAMMAR. 91 

Indicative Passive of ccedo ; the Imperfect Subjunctive 
Active of volo. Mark the quantity of the penultimate and 
final syllables. 

4. What case or cases respectively follow the verbs 
vcndo, dono, pcenitet, rogo, solvo, condGinno ? Translate into 
Latin : He orders (impero) Caius to be present (adsum). 
He feared (mettco) that Caius was not present. He sent 
(mitto) Caius to be present. He was angry (irascor) be- 
cause (quod) Caius was present. He is happy (beams) 
provided (dummodo) Caius is present. He did not know 
(nescio) on what day (dies) Caius was present. Where 
may the csesural pause occur in the dactylic hexameter ? 

VIII. 

1. Decline the following nouns, giving the gender of each 
with the rule, and marking the quantity of the penultimate 
and final syllables in all the cases : vir, Boreas, imago, 
murmur, fides, rus, portus. 

2. What is denoted by the terminations -mentiim (e. g. 
documentum from doceo), -or (e. g. fautor from faveo), -idus 
(e. g. calidus from caleo) ? Compare dexter, frugi, sacer, 
Juvenis, merito, and the adverbs from alacer and ceger. 

3. Decline integer, alius, dispar, plus, marking the quan- 
tity as in section one. Decline iste, meus, quidam. 

4. Mark the quantity of all the syllables of the verbal 
forms in this section (4). Give the principal parts of the 
following verbs: amhio, sto, maneo, arcesso. Give a sy- 
nopsis oifio in the present &tem. Inflect the Future Perfect 
Indicative, Active and Passive, of ccedo. In what places 
can capere be found ? In what places venimus, and how 
distinguished by difference of quantity ? 

5. By what cases may sum be followed ? Translate : He 



92 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

knew (scio) that Caius was coming (venio). He begged 
(pro) Caius to come. He feared (timeo) that Caius would 
not come. He sent (mitto) men to hinder (ohsto) Caius 
from coming. Explain the use of ille, is, hie, iste, ipse, sui. 
Give some of the rules for the case of a noun referring 
to the same person or thing as a preceding noun. 

IX. 

1. Decline Annius, radix, fons, fios, exemplar, manns. 
Give the gender of each, with the rule. Give the rules 
for the formation of the Ablative singular of the third de- 
clension. What are the meanings of the endings -mentum 
{e. g. impedimenta), -hulum (e. g. pabulum), -tor (e. g. doc- 
tor), -etwm (e. g. rosetum) ? 

2. Decline alacer, supplex, iste, qualis, unusqidsque. 
Compare ceger, suavis, dives. What is the Latin for four, 
forty, four hundred, fourth, fortieth, four hundredth ? What 
is the significance of the ending -ax (e. g. ferax) ? -cundus 
{e. g. verecundus) ? 

3. Give the principal parts of cupio, cubo, tego, foveo, 
mncio, veho. Inflect the Future Indicative of redeo and 
morior ; and the Present Subjunctive of suspicor and malo. 

4. Give all the rules for the construction of names of 
towns. What classes of verbs in Latin are constructed 
with the Genitive case ? What classes with the Ablative ? 
What is the difference of meaning between the Imperfect 
and Pluperfect tenses of the Subjunctive in Conditional 
Sentences ? How are clauses in English introduced by 
that to be translated into Latin ? W^hat is the difference 
between Tie and ut non ? Write down the following words 
in four columns, and mark the quantity of every syllable : 
fieri, arhores, habere, desinit, flebat, venerunt, eveho, laborat, 



LATIN GUAMM\R. 93 

imjprdbus, dederint, perhrevis, diet, vidrices, congredi, nomen, 
dedecori, cupidine, auditur, noii, dbstulerunt, peritus, requi- 
reres, dirutuSy maritimus. 

X. 

1. Decline locus, sol, vis, mare, motus. Give the gender 
of each with the rule. What classes of nouns of the 
third declension form their Genitive plural in -ium. 

2. Decline lUer. Give the Ablative singular and Geni- 
tive plural of celeher, crudelis, supplex. Compare cams, 
humilis, parvus. Form adverbs from ceger and crudelis, 
and compare them. Give, in Latin, the multiples of ten 
from twenty to one hundred inclusive. Decline aliquis. 

3. Give the principal parts of verto, veto, gaudeo, vincio, 
vinco. Inflect the singular of the Present Subjunctive 
Active of verto and veto ; of the Future Indicative Pas- 
sive of vincio ; and of the Imperfect Subjunctive of eo. 

4. What Latin prepositions are followed by the Ablative 
case ? By what case are m and suh followed ? With what 
case or cases are the following verbs respectively con- 
structed : impero, pudet, doceo, ohlivlscor, ignosco ? What 
do utinam adsit and utinam adesset respectively mean ? 
Give the rules for the Subjunctive mood in the following 
sentences : 1. Nemo est qui te non metuat. 2. Fortis est qui 
te non metuat. 3. Dicit adesse hominem qui te non metuat. 
Write out the following words, and mark the quantity of 
all the syllables : transituros, sustulit, oceanus, congredi, 
virorum, rcducit, tradiderint, mare, Ccesare, ruina, humilis, 
victrices, acceperas, hostilis, ratus, nemini, tenebris, reliquce, 
nomina, requiris, graviora, distrahit, antiquus, mentitur. 

XL 

1. Decline triumvir, crinis, dies, cubile, imago, domus. 



94 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

Give the gender of each noun, with the rule. Give the 
rules for the formation of the Genitive plural of the third 
declension. Give the meaning of the terminations -He (e. g. 
ca]prile), -ium (e. g. collegium). 

2. Decline totus, dulcis, plus, quisquam. Compare capax, 
nequam, pauper. Give the Latin for ten and multiples of 
ten as far as one hundred. Form adjectives from Boma, 
Athence, civis. 

3. Give the principal parts of depromoy jaceOy verfo, or- 
dior, jacio, spoTideo. Inflect the Perfect Subjunctive Pas- 
sive of audeo ; the Imperfect Subjunctive of fio ; the 
Present Subjunctive Passive of domo ; the Imperative of 
ordior. 

4 Give the rules for the cases that follow the verbs 
potior^ pudety doceo, egeOy ignosco. Mention the various 
constructions by which a Purpose may be expressed in 
Latin. Give the rules for the use of the Subjunctive in 
Eelative Clauses. When is a Dactylic Hexameter called 
Spondaic ? 

XII. 

1. Decline Lucius, puppis, manus, hos, September, giving 
the gender of each noun with the rule, and marking the 
quantities of the final syllables throughout the declension 
of the first three. Give the rules for the genders of the 
following nouns : os, sermo, lapis, dies, exemplar. 

2. Decline acer, par, fortis, idem. Compare similis, 
pulcher, parvus. What are the meanings of the termina- 
tions -lentus (e.'g. opulentus), -ax {e.g. minax), -His (e. g. 
humilis) ? Give the Latin for eleven, nineteen, seventy-six ; 
seven, fourteenth, twenty-fifth. 

3. Give the principal parts of Icedo, sero, seco, ccedo, 



LATIN GRAMMAR. 95 

gaudeo, cado. Inflect the Present Subjunctive Active of 
Icedo ; the Future Passive of sero ; the Imperative Passive 
of ccedo. 

4 What case or cases follow the following verbs respec- 
tively : condemno, celo, pcenitet, pareo, interest ? Write in 
Latin " at Cannae " ; " to Cannae " ; " from Cannae " ; " at 
Kome." Translate : 1. Si Caesar adest, laetor. 2. Si adsit, 
laeter. 3. Si adesset, laetarer. 4 Si adfuisset, Isetatus 
essem. 5. Si adfuerit, laetabor. 

XIII. 

1. Write down the following words and mark the quan- 
tity of the penult, giving the rules of prosody : tempora, 
responderunt, dederint, discedo, iniquus, oceanus, remanet, 
egi, impedit, marnis, hrevis, cervices, protulit, nolite, vectigal. 

2. Meaning of termination -etum in rosetum ? Of -olus 
mfiliolus ? Of -ax in loquax ? Of -mentum in tegmentum ? 

3. Write the Perfects and Supines of diligo, reperio, ina- 
neo, per/undo, indnlgeo, cedo, ccedo, cado, moveo, cognosco. 

4 Compare acer, bene, magnus, similis, gravis. 

5. Give the Present Subjunctive and Future Indicative 
Third Person Singular of sum, cerno, eo, malo, caveo, venio. 

6. Decline sedile, fructus, homo, vir, ingenium, melior, 

7. Decline aliquis, alter, ipse. 

8. What is the Latin for five? Yot fifth? For five 
times ? ¥01 fifty ? fiftieth ? fifty times ? Write in Latin : 
One man in every ten. 

XIY. 

1. Give the gender of each of the following nouns, and 
the rule for it : pax, pactio, manus, munus, salus, ager, pes. 

2. Decline the following nouns, marking the quantity of 



96 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

the penultimate and final syllables in each form : filius, iter, 
domus, dies. Give the rules for the formation of the Abla- 
tive singular and Genitive plural of the third declension. 

3. Decline soliis, fortis, idem, quidam. Compare ingens, 
similis, sacer. Give the meanings of the following endings 
of nouns and adjectives: -ula (cornicula), -ium (ministe- 
rium), -etum (saxetum), -icius (patricius). 

4. Give the principal parts of the verbs /undo, veto, verto, 
voveo, sancio, ccedo. Give the Third Person Singular of the 
Present Subjunctive Active, and of the Future Indicative 
Passive of veto, verto, and sancio. Inflect the Imperfect 
Subjunctive Passive of facio, and the Future Indicative 
Active of transeo. 

5. By what cases respectively are these words followed : 
occurro, condemno, sub, fruor, noceo ? 

XV. 

1. Decline ^oema, domus, turris, Baice, marking the quan- 
tity of all penultimate and final syllables. Give the gender 
of each and the rule. Write the Vocative singular and 
the Dative and Accusative plural of dea, genius, locus. 

2. State the significance of the terminations in vehi- 
culum, orator, virtus, docilis. Give the word from which 
each is derived, and the rule for the quantity of the penult. 
Translate istic, istuc, istinc. What kind of a verb is cito ? 
Account for the quantity of its penultimate vowel. Give 
the principal parts of tono, potior, vivo, fido, vincio, and 
faveo. 

3. What case or cases follow similis, fungor, recordor, in, 
inter, interest? What classes of verbs are followed by 
both Genitive and Accusative ? What two constructions 
may follow circumdo ? 



LATIN GRAMMAR. 97 

4. Give tlie rules for the Subjunctive after nt, utinam, 
cum, dum, and quod (because). What is the meaning of 
quominus, and after what expressions is it used ? When 
may an Infinitive with its Subject Accusative stand inde- 
pendent in a sentence ? When may the Subject of an In- 
finitive be in the Nominative ? 

XVI. 

1. Decline deus, alius, tu, siquis, and audax, marking 
the quantity of penultimate and final syllables. Compare 
audax, multus, and nequam. Compare adverbs formed 
from audax, tonus, miser, and lionorificus. Give the rules 
for the gender of formido, caput, pax, fas, and Tiheris. 

2. Inflect the Future Indicative and Present Subjunctive 
of teneo, gero, sto, and fio, marking the quantity of all the 
syllables. Give the Infinitives of tollo and scribo. Give 
all the Participles of haurio and orior. Give the principal 
parts of ^lTO, vendo, paro, pario, pareo, memini, and nan- 
ciscor. 

3. What case or cases follow Jldo, juheo, memini, prce- 
sum, existimo, pcenitet, contra, clam, and the interjection 
? By what two cases may price or value be expressed, 
and when is one used and when the other ? What case 
follows the comparative when quam is omitted ? When is 
it necessary that quam be expressed ? Give five important 
rules for the Ablative without a preposition after verbs. 

4. When is ut omitted before the Subjunctive ? Give 
the rules for the Subjunctive in Eelative Clauses. Trans- 
late into Latin, " The plan of setting the city on fire," using 
first the Gerund and then the Gerundive. Plan, consilium. 
To set on fire, injlammare. 



98 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

XVII. 

1. Decline iogetheT . f rater meics. Also decline in the 
singular, with the proper gender of the adjective annexed, 
nox {units), fides (Punicus), mare {uterque), Orion (nimhosus), 
marking the quantity of penultimate and final syllables. 
Decline in the plural, marking the quantities in the same 
way, ensis (pugnax), jportus (tutus), finis (extremics), mos 
(vetus). Give the rule for the gender of each of the above 
nouns. What is an Epicene Noun ? Give the significance 
of the terminations -ooj in {jougnax), -osus in (nimhosus),^ 
also of -urio in (esurio), and -sco in (rubesco). Form an 
abstract noun from solu^. Compare pugna^, extremus, 
vetus. Compare adverbs formed from carets, malus, similis, 

2. Give the principal parts of reperio, ordior, cupio, 
eiromndo, aufero, tango, arcesso, marking the quantity of 
the penult. Inflect (marking the quantity of the penult) 
the Future Active Singular of maneo and venio ; and the 
plural of the Present Subjunctive Passive of facia and 
peto. Give all the Infinitives and Participles of purge, 
per go, morior ; and inflect the Imperative Active of dico. 

3. What case or cases follow oh, occurro, moneo, gaudeo, 
irascor, sub., pudet, pro, prceditus ? Give the rules for 
verbs which govern two Accusatives. In what ways may 
the agent be expressed ? State in what ways the construc- 
tion of names of towns differs from that of other names 
of places. Give aU the rules for the Subjunctive, denoting 
either purpose or result ; after quasi and priu^quam ; in 
the Indirect Discourse. 

XYIII. 

1. Decline together in the singular Jfarc?^ Tullius Cicero 
senex. In the same way decline (both in singular and 




LATIN GRAMMAR. 

plural) with the adjective annexed in the "J^^^^-gender, 
dies {fastus), flumen (aureus) ; in the plural : arma (victrix), 
dea (immo7'talis). Mark the quantity of all the vowels in 
the above nouns and adjectives. State the significance of 
the terminations -men in {fiumen), -eus in {aureus), trix 
in (yictrix.) "What classes of words of the third declension 
form the Ablative in -i only ? 

2. Give the principal parts of adjuvo, nolo, venio, pacis- 
cor, sperno, foveo, mordeo, scindo, marking the quantity of 
the penultimate vowel. Give the synopsis of mordeo and 
paciscor ; give all the Infinitives and Participles ; and inflect 
the Imperatives. 

3. Give all the rules you remember for verbs that govern 
the Dative. State the case or cases by which the price, 
the source, time when, and place where (including names 
of towns), are expressed, and give the rules. Give the 
rule for the Subjunctive in the following sentences: Quid 
enim, Catilina, est quod te jam in hac urbe delectare possit ? 
Nunc ego mea video quid intersit. Supplicatio decreta est 
his verbis quod urbem incendiis liberassem. C. Sulpicium 
misi qui ex sedibus Cethegi, si quid telorum esset, efferret. 
fortunate adolescens qui Homerum prseconem in veneris. 

XIX. 

1. Decline in the singular : fades, idem, ovile, sidus, 
filius. Decline in the plural : portus, dea, navis. Write the 
gender over the nouns (rules not required), and mark the 
quantity of all penultimate and final syllables. 1. Give 
the significance of the terminations -He in ovile ; -men in 
gestamen. 2. Form an abstract noun from felix; from 
(Bger, 3. Form a noun denoting the masculine agent from 
adjuvo, and a frequentative verb from cieo, and account for 



100 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

the quantity of their penultimate vowels. 4. Compare 
Immilis, juvenis, and adverbs formed from felix and ceger. 

2. 1. Give the principal parts of cado, ccedo, tono, re- 
perio, curro, pasco, paciscor, marking the quantity of the 
penult. 2. Give all the Infinitives and Participles of abeo, 
ulciscor ; the Present Indicative oi fio ; the Future Indica- 
tive Active and the Present Subjunctive Passive of munio, 
with the quantity of all the penults. 

3. 1. What case or cases follow super, tenus, recordor, 
fruor, similis ? 2. Give the principal parts of parco and 
confido, and the case that follows each. 3. Give the rules 
for the two cases after pudet, do, doceo, mo7ieo. 4. Give 
the Latin for "at home," "at Carthage," "from Carthage," 
" from Italy," " to Athens." Tu discessu ceterorum nostra 
tamen, qui remansissemus csede te contentum esse dicebas. 
5. Give the rules for discessu and ccede. What is the 
antecedent of qui ? 

4. 1. Give the rules for the Subjunctive after dum, cum, 
qtiominus. 2. Would ne or ut non follow restat and moneo, 
respectively ? Why ? Statuisti quo quemque proficisci 
placeret, .... dixisti paululum tibi esse etiam nunc 
morae, quod ego viverem. Eeperti sunt duo equites Eo- 
mani qui te ista cura liberarent. Idoneus est qui impetret 
quem legatum velit. Exclusi eos quos tu ad me salutatuni 
miseras. 3. Explain the Subjunctives in the above sen- 
tences ; the tense of impetret 4. Give the rule for salu- 
tatum. 

XX. 

1. Decline soror, vir, vis, vulnus, animal. Give the 
gender of each of these nouns, with the rule. Mark the 
quantity of all the penultimate and final syllables you write 
in this section. Give the Genitive plural of gens and hostis, 
with the rules. 



LATIN GRAMMAR. 101 

2. Decline sacer, aceVj alius. Compare similis, superiLS, 
jparvus, juvenis. Fonn and compare adverbs from aceVy 
alius. Decline idem, tu, and aliquis. Give the Latin 
numerals for sixty, seventy, eighty, six hundred, seven hundred, 
eight hundred. 

3. Give the principal parts of vinco, vincio, spondeo, 
domo, lacesso, ccedo, audeo. All the Participles and In- 
finitives of adipiscor and fero. The Second Person Singular 
of the Future Indicative and of the Imperfect Subjunctive 
of audeo, audio, fugio, eo, possum, volo. Mark all penul- 
timate and final syllables you write in this section. 

4. How is price or value expressed in Latin ? time in 
which ? place where ? What case or cases follow the verbs 
niiseret, obliviscor, ignosco, fungor, rogo, respectively ? 

5. What is a Spondee ? an Iambus ? What is an Heroic 
Hexameter ? 

XXL 

1. Decline mare, pignus, cor, fructus. Give the gender 
of these nouns, with the rules. Mark the quantity of any 
increments that occur in their declension. 

2» Compare humilis, niger, malu^. Give the synopsis of 
morior and gaudeo. Give the Second Person of the Future 
Indicative, and of the Present, Imperfect, and Perfect Sub- 
junctive of spero, fero, volo, in the Active Voice. The same 
offacio and audio in the Passive. Give the principal parts 
of/ateor, tono, peto, vincio, colo, tango. 

3. Compare diu. Form and compare an adverb from 
hrevis. What are the meanings of the terminations of 
copiosus, civilis, audacia, victrix ? What cases follow inferq, 
pcenitet, parco, careo, fruor, tenax, fretus, in, ante, super ? 

4. How is the place to which, the price, the agent of 
a Passive verb expressed in Latin ? 



102 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

5. How is a condition contrary to the fact expressed in 
Latin ? State one case in which a Kelative Clause requires 
the Subjunctive. One case where the Subjunctive is used 
in Principal Clauses. What is a Gerundive? Give an 
example. 

XXII. 

1. Decline Penelope, mons, cuhile, and give the gender 
with the rules. Mark the quantity of penults and final 
syllables of the above words. Decline uterque. Decline 
acer, and compare it. Form an adverb from it, and com- 
pare it. 

2. Compare senex and munificus. Give the derivation 
of filiolus, documemtuTriy quercetum, audax, capesso, and the 
meaning of the terminations. Give all the Participles and 
Infinitives of vereor and ccedo, and mark the quantity of 
the penults. Inflect the Imperative of few, ordior, nolo, 
fateor. Give the Present and Imperfect Subjunctive First 
Person Singular of adjuvo, eo, soleo, and fugio, marking the 
quantity of the penults. Give the principal parts of pario, 
pareo, paw, reddo, redeo, surgo, and of the compound of ah 
and few. 

3. What case or cases follow refert, irascor, circumdo ? 
How do the constructions of names of towns differ from 
those of other words ? How is the degree of difference ex- 
pressed in Latin ? How the agent by the participle in -dus I 
What construction is used after verbs of Saying ? Verbs 
of Fearing ? How may a Purpose be expressed ? How 
does a Gerund resemble a noun ? How does it resemble a 
verb ? How does the Gerundive differ from it ? 

XXIIL 
1. Dechne fllius, pectKS, manvs, animal. Give the gen- 



LATIN GRAMMAR. 103 

ders and mark the quantity of all penultimate and final 
syllables. Give the gender and the Ablative singular and 
Genitive plural of imago, mons, vis, turris, sedile. Decline 
capax, wger, and the comparative of miser. Compare facilis^ 
acer, and an adverb formed from piger. Decline uterque. 

2. Give the First Person of the Future Indicative, and all 
tenses of the Subjunctive of possum, pario, sono, vereor, eo, 
soleo. Mark quantities of penults. Give the Infinitives 
and Participles, Active and Passive, of spondeo, morior, 
paro, qucero, queror, adipiscor. 

3. Explain the force of the derivative terminations in 
longitudo, tenax, vehiculum, Priamides, clamito, vinolentus, 
filiolus. 

4. What is the construction in Latin of the place in 
which (including names of towns) ? the price or value ? the 
degree or measure of difference between objects compared ? 
the agent in the Passive Voice ? What case or cases follow 
credo, pudet, fungor, refert, aptus, avidus, dignus, in, pro, 
propter, doceo, condemno, circumdo ? 

5. How is a future condition with its conclusion ex-^ 
pressed ? How a condition contrary to fact ? How an object 
clause after a verb of Fearing ; of Commanding ; of Saying ? 
Translate cave eas and explain the peculiarity. When can 
you use the Gerundive for the Gerund ? Give an example 
of each. Give an example of the use of the Supine. 

XXIY. 

1. Decline the following words, and give their genders 
respectively: amis, collis, salus, gradus. Decline /e/ia?, qui- 
dam, senex. Compare parvus, heneficu^. Form and com- 
pare an adverb from acer. 

2. Give a synopsis of mordeo, scio^ in the Active Voice, 



104 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

and of Tiortor, orior, polHceor, nolo. Give the principal 
parts of paro, pario, pareo, ulciscor, pango, tollo. 

3. What are the meanings of the derivative terminations 
in acritudo, clamito, viTwulum, parvulus ? 

4. What case or cases follow moneo, prosum, rogo, in, 
prceter ? What is the force of num in a question ? of ne ? 
Explain the mood and tense of mansisset in, " Mansissetque 
utinam fortuna." Explain the mood of esset and the case of 
fronde in " Nos delubra miseri, quibus ultimus esset ille dies 
velamus fronde." Explain the mood of polliceantur in " Ad 
eum legati veniunt, qui polliceantur obsides dare." With 
what other constructions could the same idea be expressed ? 
What is the use of the supine in -um ? in -u ? Explain con- 
struction of USUI and fore in " Magno sibi usui fore arbitra- 
batur." Describe the feet of two syllables. Mark the 
quantity of the penults and last syllables in the above 
extracts. 

XXV. 

Translate the following extract: — 

Imitatus est homo Romanus veterem ilium Socratem, 
qui cum omnium sapientissimus esset sanctissimeque vixis- 
set, ita in judicio capitis pro se ipse dixit, ut non supplex aut 
reus sed magister aut do minus videretur esse judicum ; quin 
etiam cum ei scriptam orationem disertissimus orator Lysias 
attulisset, quam si ei videretur edisceret ut ea pro se in 
judicio uteretur, non invitus legit et commode scriptam esse 
dixit. 

Decline veterem, magister, judicum, ei. 

Compare invitus, sanctissime. 

Give the principal parts oi imitatus, vixisset, attulisset, 
edisceret, uteretur. 

Crive all the Participles and Infinitives of scriptam esse. 



LATIN GRAMMAR. 105 

What are the derivations of Romanus, orationem, orator^ 
and the meaning of the derivative terminations in each ? 

What is the construction (i. e. where are they made and 
why) of omnium, se, viderehor (in each of the two cases), 
edisceret, ea, scriptam esse, ei (first one), attulisset ? 

What are the principal rules for the change from Direct 
Discourse to Indirect ? 

XXVI. 

Translate: — 

Sin autem quis requirit, quae causa nos impulerit, ut hsec 
tarn sero Uteris mandaremus, nihil est, quod expedire tam 
facile possimus. Nam, cum otio langueremus, et is esset 
reipublicse status, ut earn unius consilio atque cura gubernari 
necesse esset ; primum, ipsius reipublicse causa, philoso- 
phiam nostris hominibus explicandam putavi, magni existi- 
mans interesse ad decus et ad laudem civitatis, res tam 
graves tamque praeclaras Latinis etiam literis contineri. 
Eoque me minus instituti mei poenitet, quod facile sentio, 
quam multorum non modo discendi, sed etiam scribendi, 
studia commoverim. Complures enim, Grsecis institutioni- 
bus eruditi, ea, quae didicerant, cum civibus suis communi- 
care non poterant, quod ilia, quae a Graecis accepissent, 
Latine dici posse diffiderent. Quo in genere tantum pro- 
fecisse videmur, ut a Graecis ne verborum quidem copia 
vinceremur. 

Decline cimbus, decus, status, quis, grams. f 

Compare minus, graves. 

Give the principal parts. Active and Passive (if any), of 
requirit, impulerit, sentio, diffiderent, eruditi, vinceremur. 

Give the synopsis of didicerant, commoverim^, pcenitet. 

Explain construction (where made and why) of possimus, 
esset, hominibus, magni, me, instituti, scribendi, commoverim, 
diffiderent. 



106 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

XXVII. 

Translate (omit any words you do not remember, but 
give their construction) : — 

P. Scipionem, Marce fili, eum, qui primus Africanus ap- 
pellatus est, dicere solitum scripsit Cato, qui fuit eius fere 
sequalis, numquam se minus otiosum esse quam cum otio- 
sus, nee minus solum quam cum solus esset : magnifica 
vero vox et magno viro ac sapiente digna ; quae declarat 
iUum et in otio de negotiis cogitare et in solitudine secum 
loqui solitum, ut neque cessaret umquam et interdum con- 
loquio alterius non egeret; ita duse res, quag languorem 
adferunt ceteris, ilium acuebant, otium et solitudo. Vel- 
lem nobis hoc idem vere dicere liceret. 

1. (a) Give the principal parts of the verbs from which 
come the forms solitum, scripsit, loqui, egeret, acuebant, liceret y 
vellem. (h) Give the Present, Imperfect, and Perfect Sub- 
junctive, and all the participles of the same verbs, (c) Mark 
the quantity of each penult in the forms you have given. 

2. Decline cequalis, solus, viro, idem. 

3. Compare primus, minus, vere. 

4. Account for mood and tense of dicere, solitum, esset, 
cessaret, vellem, liceret. 

5. Account for case of eitis, vox, viro, otio, conloquio, nobis, 
ceteris. 

6. Explain derivation of cequalis, otiosus, magnifica, ne- 
gotiis,, solitudine, cessaret, conloquio, acuebant. 

7. Mark the feet and quantities and explain the metre 
of the following lines : — 

Cetera labuntur celeri cselestia motu 

Cum caeloque simul noctesque diesque feruntur. 



LATIN GRAMMAR. 107 

XXVIII, 

Translate : -r- 

M. Atilius Eegulus, cum consul iterum in Africa ex in- 
sidiis captus esset duce Xanthippe Lacedsemonio, impera- 
tore autem patre Hannibalis Hamilcare, iuratus missus est 
ad senatum, ut, nisi redditi essent Poenis captivi nobiles 
quidam, rediret ipse Karthaginem. Is cum Eomam venis- 
set, utilitatis speciem videbat, sed eam, ut res declarat, fal- 
sam judicavit ; quae erat talis : manere in patria, esse 
domui suae cum uxore, cum liberis, quam calamitatem ac- 
cepisset in beUo, communem fortunse bellicse judicantem 
tenere consularis dignitatis gradum. Quis haec negat esse 
utilia ? quem censes ? magnitude animi et fortitude negat. 
Num locupletiores quseris auctores ? 

Decline together Atilius Regulus ; captivi nobiles qui- 
dam; speciem falsam. 

Give principal parts of the verbs from which come red- 
diti essent, rediret, manere, quairis. 

Give the Present and Perfect Subjunctive (1st Person) 
and all the participles of the above verbs, and inflect the 
Future Indicative. 

Mark the quantity of the penults and last syllables of 
all the Latin words you have written. 

Explain the derivation and force of derivative ending of 
the words auctores, nobiles, utilitatis, consularis, utilia, fal- 
sam, bellicce. 

What is the stem and what the root of magnitudo ? An- 
alyze the word by derivation as far as you can. Do you 
know any other words in Latin or other languages from the 
same root ? 

Explain construction of Poenis, duce, Bomam, domui, for- 
iuTice. 



108 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

Explain mood of redditi essent, rediret, manere, accepisset 
Mark the quantities and divide into feet the following 
lines. What verse and metre are they ? 

Quodcumque attigerit, siqua est studiosa sinistri 

Ad vitium mores instruet inde suos. 



FEENCtt 109 



FEENCH. 

I. 

I. Charles XII. eprouva ce que la prospdrite a de plus 
grand et ce que I'adversite a de plus cruel, sans avoir ete 
amolli par Tune ni ^branle par I'autre. Presque toutes 
ses actions, jusqu'a celles de sa vie privee, ont ete bien au 
dela du vraisemblable. C'est peut-Q,t\Q le seul de tons les 
hommes, et jusqu'ici le seul de tons les rois, qui ait vecu 
sans faiblesse ; il a porte toutes les vertus des heros a un 
exc^s ou elles sont aussi dangereuses que les vices opposes. 

II. II a ete le premier qui ait eu I'ambition d'etre con- 
querant sans avoir I'envie d'agrandir ses Etats ; il voulait 
gagner des empires pour les donner. Sa passion pour la 
gloire, pour la guerre, et pour la vengeance, Tempecha d'etre 
bon politique, quality sans laquelle on n'a jamais vu de con- 
querant. Avant la bataille et apres la victoire, il n'avait 
que de la modestie ; apres la defaite, que de la fermete ; 
dur pour les autres comme pour lui-meme, comptant pour 
rien la peine et la vie de ses sujets aussi bien que la sienne : 
homme unique plutot que grand liomme, admirable platot 
qu'a inliter. Sa vie doit apprendre aux rois combien un 
gouvernement pacifique et heureux est au-dessus de tant de 
gloire. 

III. Charles XII. etait d'une taille avantageuse et no- 
ble ; il avait un beau front, de grands yeux bleus remplis 
de douceur, un nez bien form(^, mais le bas du visage desa- 
greable, trop souvent defigure par un rire frequent qui ne 
partait que des levres ; presque point de barbe ni de che- 



110 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

veux : il parlait tres-peu, et ne repondait souvent que par 
ce rire dont il avait pris I'habitude. On observait k sa 
table un silence profond. II avait conserve dans I'inflexi- 
bilite de son caractere cette timidite qu'on nomme mau- 
vaise honte ; il eut ete embarrasse dans une conversation, 
parce que, s'^tant donne tout entier aux travaux et a la 
guerre, il n' avait jamais connu la societe. — Voltaire. 

1. Translate II. and III. of the above. 

2. State mood and tense of italicized verbs in I., and 
give them in full. 

3. Give the principal tenses of devoir, connaitre, appren- 
dre, vivre. (Thus, Infin., etre ; Pres. Part., 6tant ; Past 
Part., ete ; Pres. Ind.,ye suis ; Vyq^., je fus) 

4. Using mostly the words of I., translate into French : 
{a) Charles has lived in adversity, (b) This man is dan- 
gerous, (c) All heroes have not lived in the greatest pros- 
perity, (d) Have you re-read {relu) what you have writ- 
ten {ecrit) ? 



ARITHMETIC. Ill 



AEITHMETia 

I. 

1. Eeduce f , ^g, ^, and -^ to their Least Common De- 
nominator. 

2. Divide ^ by 42. Divide J of if by ^ of ||. 

TO 2 

3. Eeduce « ^^ J^ g to its simplest form. 

4. Eeduce ^^ of a gallon to the fraction of a gill. 

5. Add |, I, and ^9^ off 

6. How long must $ 133 be on interest (simple) at 7 per 
cent to gain $ 32,585 ? 

7. What is the compound interest on $ 1,000 for 3 years 
at 7 per cent (interest payable annually) ? 

8. What is the cube of J ? of .006 ? 

9. Divide 46.08 by 1,000. Divide 1.096641 by 15.21. 

10. What is the square root of 104.8576 ? 

• 11. What is a Circulating Decimal ? Give an example 
of a Circulating Decimal. 
12. What are Duodecimals ? 

n. 

1. Find the Greatest Common Divisor of 48 and 130. 

2. Eeduce J, |, -^j, and \^ to their Least Common De- 
nominator. 

3. What part of l^ is J ? 

4. Subtract 15J from 18f. 



112 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

5. Divide 1^ by 1^. Multiply the same. 

6. Divide i of f of 2J by ^. 

7. Write l^^^- and 2y^ in a decimal form. Give tlie 
division in decimals of the first by the second. 

8. Divide .09 by .0016. Multiply them. 

9. Divide 876.196 by 2.12. If the decimal point were 
moved, in the first, two places to the left, and, in the second, 
one place to the right, how many times greater or less 
would the quotient be ? 

10. Find the square root of 49.2804. 

11. What is the fourth power of 2 ? of 0.2 ? of .02 ? 

12. If a man travels 64 rods in .05 of an hour, how many 
minutes will it take him to go a mile ? 

13. Find the simple interest on $1,000 for 1 yr. 2 
mos. and 12 ds. 

14. How many feet, board measure, in a plank 12 ft. 
4 in. long, 2 ft. 3 in. wide, and 4 in. thick? (Multi- 
plication of Duodecimals.) 

III. 

1. What is the Least Common Multiple of 20, 24, and 
36? 

2. Add I, I, 2^^, and 3-^. 

3. Multiply 48 by f^. Divide ^-^ by ^^. 

4. Eeduce - — ^|-^ — - to its simplest form. 

6. Eeduce ^ of & bushel to the fraction of a pint. 

6. Eeduce 5 yds. 2 ft. 6 in. to the decimal of a rod, 
long measure. 

7. Multiply 34.27 by 60,000. Divide 10634.16 by .4506. 



ARITHMETIC. 113 

8. At what rate per cent must $ 370 be put on interest 
to gain S 5i^.50 in three years ? 

9. Wh^t is the amount of $25 for 3 yrs. 5 mos. at 
^iompound interest ? 

10. What is the third power of 30 ? of .03 ? 

11. What is the square root of 104.8576 ? 

12. What are the contents of a granite block that is 8 
ft. 9 in. long, 3 ft. 2 in. wide, and 2 ft. 5 in. thick ? (Multi- 
plication of Duodecimals.) 

IV. 

1. What is the Greatest Common Divisior of 1181 and 
2741? 

2. Reduce f , y^^, and ^^ to a Common Denominator. 

3. Divide J of if by i\ of If. 

4. Add ^, |, and -f^ of f . 

5. Reduce f f of a gallon to quarts, pints, etc. 

6. Multiply 4 lbs. 8 oz. 16 dwt. 20 gr. by 72. 

7. Find the interest on $ 76.72 from April 18, 1852, to 
January 26, 1855, at 6 per cent. 

8. What principal at 6 per cent will amount to 
$360,585 in 16 months? 

9. Multiply .427 by 345. 

10. Divide 87.6^ by 47, also by .47. 

11. What is the square root of 747.4756 ? 

12. Give an example of a Continued Fraction. 



^^^twe( 



V. 

1. Name all the Prime numbers in the series of numbers 
tween 1 and 30 inclusive ; resolve all the Composite 



114 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

numbers into their Prime Factors ; and name all the perfect 
squares, cubes, and other powers in the same series. 

2. From | of | take J of |. 

3. Divide I X 72 J by | of f of 9f . 

4. Eeduce 9 rds. 1 ft. and 6 in. to the fraction of a furlong. 
6. Multiply 8.764 by 40.015. 

6. What is the square of 11 ? of .11 ? 

7. Divide 769.428 by 200 ; by .00002. 

8. Transform the Infinite Decimal .2i6 into its equiva- 
lent Vulgar Fraction. 

9. What quantity of boards will be required to lay a floor 
14 ft. 8' 3" in length and 13 ft. 6' 9" in width ? (MultipUca- 
tion of Duodecimals.) 

10. Find the square root of 4.190209. 

11. Find the interest on $76.72 from April 18, 1852, to 
January 26, 1855, at 6 per cent. 

12. If $50 gain $5.60 in 3 yrs. 6 mos., at simple in- 
terest, what is the rate per cent ? 

13. Give an example of a Continued Fraction. 

VI. 

1. What are the Prime Factors of 360 ? 

2. What part of a mile is one inch ? 

3. Eeduce ^r to a Simple Fraction. 

4. Add ^ of a pound, f of a shilling, and |^ of a penny 
together. 

5. What is the product of -f of j^ of 15, and if of llf ? 

6. Divide 100 by 4f 

7. What is the square of 10.01 ? 



ARITHMETIC. 115 

8. Divide .1 by .0001. Divide 10 by .1. 

9. Eeduce -^ to a decimal. Eeduce -jf^ to a Circulating 
Decimal. 

10. What is the interest on $ 1461.75 for 4 yrs. 9 mos. 
at 8 per cent ? 

11. The interest on $437.21 for 9 yrs. 9 mos. is 
S 127.884 : what is the rate of interest ? 

12. Find the square root of 4.426816. 

VII. 

1. What is the Least Common Multiple of 21, 36, 50, 
and 64 ? 

2. Add together |, Jf , and ^^, and from their sum sub- 
tract -f^. 

3. Multiply || by 1% of 2^. 

4. Eeduce y\ of a furlong to inches. 

5. Multiply 200.043 by 2.021. 

6. Divide 9.00081 by 900 ; 4004004 by .002 ; .000624 
by 324. 

7. What are the contents of a granite block 12 ft. 2' 3" 
long, 6 ft. 8' 9" wide, and 4 ft. 9' 2" thick ? 

8. What is the amount of $ 5216.75 from Januar}^ 21, 
1860, to July 3, 1863, at 8 per cent, compound interest? 

9. Find the cube of 10.1 ; of 1.01. 

10. Find the square root of 49.87604. 

11. Define a Circulating Decimal and give an example- 
What is a Continued Fraction ? 

12. What is the difference between an Arithmetical and 
a Geometrical Progression ? 




116 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

VIII. 

1. What is a Prime Number ? Find the Prime Factors 
of 4800. 

2. What Prime Factors compose the Greatest Common 
Divisor and the Least Common Multiple of several 
numbers ? Find the Greatest Common Divisor and the 
Least Common Multiple of 84, 126, and 140. 

3. From |- of -^^ subtract -^^ of 11 

4. Divide -i, of ^i- of 3i by j^^ 

5. Give the rule for pointing off in the multiplication of 
decimals, and explain the reason. 

6. Multiply 0.0400268 by 0.260075. 

7. Divide 0.011825369 by 5.884. What is the quotient 
of 118253690 by the same divisor ? 

8. Eeduce ^-l^ to a Circulating Decimal Verify the 
result by reducing it back to a Vulgar Fraction. 

9. Eeduce 0.845 of a mile to furlongs, rods, feet, and 
inches. 

10. The interest on $ 127.50 from June 26, 1798, to May 
8, 1802, was $36,975 : calculate the rate of interest. 

11. Find the square root of 7.333264. 

12. Find the cube root of 96702.579. 

13. If 6 men can build 20 feet of a stone-wall in 10 
days, how many men can build 360 feet of the same wall 
in 90 days ? 

IX. 

1. Eeduce 10917 to the product of its Prime Factors. 

2. Find the Greatest Common Divisor of 720, 336, and 
1736 ; Least Common Denominator of f f, -^, ^■^. 



ARITHMETIC. 117 

3. From 36^^ take f . 

4 Multiply f of ^/ of 41 by ^^^rjs- What part of || 

yards is J of an inch ? 

5. Give the rule for pointing off in multiplication of 
decimals, and explain its reason. 

6. Reduce 0.0007648267 to a Vulgar Fraction. 

7. The product of three numbers = 70.04597 ; two of 
them equal 3.91 and 3.0005 respectively. Find the third. 

8. Eeduce the Infinite Decimal 0.81247 to a Vulgar 
Fraction. 

9. Find the amount of $1000 for 2 yrs. 2 mos. 12 
ds., compound interest, at 6 per cent, payable annually. 

10. Find the square root of 39.037504. 

11. Find the cube root of 0.000000148877. 

12. Find the third power of 3 ; of 0.3 ; of 0.003. 

13. If a family of 9 persons spends $ 305 in 4 months, 
how many dollars will maintain it 8 months, if 5 persons 
more were added to the family ? Multiply 10 ft. 3' 2" by 
6 ft. 7' 8". 

X. 

1. What is a Prime Number ? When are two numbers 
prime to each other ? What Prime Factors compose the 
Greatest Common Divisor and the Least Common Multiple 
of several numbers ? Find the Greatest Common Divisor 
and Least Common Multiple of 156, 234, and 260. 

2. From -^^ of 1| subtract ^^ of ^^ ; reduce the answer 
to its lowest terms, and reduce it to a decimal. 



3. Divide V of ^ of If by ^^- 



118 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

4 Reduce J^f oT ^^ ^^^ lowest terms. Eeduce ■^^, ^|, -^g, 
^^, and g^Q to their Least Common Denominator, add them, 
and reduce the sum to its simplest form. 

5. Multiply 6.4 by 1.5. Multiply 0.64 by 0.15. Divide 
701.5 by 2.806. Divide 0.7015 by 280.6. Reduce the last 
answer to its lowest terms as a Vulgar Fraction. 

6. The number 209.069673692836 is composed of three 
factors, of which two are 20083.6 and 0.260075. Find the 
third factor. 

7. State the rule for pointing off in the multiplication of 
decimals, and give its reason. 

8. Reduce the Infinite Decimal 0.0136 to its lowest terms 
as a Vulgar Fraction, and verify the result by reducing 
back to a decimal. 

9. Calculate the date at which a sum of $ 450, which was 
put at simple interest at 8 per cent, December 30, 1797, 
amounted to S 642.30. 

10. Reduce 6 fur. 30 r. 6 ft. 7^ in. to the decimal of a 
mile. 

11. Divide 5 cwt. 12 lbs. 4 oz. by 7. Multiply 2 ft. 3' T 
by 9ft. 5' 11". Reduce £17 9s. 3d. to Federal money, 
taking 4 s. 6d. = Sl. 

12. Find the proportion in which sugars worth 5 cents 
and 8 cents a pound must be taken to form a mixture worth 
6| cents a pound. 

13. How many digits compose the 3d power of a number 
containing two digits ? "What is the reason of your 
answer ? What is the third power of 3 ? of 0.3 ? of 0.03 ? 
of 30? 

14. Find the cube root of 39512.447416. 

15. Find the square root of 13 to five places of decimals. 



ARITHMETIC. 119 



16. If 3 men can build a wall 60 feet long, 8 feet 
high, and 3 feet thick, in 64 days of 9 hours, how many 
days of 8 hours will 20 men require to build a wall 400 
feet long, 9 feet high, and 5 feet thick ? 

XL 

1. Which of the numbers 5, 9, 13, 18, 21, 25, are Prime 
Numbers ? and which of them are prime to the number 10 ? 

2. Find the Greatest Common Divisor and the Least 
Common Multiple of 630, 840, and 2772. 

3. From J of || subtract g^ of 2 J ; reduce the answer to 
its lowest terms ; and reduce it to a decimal. 

4. Divide If of j\ X 13i by -^j^. 

5. Multiply 76000 by 1.05. Multiply 0.076 by 0.0105. 
Divide 2926.5 by 0.3902. Divide 29.265 by 390.2. Ee- 
duce the last answer to its lowest terms as a Yulgar Fraction. 

6. Reduce to their lowest terms as Yulgar Fractions the 
Infinite or Circulating Decimals 0.27, 0.0127, 0.0027, 0.0027. 

7. Calculate the date at which a sum of $234, which was 
put at simple interest at 9 per cent, October 25, 1798, 
amounted to $ 351. 

8. Reduce 6 fur. 30 r. 6 ft. 7^ in. to the decimal of a mile. 

9. Find the cube root of 9358 to two places of decimals. 

10. If 6 men can build a waU 80 feet long, 10 feet 
high, and 9 feet thick, in 100 days of 9 hours, how many 
days of 10 hours will be required by 15 men to build a 
wall 200 feet long, 9 feet high, and 5 feet thick ? 

XIL 

1. Find the Greatest Common Divisor and Least Com- 
mon Multiple of 144 and 780. 



120 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

2. Reduce J, f , j^, and -J-J to their Least Common De- 
nominator. 

3. What part of f is | ? 
4 Subtract 15J from 18f. 

5. Divide 1|^ by IJ. Multiply the two together. 

6. Divide i of f of 2^ by ^. 

7. Write 1^^2 ^^^ ^tV ^^ ^ decimal form. Give the 
division in decimals of the first by the second. 

8. Divide .09 by .0016. Multiply them. 

9. Divide 876.196 by 2.12. If the decimal point were 
moved, in the first, two places to the left, and, in the 
second, one place to the right, how many times greater or 
less would the quotient be ? 

10. Find the cube root of 51 to three places of decimals. 

11. Reduce to their lowest terms as Vulgar Fractions the 
Infinite or Circulating Decimals, 0.2343,0.002343, 0.012343, 
0.002343. 

12. If a man travel 64 rods in .05 of an hour, how many 
minutes will it take him to go a mile ? 

13. Find the simple interest on $1000 for 6 yrs. 4 
mos. and 15 ds. at 8 per cent. 

14. How many feet, board measure, in a plank 12 ft. 4 
in. long, 2 ft. 3 in. wide, and 4 in. thick ? 

XIII. 

1. Reduce f fyf^ to its lowest terms. 

2. Reduce -f^, i-J, -^j, ^^, and ^-^ to their Least Common 
Denominator ; add them, and reduce the result to a deci- 
mal form. 



ARITUMETiC. 121 

3. Divide -^ of j\ of 8^, by ^-3^. Simplify, and re- 
duce to lowest terms by cancelling. 

4. Multiply 37900000 by 2.005. Multiply 0.0379 by 
0.2005. Write the numbers 37900000 and 0.0379 in 
words. 

5. Divide 1909.14 by 0.02708. Divide 190.914 by 
27080. 

6. Keduce to their lowest terms as Vulgar Fractions the 
Infinite or Circulating Decimals, 0.608l, O.OOSi, 0.1081, 
0.108. 

7. Find the simple interest on $1000 for 5 yrs. 4 
mps. and 15 ds. at 20 per cent. To how much will 
$ 1000 amount in 4 years, at compound interest, at 20 per 
cent? 

8. Eeduce 5 fur. 33 r. 9 ft. lOf in. to the decimal of a 
mile. Reduce £ 17 8 s. 9 d. to Federal money, taking 4 s. 
6d. = $l. 

9. Multiply 2 ft. 3' 7" by 9 ft. 5' 11". 

10. Find the cube root of 77869 to three places of 
decimals. Find the square root of 0.5 to five places of 
decimals. 

XIV. 

1. Reduce ^^^ to its lowest term. What is a Prime 
number ? When are two numbers said to be prime to each 
other ? 

2. Find the value of | — J + 4| + f 1 + ^-^ ; and reduce 
the result to its lowest terms, and also to a decimal form. 

3. From 31 subtract (^ of ^ of l^\-^^l Simplify 
by cancelling. 



122 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

4. Multiply 2.708 by 0.007005. What is the product 
of 2.708 by 70050000 ? Write the numbers 0.007005 and 
70050000 in words. 

5. Divide 283891.3 by 0.07084. What is the quotient 
of 2.838913 divided by 708.4 ? 

6. From 1 sq. rd. 5 sq. ft. subtract 7 sq. yd. 139 sq. in. 
Divide £ 32 16 s. 3 d. by 7. 

7. Reduce 44920.9025 hours to years (of 365 days), 
days, hours, minutes, and seconds. 

8. Find the cube root of 0.61 to five places of decimals. 
Find the square root of 79000 to three .places of decimals. 

9. Reduce to their lowest terms as Vulgar Fractions the 
Infinite or Circulating Decimals 0.00054 and 0.20054. 
Add 0.03 to 0.462, expressing the result as an Infinite or 
Circulating Decimal. 

10. A certain sum of money was put at simple interest 
at 9 per cent, December 21, 1790. At what date did it 
become tripled ? 

XV. 

1. What is the Greatest Common Divisor of two num- 
bers ? of 4760 and 3432 ? 

31 

2. Subtract | of | from | of ^f, add to the remainder -f^, 

divide the result by 6-J, and change the quotient to a deci- 
mal. 

3. Divide 0.000647808 by 6.72. Write the quotient in 
words. 

4. I owe three notes bearing interest from date : the first, 
date4 June 1, 1866, is for $450.00; the second, dated Dec. 
17, 1866, is for $ 750.00 ; the third, dated March 15, 1867, 



ARITHMETIC. 123 

is for $600.00. I wish to substitute for these a single note 
for $ 1800.00: what should be the date of it ? 

5. Find the square root of 0.9. 

6. Find the cube root of 751089.429. 

7. Find the cube of 4 ; of 0.4 ; of 0.0004. 

8. A sum of money was put at interest, at 7^ per cent, 
October 30, 1866 : at what date will it be tripled ? (A 
year = 365 days.) 

9. If 4 men dig a trench 84 feet long and 5 feet wide in 
3 days of 8 hours each, how many men can dig a trench 
420 feet long and 3 feet wide in 4 days of 9 hours each ? 

10. How many feet, board measure, in a plank 12 ft. 4 
in. long, 2 ft. 5 in. wide at one end, 2 ft. 1 in. wide at the 
other, and 4 in. thick ? 

11. In what proportion shall sugars worth 7 and 12 cents 
a pound be taken to form a mixture worth 9J cents a 
pound ? 

XVI. 

1. What is the Least Common Multiple of two or more 
numbers ? of 48, 98, 21, and 27 ? 

2. Add g^ and ;^; divide the result by 7Jf, and 

change the quotient to a decimal. 

3. A certain bank declares a semiannual dividend of 4 
per cent : what can I afford to pay for its shares if I wish 
to get 6 per cent a year for my money ? 

4. Eeduce .445 of an acre to rods, feet, and inches. 

5. Divide 0.0018891 by 3.75. Write the quotient in 
"Words. 

6. Find the cube root of 748613.312 ; of 0.27. 



124 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

7. Find the square of 0.9 ; of tliree millionths. Write 
the results in words. 

8. How many feet, board measure, in a plank 16 ft. 4 in. 
long, 1 ft. 7 in. wide, and 4^ in. thick ? 

9. A, B, and C liire a pasture for $ 92. A pastures 6 
horses for 8 weeks, B 12 oxen for 10 weeks, and C 50 cows 
for 12 weeks. Now, if 5 cows are reckoned as 3 oxen, and 
3 oxen as 2 horses, how much shall each man pay ? 

10. If 496 men, in 5 days of 12 h. 6 m. each, dig a trench 
of 9 degrees of hardness, 465 feet long, 3| feet wide, and 4|- 
feet deep, how many men will be required to dig a trench 
2 degrees of hardness, 168| feet long, 7J feet wide, and 2 J 
feet deep, in 22 days of 9 hours each ? 

XVII. 

1. What is the Least Common Multiple of two or more 
numbers ? What is the Least Common Multiple of 3150 
and 2310? 

2. From ^ of If take ^, add to the remainder f , and 
divide the result by 6f . 

3. Divide 0.00091471 by 9.43. Write the quotient in 
words. 

4. How many yards of carpet which is | of a yard wide 
does it require to cover a floor 17 feet long and 16 feet 6 
inches wide ? 

5. Reduce 0.758762 acres to square rods, square feet, etc. 

6. Find the square root of 0.002539 to five places of deci- 
mals. 

7. Find the cube root of 0.15 to three places of decimals. 

8. What is the interest of $875.26 from October 10, 
1866, to July 10, 1868, at 7^ per cent ? 



ARITHMETIC. 125 

9. One metre (in Long Measure) = 39.37 inches. Ex- 
press one foot in the metric system, both in Long Measure 
and in Square Measure. 

XVIII. 

1. Find the Greatest Common Divisor and the Least 
Common Multiple of 340200, 583200, and 2268000. 

2. From /j- of 2|- subtract the product of 0.075 and 1^, 
and divide the remainder by 12. Eeduce the result to its 
lowest terms as a Vulgar Fraction, and also to a decimal 
form. 

3. Divide 10 times (^ of ^ of 9^^\ by ^ 

4. Divide 189695.4 by 2.708. What is the quotient of 
0.01896954 divided by 2.708 ? Write the latter quotient 
in words. 

5. Reduce to their lowest terms as Vulgar Fractions the 
Infinite or Circulating Decimals 0.0036 and 0.0136. Add 
0.07 to 0.382, expressing the result as an Infinite or Circu- 
lating Decimal. 

6. A certain square field contains 38.75 acres. Compute 
the lens^th of one side of the field in metres. Given one 
square metre = 1550 square inches. 

7. The sum £ 46 6 s. 8 d. was put at interest at 4 per cent 
on the 20th June, 1868. Required the amount on the 5th 
May, 1875. 

8. Find the cubic root of 77869 to three places of decimals. 

9. At what rate of compound interest will $ 2500 amount 
in 3 years to $ 4320 ? At what rate of simple interest ? 

XIX. 

1. Reduce ^WiriiV ^^ ^^ lowest terms. What is a 



126 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

Prime Kumber ? When are two numbers said to be prime 
to each other ? Eeduce the numerator and denominator of 
the above fraction to their Prime Factors. 

2. From 5J subtract ^^ -^- ^^3^ of ^ of 4^\ 

3. Divide 33368949.63 by 0.007253. What is the 
quotient of 3336.894963 by 72530 ? What is the third 
power of 0.1 ? of 100 ? Write these answers in words. 

4. Find the cube root of 0.0093 to five places of decimals. 
Find the square root of 531.5 to three places of decimals. 

5. Eeduce to their lowest terms as vulgar fractions the 
Infinite or Circulating Decimals 0.225, 0.00225, and 
0.25225. Eeduce # to a Circulating Decimal. 

6. From 1 sq. rod 5 sq. ft. subtract 7 sq. yd. 139 sq. in. 

7. Find the amount of £ 50 12 s. 5 ds. at simple interest 
at 8 per cent, at the end of 5 yrs. 2 mos. and 3 ds. 

8. One metre = 39.37 inches. Compute from this datum 
the value of 4 miles in kilometres. 

XX. 

1. Divide two thousand five hundred one and four tenths 
by four thousand one hundred twenty-five ten millionths. 
Divide 1.29136109 by 184.3, and write the quotient in 
words. 

2. How do you divide one Vulgar Fraction by another ? 
Give the rule and the reason of the rule. Illustrate by 
an example. 

71 Sf 

3. From the sum of f^^and ~2~ subtract Jf, and divide 

the result by the product of 3^ and 2^. 

4. Find the cube root of 10 to four places of decimals. 



ARITHMETIC. 127 

5. Find the square root of 0.0000001. 

6. A merchant sold a quantity of goods for S 29900. He 
deducts five per cent from the amount of the bill for cash, 
and finds that he has made fifteen per cent, on the invest- 
ment. What did he pay for the goods ? 

7. What is the compound interest on £ 47 13 s. 6 d. for 3 
yrs. 4 mos. 15 ds., at 3|- per cent ? 

8. How many feet of board in a plank 17 ft. long, 22 
inches wide at one end, 13 inches wide at the other, and 
4 inches thick ? 

9. Write the tables for Long Measure and Square 
Measure. 

XXI. 

1. Eeduce 179487 to the product of its Prime Factors. 

2. Find the Greatest Common Divisor of 13212 and 
1851. 

3. To divide by a Vulgar Fraction : give the rule and the 
reason of the rule. 

4. Find the sum of the following numbers : fifty-seven 
and three thousandths ; three hundred and sixty-four 
hundred thousandths ; forty-seven thousand and eight thou- 
sand and seven hundred thousandths ; eighty-seven hundred 
miUionths ; four hundred and twenty-seven ten thousandths. 

5. Divide (2| X -^q) by (2^— If), and reduce the result 
to a decimal. 

6. What is the difference between Bank Discount and 
True Discount ? Give an example. 

7. Bought $ 1500 worth of goods, half on 6 months' and 
half on 9 months' credit. What sum at 7 per cent inter- 
est, paid down, would discharge the whole biU ? 



128 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

8. Find the cube root of 0.29 to three places of decimals. 

9. The interest on £ 50 12 s. 6 d. for a year is £ 1 15 s. 
5|d. What is the rate per cent ? 

10. A cubical vat measures 9 feet in each direction : what 
is its capacity in Litres 'i (Given 1 metre = 39.37 inches.) 

11. In the Metric System of Weights and Measures 
what is the unit of length ? of surface ? of volume ? of 
weight ? How are they related to each other ? 

XXII. 

1. Divide four millionths by four millions, and write the 
quotient in words. 

2. The metre = 39.371 inches: compare the kilometre 
with the mile. 

3. Change |- to a decimal, and extract the cube root to 
four places. 

4. Express 38 sq. rods, 21 sq. yards, 5 sq. feet, 108 sq. 
inches, in decimals of an acre. 

5. The capital stock of a certain bank is $ 500,000, and 
directors have declared a dividend of 4 per cent. The sum 
set aside from the profits to meet this dividend is subject 
to a revenue tax of 5 per cent. What sum must be set 
aside in order that the stockholder may receive a dividend 
of 4 per cent on his stock ? 

6. From J7 ^ i subtract ^. 

7. A man has a bin 7 ft. long, 2\ ft. wide and 2 ft. deep, 
which contains 28 bushels of corn ; how deep must he 
build another, which is to be 18 ft. long, 1 ft. 10 J in. 
wide, in order to contain 120 bushels ? (Solve this question 
by analysis, and give your reasoning in full.) 



ARITHMETIC. 129 

8. ^Vhat is the present worth of $ 10,000, due three years 
hence, at 7 per cent compound interest ? 

9. Find the Greatest Common Divisor of 1274, 2002, 
2366, 7007, and 13013. 

10. How do you verify your work when you have multi- 
plied together two large numbers ? Give an example to 
illustrate your method. 

XXIII. 

1. Find the Greatest Common Divisor and the Least 
Common Multiple of 13860 and 38500. What is the 
Least Common Multiple of 15, 18, and 35 ? When are two 
numbers said to be prime to each other ? 

2. Divide It by f of (j? — i ]• Simplify by cancelling. 

3. Eeduce to its lowest terms as a Vulgar Fraction 
0.05405. Eeduce -^^ to a Circulating Decimal. 

4. Find the number of cubic inches (to the nearest tenth) 
in the British imperial gallon, which contains 10 pounds 
of water. Given 1 gramme == weight of 1 cubic centimetre 
of water, 1 cubic metre = 35,3 cubic feet, 1 kilogramme = 
2.2 pounds. 

5. Find the square root of 0.076 to six significant figures. 

6. A rectangular field measures 30 rods and 6 feet by 21 
rods and 11 feet. Find its area in acres, roods, rods, and feet. 

7. Find the sum on which the interest at 9 per cent for 
5 years 1 month and 18 days is $947.10. 

8. Find the interest on one pound sterling at 5 per cent 
for one year ; for one month. 

XXIV. 

1. What is the Greatest Common Divisor of 1872 and 
432 ? Obtain the answer, if possible, by factoring. 



130 EXAMIXATIuN PAPERS. 

2. What is the smallest sum of money that can be made 
up either of 2-cent, of 3-cent, of 5-cent, of 10-cent, or of 
2 5 -cent pieces ? 



3. Add|-to(^7i-^i^). 



4. By a pipe of a certain capacity a cistern can be 
emptied in 3 3^ hours ; in what time can it be emptied by 
a pipe the capacity of which is f greater ? 

5. Find the vahie of 7 acres 35 rods 127 feet of land, 
at $ 108.15 per acre. 

6. How many litres are there in a rectangular vat 2.8 m. 
long, 2 m. wide, 5 dcm. deep ? 

7. Find the square root of 0.9 to four places of decimals. 

8. My agent sells for me 2000 yards of cloth at 24 cents 
a yard. He allows the purchaser 5 per cent discount for 
cash, and charges me 2 J per cent on the cash receipts. 
How much money does he pay over to me ? 

XXV. 

1. Find the Greatest Common Divisor of 187 and 153. 
Also the Least Common Multiple of the same t «vo numbers. 

2. Multiply 108 billionths by two thousand, and extract 
the cube root of the product. 

3. Add i to ?i=^. 

4. A cellar is to be dug 30 feet long and 20 feet wide : at 
what depth will 50 cubic yards of earth have been re- 
moved ? 

5. What is the amount of $340 at 8 per cent for 1 year 
3 months, the interest being compounded semiannually ? 

6. A man receives $ 18 for six days' work of 8 hours 



ARITHMETIC. 131 

each ; what should he receive for 5 days' work of 9 hours 
each ? 

7. A cistern is 4 metres long, 24 decimetres wide, and 
80 centimetres deep. How much water will it hold in 
cubic metres ? In litres ? In cubic centimetres ? In 
grammes ? In kilogrammes ? 

8. I have a rectangular lot of land, 64 rods long and 36 
rods wide, and a square lot of the same area ; how many- 
more feet of fencing will be needed for the former lot than 
for the latter ? 

XXYI. 

1. Add 'J of ^^ toff. 

2. Multiply 0.145 by 0.297, and give the answer as a 
Circulating Decimal. 

3. Find the Greatest Common Divisor of 43700 and 
9430. Also obtain their Least Common Multiple. 

4. I buy one fifth of an acre of land for $2178. For 
how much a square foot must I sell it, in ordO" to gain 
twenty per cent of the cost ? 

5. The kilogramme equals 2 lb. 8 oz. 3 dwt. 2 gr. How 
many centigrammes equal one grain ? 

6. What is the present worth of $ 678.75, due 3 years 8 
months hence, at 7 per cent compound interest ? 

7. Multiply the square root of 0.173056 by the cube root 

of Mfli 

8. A can do a certain piece of work in 10 days, working 
8 hours a day. B can do the same work in 9 days, working 
12 hours a day. They decide to work together, and to 
finish the work in 6 days. How many hours a day must 
they work ? 



132 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

XXVII. 

1. Divide 0.75 by || X 0.081. 

2. Find the least common multiple of ^^, -j^, 2^, 5, 
and 6^. 

3. A and B, 44 miles apart, travel towards each other. 
A travels -^j of the whole distance, while B travels ^ of 
the remainder. How far are they then apart ? 

4. In what time will $ 680, at 4 per cent simple inter- 
est, amount to $ 727.60 ? 

5. How many cubic yards are there in a cistern the 
dimensions of which are 64 dcm., 225 cm., and 3.75 m. ? 

6. If 9 men build 247y2^ rods of wall in 28 days, in 
how many days will 8 men build 51 rods ? 

7. What is the difference between the square root and 
the cube root of 1771561 ? 

8. A can do a piece of work in 10 days, A and C can 
do it in 7 days, A and B can do it in 6 days ; in how many 
days can B and C together do it ? 

XXVIII. 

1. The sum of ^ ^,,^:^^^ and ^i^ is how many 

times the difference ? 

2. How many kilometres are there in 2 m. 6 fur. 39 rd. 
5 yd. ? 

3. What common fraction equals the sum of 0.18 and 
0.307692 ? 

4. A cube contains 79507 cubic inches. How many 
square inches does its surface contain ? 



ARITHMETIC. 133 

5. Having purchased an acre of land, I sell from it a 
rectangular lot, 121 yds. long, and 25 yds. wide, for what 
the whole acre cost me. What per cent do I gain on the 
land thus sold ? 

6. A collector who charges 8 per cent commission on 
what he collects pays me $534.75 for a bill of $775. 
What amount of the bill does he collect ? 

7. A can travel around a certain island in 2-^^ days, B 
in 2>\ days, C in 3J days. If they set out at the same 
time from the same point, and travel in the same direction, 
in how many days will they all come together at the start- 
ing-point, and how many times will each man have gone 
around the island ? / X--^ &^1 



134 EXAxMINATION PAPERS. 



ALGEBRA. 

I. 

1. Multiply a^ + 2a^x + 2ax^ + a^hj a^— 2 o^x + 
2ad^ — 0^. 

2. Divide 1 by 1 — m^, finding five terms of the series. 

3. Divide — 6 ^* + 96 by — 3 r» + 6. 

4. Divide ^^-'-fn^-\-^) by 2 a (^ + y), 

5. Find the greatest common divisor of numerator and 

x^ 1 

denominator, and reduce the fraction ^ _, 3 to its lowest 

terms. 

^ -r^. .1 ah — hx ^ ac — ex 

6. Divide -j-^ — by 



7. Eeduce 1 s— i — s to the form of a fraction. 

or -\- x^ 

8. A farmer sells to one man 5 cows and 7 oxen for 
$ 370, and to another, at the same rate, 10 cows and 3 
oxen for $ 355. Eequired, the price of a cow and that of 
an ox. 

9. What is the fourth power of — 3 ^2 ^2 ? 

10. What is the third root of — 729 a^ b^ c^ ? 

11. Find (2 a — by by the Binomial Theorem. 

II. 

1. Multiply a^+SaH'^—5 aH* hj 7 a^ — 4a^b^ + b\ 

2. What is the value of — (10 — 3 a^) (10 + 3a^)1 

3. Divide 12 aH^ — UaH^+6 a^ b^—a^hj 2 aH^^a\ 



ALGEBRA. 135 

4. Eeduce 7-5-1 — ^c-^-s — ^ 1 — s^ to its lowest terms. 

(a;2 _|_ y2) (^2 _ 2 ;Cy + /) 

5. Eeduce - A z S — = to its simplest 

' cd bed ^ 

form as a single fraction. 

lOa'ic^ 5 a' X 

6. Divide - — 3-^ by 77= ^ and reduce the answer to 

its lowest terms. 

7. Find the value of x in terms of a, I, c, from the equa- 
tion — ; = . What does this value become 

b a 

when a = 2, & = — 1, and c = 3 ? 

8. The sum of the distance passed over by two locomo- 
tives, the first running 6 hours and the second 4 hours, is 
228 miles ; but the second goes 24 miles more in 8 hours 
than the first goes in 12 hours. Find the distance each 
goes in an hour ? 

9. (_ 7 ^^2^2 ^ ^hat ? ^(— ^^^) = what? 

10. Find by the Binomial Theorem (a — h)^ and (1 — 
3 a;3)6. 

III. 

1. From 5a^h+Zh^c — 7(^de take — 6a^h— (4.(^d6 
-^462c). 

2. Multiply a^ -{- X y -\- y^ hj a^ — xy -\- y\ 

3. Divide re* — y^hj x — y. 

//p2 ___ 7/" J ( ^ 7/ ) 

4. Eeduce -, — , ' . , \ 'H — tx to its lowest terms. 

{x-{-y) {x^— 2xy + y^) 

6. Add together Z x -] — =- and x 5-. 

6. Multiply X — ^J^ by ar^ — ^^4^. 



136 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

8. Divide the number 75 into two such parts that three 
times the greater may exceed seven times the less by 15. 

9. What is the fourth power of — p — ? 

10. What is the third root of ^1 

11. Find (& — 2 c^y by the Binomial Theorem. 



IV. 

1. Reduce a-\-h — (2a — Sh) — (5a + 7h) — {—lZa 
+ 2 6) to its simplest form. 

2. Multiply a^ -\-h^ — chja^ — h^ 

3. Divide — 1 -\- a^n^hy — 1 -{- an. 

4. Eeduce to one fraction — r-^ -J s. 

a + 2 ' a — 2 

5. Multiply a -f- by x 



a -\- x' 

6. Divide ^-7 -r — by -^ «• 

7. How much money have I when the fourth and fifth 
part amount together to % 2.25. 

8. Find the fifth power of — 2 a\ 

9. Find the fourth root of ..^ ,,„ ,^ . 

1 6 a}^ r® 

10. Find (5 a — 4ic )* by the Binomial Theorem. 

V. 

1. Reduce the following expression to its simplest form ; 
ax + h {x + c) + c^ — [{a — h) X ~ ih ~ c) Q) -\- c)]. 

2. Multiply X'\-2y~Zz'hjx—2y-\-Zz. 



ALGEBRA. 137 

3. Divide Sa^ — 12a^ + Sa^ + lSa^ — SOhj 6 — 4:a^, 

4. Combine .^—^ - ^-^p^^ - ^—^ in a single 
fraction, and reduce it to its lowest terms. 

5. Divide ^ + 1 — 2by^ — -. 

6. Find (a — hf and {^—2i/\ by the Binomial 
Theorem. 

7. Solve the equation r- 1 = —  — r» ^^ which a 

^ a a -\- a — 6 

and I denote known quantities. Find also the value of x 
when a = — 1, 5 = 3. 

8. Find a certain fraction which is such that if 3 be sub- 
tracted from both numerator and denominator, the value of 
the fraction becomes \, and that if 11 be added to both 
numerator and denominator, the value of the fraction be- 
comes |. 

9. Solve the equations 2x — y =s 5, Sy — 2z ^= — 13, 
2z — 4:x = 2. 

10. Verify the answers of Nos. 7, 8, and 9, by showing 
that they satisfy the original conditions. 



YI. 

1. From Q ac — bah + (^ subtract Sac — [Sah — 
(c_e2) + 74 

2. Divide 28 a2 _ 6 a3 — 6 a5 — 4 a* — 96 a -f 264 by 
da^—4:a+ 11. 

3. Eeduce - — ,, / 2 / » l l lav ^o its lowest terms. 

(a — b) {a-^ -f- 2 a b -f- b^) 

4. From 3 a; + 7 take x -. 

* b c 



138 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

/p4 J4 X^ -\- b X 

^' I^ivide ^2__2bx + b^ ^^ x — b ' ^^^^ ^^^^^^ *^® ^^" 
swer to its lowest terms. 

6. Multiply (-1^3)* by V^(-8-*y- 

7. Find {x — 2/)5 and (a2_ 3 })f by the Binomial Theo- 
rem. 

8. Find a number from which if 5 be subtracted | of the 
remainder will be 40. 

9. Solve the equations x — ^z=^ — 2y, Sx — 5y=20, 
4:Z==5x — 27. 

10. Verify the answers to Nos. 8, 9, by showing that 
they satisfy the original conditions of those problems. 

VII. 

1. From 4 a^x — (2 ahc — 4 &c + 8^) subtract 8 ahc — 
(4:a^x—2d) + ahc. 

2. Multiply x^ -{' X y -{- "i/^ hj a^ — ^ 2/ + 2/^- 

3. Divide 3 a*— 8aH2 -f 3a2c2 + 5&* — Sh^c^ by 
a2 — 52 

4. Reduce ^ r~. I ?2w 2 ^ ilt^ l i.\ ^^ ^^^ ^im- 

(a^ — 2ab -\- b^) {or — b^) (a + 0) 

plest form by inspection. 

5. From x ^^- take 2x A •. 

^ -p.. ., a^ — b"^ . x(a — b) 

6. Divide o , ^ r , .2 by / , ^ ^ 

7. Divide ^-^^/^^ by {—2an (?f. 

8. Subtract {a — 2 hf from (a + 2 5)6. Use the Bi- 
nomial Theorem. 

9. In a mixture of wine and cider one half the whole 



ALGEBRA. 139 

plus twenty-five gallons was wine, and one third part minus 
five gallons was cider; how many gallons were there of 
each ? 

10. Solve the equations | + 7 2/ = 99, | + 7a; == 51. 



VIII. 

1. Keduce the following expression to its simplest form : 
(a + h) x—(b — c) c — [(b — x) h — (b — c) {b+ c)] 

— ax. 

2. Multiply 2a;3 — Sxy + 6y^hj Sx^ + S xy + 5y^. 

3. Divide 40 a + Sa^ — 50 a^ — S hy 5a — 2a^ — 2. 
4 Give the rule for multiplying different powers of the 

same quantity, and explain its reason. Example: x"" X 
af = what ? 

5. Reduce the following expression to a single fraction, 

1 I /K A: X 

having the least possible denominator : "^ — ^ 

_ 1 —PC 

{1 + xf 

^ T,. ., 25 a^b^x^. 10 a b^ 

6. Divide ..^ , ^ by — ^-^ :*. 

7. Find by the Binomial Theorem the first four terms of 
(«-5)»aiidof(l-|^)'". 

8. Find the value of x in the equation x — a = 

--7 4- — -, in which a, b, c, d, and e denote known quanti- 
d de 

ties. Find, also, what the value of x becomes when a = 

— 3, 5 = 0, c = — 2, d = — 2, e = 4; and verify it for 
this case by showing that it satisfies the equation. 

9. A and B have together J as much money as C ; B and 



140 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

C have together 6 times as much as A ; and B has $ 680 
less than A and C together have : how much has each ? 
Eliminate by comparison ; and verify the answers by show- 
ing that they satisfy the given conditions. 

IX. 

1. Reduce the following expression to its simplest form : 
ah — c {x — h) — [(^ + ^) (^ — ^) — ^ (^ — {^ — ^}) 

— x^l 

2. Into what two factors can the following expressions 
be severally resolved : {4iX^y^ — 25 x^^) ; (m^ — n^). 

3. Multiply ^a^ — 2an+ 4.ah^ by 2a^ — 5ab^ -~3b^. 

4. Dividedx^— 6x^—4:5x + 3 x^+54:hy3x+dx^ 

— 9. 

5. State the rule for multiplying different powers of the 
same quantity, and give its reason. Examples : ic"* X ^" = 
what ? (af X ^"/ = what ? 

6. Reduce to one fraction (with least possible denomina- 

^^^ (1 _ ^)2 -r 1 _ ^ + 1 -^ ;^ l—a^' 

4 a^ h^ 2ch^ 

7. Divide o^^-g-^ by — ^ ^^ ; and raise the quotient to 

JtL c d Odd 

the second power. 

8. A and B are building a wall. A alone can build it in 
a days, and B alone in b days. In what time can both to- 
gether build it ? 

9. Solve the equations '^x-\'^i/ = ^z — 1, 2z — j2/ = 

10. Solve the equation o^ — 5x — 6 = 0; and verify 
the answers by showing that they satisfy the equation. 

11. Show that no binomial can be an exact second power. 



ALGEBRA. 141 

X. 

1. Eeduce the following expression to its simplest form 

2. Eeduce the following expression to its simplest form : 
{a + h)h + c — [{c-\-d) {a + d) — c{a-{-l —l) — 
{a+c)[d-h)l 

3. Multiply 15a2+18a5 — 14&2 by 4^2— 2a& — ^2 

4. Divide 43 ^ ^/^ — 22 a;-^ y + 24 / + 8 ic* — 38 oj 2/3 ^y 

5. From -z ^ take 



1 — m* """" 1 -{- w^ 

6. Divide -j— - by —  — i — ; and re- 

a — X ' a -\- X ''a — x a -\- x 

duce the quotient to its lowest terms. 

6 a^ c' 9 a^b 

7. Divide _ 4573 e ^7 "oTTT '> ^^^ ^^^ ^^6 second power 

and the third root of the quotient. 

8. Eeduce to one fraction jz — ^^^ ^ — -, ^^^ — - 

(6 — c) [c — a) (a — c){a — 6) 

ct I /? 

4- jz v^^ =-,. What is the Least Common Denomi- 

' {b — a) (c — b) 

nator in this example ? 

9. State the rule for multiplying different powers of the 
same quantity, and give its reason, x"^ x oc^ = what ? 

(x"" X x"f = what ? (a2 6)"» = ? \(^^ = ? "What is 
denoted by a^ ? 

10. What is the reason that any term maybe transposed 
from one member of an equation to the other, provided itg 
sign is changed ? ' 



142 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

cc a X 

11. Solve the equation j— 7 = 7. What is 

^ a a -\-h a — 6 

the value of ^ if <x = — 2, 6 = 3 ? 

12. Out of a cask of wine from which a third part had 
leaked away, 21 gallons were afterwards drawn, and the 
cask was then half full. How much did it hold ? 

13. Solve the equations Zx — 62/=63, Jic-j- fy = 
— 3. 

14. Solve the equations x -\- y — 2; = 29, a? — 22/ + 32; 
= — 46, 1-^ — -^y — ^^ = 4. 

15. Solve the equation a^ — Zx — 10 = 0, and verify 
the answers by showing that they satisfy the equation. 

(^2 \25 
xy^\ by 

the Binomial Theorem. 



XI. 

1. Reduce the following expression to its simplest form : 
{a -\-l) x — Q) — c) c —\_Q) — x) I — {)) — c) Q) -\- c)] 
— ax. 

2. Multiply x^ + 3 ^4 7/2 — 5 ^V by 7 ^* — 4a;2 2/2 + y*. 

3. Divide 23 a — 30 — 7 a^ + 6 a* by 3 a — 2 ^2 — 5. 

4. What is the reason that when different powers of the 
same quantity are multiplied, their exponents are added ? 

5. Reduce to one fraction, with least possible denomina- 
, l-f-ip 4a; 1 — X 

^^' (1 — xf ~ 1 —^2 — (1 4. xf 
b ax'' 

lowest terms. 

7. A had twice as much money as B, A gained $ 30 and 
B lost S 40, whereupon A gave B ^ as much as B had left. 



6. Divide ^ ,„ ^ by ,^ . and reduce the answer to its 



ALGEBRA. 143 

A then had what he had in the beginning and 20 per cent 
more. How much had each in the beginning ? 

8. Solve the equations by — 8a; = — 280 — 30 2;, 
X — 20 = z — 2/, 20 2; — 4:X = by. 

9. Solve the equation ^x^ — 7a; + 3 = 0; and verify 
thfe answers by showing that they satisfy the equation. 



XII. 

1. Eeduce the following expression to its simplest form: 
,2 _i2^c — {a — h) {a[h-]-c] — h[a — c]). 

2. Multiply 3a;^2/2 — Qx^ y'^z + f "bj ^x^ f -{- ^x^y'^ 

3. Divide 9 ^2 + 1 — 4^4— 6a by 1 + 2^2 — 3a. 
4 What is the reason that when different powers of the 

ime quantity are multiplied together, their exponents are 

"added ? 

4 4 

5. Eeduce -^— — ^, T 7~ ^^ i — T\ ^^ i^s lowest terms. 

(^2 _j_ 2/2) (^2 — 2 a;y + y^) 

6. Eeduce to one fraction with the least possible denom- 

a h^ — a^ -\- ah 36 — a . c 

mator -• j—j -j \- n- 

oca cd ' bd 

7. Divide -— — f^ bv ..^ \~' ^ ; and reduce the answer to 

its lowest terms. 

8. Find the value of x, in terms of a, h, and c, in the 

equation 7 = . What does this value be- 
come when a = 2,h = — 1, c = 3? 

9. Solve the equations ^ x -\- 2 y -{- S^ z = 80, 4^ y — 
z — ^x=:Q6,5z+18x—7y= 140. 

10. Solve the equation a^ = 4:X -\- 60; and verify the 
answers by showing that they satisfy the original equation. 



144 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

XIII. 

1. Free the following expression from parentheses and 
reduce it to its simplest form : (x -\- a) a -\- y — [(2/ + &) 
(x + b)—y(x + a—l) — {x + y){b- a)]. 

2. Divide 24 x^^/ + 21 xh/ — 9 x^^ + 4 x'^i/ by 2 x^y^ — 
3x^7/—Sx^ 

3. What is the reason that when different powers of the 
same letter are multiplied the exponents are added ? 

4. Eesolve the following expression into a single fraction 
(finding the least common denominator, and reducing the 

answer to its lowest terms) : . ^ ' , — 1 -^ r-^-r — ttti^- 

^ ^. ., ISm^a:^, 3m«22 

5. Divide , , 4 , by — -^-g—- 

6. Having a certain sum of money in my pocket, I lost 
c dollars, afterwards spent one ath part of what remained, 
and then found that what I had left was one &th part of 
what I had had at the beginning. Find the original sum. 
What does the answer become if a = 3, & = 9, c = 5 ? 

7. Solve the equations Sa^ + f?/ — 52;= 0, Viz — 19 
= 7 ^, y — 7 = 12 — 82;. (If any answers are fractional, 
reduce them to their lowest terms.) 

8. Solve the equation ^0^ — x — 21 = 0. Verify each 
answer by substituting it in the original equation. 

9. Find, by the Binomial Theorem, {a — Vf, (2 a; — y^f, 

XIV. 

1. Free the following expression from parentheses, and 
reduce it to its simplest form: {a — 'b'\- cf — (a [c — a 

— &] — P {61 + 5 + 4 — c {« — 6 — c}]). 

2. Divide hxf—lQi?y-\- lOii;*— 24y4 by xy — Zf 

— 2.^2. 



ALGEBRA. 145 

3. What is the reason that when different powers of the 
same letter are multiplied the exponents are added ? 

4. Eesolve the following expression into a single frac- 
tion (finding the least common denominator, and reducing 

. , , 3 + 2x (1 — Zx 
the answer to its lowest terms) : ^ \ ^jl.x — 

(16 — a?) x \ 

5. Divide ^^^j^^^. ^y^^Iirr^ 

\ -\- X 

6. Solve the equation a — ^j = 0. 

1 ~'~~ X 

7. A gentleman has two horses and one chaise. The 
first horse is worth a dollars less than the chaise, and the 
second horse h dollars less than the chaise. If | of the 
value of the first horse be subtracted from that of the 
chaise, the remainder will be the same as if J of the value 
of the second horse is subtracted from twice that of the 
chaise. Find the value of each horse and that of the 
chaise. What are the answers, ifa = — 50, 5 = 50? 

8. Solve the equations hy — 2rc = 42+ 13 J> t^ = 
— - — , 2 aj — y -|- 6 2 = 0. (If any answers are fraction- 
al, reduce them to their lowest terms.) 

9. Solve the equation 18 a^ — 33 aj — 40 = 0. Verify 
each fi^nswer by substituting it in the original equation. 

10 Find {ob — ISf by the Binomial Theorem. 

XV. 

? Reduce to its simplest form the expression a — c — 
h ' (c — d) e 



146 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

2. Solve the equation — Sa^ -]- 5x = 2. 

3. Find the values of the unknown quantities in the 
equations x + 2y = 11, 2 x -{- 3 z = 13,3^ — 2z = 7. 

4. What are similar terms ? What is the rule for multi- 
plying together different powers of the same letter ? For 
dividing ? By the rule, what do you get for the exponent 
of a in the quotient of a^ -r- a^, a* -i- a, a^ -r- a^, a^ -r- a^ ? 
When is the square of a number larger than the number 

itself ? How do you raise fractions to powers, (^) , (~A , 
for example ? 

5. Separate x^ — y^ into prime factors. 

6. A can do a piece of work in a days, B in & days, C in 
c days. In how many days can A and B together do it ? 
B and C together ? A and C together ? All three together ? 

7. Find the value of a? in the equation 

ah 

a^—b^ ... . , , . 

X = — J—. -, m its simplest form. 

a -|- a — b ^ 

a — b a -\- b 

8. If I buy a certain number of pounds of beef at 25 
cents a pound, I shall have 25 cents left; if I buy the 
same number of pounds of lard at 15 cents a pound, I 
shall have $ 1.25 left. How much money have I ? 



XVI. 

1 

1. Eeduce to its simplest form the expression — 



+ 1 



1 

2. Solve the equation — 2o[^ -\- 7 x — 3 = 0. 



71+ 1 

3. Find the values of the unknown quantities in the 



ALGEBRA. 147 

z X , f. X — 1 y — 2 3 — z 
equations y — -==-+ 5, —^ — = -^^,a;— • 

3 — -"^ "T^ 12' 

4. Separate c^ — }p into prime factors. 

5. A and B can do a piece of work in a days, A and C 
in h days, B and C in c days. In how many days could 
each person do it ? 

6. What is the rule for multiplying together different 
powers of the same letter ? For dividing ? Explain the 
reason. Multiply w" by c? ; oJ^ by a". Divide oH^ by c? \ 
a? by a^ ; a^ by a^ ; a"* by a" ; 6 a by 2 a. 

7. Divide ic^ — 2/^ by a? — y. 

8. Find the seventh power of 3 a — 2 5 by the Binomial 
Theorem. 

XVII. 

1. Eeduce the following expression to its simplest form : 
{^ J^ f) z — {x -^ y) {x[z — y] — y [z — x\). 

2. What is the reason that, when different powers of the 
same quantity are multiplied together, the exponents are 
added ? 0."*+" X ^"""^ = what ? 0?"*+" -^ ir"*"" = what ? 
Give the square root of each of these results. 

3. Resolve the following expression into a single fraction 
(finding the least common denominator, and reducing the 

answer to its lowest terms) : -s -„ j 1. What 

^ x^ — y^ X -\- y 

IS the most reduced value of ^^-,--^, ~ 5aH + 3b' 
— 1? 

4. Divide -^^^ by -2^^. 



148 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

5. The owners of a certain mill make a dollars a day 
each, sharing equally. If the number of owners were h 
less, they w^ould make c dollars each. Eeqnired the num- 
ber of owners and the total daily profit of the mill. What 
are the answers if a = 80, 6 = — 3, c = 50 ? 

6. Solve the equations 37 + 3^ — 12 2/ = 82; -f- 55, 

2 2 

7. Solve the equation :j 1 = -— . 

1 — — X ox 



(2 x^ \5 
y) by the Binomial Theo- 



rem. 

XVIII. 

1. Eeduce the following expression to its simplest form : 
(aJ^h)a — {{a — hf — (h — a) h). 

2. Separate n^ — n into its prime factors. 

8. From — -1— - ^ subtract - — ; — -, and divide the result by 
1 — x^ I -\- x^ '' 

4 X 
1 +x^' 

4. " In multiplication and division, like signs give phis 
and unlike signs give 7ninus" Explain fully why this 
is so. 

6. A can perform a piece of work in a days, B can per- 
form the *ame in h days, and C in c days. . In how many 
days will the work be performed if they all labor together ? 

6. Solve the equations y -\- ^= --^ 5, ^— ^—= — 

10 ' 3 



ALGEBRA. 149 

^ a 1 *i, ,.90 90 27 ^ 

7. Solve the equation 1 — r- r- = 0. 

^ X X -^ I X -\- 2 

8. Find (a + bf and (l — | ^^) by the Binomial Theo- 
rem. 

XIX. 
1. Reduce the following expression to its simplest form : 

2b[h^+Sab — a^])h. 
|b 2. Divide36aj2+1 — 64^*— 12a;by 6a;— 1 — 8^. 

3. What is the reason that when different powers of the 
same quantity are multiplied together their exponents are 
added ? 

4. Reduce to one fraction with the lowest possible denom- 

. ^ 3a+2b 25a2— 62 a 

mator p- 7 2 12 oi.- 

a -\-b or — b^ 2 6 

5. Divide :^ ^ 1 — 2 by '^ ^ , and reduce the 

or — 2xy -\- y^ '' x — y 

answer to its lowest terms. 

6. Find x in terms of a, 6, and c, from the equation 

— — = , What is the value of x when a = 2, 

6 a 

& = — 1, c = 3 ? 

7. A man bought a watch, a chain, and a locket for $216. 
The watch and locket together cost three times as much as 
the chain, and the chain and locket together cost half as 
much as the watch. What was the price of each ? 

8. Solve the equation — r—r^ — o-— — % == 1. 

^ a: + 12 3;r — 1 

xy — 2~/ by the Binomial Theo- 
rem. 



150 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

XX. 

1. Separate into prime factors ^ — x. 

2. Eeduce to its simplest form Zee* — 4 a^ + 2 & — ca^ 
(^2 _ 1) + |2 6 — [7 ^5 — ^3 (4 _ c) — a5 (4 + c)]}. 

3. Divide ^ + -5 5 by x, and subtract the 



a 



quotient from 

4 It is said that when a term is transposed from one 
member of an equation to the other, its sign should be 
changed. Why is this so ? 

5. A reservoir is supplied by two pumps. Both pumps -' 
were worked three hours and the reservoir was found to 
be half full. On another occasion the larger pump was : 
worked two hours and the smaller seven hours, when the 
reservoir was found to be two thirds full. How many 
hours required by either pump alone to fill the reservoir ? 

6. A laborer, having built 105 rods of stone fence, found ; 
that if he had built two rods less a day he would have 
been six days longer in completing the job. How manyj 
rods a day did he build ? 

7. What is Elimination ? Describe fully the several 
processes by which it can be effected, and illustrate by ex- ' 
amples of your own selection. 

8. What is the Binomial Theorem ? Find the seventh 
power of ^a — 4 & c by aid of it. 

XXI. 

1. Eeduce to its simplest form the following expression : 
{a -{. I) X — {h — c) c — [{l — x) l — (p — c) (5 + c)] 
 — ax. 



ALGEBRA. 151 

o ^. ., 25 a^ 68 ^2 10a6« 

2. Divide ,,, a » by — -^ 5. 

3. Divide 8 a* — 22 aH + 43 a2 2>2 __ 38 a63 + 246* by 
2a^—3ab + U^. 

K 4. Separate a^ — x^ into its prime factors. 

Vm 5. Eeduce to its simplest form the following expression : 

ni + l)^a + b)-('L±±-l^). 
\ \m n/ ^ ^ \ m n / 

6. Find, by the Binomial Theorem, the sixth term in the 
development of (a — ly^ ; and the fourth term in the de- 

2x — ■-—) . 

7. Find the values of x, y, and z, from the equations 
3y — I 62 x,^^5x^^4:z ,5 3ic + l 

i ~ y ■"" 2 "^ ^ s^ T- "^ y ~ ^ "^ ? 7 

14 "^6 21 "^3' 

8. A person performs a journey of 192 miles in a certain 
number of days ; had he travelled 8 miles more a day he 

! would have performed the journey in two days less time. 
Find how many days it took him to perform the journey. 

9. Solve the equation (x — 1) (a; — 2) = 6, and verify 
I the results. 

XXII. 

1. Eeduce to its simplest form the expression a — (2h 
+ [3c — Sa — (a + h)] + 2a — (h + dc)). 

2. Separate into its prime factors the expression x^ — y\ 

3. Divide (a^— bcf + Sh^(^hy a^+h c. 

4. Solve the equation (a -\-x) (& -f- ^) = (c + oc) (d + ^). 

5. A can build a wall in one half the time that B can ; 
B can build it in two thirds of the time that C can ; all to- 



152 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

gether they can build it in 6 days : find the time it would 
take each alone. 

2 1332 1 1 4 

6. Solve the equations - + - = -, =2, — 1--=. 

^ X * y z z y X z 6 

/p _i_ 2 4 X 7 

7. Solve the equation _ , ^^ = 3* 

8. The length of a rectangular field exceeds the breadth 
by one yard, and the area is three acres ; find the dimen- 
sions. 



9. Expand the expression \2a-\- -ttA . 



10. What is Elimination ? How many methods are you 
familiar with ? Explain them in full 

XXIII. 

1. Simplify {a + 5) (& + c) — (c + ^) (^ + a) — 
(a + c) (& — d). 

2. Eeduce to its simplest form ^ X 2~L ^ ^ 

a — h 
a — x' 

-^ ir-l • ~ 

2x 3 / 

4. Find a number such that three times its square di- 
minished by five times the number itself shall amount to 
50. Solve completely. 

5. What fraction is that which becomes equal to f when 
6 is added to its numerator, and equal to ^ when 2 is sub- 
tracted from its denominator ? 

c a 1 4.1. 4-- 2a: — 3 5 3^ — 5 

6. Solve the equation -r— — - = ^ — -^r -. 

^ ox — 5 2 2x — 3 

7. A and B find a purse of dollars. A takes out 2 dol- 



ALGEBRA. 153 

lars and ^ of what remains ; B takes out 3 dollars and J 
of what then remains. They find that each has taken out 
the same amount. How many dollars were there in the 
purse ? 

8. Solve the equations 7 x — 3y = a, 5x — lly= a, 
9 y — 5z = a. 

XXIY. 

1. Find the value of a -{- 2x — {^ + 2/ — [«^ — x — 
(& — 2 y)] } when a = 2,b = 3, x= 6, and y = 5. 

2. Divide ^ — 6a^+ 27 a^hj ^ + 2a + Sa^, 

3. Keduce to its lowest terms 



4. Find both roots of the equation j— r r-n 

^ X ar + 1 x-\-2 

= 0. 

5. Expand, by the Binomial Theorem, (m — rif and 
2 6\5 



(---w 



6. Solve the equations y + « = ? + ^* — j s — 

__2+3 2y — 5 7 ;? 

"" ~10~' ^ 3 ~" 4 ~" T2* 

7. A man hires a certain number of acres of land for 
% 336. He cultivates 7 acres for himself, and lets the rest 
for $ 4 an acre more than he pays for it. He receives for 
the portion that he lets what he pays for the whole, or 
$ 336. Find the number of acres. < 

8. The value of a fraction, if its numerator is doubled 
and its denominator increased by 7, is \ ; while, if its de- 
nominator is doubled and its numerator increased by 2, its 
value is f . What is the fraction ? 



154 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

XXY. 

1. A certain piece of work can be done by A and B work- 
ing together in 3| days, by B and C in 4|- days, and by C 
and A in 6 days. Required the time in which either can 
do it alone, and the time in which all can do it together. 

2. Solve the equation -^ — — T~r~ = K- 

3. Solve the equation yp' — (a — 6 -{- c) ^ = (6 — a)c. 
4 Dividel-"-^'by'''-<^-I-)^ + ^^ -25. 

and reduce the result to its lowest terms. 

5. Divide 9 a^" — a^n _ 27 a" + 27 by a» — 3. 

6. Divide y/| by y/|. 

7. What is the reason that a"*a" = a"»+* ? 

XXVI. 

15 — a; 



1. Solve the equation x — 3 = 4 oj 

X 

2. What are the three methods of Elimination ? Solve 
the following equations by any two of the three methods : 
6a^ + l2/=0,2(4a.-l) = 3(2/-8). 

3. M's age is to N's as a is to & ; but c years ago M's age 
was to N's as a' to V. Eequired the present ages of both. 

4. Divide 1 - g X l^l '^y (, ^'37(!+ 2) - ^ ' ^""^ 
reduce the answer to its lowest terms. Simplify the divis- 
ion by cancelling. 

5. Pind the fourth term of (o^l — 2 ) ' 



ALGEBRA. 155 



XXVII. 



1. Solve the equation 



c hx — a c 

2. What are eggs a dozen when two more in a shilling's 
worth lowers the price one penny per dozen ? 

3. A merchant adds yearly to his capital one third of 
it, but takes from it at the end of each year % 5,000 for his 
expenses. At the end of the third year, after deducting 
the last $ 5,000, he finds himself in possession of twice the 
sum he had at first. How much was his original capital ? 

4. Divide ^a^yjh by ^. 

5. Find x from the proportion 6^*""^ h : x =■ lba%^ : 
40a-'"-^>. 

6. Divide aj^ ^ rr, by a. 

7. What is the rule for transposing a term from one 
side of an equation to the other ; and what is the reason 
of the rule ? 

8. Solve the equations 4a? + 3?/ + 2^; = 40, 5x — 9y — 
7z = 47, 9x — Sy — 3z= 97. 

9. Find (a — h^ by the Binomial Theorem. 

XXVIII. 

1. A certain sum of money at simple interest will 
amount to a dollars in m months, and to h dollars in n 
months. Find the principal and the rate of interest. Find 
the answers when a = 1837.50, h = 1890.00, m = 10, 
n = 16. 

o Q 1 .1. f 27 90 = 90 

2. Solve the equation ^ ;j . 

x — 2x1 — X 



156 ' EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
a-\ 

3. SimpHfy _? (a« — 6^). 



'-1 

4. Find (x — yY and ( -^ — ~- ) by the Binomial 

Theorem. 

5. Divide 13aV — Sa* — ISax^ + 6x^ — ISa^x by 
Sax + a^ — 2x^. 

6. Find two numbers of which the sum is a and differ- 
ence h. State a rule for finding two numbers when their 
sum and difference are given. 

7. Find the greatest common divisor and the least com- 
mon multiple of 12a%c^ and 27ahc'd, 



ADVAJsCED ALGEBRA. 157 



ADVANCED ALGEBEA. 

COURSE II. 



1. Find the greatest common divisor of a^ — a^sc^ and 

3n — 3n » — n 

2. Divide a"^ — a ^ by a^ — a "^ 

3.Multiplyfv/->yJ^J 

4. Divide 14 into two parts such that the quotient of the 
greater divided by the less shall be to the quotient of the 
less divided by the greater as 16 to 9. 

5. Solve the equation ^x -{- S -\- V^S~+~3 = V^. 

6. The sum of two numbers is 17 ; and twice the square 
of the first, increased by 30, is equal to 3 times the square 
of the second. Find the numbers, 

7. Explain the method of inserting a given number of 
arithmetical means between two given terms. 

8. Find the sum of an infinite number of terms of the 
series 4, y, ||, &c. 

9. What is the seventh term in the expansion of (a — xY^ ? 

10. A and B have the same number of horses. A can 
make up twice as many teams, taking 3 horses at a time, as 
B can make up, taking 2 at a time. Find the number of 
horses. 



158 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

11. 

1. Find the least common multiple of a^ — x,o^ — 1, 
and o(? + 1. Obtain the result, if possible, by factoring. 

 2. Simplify (ai X a^)A. 

3. Add together ^40, ^T35, (/625. . 

4. Find both roots of the equation 2 a; -)- y^Sic -f" 10 
= 11. 

5. What two numbers are those whose difference is to 
the less as 4 to 3, and whose product multiplied by the 
less is 504 ? 

6. What is the 4th term in the expansion of (c — -A ? 

7. The difference of two numbers is 3, and the difference 
of their cubes is 63. What are the numbers ? 

8. Obtain the formula for the sum of the terms of an 
Arithmetical Progression. 

2 2 

9. Find the sum of the series 2, ^ 3-, to infinity. 

10. How many arrangements can be made of the letters 
in the word Bichmond, taking four letters in a set ? 



TIL 

1. Eeduce the following expression to its simplest form : 
a^—[2a'b—{hc^{a+h — c) {a — {l — c))} +Zah] 

2. State and prove the rule for the sign of a power and 

of a root. How do imaginary quantities arise ? 

2 

3. What is denoted by a^ ? by «"» ? by o^ ? 



ADVANCED ALGEBRA. 159 



X 

— 1 



X \ 

4. Keduce 1 to its simplest form. 



x+ 1 

5. Solve the equation ax^-\- 2hx -{-h = 0; and prove 

that the product of the roots = -. 

6. There are seven numbers in Arithmetical Progression 
such that the sum of the 1st and 5th is 16, and the product 
of the 4th and 7th is 160. Find the numbers. (This 
question admits two solutions. Both are required.) 

7. Multiply 1 — 5 v'7 by — 2 — 3 v/7. Divide -^ ^| 
, a sld^ 



8. Find the sixth term of (-^ — \^^^\ 



9. Find the greatest common divisor and the least com- 
mon multiple of ^o(? — Qoc^ — 72 a; and 4ic* — 16 aj^ — 
84 a^. 

rv. 

1. Extract the cube root of 64 — 96 a? — x^ -\- A.0 x^ — 
60)5. 

2. Solve the equation ^ "^ ^— ^ — 3 J = 0. 

X — 1 Zx 



3. Multiply together 2 + 3 ^ — 1, 3 — 2 v' — 1, and 
12 — 5v^"^=l. 

4. Three times the product of two numbers, diminished 
by the square of the first, equals the square of the second 
plus one. Also the first number is greater by one than 
twice the second. Find the numbers. (Give both solu- 
tions.) 

5. Solve the equation ax^ -{- hx -^ c = 0, and state 



160 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

what relative values of a, 5, and c will make the roots equal, 
and what values will make them imaginary. 

6. In an Arithmetical Progression, given the number of 
terms, the common difference, and the sum of the terms ; 
— obtain formulas for the first term and the last. 

7. In a Geometrical Progression the first term is 2\, and 
the fifth t^rm is ^. Find the sum of the series to infinity. 



8. Find the sixth term of (Ut — ^) • 



9. How many whole numbers of four figures each can 
you form, each number either beginning or ending with 5, 
and no number containing the same figure twice? 



V. 

1. What are eggs a dozen when two more in a shilling's 
worth lowers the price one penny per dozen ? 

2. Solve the equations ^ — ^ = 63, x^y — xy^ = 12. 

3. Multiply I + iVi by 1 - IsJ^. 

Divide . / ,, ,a oy 8./, v— • 

4. Solve the equation ^(21 + ^x) + sjix + 3) — sj{x'\- 8) 
«=-0. 

5. From the letters ahcde, how many combinations of 2 
letters can be taken ? how many of 3 ? how many of 4 ? 
Give the reasons. 

6. Prove that the sum of any number of antecedents of 
a continued proportion is to the sum of the corresponding 
consequents as any one antecedent is to its consequent. 

7. Find the greatest common divisor of 27«^ + ^^ — 
10a:2and 162a;6 — 3^a;. 



ADVANCED ALGEBRA. 161 

8. For what values of a, b, and c is ; positive, and 

6 — c 

for what values negative ? For what values is it ? oo ? 
indeterminate ? 

9. Find r and n in an arithmetical progression when a, 
I, and S are known. 

VI. 

1. A certain sum of money at simple interest will 
amount to a dollars in m months, and to h dollars in n 
months. Find the principal and the rate of interest. Find 
the answers when a = 1837.50, h = 1890.00, m = 10, ti 
= 16. 

2. There are three numbers in geometric progression of 
which the continued product is 64 and the sum of their 
cubes 584. Find the numbers. 

a-\ 

1 + 1 

3. Simplify -^ {a^ — 1% 



4. Find the greatest common divisor of 24:X^ + ^^ — 
2>0x and 4a;io — 4^-2. 

5. Find the square root of 2hx^ — 20x^y — ^x^y^ + 

6. Solve the equation 2^x — V4a7 + ^Ix -}- 2 = 1. 

7. To find two numbers when their sum and product are 
given. In what case are the answers imaginary ? How 
must a given number be divided in order that the product 
of its parts shall be as great as possible ? 

8. State and prove the Rule of Three. 



1C2 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 



PLANE GEOMETRY. 



1. Define a Surface, a Plane, a Plane Figure, a Polygon. 
Mention all the different kinds of quadrilaterals. 

2. Prove that if two angles of a triangle are equal, the 
sides opposite these angles are also equal. 

3. How many degrees in each interior angle of a regular 
decagon ? State and prove the proposition which enables 
you to answer this question. 

4. What is the measure of an angle made by two tangents ? 
by two chords which intersect ? by two chords which do not 
intersect ? by a tangent and a chord drawn through the point 
of contact? Draw a figure for each case. 

5. What is the length of the longest line that can be 
drawn through a rectangular block of marble 12 feet long, 
4 feet wide, and 3 feet thick ? 

6. On a given line as chord, to construct an arc of a given 
number of degrees. 

7. Two tangents drawn to a circle make with each other 
an angle of 60 degrees ; how many degrees of arc between 
the two points of contact ? 

8. What is meant by the equation n = 3.1416 ? Calculate 
the difference in area between a circle whose diameter is 
20, and the square inscribed in it. 

9. Construct a triangle, having given the base, an ad- 
jacent angle, and the altitude. 



PLANE GEOMETRY. 163 

11. 

1. Define a Point ; a Surface ; a Plane ; an Angle. What 
is assumed as the measure of angles ? 

2. Prove that when two oblique lines are drawn at un- 
equal distances from the perpendicular, the more remote is 
the greater. 

3. Prove that when the opposite sides of a quadrilateral 
are equal, the figure is a parallelogram. 

4. Two angles of a triangle being given, to find the third 
by geometric construction. 

5. What is the measure of an inscribed angle ? State and 
prove. 

6. Two tangents drawn to a circle make with each other 
an angle of 20° ; how many degrees of arc between the two 
points of contact ? 

7. The side of an equilateral triangle is 12 ; what is its 
altitude ? 

8. Construct a triangle, having given the base and adja- 
cent angle, and the altitude. 

III. 

1. Define a Right Angle, a Perpendicular, Parallel Lines. 
On what does the magnitude of an angle depend ? What 
arc is assumed as the usual measure of an angle ? Why ? 

2. To inscribe a circle in a given triangle. 

3. Prove that two triangles are equal if the three sides of 
one are equal respectively to the three sides of the other. 

4. Define Similar Polygons. 

5. To find a mean proportional between two given lines. 
Prove the theorem on which your solution depends. 



164 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

6. Prove that every equilateral polygon inscribed in a 
circle is regular. 

7. The ratio of the squares described on the two legs of 
a right triangle is equal to the ratio of what two lines ? 

8. To construct a square which shall be to a given square 
in a given ratio. Take for the given ratio 2:3. 

9. What are the expressions for the circumference and 
ared of a circle in terms of tt and the radius ? 

IV. 

1. Define a Plane, a Plane Figure, a Parallelogram. 

2. Prove that, if in a triangle two angles are equal, the 
opposite sides are also equal and the triangle is isosceles. 

3. What is the measure of an inscribed angle? State 
and prove. 

4 Upon a given straight line to construct a segment 
such that any angle inscribed in it shall have a given mag- 
nitude. 

5. To find a fourth proportional to three given lines. 

6. Define Similar Polygons. Draw two polygons mutually 
equiangular, but not similar; also two polygons having 
proportional sides, but not similar. In what cases are tri- 
angles similar. 

7. Prove that any two parallelograms of the same base 
and altitude are equivalent. 

8. Prove : (a.) That similar triangles are to each other as 
the squares of their homologous sides, (b.) Prove that of 
similar polygons. 

V. 

1. Prove that the perpendicular from the centre of a cir- 
cle upon a chord bisects the chord and the arc subtended 
by the chord. 



PLANE GEOMETKY. • 165 

2. To circumscribe a circle about a given triangle. 

3. Prove that two angles are to each other in the ratio of 
two arcs described from their vertices as centres with equal 
radii. 

4 Prove that a line drawn through two sides of a tri- 
angle parallel to the third side divides those two sides into 
proportional parts. 

0. State and prove the proportion which exists between 
the parts of two chords which cut each other in a circle. 
State what proportion exists when two secants are drawn 
from a point without the circle. 

6. Prove that two regular polygons of the same number 
of sides are similar. 

7. Prove that similar triangles are to each other as the 
squares of their homologous sides. 

8. Show how the area of a polygon circumscribed about 
a circle may be found ; then how the area of a circle may be 
found; then prove that circles are to each other as the 
squares of their radii. 

VI. 

1. Prove that if two opposite sides of a quadrilateral 
are equal and parallel, the other two sides are also equal 
and parallel. 

2. To describe a circle of which the circumference shall 
pass through three given points not in a straight line. 

3. To find a fourth proportional to three given lines by a 
geometrical construction. 

4. Prove that a perpendicular dropped in a right triangle 
from the vertex of the right angle to the hypothenuse 
divides the triangle into two triangles which are similar to 
each other and to the whole triangle. 



166 • EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

5. To find a mean proportional between two given 
lines. 

6. To circumscribe about a circle a regular polygon simi- 
lar to a given inscribed regular polygon. 

7. Similar polygons are to each other as the squares of 
their homologous sides. What is the ratio between the 
areas of two circles ? 

8. Prove that the area of a circle of which r is the 
radius is equal to tt r^, 

YII. 

1. Prove that if two triangles have two sides of the one 
respectively equal to two sides of the other, while the in- 
cluded angles are unequal, the third sides will be unequal, 
and the greater third side will belong to that triangle which 
has the greater included angle. 

2. Prove that the greater of two chords in a circle is 
subtended by the greater arc ; and the converse. 

3. Find the common measure of these two lines, and 
express their ratio in numbers : 

4. To divide one side of a triangle into two parts pro- 
portional to the other two sides. (Solve and prove.) 

5. The perimeters of similar polygons are to each other 
in what ratio ? (State and prove.) 

6. To circumscribe a circle about a given regular polygon. 
(Solve and prove.) 

7. Prove that the line which joins the middle points of 
the two sides of a trapezoid which are not parallel is paral- 
lel to the two parallel sides and equal to half their sum. 
What is the area of a trapezoid ? 



PLANE GEOMETRY. 167 

8. To construct a parallelogram equivalent to a given 
square and having the sum of its base and altitude equal 
to a given line. (Solve and prove.) 

VIII. 

1. Prove that only one perpendicular can be drawn from 
a point to a straight line. 

2. Prove that of two sides of a triangle that is the 
greater which is opposite the greater angle. State and 
prove the converse. 

3. Through a given point to draw a tangent to a given 
circle. 

4 Prove that if a line be drawn so as to divide two 
sides of a triangle into proportional parts, this line is paral- 
lel to the third side. 

5. To inscribe in a circle a regular decagon. 

6. Prove that a triangle is equivalent to half of any 
parallelogram of the same base and altitude. 

7. To find a triangle equivalent to a given polygon. 

8. To construct a parallelogram equivalent to a given 
square, and having the difference of its base and altitude 
equal to a given line. 

IX. 

1. Prove that when oblique lines are drawn from a point 
in a perpendicular to points unequally distant from the 
foot of the perpendicular, the more remote line is the 
longer. 

2. To bisect a given angle. 

3. Draw a number of lines radiating from a point, and 



168 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

then draw two parallel lines intersecting them : prove that 
the parts of these parallels are proportional. 

4. A tangent and a secant being drawn from a point out- 
side a circle, prove that the tangent is a mean proportional 
between the entire secant and its exterior part. 

5. What is the centre of a regular polygon ? Prove 
that the sides of a regular polygon are equally distant from 
the centre. 

6. The circumference of a circle is 341.8 feet ; what is 
the circumference of another circle having twice the area 
of the former ? (If you have not time to perform the com- 
putation, you can explain how to do it.) 

X. 

1. In" what three cases is it proved that two triangles are 
equal ? In what three cases, that they are similar ? De- 
fine similar polygons. 

2. Prove that if two opposite sides of a quadrilateral are 
equal and parallel, the other two sides are also equal and 
parallel. Define a Trapezoid. 

3. Prove that if two polygons are composed of the same 
number of triangles which are respectively similar and 
similarly disposed, the polygons are similar. 

4. State and prove the theorem concerning the ratio be- 
tween the areas^of two similar triangles. 

5. Prove that two regular polygons of the same number 
of sides are similar. 

6. Find the formula for the area of a circle in terms of 
the radius and the ratio of the circumference to the di- 
ameter. 



PLANE GEOMETRY. 169 

XL 

1. To how many right angles is the sum of all the inte- 
rior angles of any polygon equal ? State and prove ; and 
then state and draw the figure for the theorem on which 
this one immediately depends. 

2. What is the measure of the angle formed by two 
chords which cut each other between the centre and the 
circumference ? by two chords which meet at the circum- 
ference ? by two secants which meet without the circumfer- 
ence ? Draw the figure for each case, and prove the last 
one. 

3. To describe a circle through three given points. 

4. Prove that two regular polygons of the same num^ 
ber of sides are similar. 

5. The area of a trapezoid is half the product of its alti- 
tude by the sum of its parallel sides. 

6. The perimeter of a regular hexagon is 18. Find 
{a.) The area of the circumscribed circle ; 

(6.) The area of the square inscribed in this circle. 

7. Prove the proportion that exists between the parts of 
two intersecting chords. 

XII. 

1. Two parallel lines are cut by a third line. Prove 
what angles formed by these lines are equal, and also what 
angles are supplements of each other. 

2. Obtain the value of any interior angle of a regular 
octagon. 

3. An angle inscribed in a circle is measured by half the 
arc intercepted by its sides. Prove this proposition for 
each of the three cases which may arise. 



170 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

4. State and prove the method of finding the centre of a 
given circle or arc. 

6. State and prove the method of finding a mean pro- 
portional between two given straight lines. 

6. From a point without a circle secants are drawn to the 
circle. Prove the proportion existing between the entire 
secants, and the parts lying outside the circle. 

What corollary results when one of these secant lines 
becomes a tangent. 

7. Show how a square may be constructed equal in area 
to any given polygon. 

1. T^he perimeters of similar polygons are to each other 
in what ratio ? The areas of similar polygons are to each 
other in what ratio ? Proof in both cases. 

2. To make a square which is to a giveii square in a 
given ratio. 

3. Prove that two rectangles are to each other as the 
products of their bases by their altitudes. What follows 
if we suppose one of the rectangles to be the unit of sur- 
face? 

4. Prove that two similar polygons may be divided into 
the same number of triangles, that are similar each to each 
and similarly placed. 

5. To divide this line 

into three parts proportional to the numbers 2, 4, and 3, 
and prove the principle involved. 

6. Prove that a line which divides two sides of a trian- 
gle proportionally is parallel to the third side. 



PLANE GEOMETRY. 171 

7. Prove that a tangent to a circle is perpendicular to 
the radius drawn to the point of contact. 

8. Prove that parallel chords intercept upon the circum- 
ference equal arcs. 

XIV. 

1. Prove that two triangles are equal when a side and 
the two adjacent angles of the one are respectively equal 
to a side and the two adjacent angles of the other. Under 
what other conditions are two triangles equal to each other ? 

2. Prove that the diagonals of a parallelogram mutually 
bisect each other. Prove at what angle the diagonals of a 
rhombus bisect each other. 

3. Given the circumference of a circle, show how to find 
the centre. Show also how to draw a tangent to the cir- 
cumference, either fro.m a point on the circumference or 
from one without it. Give the proof in the last case. 

4. Prove that the area of any circumscribed polygon is 
half the product of its perimeter by the radius of the in- 
scribed circle. 

5. Show how a regular hexagon may be inscribed in a 
circle ; also an equilateral triangle. Find the ratio of the 
side of the inscribed equilateral triangle to the radius of 
the circle. 

6. Prove that similar triangles are to each other as the 
squares of their homologous sides. 

7. Show how to find a triangle equivalent to a given 
polygon. 



172 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 



SOLID GEOMETRY. 

COURSE II. 
I. 

1. Pkove that two parallel lines are always in the same 
plane. 

2. Prove that the sum of the plane angles, which form a 
solid angle, is always less than four right angles. (This 
theorem is sometimes stated thus : The sum of the face 
angles of a polyhedral angle is less than four right 
angles.) 

3. Prove that parallel sections of a pjrramid are similar 
polygons. What proposition relating to the volumes of 
pyramids is proved by aid of this proposition ? (State, but 
do not prove.) 

4. Prove that the sum of the angles of a spherical tri- 
angle is greater than two right angles. 

5. A spherical triangle has angles of 75°, 94°, and 91°; 
what is its area in degrees ?• How large a portion of the 
surface of the sphere does it cover ? 

6. The surface of a sphere is 31.17 square feet; what is 
the surface of another sphere having three times the 
volume of the former? 

XL 

1. Define a Plane, a Prism, a Great Circle. How many 
faces has a parallelopiped ? How many edges ? How is 
the angle between two planes measured ? 

2. Prove that if two planes are perpendicular to a 
third plane, their line of intersection is also perpendicular 
to the third plane. 



SOLID GEOMETRY. 173 

3. Prove that the section of a pyramid made by a 
plane parallel to the base is a polygon similar to the 
base. 

4. Prove that a triangular pyramid is a third part of a 
triangular prism of the same base and altitude. 

5. Prove that the sum of the angles of a spherical tri- 
angle is greater than two right angles. 

6. Given the radius of a sphere = 2 inches. Compute 
the volume and convex surface. 

III. 

1. If two planes are perpendicular to each other, the 
line drawn in one plane perpendicular to the common in- 
tersection is also perpendicular to the second plane. 

2. The sum of all the plane angles which form a solid 
angle is always less than four right angles. 

3. The solidity of a triangular prism is the product of 
its base by its altitude. Prove; and then show briefly 
how this theorem is made use of in finding the volume of 
a cylinder. Give the formula to express that volume. 

4. Define similar polyhedrons. Prove that similar prisms^ 
or pyramids, are to each other as the cubes of their alti- 
tudes. 

5. Prove that if two spherical triangles on the same 
sphere, or on equal spheres, are equilateral with respect to 
each other, they are also equiangular with respect to each 
other. 

6. The length of a perfectly round log of wood is 20 
feet, and the diameter of each end is 12 feet. Find : (a.) 
Its convex surface. (5.) The surface of the greatest sphere 
which can be cut out of it. (c.) The volume of this sphere. 



174 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

IV. 

1. Prove that the intersections of two parallel planes 
with any third plane are parallel Knes. Define parallel 
planes. 

2. Planes are passed through a p3n:'amid parallel to its 
base ; prove that the sections formed are similar polygons, 
and that these polygons are to each other as the squares of 
their digtances from the vertex. 

3. What are the regular polyhedrons ? How many faces 
has each ? how many vertices ? how many edges ? What 
are the faces in each case ? 

4. A spherical triangle being given, to construct its po- 
lar. Prove the relations that exist between the sides and 
angles of a spherical triangle and those of the polar tri- 
angle. 

5. The surface of a sphere is given, to find the surface 
of a sphere whose volume is five times as great. 

6. A right cylinder and a right cone have the same cir- 
cular base and the same altitude ; compare their volumes. 
Compare with these the volume of a sphere having the 
same radius as the base of the cone. 

V. 

1. Prove that oblique lines drawn from a point to a 
plane, at equal distances from the perpendicular, are equal ; 
and that of two oblique lines unequally distant from the per- 
pendicular the more remote is the greater. As a corollary 
to this theorem, show how a perpendicular may be drawn 
to a plane from a given point without the plane. 

2. Prove that two straight lines, comprehended between 



» 



SOLID GEOMETRY. 175 

three parallel planes, are divided into parts which are pro- 
portional to each other. 

3. Prove that the sum of any two of the face angles of 
a triedral angle is greater than the third. 

4. By what may a right cone be considered to be gener- 
ated ? To what is the area of its convex surface equal ? 
To what is its solidity equal ? Compare the solidity of a 
right cone with that of a right cylinder, when both solids 
have the same altitude, and the radius of the base of the 
cylinder is double that of the base of the cone. 

5. Prove that the sum of the sides of a spherical triangle 
is less than four right angles, and that the sum of the an- 
gles is greater than two right angles. 

6. Prove that every triangular pyramid is one third of 
a triangular prism having the same base and altitude. 



176 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 



ANALYTIC GEOMETRY. 



1. How do you find the co-ordinates of the point where 
two given lines intersect ? 

2. Find the vertices of a triangle of which the sides are 
2a; + 42/ + 7 = 0, 2a; + y — 2 = 0, 2,^ — 2^/ + 1 = 0. 

3. Draw the lines just given and find the angles of the 
triangle they form. 

4. What curve is represented by each of the following 
equations ? (i.) sc^ + y^ + 4y = 0. (ii.) 9x^ + 25?/2 = 
400. (iii.) / _ 7^, (iy ) 16^2 _ g^ _|_ 35 ^ 0. Find 
the points at which each of these curves cuts the axes of 
co-ordinates. 

5. Explain briefly how to construct a conic section when 
you have given the eccentricity (Boscovich's ratio), and the 
distance from the directrix to the focus. Take, for example, 
the eccentricity = -|, and the distance from the directrix 
to the focus = 2^. 

6. Find the equation of a conic section when the direc- 
trix is the axis of ordinates, and a perpendicular from 
the focus on the directrix is the axis of abscissas. Take, 
for example, the same data as are given in the preceding 
question. 

Find what this equation becomes if transformed to a new 
set of axes parallel to the former and passing through the 
centre of the curve. 

7. What is the locus of a point whose distance from a 



ANALYTIC GEOMETRY. 



177 



fixed line is equal to its distance from a fixed point ? Find 
the equation. 

8. Construct a hyperbola whose transverse axis is 6 and 
less focal distance 2. Find also the conjugate axis, and 
the foci and directices of the conjugate hyperbola. 



178 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 



LOGAEITHMS AND TEIGONOMETEY. 

t 

1. Find the value of the following fraction by logarithms: 
/ 0.010006 \ ^ 

\1.4 X {^0.325062/ * 

2. Find the value of the following fraction by logarithms : 
/ (0.050395)'' \ 

\3.2 X v^O.546781/ 

3. Find the value of the following fraction by logarithms, 

/ 0.00101904 X 0.99992 \^ 
using arithmetical complements : ^ 760 X ^(0 .0275142) / * 

4. Define a logarithm. 

5. Find, by logarithms, the value of the following quan- 
tities to six sig nificant fi gures: {^0.0117283 ; (0.50396)2; 

(oi^y^ 2T# x7q-50396)^ -- ^^^ ^^'^^^'^'^^ complements 
in dividing. 

6. Solve the equation 32^ == 8 by logarithms. 

7. Prove that the sum of the logarithms of several num- 
bers is equal to the logarithm of their product. 

8. Find, by logarithms, the values of the following quan- 
tities to six significant figures : V^(0.62394) ; (0.00102173)2; 

g/ 1 (0.0012173)'^ 

V 0.62394 ' 3.1 X (^(0.62394)* 

11. 

1. In a system of which the base is 9, what is the loga- 
rithm of 81 ? of 3? of 27? of 9? of 1? of ^? of^? of ? 



i 



I 



LOGARITHMS AND TRIGONOMETfiY. 179 

2. Find, by common logarithms, the values of the follow- 
ing quantities (to five significant figures) : ^(0.492162) ; 

metical complements in dividing. 

3. Solve the equation 2048^ = 16, by logarithms. 

4. Express in a decimal form the numbers which have 
he following logarithms in a system of which the base is 

16:2; —2; —0.25; 2.75; 0. 

6. Find, by common logarithms, the values of the fol- 
lowing quantities (to five significant figures) : \/ (0.485463) ; 

^nnni'^ninfi>2 1 {^(0.485463) ^^ 

(U.UUi^UiUd; ; (0.00130106)2' 2.7 X (0.001 30 lOG)'** ^^® 
arithmetical complements in dividing. 

6. Prove that the logarithm of the product of two num- 
bers is equal to the sum of the logarithms of the numbers. 

7. Find, by logarithms, the values of the following quan- 
tities (to six significant figures) : (^(0.0126534) ; (kt^Koo) \ 

oaV v'. /a t:n,^L\1 ^ ^^e arithmetical complements in divid- 
.204: X (O.ooOoo)'' 

ing. 

8. Solve the equation 243^ = 81 by logarithms. 

9. What is the characteristic of a logarithm ? 

10. What is the logarithm of 1. ? of .1 ? of 1000. ? of 
.00001 ? of one hundred billionth ? 

11. Find, by logarithms, the value of the following 

quantities (to six significant figures) : ( moan'XA. ) l 

V/(0.0357635) 
(v^2:04 + v/r2036)^' 

12. Solve the equation 1024^ = 64. 



180 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

III. 

1. Prove that the logarithm of a quotient is equal to the 
logarithm of the dividend diminished by the logarithm of 
the divisor. 

2. Find, by logarithms, the values of the following quan- 

3. Prove the formula (sin Af + (cos Af = 1. What 
is the formula for the cosine of the sum of two angles ? 

4. Solve the oblique triangle in which a = 50, ^ = 45°, 
B = 60°. K B. — a, 6, c denote the sides; A, B, C the 
angles respectively opposite to a, h, c. 

5. In a system of logarithms, of which 4 is the base, 
determine the logarithms of the following numbers : 4 ; 
16; 2; 8; 32; 1; J = 0.5 ; | = 0.25 ; J = 0.125; ^^ = 
0.0625 ; 0. What is the base of the common system of 
logarithms ? 

6. Find, by logarithms, using arithmetical complements, 

the values of the expressions: (0.001109)^; TfTooTToq^ ' 



^ 



^(0.492) X 560 



9 X (0.001109)2 

7. What single function of any angle A = j ? What 

function is the reciprocal of the secant. 

8. Give the formulas for the sine and cosine of the 
sum and of the difference of two angles ; and deduce from 
these the formulas for the sine and cosine of the double of 
an angle and of the half of an angle. 

9. What is the sine and cosine of 0°, 90°, 180°, 270°, 
360°. Work out the formulas for the trigonometric func- 
tions of (270°— iV). 



LOGARITHMS AND TRIGONOMETRY. 181 

10. Solve the triangle in which h=0 007625, c = 0.015, 
B = 29°. Find both solutions. K B. — A, B, G denote 
the angles respectively opposite the sides a, h, c, 

IV. 

1. What is the logarithm of 1 in any system ? of any 
number in a system of which that number is the base ? 
In a system of which the base is 4, what is the logarithm 
of 64 ? of 2 ? of 8 ? of J ? 

2. Find by logarithms, using arithmetical complements, 

the value of the fraction - ^ ' ^ — . 

V'(0.0046) X 23.309 

3. Prove the formula for the cosine of the sum of two 
angles; and deduce the formulas for the cosine of the 
double of an angle and the cosine of the half of an angle. 

4. In what quadrants is the cosine positive, and in what 
quadrant is it negative ? Prove the values of the cosine of 
0°, 90°, 180°, 270°. 

5. Given in an oblique triangle h = 0.254, c = 0.317, 
B = 46°. Solve completely. 

V. 

1. Prove that the logarithm of the product of several 
factors is equal to the sum of the logarithms of the factors. 

2. Prove that the logarithm of the nth root of a number 
is ith of the logarithm of the number. 

3. Work the following examples: 0.01706 X 8.7634 

^ ^-^^^ = - 001706 = ?; V/4:9 = ?; (^^g = ?; 

^(8.7634)8 X 100 . jj -.x. .. 1 

-= — ^—^=L ? Use arithmetical complements m 

9 X V0.1109 X (4.9) ^ 

working the last. 



182 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

4. Which of the trigonometric functions are always less 
than unity ? which always greater ? which sometimes 
greater and sometimes less ? 

5. Write down the formulas for the sine and cosine of 
the sum, and the sine and cosine of the difference of two 
angles. 

6. Prove the formula sin^ a -\- cos^ a = 1. 

7. From the formulas of the two preceding questions de- 
duce formulas for the sine, cosine, and tangent of twice an 
angle, and of half an angle. 

8. To solve a triangle in which two sides and an angle 
opposite one of them are given. Example : one side = 
47.6, another side = 32.9, and the angle opposite the latter 
side = 53° 24!. 

VI. 

1. Prove that the logarithm of the product of several 
factors is equal to the sum of the logarithms of the factors. 

2. Work the foUowing examples : {a) 0.01706 X 8.7634 

X 0.00 1 = ? (5.)^.^!^^ = ? (c.) v^Ig = ? v^aM = ? 

5/ (8.7634)3 X 100 _ , ^^^ arithmetical com- 
^ ^ V 9 X V0.1109 X (4.9)« 
plements in working the last. 

3. Find the sines, cosines, and tangents, both natural and 
logarithmic, of the following angles: {A) 24° 47' 22". 
{B) 56° 23' 14". {G) 134° 28'. Find the angles which 
correspond to the following functions: log sin A = 9.94325. 
nat cos ^ = — 0.57832. nat tan C = 1.473. 

4. Prove the formula a^ = &2 _|« ^2 — 2 5c cos A. 

5. Prove the formulas 1 + cos u4 = 2 (cos ^ Af. 
1 — cos ^ = 2 (sin ^ Af. 



LOGARITHMS AND TRIGONOMETRY. 183 

6. From the formulas of the last two questions deduce 
the formula sin^ A = \/ {  

7. The sides of a triangle are 37, 41, and 48 ; what are 
the angles ? 

8. To solve a triangle when two sides and the included 
angle are given. Example : Given the sides 47.6 and 58.4, 
the included angle 52° 24'. 

VII. 

1. In a system of logarithms of which the base is 16, 
what is the number of which the logarithm is — 1.25 ? 
In the system of which 10 is the base, why do the log- 
arithms of two numbers composed of the same series of 
significant figures differ only in their characteristics ? 

2. Prove that the logarithm of the continued product 
of several numbers is equal to the sum of their log- 
arithms, 

3. Write (without proving) the formulas for the sine and 
cosine of the sum and of the difference of two angles ; and 
prove the formula cos .4 + cos -5 = 2 cos J (^ + B) cos ^ 
(A-B). 

, 4. Give the values of the sine, cosine, and tangent of 
0^ 90°, 180°, 270°, 360°. Find the formula for cos (270° 

5. Given in a triangle h =^ 0.107^> c ^ 0.0625, C= 20° 
17'. Solve completely* 

^(0.07323)'* 

6. Find by logarithms the value of q 35 303 yy 3700 ' 

7. Given the cotangent of an angle equal to 2 v^ 2 ; find 
tiie other trigonometric functions, by computation. 



184 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

VIII. 

1. What is the reason that, in the common system, the 
logarithms of two numbers consisting of the same series of 
significant figures differ only in their characteristics ? 

2. Write (without proving) the formulas for the sine and 
cosine of the sum and of the difference of two angles ; and 
deduce those for the sine and cosine of the double of an 
angle and of the half of an angle. 

3. Find, by means of formulas, the trigonometric func- 
tions of 30° and 60°. 

. T. , . . -. « + ^ tsinl(A + B) 

4. Prove that, m any triangle, ^^^^ = ^an i (-4 - ^y 

5. Solve the triangle in which a = 110.6, b = 56.7, 
C = 108° 24'. 

6. Find, by logarithms, the value of the fraction 
(^(0.027919)' 

(0.0010708)2 X 7.9' 

IX. 

1. Obtain a formula by which, when the sine of an angle 
is known, its cosine may be found. Also formulas for 
finding the tangent and cotangent of an angle, when the 
sine and cosine are given. 

2. Obtain, by the formulas of the previous question, the 
trigonometric functions of 45°. 

3. Prove that, in any triangle, the sines of any two 
angles are proportional to the opposite sides. 

4. Solve the triangle in which two sides are 32.64 and 
25.14, and the angle opposite the second side is 32° 48'. 
Are there two solutions to this problem ? Why ? 

5. Find, by logarithms, the value of w — '■ — ^ ^ U 



LOGARITHMS AND TRIGONOMETRY. 185 

6. State the process and give the formulas by which, 
when two sides und the included angle of a triangle are 
known, the remaining parts can be obtained. 

X. 

1. In the system of logarithms with six for its base, of 
what numbers will 3 and — 3 be the logarithms ? What 
will be the index of the logarithm of 2000 ? 

2. Find, by logarithms, the value of y y (4^6)^ ' 

3. Show, by means of a diagram, what lines may be 
taken to represent the sine and the cosine of angles in each 
of the four quadrants of a circle, the radius of the circle be- 
ing unity. Show also what are the algebraic signs of these 
same functions in the different quadrants. 

4. Obtain formulas for the trigonometric functions of a 
negative angle. 

5. In a right plane triangle, one side is 0.1426 and the 
opposite angle is 47° 29'. Solve the triangle. 

6. Write the formulas for the sine and the cosine of the 
sum of any two angles; and obtain from them formulas 
for the sine and the cosine of the double angle. The sine 
of a certain angle is ^. Find the trigonometric functions 
of double that angle. 

7. Two sides of a plane oblique triangle are 16.49 and 
21.37, and the included angle is 129' 37'. Find the other 
two angles. State the method of finding the remaining side. 

8. One angle of a plane triangle is 30°, and an adjacent 
side is 12. What values of the side opposite the given 
angle will give two solutions to the triangle ? What 
values will give only one ? What values wiU give no so- 
lution ? 



186 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

XL 

1. Between what two integers docs the common loga- 
rithm of 327.8 lie ? Give the reason for your answer. 

2. Find, by logarithms, the value of .-g^J^g- X (|)^ X 
^82i?7^ 

3. In what quadrants may an angle be taken whose se^ 
cant is 1.25 ? Obtain the corresponding values of the sine. 

4 Find all the functions of (180° + y). 

5. The hypothenuse of a right triangle is 0.3287, and 
one side is 0.1938. Solve the triangle. 

6. By means of the formulas for the sine and the cosine 
of the sum of two angles, obtain the formula, tan (x + y) 
tan X -\- tan y 

1 — tan X tan y £ 

7. The three sides of a triangle are 1.328, 1.416, andT 
0.9388. Find the angles. 

i 

XII. 

1. In a certain system of logarithms the logarithm of 
0.125 is —1.5. What is the base ? 

2. Find, by logarithms, the value of y^f -4- f (.0048659)^ 

3. Of the following angles, which have a cosine equal to 
— 0.5 ? a tangent equal to 1 ? a cosecant equal to — \J2 ? 
45° ; 120° ; 225° ; 240° ; 315° ; —240° ; —315° ; 600°. 

4. If sin (^ = m, obtain the values of sin 20 and cos 2<^. 

5. In any triangle ABC, prove that w^ = 1^ -\- c^ — 
2lc cos A. 

6. Solve the right triangle, given an angle 47° 48' 13", 
and the opposite side 0.043629. 



LOGARITHMS AND TRIGONOMETRY. 187 

7. Find all the trigonometric functions of (180° + y). 

8. Give the formulas and state the process by which an 
oblique triangle is solved when two sides and the included 
angle are given. 



188 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 



PHYSICS. 

COURSE II. 
I. 

1. Define the terms Force, Weight, M^ss. 

2. If two forces acting perpendicularly on a straight lever 
in opposite directions and on the same side of the fulcrum 
balance each other, they are inversely as their distances 
from the fulcrum ; and the pressure on the fulcrum is equal 
to the difference of the forces. 

3. The pressure upon any particle of a fluid of uniform 
density is proportional to its depth below the surface of 
the fluid. 

4. In 50 cubic yards of rock, whose average specific grav- 
ity is 142, there enter 32 cubic yards of a substance whose 
specific gravity is 124. Find the specific gravity of the 
remainder of the rock. 

5. How would you graduate a hydrometer for ascertain- 
ing the strength of alcohol. 

6. How do you change from Fahrenheit to Centigrade ? 

II. 

1. How does the weight of a body differ from the mass r 
How are forces represented ? If it be stated that two 
forces of 5 lbs. and 10 lbs. act upon a body, what more is 
wanting to enable us to determine the result ? 

2. Prove the proposition, " If two forces, acting at any 
angles on the arm of any lever, balance each other, they are 



PHYSICS. 189 

inversely as the perpendiculars drawn from the fulcrum 
to the directions in which the forces act." 

3. The direction of two forces, P and Q, which act on a 
bent lever and keep it at rest, make equal angles with the 
arms of the lever, which are at 6 and 8 inches respectively. 
Find the ratio of Q to P. 

4 Find the centre of gravity of a triangle. One half of 
a given triangle is cut off by a straight line parallel to the 
base : find the centre of gravity of the remaining trapezium. 

5. Prove the proposition, " When a body of uniform den- 
sity floats on a fluid, the part immersed : the whole body : : 
the specific gravity of the body : the specific gravity of the 
fluid." 

6. If the difference of readings of a thermometer, which 
is graduated both according to Fahrenheit's and the Centi- 
grade scale, be 40, find the temperature in each scale. 



190 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 



MECHANICS. 

COURSE II. 



1. Prove the law of the parallelogram of forces. 

2. Find the centre of gravity of any number of heavy 
points. 

3. Deduce the law of the equilibrium of movable pul- 
leys, taking the weight of the pulleys into account. 

4. Find the relation of P's velocity to that of W on an 
inclined plane. 

5. Prove the equality of fluid pressures. Explain the 
Hydrostatic Paradox. 

6. If the volume of the receiver of a condensing pump i& 
five times that of the barrel, find the pressure on the valve 
after ten strokes. 

II. 

1. Define Force ; Weight ; Mass ; and Density. How are 
forces represented ? 

2. Give the axioms of the lever. Assuming the proper- 
ties of the straight lever, prove the laws of the bent lever. 

3. Can the resultant of two forces, in any case, be equal 
to one of the components ? If so, what are the conditions ? 

4. A string passing round a smooth peg is pulled at each 
end by a force equal to the strain upon the peg. Find the 
angle between the two parts of the string. 



MECHANICS. 191 

5. Deduce the laws of the inclined plane, both when the 
body on the plane is at rest, and when it is in motion. 

6. Prove that when a body of uniform density floats on a 
fluid, the part immersed : the whole body : : the specific grav- 
ity of the body : the specific gravity of the fluid. 

7. Prove that the elastic force of air at a given tem- 
perature varies as the density. A barometer is sunk to 
the depth of twenty feet in a lake, find the consequent 
rise in the mercurial column. (Specific gravity of mer- 
cury = 13.57.) 

III. 

1. Describe the different kinds of levers, giving exam- 
ples of each kind. 

2. Enunciate the Parallelogram of Forces. Assuming it 
to be true for the direction of the resultant, prove it for the 
magnitvde of the resultant. 

3. A string passing around a smooth peg is pulled at 
each end by a force equal to the strain on the peg. Find 
the angle between the two parts of the string. 

4. On the inclined plane when the power acts parallel 
to the plane, prove that the power : the weight : : height of 
the plane : length of the plane. 

5. In the leaning tower of Pisa the top overhangs the 
base by 12 feet ; why does it not fall ? 

6. Prove that when a body of uniform density floats on 
a fluid, the part immersed : the whole body : : the specific 
gravity of the body : the specific gravity of the fluid. 

7. A piece of iron weighs 12 pounds in water; and 
when a piece of wood which weighs 5 pounds is attached 
to it, the two together weigh 9 pounds in water. Find the 
specific gravity of the wood. 



192 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

8. Explain why a balloon rises, and why the higher it 
gets the slower it rises. Why does it ever cease to rise ? 

9. Describe the construction of the common suction 
pump and its operation. (Draw a diagram of the pump.) 

10. A piece of wood floats in a cup of water under the 
receiver of an air-pump. Will it sink deeper or rise higher 
when the air is exhausted I Why ? 

lY. 

1. If two weights, P and Q, acting perpendicularly on a 
straight Lever on opposite sides of the fulcrum balance 
each other, determine the position of the fulcrum and the 
pressure on it. 

The scale-pans of a Balance are of unequal weight, and 
its arms consequently also of unequal length ; find the true 
weight of any substance from its apparent weights, when 
placed in the two scale-pans respectively. 

2. If two forces, acting at any angles on the arms of 
any Lever, balance each other, they are inversely as the 
perpendiculars drawn from the fulcrum to the directions in 
which the forces act. 

3. If three forces, represented in direction and magni- 
tude by the sides of a triangle taken in order, act on a 
point, they will produce equilibrium. 

Two forces whose magnitudes are y/3 X P and P, respect- 
ively, act at a point in directions at right angles to eacli 
other ; find the magnitude and direction of the force which 
wiU balance them. 

4. In that system of Pulleys, in which the same string 
passes round any number of pulleys, and the parts of it 



MECHANICS. 193 

between the pulleys are parallel, there is equilibrium (neg- 
lecting the weights of the pulleys) when P : W : -.1 : the 
number of strings (n) at the lower block. 

5. Prove that when a body is suspended from a point, it 
will rest with its Centre of Gravity in the vertical line pass- 
ing through the point of suspension. Hence show how 
the Centre of Gravity of any plane figure of irregular out- 
line may practically be determined. 

6. Describe an experimental proof, that, if the pressure 
at any point of a fluid be increased, the pressure at all 
other points will be equally increased. By what short 
form of words is this property of fluid pressure sometimes 
described ? 

In the common Hydraulic Press, are the fluid pressm*es 
and tendency to break uniform throughout the cylinders ? 

7. Prove that if a body floats in a fluid, it displaces as 
much of the fluid as is equal in weight to the weight of the 
body ; and it presses downwards, and is pressed upwards, 
with a force equal to the weight of the fluid displaced. 

A uniform cylinder, when floating vertically in water, 
sinks to a depth of 4 inches ; to what depth will it sink in 
alcohol of specific gravity 0.79 ? 

8. Describe the construction of the Condenser, and the 
mode of its operation. 

A cylinder, filled with atmospheric air, and closed by an 
air-tight piston, is sunk to the depth of 500 fathoms in the 
sea ; required the compression of the air (assume specific 
gravity of sea water to be 1.027, specific gravity of mer- 
cury 13.57, and height of Barometer 30 inches). 



EXAMINATION PAPERS 

OF JUNE, 1874. 



ANCIENT HISTOEY AND GEOGKAPHY. 

[Take thejirst three, and one other ; /our in all.] 

1. Name in the order of time the successive conquests made 
by the Romans, and note distinctly the position of each con- 
quered state or district. 

2. By a map or by words represent or describe Sicily. Point 
out its place in Grecian and in Roman history. 

3. Name eight places that were noted in ancient times : four 
Greek, and four Roman. Give their situation, and show their 
importance in history. 

4. What objects would a Roman be sure to point out to a 
stranger visiting Rome in the time of Augustus 1 Describe some 
of them. Show, by a rough plan, their position relatively to 
each other, and connect them with events in Roman history. 

6. The legislation of Solon. 

6. The Gracchi and the Agrarian Laws. State precisely the 
character of these laws. 



196 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 



MODEEN AND PHYSICAL GEOGEAPHY. 

1. Upon what principle is Mercator's map constructed j How 
do the parallels and meridians appear upon it "i What distortion 
is produced in the forms of the countries 1 

2. Draw an outline map of Africa and put upon it, in their 
proper positions, the equator, and the meridian of Greenwich. 
Give also the names of the bodies of water surrounding the 
continent, and the positions of important islands near the 
coast. 

3. What is shown by a profile of a country 1 Draw a profile 
of South America, from the mouth of the Amazon to the Pacific 
Ocean. 

4. Describe the southern coast of Europe, giving the names 
of countries, bodies of water, important islands, principal sea- 
ports, and largest rivers. 

5. What time is it at Madras when it is eight o'clock in the 
morning at Boston 1 Longitude of Madras, 80° E. ; of Boston, 
71° W. 

6. Where is the Great Bear Lake ? Why was it so named ] 
What other large lakes are near it 1 Which continent has the 
smallest number of lakes 1 Where are the principal salt lakes, 
and why are they salt 1 

7. Where does the Colorado Iliver rise and empty *? What 
are the most striking physical features of the country tlirough 
which it flows 'i 

Answer the same questions for each of the following rivers : — 
Columbia ; Niagara ; Hudson ; Seine ; Ganges. 

8. What cities of Europe are in nearly the same latitude as 
New York 1 

9. Describe two water routes between Marseilles and Hong 
Kong. 



EXAMINATION PAPERS. 197 



GEEEK COMPOSITIOK 

Translate into Greek: — 

When these ten thousand Greeks had come in their march to 
the great river Euphrates, they found a barbarian soldier who 
told them that the great king with all his army was only two 
stages (day's march) distant, and that if they should go forward 
during all that night and the following {iirdvai) day, they would 
see the king's forces before the time for supper came. When 
the generals heard this, they determined (it seemed good to 
them) not to remain where they were, but to cross (bia^aivciv) 
the river and send Xenophon with a hundred hoplites so that 
they might know whether the man had spoken the truth. 



GEEEK PEOSE. 



4®" Eead the following notice before doing any of the paper: — 
[Those offering Greek Keader, take 2, 4, 5. Those offering Anabasis, four 
books, and 7th book of Herodotus, take 1, 2, 5. Those offering the whole of 
Anabasis, take 1, 2, 3.] 

1. (Anab. 11. v. 10, and part of 11.) « Se brf Ka\ fiaveures ae 
KaTaKT€ivaifi€v, aXXo ri av j) top eiiepyenjv KaraKTeiuavres ivpos ^aaiXea 
TOP fieyKTTov €(pe8pov dyciPi^oifieOa ; ocrciP de drj koi olcop up iKniScop 
ifiayjTop a-Tfpfja-atfjLi, el ae ri kokop imx^iprja-aip.i, tvouIp, ravra Xe^o). 
iyoi yap Kvpop fTreOvprjird poL (fitXop yepeadai, vopLi^top t5>p totc iKapara- 
Top €Lvai ev TTouh OP ^ovXoiTo. From what and where is fxaptprfs 1 

2. (Anab. IV. I. 23, 24.) Kai (vBvg dyayopres tovs dpBpanovg 
^\fyXop BtaiXa^oPTfs f i ripa flBelep akXrjp 686p fj rrjp <f)apfpdp. 6 fxeu 
oui/ erepos ovk €(j>rj, paXa ttoXXcop (fto^cup irpoaoyopepap • eVcl de ovdev 
cu^eXt/iOf eXe-yfj/, SpaiPTos Tov erepov Karea(f)ayr]. 6 5e \017r6s eXf^o» 
on ovTos pfp ov (Pair} 8ia raOra eldepai, on avra iTvy\av€ dvyarrjp c/Cft 



198 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

Trap avbpX iKbedoixivrj* avros 8' €(f)r} ^yfjarea-Oai dvvar^v Koi vno^vyiois 
Troptrieadai odou. Explain mood of €i8«ev. 

3. (Anab. VI. IV. 20, 21.) Kai ttoKiv rfj v(TT€pata idvero, koi 
(Tx^bov Ti naaa fj arpaTia 8ia to fitXeiu anacnv iKvickovvro irepX ra iepd' 
TO. Be 6vp.aTa eircXcXoiTrei. oi Se aTpaTr}yo\ i^fjyov fiep ov, arvveKoKea-av 
de. €iT€P ovp S€VO<pap, "larcis oi iroXefxioi avpeiXeyfXiPoi flai koi dpayKrj 
pa^fO'dai' el ovp KaTaXiTToPTfs ra crKfvr) kp roi epvfipa \(opi(o as els ficixrjp 
7Tape<TKeva(Tp.kpoi. toifiep, tacos ap ra iepa 7rpox<opoir] ^fiip. 

4. (Phaedo, p. 109 of Reader, s. 24.) KaX 6 KpiroiP aKova-as 
epevare r« naibl likqaiop eorwn, kcu 6 ttols €^eX6a>p, koX (tv^vop xP^pop 
BiaTpiyjraSy ^k€p ayap top fieWoPTa dtdopai to <l)dpp.aKOP, kp kvXiki (fiipop- 
Ta T€Tpi[xp.epop ' Idtop 8e 6 2(0KpdTr}s top apdpcanop, "EUp, e<l)Tj, 2) /SeXrtoTe, 
(TV yap TovTdP iTnarTTjpcop ti xph T^oie^p ; Ovbep aXXof e(l)rj, fj nioPTa 
Trepuepai, eas ap aov ^dpos €p rots cKeXecri yeprjTat, tireiTa KaTOKeia-daf 
Kal ovTcos avTo Troifjcrei. koi ap.a cope^e ttjp kvXiku t<5 ScoKparei. From 
what and where is TtiopTal 

5. (Herod. VII. 234; Reader, p. 155, § 57.) Oi fiep Bfj nepl 

QfppoTTvXas '^EXXrjpes ovra rjympia-aPTO • Se'p^rjs fie KaXeaas ArjfidpijTop 
flpoDTa dp^dfxfpos fpdtpde. ArjfidpriTe, dp^p fis dya66s' TeKfiaipOfiai 8e 
TTJ aXrjdfir) ' ocra yap etnas, dnaPTa dm^r] ovtoo. pvp 8e p,oi elne, Koaoi 
Tipes eiai oi Xonrol AaKedaipopioi, Kal tovtcop Skoctoi toiovtoi Ta TroXefJua, 
eiT€ Kal airaPTes. 6 8' elne' 'G ^laiXev, irXrjOos fiep AaKeBaifiopiap ttoX- 
Xop, Kal noXies rroXXar to 8e i6eXeis eKfxaBelp, elbrjaeis. 



GREEK POETRY. 

1. T(B y ijs ^ovXevaapre buTpayep' rj pep eireiTa 

Els dXa oXto ^a6e\ap dn alyXrjepTos *OXvp7rov, ^ 
Zfvs be eop TTpos ba>pa. 6eol b* dpa ndpTes dpearap 
*E^ ebeciP, a-^ov iraTpos epaPTiop • ovbe Tis eTXi] 



EXAMINATION PAPERS. 199 

M€7vai inepx^y-^vov, aX\* amot earav airavres. 
"Qs 6 fieu tv6a KaBk^cr Ixri 6p6vov • ov8e fitp "^prj 
^Hyvoirjcrev Idovcr on oi (rvficppda-aaro ^ovXds 
^ApyvpoTTe^a QeriSy BvydrTjp aXioio yepovros. 

Iliad, I. 531-539. 

Where is bUrpayev found ? Attic for (r(^ov, farav. 
2. Aevrepov avr ^Obvarja idap ipUiv 6 yepaios' 

" Ew' aye pot koI Tovbe, <f>ikov tckos, on tis o5* icrrlv 

Meicop pev Ke(f)aXfj *Ayapep.povos *Ar/3ei5ao, 

"EvpvTcpos 8* atpoia-iP iSe areppoiarip lde(rdai. 

Tevx^a pep ol KeiraL €7ri p^^ovi TrouXvjSoretpi/, 

AvTos be KTiXos o)S eViTrwXetrat <TTi\as dpBpap. 

*Appetm piP eyayye etcrKoi nrjyea-tpdWa^ 

"Os T 6ta)P peya irav biepxerai dpyeppdoiP.'^ 

Iliad, III. 191-198. 
Divide two first verses into feet. 



GREEK GRAMMAR 

[All Greek words must be written with their accents.] 

1.* Decline iroKiTrjs, apOpamos, and d\r]6fjs in the singular; 6ri9, 
dpTjp, and Xva)i» in the plural. 

2. Decline vaOs, peiap, av, os, and tU (interrogative) through- 
out. 

3.* Compare a-ocf)6iy <^iXop, peyas, and pdbios. 

4. Inflect the present optative and imperfect indicative of 
6pdci) ; the imperfect of beUpv/xi ; and the present indicative of 
«t/tii and eipi, with the meaning of each. 

5.* Give the principal parts of rvyxdpa, 6pr](TKo>i bpdfOf XetVo), 
and ir]pi. 



200 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

6. Translate oiSa tovtov ypd(})ovTa and ol8a tovto ypdcp^iv. Trans- 
late 6 avTos &irorkyLV€Tai ttjv K€(f)aXT)u, and explain the accusative. 

7. Translate oIkos 6' avrbs, €i (f)Ooyyf)v Xa^oi, cra^k(rra.T hv Xe^fter, 
and explain the optatives. 

8. Explain the subjunctive in icjio^ovfirjp ixr] rovro yemjTai. 
Could it be changed to the optative ] 

9. Explain the optative in direv on ypd<poi. Could you have 
any other mood than the optative in this case 1 

10. What is an iambus? a spondee ] ananapeest? What is 
a dactylic hexameter, and what substitutions are allowed in it % 

 Candidates for ADVANCED STANDING will omit 1, 3, and 5, and 
answer the following questions. 

11. Translate rt /x* ovk cKreivas €v6v5 Xva fifjTroTc fi8ov to ^wj, and 
explain ipa efSov. 

12. Translate et aurovs tboup &v €({)vyop. What is the construc- 
tion of tdoiep 1 of apl 

13. How would you express in Greek : Would that Cyrus were 
alive ! He said that he would do it, He said that he would have 
done it, He said that he did it ? 

14. What is an iambic trimeter of tragedy, and what substi- 
tutions are allowed in it ] 



t 



EXAMINATION PAPERS. 201 



LATIN COMPOSITION. 

JB®" Candidates for the Freshman Class are required to translate the whole of I. 
and in II. only to 2, "He said." Candidates for Advanced Standing will 
translate the whole of I. and II. 

I. 

Translate into English : — 

Restat ut doceam omnia, quae sint in hoc mundo, quibus 
iitantur homines, hominum causa facta esse et parata. Prin- 
cipio ipse mundus deorum hominumque causa factus est, quse- 
que in eo sunt, ea parata ad fructum hominum et inventa sunt. 
Est enim mundus quasi communis deorum atque hominum 
domus aut urbs utrorumque. Ut igitur Athenas et Lacedse- 
monem Atheniensium Lacedsemoniorumque causa putandum 
est conditas esse, omniaque, quae sint in his urbibus, eorum 
populorum recte esse dicuntur, sic qusecumque sunt in omni 
mundo deorum atque hominum putanda sunt. 

II. 

Translate into Latin : — 

1. It was the custom^ in old times for senators at Rome to 
enter ^ the senate-house ^ attended-by * their young ^ sons. The 
mother of Papirivis asked ® her son what-in-the-world '' the fa- 
thers had been doing ^ in the senate. The boy answered that 
it must be-kept-secret.® The woman gets^° more eager ^^ to 
hear. Then the boy resorts-to^^ an ingenious ^^ lie." 

1 mos. 2 introire. 8 curia. * cum. 5 praetextatus. « percontari. ^ qxiis- 
nam. 8 agere. ^ tacere. lo iieri. ^ cupidiis. 12 consilium capere (with the 
genitive), i* festivus. i* mendacium. 

2. He said that the-discussion-had-been ^ whether it was 

more expedient^ for one man to have two wives or for one 

woman to have two husbands.* The-uext-day * the matrons 

beg ^ the senate that one woman might rather * be-married-to ' 

two men than that two women might have one husband. 

1 agere (passive). 2 utilis. 3 maritus. * postridie. 6 obsecrare. « potius. 
■^ nubere. 

9* 



202 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 



LATIN GEAMMAR. 



Mark the quantity of the penults and last syllables of the 
following words : custodis, arbores, frigora, gladioluSy infamis 
(nom.), victricis (ace. plur.), inopis, petitur, perivit, periit, peritus, 
ambitus, apices. 

Decline decus, locus, specus, celeber, quivis ; compare in/eruSf 
humilis. Form, and compare loquax, sanctus. 

Form derivatives with the terminations -tas, -tor, -ensis, -olus, 
-SCO, and give their meaning. 

Give the principal parts of sumo, sentio, libet, pateo, patior, 
spondeo, adjuvo, tollo, disco, vereor, facio with con, eo and do 
with re. 

Give a synopsis of the Subjunctive Active and Passive (first 
Person) of two of these verbs not of the same conjugation. Give 
a complete synopsis of one other. Inflect the Imperative of 
patior. Give all the Participles and Infinitives of sentio. 

Explain the formation of the presents gigno and frango, of 
the perfects didici and dlxi, and of the participle natus. 

What case or cases (separately or together) follow persuadeo^ 
moneo, obliviscor, solvo, vereor, prce, sub ? 

Translate into Latin, with gerundive (participle in -dus). 
The city must be spared, I must go. 

What construction is used in clauses (or verbs) after timeo, 
gaudeo, dico, audeo ? 

How are future conditions expressed in Latin 1 Express in 
Latin, in as many ways as you can, "Antony came to bury 
(sepelio) Csesar." 

What difference in meaning between utinam %im and utinam 
essem ? 



.EXAMINATION PAPERS. 203 

LATIN, — Course I. 
CiESAR AND SALLUST. 

Translate two passages, — the^rs^ and one other. 

I. Quo proelio bellum Venetorum totiusque oree maritimsD 
confectum est. Nam quum omnis juventus, omnes etiam gravio- 
ris setatis, in quibus aliquid consilii aut dignitatis fuit, eo con- 
venerant, turn navium quod ubique fuerat in unum locum co- 
egerant ; quibus amissis reliqui neque quo se reciperent neque 
quemadmodum oppida defenderent habebant. Itaque se suaque 
omnia Csesari dediderunt. In quos eo gravius Csesar vindican- 
dum statuit, quo diligentius in reliquum tempus a barbaris jus 
legatorum conservaretur. Itaque omni senatu necato reliquos 
sub corona vendidit. — C^sar, B. G. III. 

II. His rebus permotus Q. Titurius, quum procul Ambiorigem 
suos cohortantem conspexisset, interpretem suum Cn. Pompeium 
ad eum mittit rogatum ut sibi militibusque parcat. Hie appella- 
tus respondit : Si velit secum coUoqui, licere ; sperare a multi- 
tudine impetrari posse quod ad militum salutem pertineat ; ipsi 
vero nihil nocitum iri, inque eam rem se suam fidem interponere. 
lUe cum Cotta saucio communicat, si videatur, pugna ut exce- 
dant et cum Ambiorige una coUoquantur ; sperare ab eo de sua 
ac militum salute impetrare posse. Cotta se ad armatum hostem 
iturum negat atque in eo constitit. — C^sar, B. G. V. 

III. Atheniensium res gestae, sicut ego sestumo, satis amplse 
magnificseque fuere, verum aliquanto minores tamen quam fama 
feruntur. Sed quia provenere ibi scriptorum magna ingenia, 
per terrarum orbem Atheniensium facta pro maxumis celebran- 
tur. Ita eonim qui ea fecere virtus tanta habetur, quantum ea 
verbis potuere extollere praeclara ingenia. At populo Romano 
numquam ea copia fuit, quia prudentissumus quisque maxume 
negotiosus erat ; ingenium nemo sine corpore exercebat : optu- 
mus quisque facere quam dicere, sua ab aliis bene facta laudari 
quam ipse aliorum narrare malebat. — Sallust, Cat. viii. 

IV. Patres conscripti. Micipsa pater mens morions mihi 



204 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

preecepit, uti regni Numidise tantummodo procurationem existu- 
marem meam, ceteram jus et imperium ejus penes vos esse; 
simul eniterer domi militiseque quam maxumo usui esse populo 
Romano, vos mihi cognatorum, vos affinium loco ducerem ; si ea 
fecissem, in vostra amicitia exercitum, divitias, munimenta regni 
me habiturum. Quae quum prsecepta parentis mei agitarem, 
Jugurtha, homo omnium quos terra sustinet sceleratissumus, 
contempto imperio vostro, Masinissse me nepotem et jam ab 
stirpe socium atque amicum populi Romani regno fortunisque 
omnibus expulit. — Sallust, Jug. xiv. 

OVID. 

Translate any one of the following -passages : — 
V. Inde loco medius rerum novitate paventem 
Sol oculis juvenem, quibus adspicit omnia, vidit, 
' Quaeque vise tibi causa ? Quid hac,' ait, * arce petisti, 
Progenies, Phaethon, baud infitianda parenti ] ' 
lUe refert : ' lux immensi publica mundi, 
Phoebe pater, si das hujus mihi nominis usum, 
Pignora da, genitor, per quae tua vera propago 
Credar, et hunc animis errorem detrahe nostris.' 
Dixerat. At genitor circum caput omne micantes 
Deposuit radios, propiusque accedere jussit, 
Amplexuque dato, ' Nee tu mens esse negari 
Dignus es, et Clymene veros,' ait, *edidit ortus.* — Mett. II. 

YI. Psittacus, Eois imitatrix ales ab Indis, 

Occidit : exsequias ite frequenter aves. 
Ite, pise volucres ; et plangite pectora pennis j 

Et rigido teneras ungue notate genas. 
Horrida pro msestis lanietur pluma capillis : 

Pro longa resonent carmina vestra tuba. 
Quid scelus Ismarii quereris, Philomela, tyrannil 

Expleta est annis ista querela suis. 
Alitis in rarse miserum devertite fiinus. 

Magna, sed antiqui causi doloris Itys. 
Omnes quae liquido libratis in aere cursus ; 

Tu tamen ante alias, turtur amice, dole. — Am. II. 



EXAMINATION PAPERS. 205 

VII. Sin autem ad pugnam exierint — nam ssepe duobus 
Regibus incessit magno discordia motu, 
Continuoque animos volgi et trepidantia bello 
Corda licet longe preesciscere ; namque morantis 
Martius ille seris rauci canor increpat, et vox 
Auditur fractos sonitus imitata tubarum ; 
Turn trepidai inter se cceunt, pennisque coruscant, 
Spiculaque exacuunt rostris, aptantque lacertos, 
Et circa regem atque ipsa ad prsetoria densse 
Miscentur, magnisque vocant clamoribus hostem. 

ViRG. Georg. IV. 

VIII. Ipse, caput nivei fultum Pallantis et ora 
Ut vidit levique patens in pectore volnus 
Cuspidis Ausonise, lacrimis ita fatur obortis : 
Tene, inquit, miserande puer, cum laeta veniret, 
Invidit Fortuna mihi, ne regna videres 
Nostra, neque ad sedes victor veherere paternas 1 
Non bsec Euandro de te promissa parenti 
Discedens dederam, cum me complexus euntem 
Mitteret in magnum imperium, metuensque moneret 
Acris esse viros, cum dura proelia gente. — Virg. iEn. XL 



LATm. — Course I. 

CICERO. 

Translate hoo passages. [If you have read the Cato Major, translate I, 
and either III. orlV.j if not, translate II. and either III. or IV. Answer 
all the questions.'] 

I. An ne eas quidem vires senectuti relinquemus ut adolescen- 
tulos doceat, instituat, ad omne officii munus instruaf? Quo 
quidem opere quid potest esse praeclarius 1 Mihi vero Cn. et P. 
Scipiones et avi tui duo, L. ^milius et P. Africanus, comitatu 
nobilium juvenum fortunati videbantur; nee ulli bonarum artium 
magistri non beati putandi, quamvis consenuerint vires atque 
defecerint. — De Senectute, ix. 29. 



206 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

II. Quid autem aliud egimus, Tubero, nisi ut quod hie potest 
DOS possemus 1 Quorum igitur impunitas, Csesar, tuse clemen- 
tise laus est, eorum ipsorum ad crudelitatem te acuit oratio. 
Atque in hac causa non nihil equidem, Tubero, etiam tuam, sed 
multo magis patris tui prudentiam desidero, quod homo cum 
ingenio tum etiam doctrina excellens genus hoc causae quod 
esset non viderit; nam si vidisset, quovis profecto quam isto 
modo a te agi malaisset. — Pro Ligario, iv. 

III. Tertium genus est eetate jam affectum, sed tamen exer- 
citatione robustum, quo ex genere iste est Manlius, cui nunc 
Catilina succedit : sunt homines ex eis coloniis, quas Sulla con- 
stituit ; quas ego universas civium esse optimorum et fortissi- 
morum virorum sentio, sed tamen ii sunt coloni, qui se in 
insperatis ac repentinis pecuniis sumptuosius insolentiusque 
jactarunt. Hi dum gedificant tamquam beati, dum prsediis lectis, 
familiis magnis, conviviis apparatis delectantur, in tantum sea 
alienum inciderunt, ut, si salvi esse velint, Sulla sit eis ab inferis 
excitandus. — In Catilinam, II. ix. 

IV. Quare quis tandem me reprehendat aut quis mihi jure 
succenseat, si, quantum ceteris ad suas res obeundas, quantum 
ad festos dies ludorum celebrandos, quantum ad alias voluptates 
et ad ipsam requiem animi et corporis conceditur temporum, quan- 
tum alii tribuunt tempestivis conviviis, quantum denique alveolo, 
quantum pilse, tantum mihi egomet ad hsec studia recolenda 
sumpsero 1 Atque hoc ideo mihi concedendum est magis, quod 
ex his studiis hsec quoque crescit oratio et facultas, quse quan- 
tacumque in me est, numquam amicorum periculis defuit. — 
Pro Archia, vi. 

1. What offices did the Romans generally go through before 
their consulship 1 

2. What is the difference between ne and ut non followed by 
the Subjunctive 1 

3. What was the fate of Catiline's fellow-conspirators, and 
what complaint was made of it 1 



EXAMINATION PAPERS. 207 

VIRGIL. 

Translate two passages, — /. and either II. or III. Answer all the questions, 

I. Pauca tamen suberunt priscae vestigia fraudis, 
Quae temptare Thetim ratibus, quse cingere muris 
Oppida, quae iubeant telluri infindere sulcos. 
Alter erit turn Tiphys, et altera quae vehat Argo 
Delectos heroas ; erunt etiam altera bella, 

Atque iterum ad Troiam magnus mittetur Achilles. 
Hinc, ubi iam firmata virum te fecerit aetas, 
Cedet et ipse mari vector, nee nautica pinus 
Mutabit merces : omnis feret omnia tellus. — EcL. IV. 

II. Postera iamque dies primo surgebat Eoo, 
Humentemque Aurora polo dimoverat umbram : 
Cum subito e silvis, macie confecta suprema, 
Ignoti nova forma viri miserandaque cultu 
Procedit supplexque manus ad litora tendit. 
Respicimus. Dira inluvies inmissaque barba, 
Consertum tegumen spinis ; at cetera Graius, 

Et quondam patriis ad Troiam missus in armis. — ^N. III. 

III. Primus equum pbaleris insignem victor habeto, 
Alter Amazoniam pharetram plenamque sagittis 
Threiciis, lato quam circumplectitur auro 
Balteus, et tereti subnectit fibula gemma ; 
Tertius Argolica hac galea contentus abito. 
Haec ubi dicta, locum capiunt, signoque repente 
Corripiunt spatia audito, limenque relinquunt, 
EflFusi nimbo similes, simul ultima signant. — ^En. V. 

1. Give a brief summary of the events in iEneid IV. 

2. Divide into feet, marking quantities and ictus (or verse 
accent), the fifth line in I. 

3. How does the metre help to determine the meaning of the 
fifth line in II. 1 



208 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 



AEITHMETIC AND LOGAEITHMS. 

[Give the work in full, and arrange it in an orderly manner. Reduce each 
answer to its simplest form.] 

LOGARITHMS. 

1. Find, by logarithms, the value of ^ . 

2. Find, by logarithms, the value of (^(^^^^AlJ 

3. Give a proof of the process of finding any root of a quan- 
tity by logarithms. If the characteristic of the logarithm of 
the given quantity is negative, how is the characteristic of the 
logarithm of the root obtained ] 



ARITHMETIC. 

4. What part of 2^ is ^Xf^l 

5. A carriage, at the rate of 8^ miles an hour, completes f of 
a certain distance in 3^ days ; in how many days will it com- 
plete f of the same distance, going at the rate of 10 miles an 
hour? 

6. A merchant buys 2% hectometres of silk for $480, and 
sells the silk at $ 1.95 a yard. Does he gain or lose, and how 
much? 

7. Find the cube root of 0.083453453. 

8. Thirty-six persons buy 2766 A. 3 E, 12 P. of land on 
equal shares. What does one man receive, who sells f of his 
share at Is. 9c?. 2 /. per square rod *? [Give the answer in 
pounds and decimals of a pound.] 

9. What is gold quoted at, when one dollar in currency is 
worth only seventy-five cents 1 



EXAMINATION PAPERS. 209 



ALGEBEA. — Course I. 

[Give the whole work clearly, and reduce each answer to its simplest form.] 

1. Divide 

a ' 6 ' c ^ \a~ 6 ' c) 

2. A can do a piece of work in half the time in which B can 
do it, B can do it in two thirds the time in which C can do 
it, and all three, working together, can do it in 6 days. Find 
the time in which each can do it alone. 

3. Find the two middle terms in the expansion of {a — xf. 
What is the reason that one of these terms is negative, and the 
other is positive % 

4. Find the fourth root of (/ aV. [Fractional exponents may- 
be used if desired.] 

5. One number is -V- of another, and the product of these 
two numbers is 750. What are the numbers % 

6. Solve the equations ax -\- hy =■ c, 

mx — ny=.d. 

7. I bought a certain number of oxen for £80. Had I 
bought four more with the same money, each ox would have 
cost £ 1 less. How many did I buy, and what did I pay for 
each] 

8. Find the square root of 



210 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

ALGEBRA. — Course II. and Advanced Standing. 

[Give the whole work clearly, and reduce each answer to its simplest form.] 

1. Simplify ^^j^ "^ - 

~b ^ + ""^ 

2. A man rides a certain distance at the rate of 8 miles an 
hour, and walks back to his starting-point at the rate of 4 miles 
an hour. The time employed in going and returning is 6 hours. 
How far does he walk 1 

3. Divide^ by dc^-S. 

4. Solve the equation a? -|- 2ax = h. What will the roots 
beif a = 2, 6 = — 4] If« = 4, 6 = — 201 

5. What is the 4th term of (a — a?)" + M 

6. The greater of two numbers is a^ times the less; the 
product of these two numbers is 6^ Find the numbers. 

7. There are 3 numbers in arithmetical progression : the 
sum of these numbers is 18, and the sum of their squares is 
158. Find the numbers. 

8. I have 4 single books and a set of 3 books. In how 
many ways can I arrange these 7 books on a shelf, provided 
the books which make the set cannot be separated] 



EXAMINATION PAPEES. 211 



PLANE GcKOMETBY, — Courses I. and II. 

1. In a triangle ABC the angle A is greater than the angle 
B, and B is greater than C ; what is true of the sides ^ Stata 
and prove. 

State and prove the converse. 

2. Prove that two triangles are equal if the sides of one are 
respectively equal to the sides of the other. 

3. Prove that when two circumferences touch each other the 
point of contact and the centres lie in one straight line. 

4. Draw two circles touching each other, and through the 
point of contact draw a straight line forming a chord in each 
circle : prove that these chords are proportional ta the diameters 
of the circles. 

5. To draw the circumference of a circle through three given 
points. Solve and prove. When would the problem be impos- 
sible? Why] 

Given any curve, to ascertain whether it is the arc of a circle 
or not. 

6. Prove that the perimeters of regular polygons of the same 
number of sides are proportional to the diameters of their in- 
scribed or circumscribed circles. Go on to prove that the ratio 
of the circumference to the diameter is the same in all circles. 

7. Draw, in your book, a regular hexagon of which each side 
shall be of this length .i».ii.iii»..»ii__i^.^..i_^.^.. 
Explain how you do it. Now draw another having half the 
area of the first. Solve and prove. 



212 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 



SOLID GEOMETEY. — Course 11. 

1. Prove that the intersections of two parallel planes with a 
third plane are parallel planes. 

2. Prove that the sum of the line angles that compose a solid 
angle is less than four right angles. 

3. What is the frustum of a pyramid 1 Show how to find 
the convex surface of a regular pyramid. Prove that the sur- 
face of a right circular ^cone is equal to the product of the slant 
height multiplied by the circumference of a section drawn mid- 
way between the bases. 

4. Given the radius of a sphere : write a formula for its sur- 
face and one for its volume. 

5. What is the segment of a sphere ? Explain how to find 
the volume of a segment of a sphere having two bases, one each 
side of the centre. 

6. Given a spherical triangle, to draw its polar triangle. Wha\, 
relations exist between the sides and angles of a spherical tri- 
angle and those of its polar triangle 1 State and prove. 

7. Given a spherical triangle, to draw another symmetrical 
with it on the same sphere. Prove that two symmetrical trian- 
gles on the same sphere have the same area. 

8. What is a regular polyhedron"? How many are there] 
Give their names, and a brief description of each. 



\ 



EXAMINATION PAPERS. 213 

ANALYTIC GEOMETEY. 

Course II. and Advanced Standing. 

[Ask for a Table of Natural Cosines.] 

1. To find the equation of a straight line that passes through 
two given points. 

2. Find the equation of a line that passes through the origin 
and the point ( — 3, 2). 

3. Find the equation of a line which passes through the 
point (2, — 1) and makes an angle of 45° with the line 
^_23/-|-3 = 0. 

4. Establish formulas for changing rectangular into polar co- 
ordinates. 

5. Write down the equation of a circle having a radius = 7 
and its centre at (3, — 4). 

6. What curves do these equations represent 1 
9a;2 _|_ 16/ = 144, 9^2 _ 16^,2 __ 144^ 

What -are the polar equations of these curves? Sketch one of 
these curves from its rectangular equation, and the other from its 
polar equation. Find the foci. Find the parameter of each 
curve, and draw it. 

7. Which of the points (4, 2^), (3, — 3^), (3, 3f ), is on the 

curve — -|- — = 1. Find the equation of the tangent and 

that of the normal at this point. Find also the lengths of the 
subtangent and subnormal. 

8. How do you find the points where two curves intersect % 
As an example take these two curves : y^=z^:x and 3i?--\-^x-\- y^ 
=z 24. What are these curves 1 Draw them. 



214 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

PLANE TEIGONOMETEY. 

Course II. and Advanced Standing. 

1. The sine of an angle x is greater than the sine of another 
angle y, both angles being in the second quadrant. Compa 
the other trigonometric functions of these angles (cosine with 
cosine, etc.), stating which in each set is numerically the larger. 
Prove your results, either by formulsa or by a diagram. 

2. Obtain, from fundamental formulae, the trigonometric 
functions of (360° — y). Given the functions of (180° — y), how 
can those of (180° -j-y) be obtained? 

3. Solve the right triangle in which one angle is 74° 18', and 
the hypothenuse is -^.01. 

4. What angle in the third quadrant has a cosine equal to 
the sine of 330° % 

5. Obtain, from fundamental formulae, 

cos {x -\- y) 1 — tan x tan y 

cos {x — y) 1 -j- tan x tan y 

6. Obtain, from the second member of the equation in the 
previous question, an equally simple expression in terms of the 
cotangents of x and y. 

7. Find the smallest angle in the triangle whose sides are 
1236, 1342, 1729. 

8. Obtain the formulae necessary for the complete solution of 
an oblique triangle, in which are given two sides and tnfe in- 
cluded angle. 



EXAMINATION PAPERS. 215 



ENGLISH COMPOSITIOK 

A short English composition is required, correct in spelling, 
punctuation, grammar, and expression. Thirty lines will be 
sufficient. Make at least two paragraphs. 

Subject : — 

The story of the Caskets, in the Merchant of Venice ; 
Or, The story of Shakespeare's Tempest ; 
Or, The story of Rebecca, in Scott's Ivanhoe. 



EXAMINATION PAPERS 

OF OCTOBER, 1874. 



AN'CIENT GEOGEAPHY AND HISTOEY. 

N. B. — When you name a place or country, state its position. You may omit 
one of the first three subjects given below, and one of the last three. 

1. Point out some of the causes of the greatness of Sparta 
and of Athens. 

2. Write in the order of time (with such dates as you re- 
member) the principal events in the Peloponnesian War, and 
show the chief results of that war. 

3. Amphictyonic Council, Ephors, Archons ; Areopagus, 
Pnyx, Agora. Define or describe these. 

4. The death of Demosthenes and the death of Cicero. 

5. The life of C. Julius Csesar. 

6. Laws that are landmarks in Roman history. 



MODEEN" AND PHYSICAL GEOGEAPHY. 

1. State, in detail, what you know about the form and di- 
mensions of the earth. Define the mathematical and geo- 
graphical terms which occur in your statement. 
10 



218 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

2. What is the length in miles of a degree of latitude 1 
Where are the degrees of latitude and of longtitude equal in 
length 1 How do the degrees of longitude differ in length 
among themselves 1 

3. State accurately the zone or zones in which each of the six 
continents lies. 

4. Name eight of the most important of the West India 
Islands, and draw a map to show their relative position. To 
what country does each belong? 

5. Describe as fully and precisely as possible the position of 
the following cities, stating in what part of the state or country, 
and near what river or other body of water, each one lies : 
Belgrade, Bogota, Bombay, Brest, Carlsruhe, Dantzic, Frankfort 
(in Europe), Montevideo, Montreal, Odessa, Singapore, Tripoli. 
Which of these names suggests some physical feature of the 
neighboring region, or some fact of historical interest connected 
with the settlement of the city ? 

6. What strait or channel lies between Wales and Ireland] 
Wales and the southern part of England 1 Ireland and Scot- 
land 1 Borneo and Celebes ? Patagonia and Terra del Fuego 1 
Labrador and Greenland ] Labrador and Newfoundland 1 

7. Why are there large cities at higher latitudes in Europe 
than in America? 

8. In sailing from New York to Liverpool, at what season of 
the year would you expect to see icebergs 1 How far south are 
icebergs ever seen in the North Atlantic 1 

9. Describe the drainage systems of North America, and 
name the highlands which bound each of its important river 
basins. Are there any portions of this continent which have 
no outlet for their waters to the sea? 



EXAMINATION PAPERS. 219 



GEEEK COMPOSITION 

After the death of Cyrus, the Greeks being despondent (aTro- 
peco), Xenophon called together {(TvyKaXeco) the soldiers, and told 
them that he had seen a vision (ivvTrviov) ; in order that he 
might encourage (Bappvvo)) them and cause them to cease {•navoi) 
thinking (ivBvfieofxai) what things they had already suffered 
(7rdax<o) and were still to suffer, he told them that if they would 
obey {7r€idofxai) him, he would bring them all through in safety 
(fitao-wCw) to their native land. 



GEEEK GEAMMAE. 

[All Greek words must be written with the accents.] 

1. Give the general rule for accenting nouns (the accent of 
the nominative singular being known). How is accent affected 
by the quantity of the penultimate and final syllables "i 

2. Decline the nouns fiovaa, vrjaos, and iXms in the sirigular ; 
and ^aa-iKevs, in the plural. 

3. Compare the adjectives a^ios, aKrjdrjs, fiiKpos, dyados. 

4. Pecline the pronouns eyoa and oans throughout. 

5. Give the principal parts of ypdcfxo, taTTjfxi, Xap^dua, opda, 

Tldr]p.L. 

6. Inflect the imperfect active of rtfiao) and the present opta- 
tive passive of ^iXew (in the contract forms). Inflect the second 
aorist optative active of ta-TTjfii. 

7* What uses of the article 6 are found in Homer which are 
not found in Attic Greek ? 

8.* Explain the genitive absolute and the accusative absolute, 
and give an example of the correct use of each. 



r. 



OF THF 



UNlVtRSITY 



220 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

9.* Explain the difference in the meanings of iroirjcraL in ^ov- 
Xerut TOVTO noi^aai and (j}r}a\ tovto noLrjaai. 

10.* Give the names of the most common metrical feet of 
two and of three syllables, and show the quantity of the sylla- 
bles in each (by — and ^). Explain the Elegiac distich. 

* Candidates for ADVANCED STANDING will omit 7, 8, 9, and 10, and 
will answer the following : — 

11. Explain the Attic use of the substantive pronoun of the 
third person (ov, of, etc.), and give an example. 

12. Explain the regular use of the future infinitive. What 
objection can you make to any of the following expressions : 
/SovXerat tovto Troirjaeiv, — iXni^ei tovto noirjo-eiv, — vireax^TO tovto 
TToirjcreiP, — del tovto Troirjoretvl 

13. Why is el tovto ttoitjo-oi, eXdoifxi av incorrect ? Write a 
sentence in which el Troirjaai shall be correctly used. 

14. Explain the Iambic trimeter of Comedy, showing how 
it differs from that of Tragedy. Explain also the Trochaic 
tetrameter catalectic and the Anapaestic System. 



GEEEK PKOSE. 



[Those offering Greek Reader, take 2, 4, 5. Those offering Anabasis (four 
Books), and Herodotus (Book 7th), take 1, 2, 5. Those offering the whole 
Anabasis, take 1, 2, 3.] 

Translate : — 

1. (Anab. II. III. 11.) Knl ivTavda rju KXeapxov KaTaixaOelv to? 
eneaTarei, ev jxev Tjj apiaTepa X^'-P'- '''^ dopv e'xcov, eV 8e Trj de^ia ^uKTrj- 
plav Ka\ fi TLS avT^ boKoirf twu npos tovto TeTaypevcov ^\aK€veii/, fVXf- 
yofxevos tov eTriT-qdeiov eTraicrev av, Kal apa avTos 7i poaeXap^aveu els tov 
TTrfkov ep^aivcDV cocrre iraaiv alcrxvvT]p eivai prj ov (rvairovba^eiu. 

Explain the mood of doKoiTj. 



EXAMINATION PAPERS. 221 

2. (Anab. III. v. 8, 9 j Reader, p. 26.) *Anopov^evois 5* airois 
rrpo(T€\6<ov Tis dvrjp 'Podios flirev. *Eya> BeXa, a av8pei, 8ia/3i/3ao-at 
y/xar Kara TerpaKtaxikiovs orrXiTas, av ipoX cov deop.ai inrrjpfTrjcrrjTe Kai 
ToKaPTOv fjLiaOov Tropia-rjTe. ^Epcorapcvos Sf otov deoiro- *A(tkS)u, €<f)r], 
5£(r;(tXt<«)i/ 8ef]CT0fxai' rroWa de opS) ravra npo^ara Kal aiyas Kal ^ovs 
Ka\ ovovs, a aTTodapevTa koI (f)v(rr]6evTa padiws av irapexoi rrfv dia^aaiv. 

Explain the mood of Seoiro. dnodafjiepTa, in what voice, mood, 
tense, and from what verb ] 

3. (Anab. VII. II. 18.) *E7r€i 5* eyyvs ^a-av avrov, iTrirvyxdvei 
nvpols eprjpois' Kcil to pev npwTov (aero p€TaK€X<opr]Keuai iroi top 2ev6r)v. 
'ETTf I 6e dopv^ov T€ rjaOero Koi (TTjpaivovTOiv dXXrjXois tS)p TTfpi "SevdrfPy 
Karepadev on tovtov evcKa to. nvpa irpoK^Kavpeva €lt} ra ^evOrj rrpo ratv 
vvKTOCfivKaKcov, onois ot pep (pv^aKes prj opcouro, iv rw (tkotsi ovres, /X17S* 
OTTOv eup, ol fie rrpoaiopres prj XavOdpoifP, dXXa did to <pS)s KaTa(f)aP€is 

€l€V. 

4. (Reader, p. 99, 15; Plato, Apol.) eycb pep yap iroWdKis 
i6e\a> TeBpdpai, ei ravr iariv oKrjO^' ene\ epoiye Kai avrm Bavp-acrrfi 
ap ftrj fj biaTpi^f) avToBi, oiroTe evrvxoipt UaXaprjdei Ka\ AiaPTi rw 
Te\apS>vns Kal et tis dXXos tcop TrdXaicbp dia Kplaip ddiKOP TedvrjKep, 
IvTLirapa^dWovTi Ta epavTov TrdBr) irpos to, eKelvoav, o)? e-yo) oipat, ovK 
hv drjbes eiTj. Kal drj to peyiaTuv, tovs eKe7 e^eTa^ovTa Ka\ epevpcopra 
(oanep tovs epTavda didyeiv, tis avTcop a-o(f)6s ecTTt, Ka\ tis oierat pev 
eoTi S' ov. 

5. (Herod. VII. 37; Reader, p. 124, 12.) i>ppr]phc^ 8e ol S 

rjXios c/cXtTTO)!/ TTjp eK Tov ovpavov edprjp d(j)avf]S ^p, ovt e7rive(f)e\a)P eop- 
ToiP, nWpirjs Tf Ta judXtora, di^i rjpeprjs re vv^ eyeveTO. Idovri 5e Kai 
paOovTi TOVTO Tco Sep^T] empeXes iyepcTO, Kal eXpero TOvs Mdyovs, to 
(deXoi Tpo(f)ai,veiP to (^dapa. 01 be e(f)pa^op, as ''EXXT^crt npodeiKvvei 6 
6e6s eKXeiyjnp tSuv ttoXicov, Xeyovres rjXiop eivai EXXtjvcov npodeKTopa, 
a-eXfjvrjv de o-^ewi'. 7rv66pepos be TavTa 6 Sep^rjs irepixaprjs ia>v iiroUero 
T^p eXao-iP. 



222 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

GKEEK POETEY. 

Translate : — 

1. Iliad I. 511-516. 

Qs (fxiTO' Trjv S* ovTi 7rpoi€(j)r} veCJieXrjycpera Zevs, 
dX\ CLKeoiV drju jjcrro' Qerts 6', ws ^yj/aro yovvav, 
513 ii>s €X€T €]jL7r€(pvv1a, Kol e'lpcTO devrepov avTis' 

Nr)fi€pT€s fi€v dfi p.01 viToax^o Kol KardveviToVf 
Tj anoeiTT • inel ov rot em deos' o(})p^ ev el8a>, 
ooraov eyw piTo. Tvaaiv aTipoTdrr} deos eipi. 

Divide into feet vss. 513, 514. vTroaxeo, in what tense, mood, 
voice, and from what verb ] 

2. Iliad II. 308-316. 

€v6* i<pdvT) peya (rrjpa' dpaKav evri vcora bucjiotvos^ 
apepdaXeos, tov p' avros ^OXvprnos r]K€ (^otorSf, 
^(opov v-rrai^as, npos pa nXaTaviarov opovaev. 
(vBa 5' eVov (TTpovboio veoaaoi, vqnia r^Kua, 
o^co en aKpoTaTO). TreraXois VTronfTTTrjaTes. 
OKToo, drap prjrrjp evart] rju, rj re'/ce tIkvo. 
ev6' oye tovs eXeecvd KaTrjcrQie rerpiycoTas' 
prjTTjp 5' dpcfjeTroTciTO odvpopevrj (piXa reKva' 
TTjv 8' eXeXi^dfjieuoi irrepvyos Xd^ev dp^iaxyiav. 

3. Iliad III. 351-354. 

Zev ava, 86s Ttaaadai, o pe nporepos kuk eopyev, 
dlov ^AXe^avSpop, Koi eprjs vno ;^epcrt bdpacrcrov • 
o^pa Tis eppiyrjcTi Ka\ oy^nyovoav avSpoiTToav^ 
^eivodoKop KaKci pe^ai, o Kev (piXonjra ivapacrxi}' 



EXAMINATION PAPERS. 223 



LATIN COMPOSITION. 

Translate into Latin : — 

While ^ this was done'^ where^-Ceesar-was, Labienus, leaving* 
the reinforcements^ which had lately^ come from Italy, at 
Agediciim, to serve '^ as a guard ^ for the baggage,^ marches ^^ 
to Lutetia with four legions. This is a town of the Parisii, 
which is situated ^^ on an island •^^ of the river Sequana. His 
arrivaP^ being-known^^ by the enemy, large ^^ forces ^^ assem- 
bled^''' from the neighboring^^ states. ^^ The chief-command ^^- 
is given ^ to Camulogenus, who, almost ^ disabled ^ by years, 
nevertheless for^* his unequalled^ knowledge^ of the art^ 
military was detailed ^ for ^ this honorable-position.^ Since ^^ 
he had observed^ that there was a marsh ^ which emptied^ 
into the Sequana, he took-his-position ^ here, and began ^ to 
prevent^ our men from crossing.^ 



1 Dum, 2 gerere. 3 simply with apud. 4 relinquere. 6 supp 
8 nuper. ' esse. 8 prsesidiura. » impedimenta, lo proficisci. 
12 insula. 18 adventus. 14 cognoscere. 15 magnus. 16 copise. 17 
18 finitimus. 19 civitas. 20 summa imperii. 21 tradere. 22 prope. 



apud. 4 relinquere. 6 supplementum. 
impedimenta. 10 proficisci. n ponere. 

o e. 15 magnus. 16 copise. 17 convenire. 

19 civitas. 20 summa imperii. 21 tradere. 22 prope. 23 confec- 
tus. 24 propter. 25 singularis. 26 scientia. 27 res. 28 evocare. 29 ad. 
80 honos. ^ cum. 32 animadvertere. 83 palus. 34 influere. 35 considere. 
36 instituere. 37 prohibere. 38 transitus {substantive). 



Translate into English : — 

Parente P. Sestius natus est, judices, homine, ut plerique me- 
ministis, et sapiente et sancto et severo ; qui cum tribunus 
plebis primus inter homines nobilissimos temporibus optimis 
factus esset, reliquis honoribus non tam uti voluit quain dignus 
videri. Eo auctore duxit honestissimi et spectatissimi viri, C. 
Albini filiam, ex qua hie est puer et nupta jam filia. 



224 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 



LATIN GEAMMAR 



Mark the quantity of the penults and last syllables of the 
following : perhrevis (nom. sing.), fidei, arietis, cadaver, collo- 
quor, molimerij peregre, cornicis, idus aprilis (ace. plur.), sentitis, 
ducitis. 

Give the vocative singular of Marcus Tullius Cicero. 

Decline manus (tener) in the proper gender in the plural. 
Decline collis (silvester) in the proper gender. Give the princ' 
pal parts of p>ango, explico, vincio, vinco, tego, texo, sancio, ton 
deo, voveo, oportet. Give three ways of forming the perfect stem 
in Latin. Give three ways of forming the present stem in the 
third conjugation. 

Inflect the future indicative and the present subjunctive active 
of volo, eo, domo, surno. Give the perfect subjunctive active of 
s2irgo, cense ; the imperative of ordior ; the participles and in- 
finitives of veto, aperio, obliviscor. 

Gompare idoiieus, tenax. Compare soepe. Form a word 
meaning " more watchfully " from vigilo, to watch. Form words 
meaning "belonging to Athens," "horned," "oaken," "an 
effort " (conor), " hardness," " seizure " (rapio). What two con- 
structions follow the comparative degree*? What is the rule 
for their use? How is the degree of difference expressed"? 
What is the construction of sententiam in Rogatus est senten- 
tiam ? What case or- cases follow proprius, adimo, obsto, ad, in, 
infra, sub, ante, pro ? Give, with examples, three uses of the 
subjunctive in independent clauses. State some cases in which 
there can be an apodosis without any accompanying conditional 
clause. Turn into direct discourse, nisi jurasset, scelus se fac- 
turum arbitrabatur. Explain the mood of jurasset. Why is it 
not either of the other tenses % 



EXAMINATION PAPERS. 225 

LATIN. 
C^SAR AND SALLUST. 

Translate two passages, — the first and one other. 

I. Milites non longiore oratione cohortatus quam uti suae 
pristinse virtutis memoriam retinerent neii perturbarentnr ani- 
mo hostiamque impetum fortiter sustinerent, quod non longius 
hostes aberant quam quo telum adjici posset, proelii commit- 
tendi sig-num dedit. Atque in alteram partem item cohortandi 

ausa profectus pugnantibus occurrit. Temporis tanta fuit exi- 
guitas hostiumque tarn paratus ad dimicandum animus, ut non 
modo ad insignia accommodanda, sed etiam ad galeas induen- 
das scutisque tegimenta detrudenda tempus defuerit. — C^sar, 
B. G. II. 

II. Primum omnium, qui ubique probro atque petulantia 
maxume praestabant, item alii per dedecora patrimoniis amissis, 
postremo omnes, quos flagitium aut facinus domo expulerat, ii 
Romam sicut in sentinam confluxerant. Deinde multi memores 
Sullanse victorise, quod ex gregariis militibus alios senatores 
videbant, alios ita divites ut regio victu atque cultu setatem 
agerent, sibi quisque si in armis foret ex victoria talia sperabat. 
Prseterea juventus, quae in agris manuum mercede inopiam 
toleraverat, privatis atque publicis largitionibus excita urbanum 
otium ingrato labori prsetulerat ; eos atque alios omnes malum 
publicum alebat. — Sallust, Cat. xxxvii. 

III. Civitatibus maxima laus est quam latissime circum se 
vastatis finibus solitudines habere. Hoc proprium virtutis ex- 
istimant, expulsos agris finitimos cedere neque quemquam prope 
audere consistere : simul hoc se fore tutiores arbitrantur repen- 
tinse incursionis timore sublato. Quum helium civitas aut 
illatum defendit aut infert, magistratus qui ei bello praesint ut 
Vitse necisque habeant potestatem deliguntur. In pace nullus 
est communis magistratus, sed principes regionum atque pago- 
rum inter suos jus dicunt controversiasque minuunt. — C^sar, 
B. G. VI. 

10* o 



226 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

OVID. 

Tkanslate one passage. 
IV. Haud procul Hennseis lacus est a moenibus altse, 
Nomine Fergus, aqiise. Non illo plura Caystros 
Carmina cygnorum labentibus audit in undis. 
Silva coronat aquas, cingens latus omne, suisque 
Frondibus, ut velo, Phoebeos submovet ignes. 
Frigora dant rami, varies humus humida flores ; 
Perpetuum ver est. Quo dum Proserpina luco 
Ludit, et aut violas aut Candida lilia carpit ; 
Dumque puellari studio calathosque sinumque 
Implet, et sequales certat superare legendo ; 
Psene simul visa est, dilectaque, raptaque Diti : 
Usque adeo est properatus amor. — Mett. V. J| 

V. Ille inter csedem Rutidorum elapsus in agros 
Confugere, et Turni defendier hospitis armis. 
Ergo omnis furiis surrexit Etruria iustis ; 
Regem ad supplicium prsesenti Marte reposcunt. 
His ego te, ^nea, ductorem milibus addam. 
Toto namque fremunt condensse litore puppes, 
Signaque ferre iubent ; retinet longsevus haruspex 
Fata canens : Mseonise delecta inventus, 
Flos veterum virtusque virum, quos iustus in hostem 
Fert dolor et merita accendit Mezentius ira, 
Nulli fas Italo tantam subiungere gentem : 
Externos optate duces. — Virg. ^n. VII I. 



LATIN. — Course/. 

CICERO. 

Translate two passages. [// you have read the Cato Major, translate I. 
and either HI. or IV. ; if not, translate II. and either III. or IV. Ani 
all the questions.] 

I. Vixerat M'. Curius cum P. Decio, qui quinquennio ante 
eum consulem se pro re publica quarto consulatu devoverat : 



EXAMINATION PAPERS. 227 

norat eumdem Fabricius, norat Coruncanius : qui quum ex sua 
vita turn ex eius, quern dico, Decii facto iudicabant esse profecto 
aliquid natura pulcrurn atque prseclarum quod sua sponte pe- 
teretur quodque spreta et conternpta voluptate optirnus quisque 
sequeretur. — Cato Major XIII. 43. 

II. Res erat minirne obscura : eteiiirn palam dictitabat, con- 
sulatum Miloni eripi uoii posse, vitam posse. Significavit hoc 
Sccpe in seriatu : dixit in contione. Quinetiam Favonio, fortis- 
simo viro, quserenti ex eo, qua spe fureret, Milone vivo, respon- 
dit, triduo ilium, ad summum quatriduo, periturum : quam 
vocem ejus ad hunc M. Catonem statim Favonius detulit. — 
Tro Milone IX. 26. 

III. Quare, cum et bellum ita necessarium sit, ut negligi non 
possit ; ita magnum, ut accuratissime sit administrandura ; et 

f/oum ei imperatorem prseficere possitis, in quo sit eximia belli 

scientia, singularis virtus, clarissima auctoritas, egregia fortuna ; 

dubitabitis, Quirites, quin hoc tantum boni, quod vobis a Diis 

nortalibus oblatum et datum est, in rempublicam conservan- 

..n atque amplificandam conferatis 1 — Pro Lege Manilia 

XVI. 49. 

IV. Cum facile exorari, Csesar, turn semel exorari, soles. 
Nemo unquam te placavit inimicus, qui ullas resedisse in te 
simultatis reliquias senserit. Quanquam cui sunt inauditse 
cum Deiotaro querelse tuse 1 Nunquam tu ilium accusavisti, 
ut hostem, sed ut amicum officio parum functum, quod propen- 
sior in Cn. Pompeii amicitiam fuisset, quam in tuam. Cui 
tamen ipsi rei veniam te daturum fuisse dicebas, si tantum 
auxilia Pompeio, vel si etiam filium misisset, ipse excusatione 
setatis usus esset. — Pro Regb Deiotaro III. 9. 

1. State concisely the circumstances and subject of any one 
^ Cicero's Orations against Catiline. 

2. Explain the use of the moods in indirect discourse. 

3. What does Cicero usually mean by Asia and Gallia ? 



228 EXAMINATION PAPEES. 

VIRGIL. 

Translate ttoo passages, — //. and either I. or III. Answer all the ques- 
tions. 

I. C. Muscosi fontes et somno mollior herba, 
Et quae vos rara viridis tegit arbutus umbra, 
Solstitium pecori defendite ; iam venit sestas 
Torrida, iam Iseto turgent in palmite gemmae. 

T. Hie focus et taedae pingues, hie plurimus ignis 
Semper, et adsidua postes fuligine nigri ; 
Hie tantum Borese euramus frigora, quantum 
Aut numerum lupus, aut torrentia flumina ripas. 

EcL. VIL 45-53. 

II. Anna, vides toto properari litore 1 Circum 
Undique eonvenere ; vocat iam earbasus auras, 
Puppibus et Iseti nautse inposuere coronas. 
Hunc ego si potui tantum sperare dolorem, 

Et perferre, soror, potero. Miserse hoe tamen unum 
Exsequere, Anna, mihi ; solam nam perfidus ille 
Te colere, arcanos etiam tibi credere sensus ; 
Sola viri mollis aditus et tempera noras; 
I, soror, atque hostem supplex adfare superbum : 

^N. lY. 416-424. 

III. Tum contra luno ; Terrorum et fraudis abunde est : 
Stant belli caussse : pugnatur comminus armis ; 
Quae fors prima dedit, sanguis novus imbuit arma. 
Talia eoniugia et talis celebrent hymenseos 
Egregium Veneris genus et rex ipse Latinus. 

Te super setherias errare licentius auras 
Hand Pater ille velit, summi regnator Olympi. 
Cede locis. Ego, si qua super fortuna laborum est, 
Ipsa regam. Talis dederat Saturnia voces. 

Mn. VIT. 552-560. 

1. Give a brief summary of the events in ^neid III. 

2. Divide into feet, marking the quantities and ictus of every 
foot, the second and fifth lines in II. 

3. How does the metre help to determine the meaning of the 
second line in I. ? 



EXAMINATION PAPERS. 229 

AKITHMETIO AND LOGAEITHMS. 
LOGARITHMS. 



1. Find, by logarithms, the value of \/ (l.Oijf. 

% of 444.4 

2. Find, by logarithms, the value of 



0.864 -T- 0.0001 



3. If the base of a system of logarithms is 8, between what 
integers does the logarithm of 9 lie •? of 90 ] of 900 1 

ARITHMETIC. 

. T.. ^ . . 0.5 X 0.006 ^ i of 4-1 of (1)3 

4. Fmd the sum of ^-^^^-^^p and ^j;^^^- 

5. Obtain the answer to the first question on this paper vrith- 
out using logarithms. 

6. Three men contract to do a piece of work for % 8,775. 
The first man employs 20 men, 24 days, 10 hours a day; the 
second 25 men, 20 days, 12 hours a day ; the third 30 men, 25 
days, 9 hours a day. How much should each of the three con- 
tractors receive % 

7. What circulating decimal is equivalent to the sum of J, \^ 
and -^% 

8. A man buys 454 bushels of wheat for $ 3 a bushel, and 
sells the wheat at |8.75 a hectolitre. How much does he 
gain'? 

(Litre = 0.908 quart, dry measure.) 

9. If 1A. 3E. 4 P. be multiphed by 2f, what part is the 
product of 15 A lii*. 2 P.I 

10. If a grocer's scales give only 15 oz. 4 dr. for a pound, out 
of how much money is a customer cheated who buys sugar to 
the amount of $ 55.04 1 



230 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 



ALGEBEA. 

1 . Find the greatest common divisor of 2x^-\-x — l,x^-\-5x 
-j- 4, and a^ + 1. (Obtain the result, if possible, by separating 
each polynomial into its prime factors.) 

2. Find the simplest expression for 

1 -^x 1—x 2 

Y+~x~+lc^ + 1 _ ^ _|r^2 — 1 _|_ ^ + ^4 • 

3. A number consists of two digits. If 9 be added to the 
number, the digits are inverted ; and the sum of the number 
thus formed and of the original number is 33. Find the digits. 

4. If n be divided into two parts, prove that the difference 
of the squares of the parts equals 7i times the difference of the 
parts. 

5. Find the square root of a;* -|- 2 ^^ — ^ + 1- 

6. Given ^r ~\,^ = J^, a is I. Find the value of n. 

3n-\-6Qa ^^' ^ 

^ „ , , . ^ + 2 4 — X , 7 

7. Solve the equation — —^ ■= —z — -j- — . 

X i ju X tu 

8. A cistern is filled by two pipes in 2h. 55 m. The larger 
pipe will fill the cistern, by itself, in two hours less time than 
the smaller pipe will fill it. In what time will each pipe fill 
the cistern? 

9. The cube root of a number is twice the square root. Find 
the number. 



EXAMINATION PAPERS. 231 



ALGEBEA. — Course II. and Advanced Standing, 

1. The sum of the two digits which form a number is 9, and 
if the number be divided by the sum of the digits the quotient 
is 5. Find the number. 



2. Solve the equation — - =: |.. 

3. A merchant bought a certain number of pieces of silk for 
£180. Had he received three more pieces for the same money, 
each piece would have cost £3 less. How many pieces did he 
buy^ 

4. Obtain the equation whose roots are m-\-n and m — n. 
What form will the equation take if mz=:in% 

5. The first term of an Arithmetical Progression is 5, the 
last term is 302, the common difference is 3. Find the number 
of terms. 



6. Solve the equation \/ x-\-4: — \/ xz=\/ x -^ ^. 



7. Find the first five terms of a^ 1 -\-xhj the Binomial The- 
orem. 

8. In the Geometric Progression, a, h, . . . find the sum of an 
nfinite number of terms. 

9. Out of 12 consonants and 5 vowels how many words can 
be formed, each containing 3 consonants and 2 vowels 1 



232 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 



PLANE GEOMETEY. 



1. Two sides of one triangle are respectively equal to two 
""ides of another triangle, but the angles included by these sides 
are not equal. What is true of the third sides] State and 
prove. State the converse theorem. Is it true] 

2. The area of a triangle. State and prove. 

3. Prove that the areas of two rectangles are proportional to 
the products of their bases by their altitudes. 

4. The radius of a given circle is ten inches; what is the 
radius of a circle having twice the area of the given circle 1 of 
a circle having one half the area of the given circle 1 

5. State and prove the Pythagorean theorem. 

6. Given the base, the altitude, and one of the angles at the 
base of a triangle, to construct the triangle. 

7. Prove that two triangles are similar, if an angle of one 
equals an angle of the other, and the sides which include these 
angles are proportional. 

8. A perpendicular drawn from any point of a semi-circum- 
ference upon the diameter is a mean proportional between what 1 
State and prove. 



SOLID GEOMETEY. 

1. Two planes are perpendicular to each other, and a straight 
line is drawn in one of them perpendicular to their intersection ; 
prove that this straight line is perpendicular to the other plane. 

2. Two planes are perpendicular to each other, and through 
any point of one is drawn a straight line perpendicular to the 
other : prove that this straight line lies wholly in the first plane. 



EXAMINATION PAPERS. 233 

3. Prove that if a solid angle is formed by three plane angles, 
the sum of either two of these angles is greater than the third. 

4. Prove that sections of a pyramid made by parallel planes 
are similar polygons whose areas are proportional to the squares 
of their distances from the vertex. 

5. Prove that two pyramids which have equal bases and alti- 
tudes are equivalent. Why not say equal ? 

6. Prove that a triangular pyramid is a third part of a tri- 
angular prism of the same base and altitude. Deduce from this 
a rule for finding the volume of any pyramid or cone. 

7. How large a part of the surface of a sphere is covered by 
a spherical triangle whose angles are 90°, 150°, 132°'? 

8. What is a regular polyhedron] How many are there] 
Give their names and a brief description of each. 



AISTALYTIC GEOMETEY. 

[Ask for Trigonometric Tables.] 

1. What are Rectangular Co-ordinates? Polar Co-ordinates? 

2. Lay down a few points of, and then draw the curves rep- 
resented by, these equations : — 

(i.) 7a;2_16/=:112, 

What are these curves 1 

3. The centre of a circle is at the point ( — 2, 0) and its 
radius = 5 ; what is its equation 1 

4. Define the Ellipse, Parabola, Hyperbola. 

5. From its definition deduce the rectangular equation of the 
parabola. 



234 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

6. Given the equation of a parabola y^ — . g ^ . ^-^^^ jg ^-^e 
distance from the origin to the focus 1 Transform this equation 
to a set of axes through the focus. What does the new equa- 
tion represent 1 Transform it to polar co-ordinates. Illustrate 
by a diagram. *-^ 

7. Is the point (2, 1) on the straight line x — 3y-|-l = 0] 
Why] 

8. Find the equation of a straight line passing through (2, 1) 
and perpendicular to the line x — St/ -^- 1 = 0. Draw both 
lines. 

9. In what point do the straight lines x — 3y-|-l = and 
^+7^+11=0 intersect 1 -! 

10. Find the angle between the two straight lines given iisr 
the last question. 



PLANE TEIGONOMETEY. 
Course II. and Advanced Standing. 

1. The cosine of an angle in the first quadrant is 0.7. Find, 
either by formulae or by tables, the sine of half that angle. 

2. What is the sine of 240° ^ The cosine of 300°? The 
tangent of 225° 1 The secant of 150° ? 

3. One angle of a plane triangle is 64° 18^, and the other 
angles are equal. The greatest side is 10. Solve the triangle. 

4. Find the trigonometric functions of (270° — y). 

5. Prove that the sides of a plane triangle are proportional 
to the sines of the opposite angles. 

6. Obtain, from fundamental formulae, 

, . cot y cot ^ 4" 1 

cot (x — y) = { . 

^ ^ cot y — cot X 



EXAMINATION PAPERS. 235 

7. Two sides of a plane triangle are 4, 6, and the included 
mgle is 38° 54^ Solve the triangle. 

8. One side of a plane triangle is double another, and the 
:hird side equals one half the sum of the other two. Find the 

^rgest angle. 



ENGLISH COMPOSITIOK 

A short English composition is required, correct in spelling, 
Dunctuation, grammar, and expression. Thirty lines will be 
afficient. Make at least two paragraphs. 

Subject : — 

The Trial Scene, in the Merchant of Venice ; 
Or, The Story of Brutus, in Shakespeare's Julius Caesar ; 
Or, The Passage of Arms at Ashby, in Ivanhoe. 



HARVARD EXAMINATION PAPERS. 



JULY, 18:5. 



LATIN GRAMMAR. 

"What are the stem and root, respectively, of donum 9 

What is the gender of nihil, and why ? 

Decline orUs with the adjective totus in the proper gen- 
der, formido with dims. 

What is the vocative of Gains Julius Caesar 9 

The genitive plural of senex and dies, the dative plural of 
vir, and vis, and the nominative plural of calcar. 

Decline quis and qualis. Give the future second person 
singular active of prosum, quaero, vinco, venio, creo. 

Give the perfect subjunctive active, first person, of gaudeo, 
Jiabeo, surgo, possum. 

Give the present subjunctive, first person, of conor, gra- 
dior, adipiscor. 

Principal parts of alo, pario, pareo, paro, venio, vincio, 
vinco, miser et, and of tango compounded with con. 

Explain the formation from the root of the present and 
perfect stem of gigno, nosco, tango. 

Form and compare adverbs from miser, bonus, dexter. 

Give the meaning of the following derivative termina- 
tions, with an example: -Ulis, -idtis, -tura, -ades, -osus, 
'brum, -urio. 

What is the Latin for : the rest of the army; a longing 



238 EXAMINATIOJjq- PAPERS. 

(desiderium) /or rest (otium); it is my interest; 1 envy 
you ; I am persuaded; we must use diligence ; freed from 
the laws ; he was hilled with a sword hy Milo ; he sold this 
for ten denarii. 



LATIN COMPOSITION. 

Translate into Latin : — 

Sweet is the name of peace: but^ the thing itself is not 
only pleasant ^ but salutary.* For that-man * seems not to 
hold* private hearths* nor public laws, nor the rights^ of 
freedom * dear,® who loves *® discords and murders " of his " 
countrymen" and civil war, and I think he should be cast" 
out^* of the number of men, banished" from the bounds" 
of human nature. Nothing is more loathsome" than this 
citizen, than this man : if he is to be considered a citizen or 
a man who hankers-after^* civil war. 

* vero. ' iucundus. ' salutaris. * ia. * habere. « focus, f iu3. ' libertas 
» carus. 10 toith delectare. " caertis. 12 omit. " civis. " eicere. ^ ex. " ex 
terminare. " finis. " taeter. !» concupiscere. 

Translate into English: — 

Illud vereor, ne ignorans verum iter gloriae, gloriosum 
putes, plus te unum posse, quam omnes, et metui a civibus 
tuis, quam diligi malis. Quod si ita putas, totam ignoras 
viam gloriae. Carum esse civem, bene de re publica mereri, 
laudari, coli, diligi, gloriosum est : metui vero, et in odio esse, 
invidiosum, detestabile, imbecillum, caducum. Quod vide- 
mus etiam in fabulis, ipsi illi, qui ''Oderint, dum metuant^ 
dixerit, peruiciosum f uisse. 



LATIK. 239 

LATIN. 

CAESAR, SALLUST, AND OVID. 

[N, B. — Translate one piece of Caesar, the piece of Sallust, 
and tw9 pieces of Ovid. The order in which they are done 
is unimportant. The third piece of Ccesar and the piece 
of Virgil are only as sulstitutes for Sallust and Ovid, 
hy those who have not read those authors. Answer all 
the questions.^ 

I. Palus erat non magna inter nostrum atque liostium 
exercitum. Hanc si nostri transirent, hostes exspectabanfc ; 
nostri autem, si ab illis initium transeundi fieret, ut impe- 
difos aggrederentur, parati in armis erant. Interim proelio 
equestri inter duas acies contendebatur. Ubi neutri trans- 
eundi initium faciunt, secundiore equitum proelio nos- 
tris, Caesar suos in castra reduxit. Hostes protinus ex 
60 loco ad flumen Axonam contenderunt, quod esse post 
nostra castra demonstratum est. Ibi vadis repertis partem 
suarum copiarum transducere conati sunt, eo consilio, ut, si 
possent, castellum, cui praeerat Quintus Titurius legatus, 
expugarent, pontemque interscinderent. — Caesar, Bell. 
Gall, 11. 

II. {Only for those who do not offer Sallust. 1 

Contra ea Titurius sero facturos clamitabat, cum majores 
hostium manus adjunctis Germanis convenissent ; aut cum 
aliquid calamitatis in proximis liibernis esset acceptum; 
brevem consulendi esse occasionem : Caesarem arbitrari pro- 
feetum in Italiam ; neque alitor Carnutes interficiendi Tas- 
getii consilium fuisse capturos, neque Eburones, si ille 
adesset, tanta contemptione nostri ad castra venturos esse ; 
non hostem auctorem, sed rem spectare ; subesse Khenum; 



240 EXAMIi^ATIO-N^ PAPEKS. 

magno esse Germanis dolori Ariovisti mortem efc superiores 
nostras victorias : ardere Galliam tot contnmeliis acceptis 
sub populi Eomani imperium redactam, superiors gloria rei 
militaris exstincta. — Caesar, Bell. GalL, V. 

III. Sed postquam On. Pompeius ad bellum maritumum 
atque Mithridaticum missus est, plebis opes imminutae, 
paucorum potentia crevit. Hi magistratus, provincias, alia- 
<jne omnia tenere; ipsi innoxii, florentes, sine metu aetatem 
agere, ceteros judiciis terrere, quo plebem in magistratu 
placidius tractarent. Sed ubi primum dubiis rebus novandi 
spes oblata est, vetus certamen animos eorum arrexit, 
Quodsi primo proelio Catilina superior aut aequa manu dis- 
cessisset, profecto magna clades atque calamitas rem publi- 
cam oppressisset ; neque illis, qui victoriam adepti forent, 
diutius ea uti licuisset quin defessis et exsanguibus qui plus 
posset imperium atque libertatem extorqueret. — Sallust 
Bell Cat, 39. 

{a) Give the divisions of Gaul according to Caesar. 

ih) Give the reason for any one of the subjunctives in the 
piece of Caesar translated. 

(c) Give the date b. c. of Catiline's conspiracy, and the 
consuls of that year. 

TllANSLATE : — 

I. Serins egressus vestigia vidit in alto 
Pulvere certa ferae, totoque expalluit ore 
Pyramus. Ut vero vestem quoque sanguine tinctam 
Eepperit, " Una duos " inquit " nox perdet amantes : 
E quibus ilia f uit longa dignissima vita, 
Nostra nocens anima est. Ego te, miseranda, peremi, 
In loca plena metus qui iussi nocte venires. 
Nee prior hue veni. Nostrum divellite corpus, 
Et scelerata fero consumite viscera morsu, 
quicumque sub hac habitatis rupe, leones. 

Ovid, Metam., IV. 



LATIl?-. 241 

II. Inde per immensum croceo velatus amictu 

Aethera digreditur, Ciconumque Hymenaeus ad oras 
Tendit, et Orphea nequiquam voce vocatur. 
AfEuit ille qiiidem. Sed nee sollemnia verba, 
Nee laetos vultus, nee felix afctulit omen. 
Fax qnoqiie, quam tenuit, laerimoso stridula fumo 
Usque f uit, nullosque invenit motibus ignes. 
Exitus auspicio gravior, nam nupta, per herbas 
Dum nova nai'adum turba comitata vagatur, 
Oceidit, in talum serpentis dente recepto. 

Ovid, Metam., X. 

III. Haee mea, si casu miraris, epistola quare 

Alterius digitis scripta sit, aeger eram. 
Aeger in extremis ignoti partibus orbis, 

Incertusque meae paene salutis eram. 
Quid mihi nune animi dira regione iacenti 

Inter Sauromatas esse Getasque putes ? 
Nee caelum patior, nee aquis adsuevimus istis, 

Terraque nescio quo non placet ipsa modo. 
Non domus apta satis, non hie eibus utilis aegro, 

Nullus, Apollinea qui levet arte malum. 

Ovid, Trist, IIL 

IV. [Only for such as do not offer Ovid.] 
Interea pavidam volitans pennata per urbem. 
Nuntia fama ruit, matrisque allabitur aures 
Euryali. At subitus miserae ealor ossa reliquit; 
Exeussi manibus radii, revolutaque pensa. 
Evolat infelix, et femineo ululatu, 

Scissa comam, muros amens atque agmina cursu 
Prima petit, non ilia virum, non ilia perieli 
T^lorumque mem or; caelum dehine questibus implet: 
" Hune ego te, Euryale, aspicio ? tune ille seneetae 
Sera meae requies, potuisti linquere solam, 



243 EXAMIN-ATION PArERS. 

Criidelis ? nee te, sub tanta pericula missum, 
Affari extremum miserae data copia matri ? 
Hen, terra ignota canibus data praeda Latinis 
Alitibusque jaces ! nee te, tua fuiiera, mater 
Produxi, pressive oculos, aut vulnera lavi, 
Veste tegens, tibi quam noctes festina diesque 
Urgebam et tela curas solabar aniles. 

ViRG., Aen., IX. 

(a) Write out, dividing into feet, and marking the quan- 
tity of every syllable, and the ictus or verse accent of every 
foot, the first two lines of each piece of Ovid which you 
translate, or, if you translate the Virgil, the first four 
lines. 

(b) Point out any three words in the above pieces where 
the rules of metre will help you to distinguish their mean- 
ings in translation. 

CICERO. 

For all Candidates. 

[If you have read Cato Major, do L and one other ; if not, 
do II. and one other. State dearly the principles of syn- 
tax that determifie the forms in I. or II., printed at the 
end of each passage.^ 

I. Audire te arbitror, Scipio, hospes tuus avitus Masinissa 
quae faciat hodie nonaginta natus annos; cum ingressus 
iter pedibus sit, in equum omnino non ascendere ; cum 
autem equo, ex equo non descendere; nullo imbri, nullo 
frigore adduci ut capite operto sit; summam esse in eo 
corporis siccitatem ; itaque omnia exsequi regis ofiicia et 
munera. Potest igitur exercitatio et temperantia etiam in 
senectute conservare aliquid pristini roboris. — Cato Ma- 
joe, X. 



LATIN-. 243 

Facial, annos, mgressus sit, capite, sit, exsequi. Who 
was Masinissa ? Why called avitus liospes of Scipio ? 

II. Quod si omnis impetus domesticorum hostium, depul- 
Bus a vobis, so in me unum convertit, vobis erit videndum, 
Quirites, qua condicione postbac eos esse velitis, qui se 
pro salute vestra obtulerint invidiae periculisque omnibus . 
mihiquidem ipsi quid est quod jam ad vitae fructum possit 
adquiri, cum praesertim neque in honore vestro neque in glo- 
ria virtutis quicquam videam altius, quo mihi libeat ascen- 
dere ? — In Oatilinam, III. xii. 

Vobis, condicione, velitis, obtulerint, possit, videam. 
What does Cicero mean by Neque in honore vestro quicquam 
videam altius 9 

III. Ac primum. quanta innocentia debent esse imperato- 
res, quanta deinde in omnibus rebus temperantia, quanta 
fide, quanta facilitate, quanto ingenio, quanta huraanitate P 
Quae breviter qualia sint in Cn. Pompeio consideremus ; 
summa enim omnia sunt, Quirites, sed ea magis ex aliorum 
contentione quam ipsa per sese cognosci atque intelligi pos- 
sunt. Quern enim imperatorem possumus ullo in iiumero 
putare, cujus in exercitu centuriatus veneant atque venie- 
rint? — De Imp. Cn". Pompei, xiii. 

State what you know of Cicero's relations with Pompeius. 

IV. Quidam enim non modo armatis, sed interdum etiam 
otiosis minabantur, nee quid quisque sensisset, sed ubi fuis- 
set cogitandum esse dicebant; ut mihi quidem videantur di 
immor tales, etiam si poenas a populo Romano ob aliquod 
delictum expetiverunt, qui civile bellum tantumet tarn luc- 
tuosum excitaverunt, vel placati jam vel satiati aliquando 
omnem spem salntis ad clementiam victoris et sapientiam 
contulisse. — Pro Marcello, vi. 

Say what you know of Cicero's relations with Julius Cae- 
sar. 



'Z4l EXAMINATION PAPEllS. 

CAESAK. 
For Course II, 

Ea re constituta, secunda vigilia magno cum strepitu ac 
tumultu castris egressi, rrnllo certo ordine neque imperio, 
cum sibi quisque primum itineris locum peteret et domum 
pervenire properaret, fecerunt ut consimilis fugae profectio 
videretur. Hac re statim Caesar per speculatores cognita, 
insidias veritus, quod, qua de causa discederent, nondum 
perspexerat, exercitum equitatumque castris continuit. — 
B. G., 11. 

VIRGIL. 
[ Course L omit either II. or III, Course 11, omit hotli^ 

I. Turn virgam capit ; 

ilia frefcus agit ventos, et turbida tranat 

nubila ; jamque volans -apicem et latera ardua cernit 

Atlantis duri, caelum qui vertice f ulcit, 

Atlantis, cinctum adsidue cui nubibus atris 

piniferum caput et vento pulsatur et imbri ; 

nix humeros infusa tegit; tum flumina mento 

praecibitant senis, et glacie riget horrida barba. 

hie primum paribus nitens Oyllenius alis 

constitit ; hinc toto praeceps se corpore ad undas 

misit, avi similis, quae circum litora, circum 

piscosos scopulos humilis volat aequora juxta. 

baud aliter terras inter caelumqne volabat, 

litus arenosum Libyae ventosque secabat 

materno veniens ab avo Cyllenia proles. — Mis., IV. 

Explain the mythological allusions in the last line. 
Write out the three lines beginning '•' piniferum," mark all 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 245 

the quantities, divide into feet, and mark the ictus of every 
foot. 

11. Sic tua Cyrneas fugiant examina taxos; 
sic cytiso pastae distendant ubera vaccae I 
incipe, si quid habes : et me fecere poetam 
Pierides ; sunt et mihi carmina ; me quoque dicunt 
vatem pastores ; sed non ego credulus illis. 
nam neque adhud Vario videor, nee dicere Cinna 
digna, sed argutos inter strepere anser olores. — Ecl., IX. 

III. Flectere si nequeo Superos, Acheronta movebo. 
Non dabitur regnis, esto, prohibere Latinis, 
Atque immota manet fatis Lavinia conjunx: 

At trahere, atque moras tantis licet addere rebus, 
At licet amborum populos exscindere regum. 
Hac gener atque socer coeant mercede suorum. 
Sanguine Trojano et Eutulo dotabere, virgo, 
Et Bellona manet te pronuba. — Misi., VII. 

IV. Give a brief account of the life of Virgil. 



GREEK GRAIMMAE. 

[ Greek words must he written with accents."] 

1. Decline Jtrpsidrjg, hmv, and llTtig in the singular ; and 
tpitjprjg and yevog in the plural. Decline rideig through- 
out. 

2. Decline lyw, eig, oatig, and the Comparative of [isyag, 

3. Form and compare Adverbs from aocpogj ^dvg, noXvg, 

4. Inflect the Present Optative Middle of vmaco. Give 
all the Active Infinitives of ItiTtto. Translate each of these 



246 EXAMINATION" PAPERS. 

Infinitiyes with cprjai. Which could regularly depend on 
^ovhxai? Translate them. 

5. Where are these words made, and from what Present 
Indicatives: eTtadeVj emEvai, tcpitvai, XeXvaai, eljisg, eldeirjv? 

6. What is a Cognate Accusative ? Give an example and 
translate it. 

7. Tavta §ovXo[jiai. Show how these words would be 
quoted directiy after elsyeVf and also indirectly. 

8. Explain the uses of the Article in Herodotus which 
differ from the Attic. 

9. Explain the euphonic changes which occur in the fol- 
lowing words: Xslsi(jifiai (hm-), cafiaai (amfjia't-), nimidTai 
(mid-), kidrjv (ds-), 

10. Give the metrical feet of two syllables, showing the 
quantity of the syllables in each. 



GREEK COMPOSITION. 

[Do eiilier A or B, hut not loth. B consists of sentences 
from Jones\ Greek Compositio}i.] 



And after the battle Clearchus called all the generals 
and captains together to inform (qipd^eiv) them that those 
messengers whom he had sent had come back, saying that 
the king had already marched off in the night and was now 
more than four stages (days'-march) distant (aTtsxeiv). If 
however, said he, I can trust the zeal {Ttpodviiia) of your sol- 
diers, I think that we shall cross (dLa^aiveiv) the Euphrates 
Eiver, before the army of the great king arrives (ijxsiv) 
there. 



GREEK PROSE. 247 



B. 



1. Let us conqaer those who have been drawn up before 
the king. 

2. Cyrus feared that the king WQuld come on the follow- 
ing day. 

3. If you were willing to conquer some and save others, 
it would be well. 

4. He will need not only soldiers, but also arms and char- 
iots, if he attack this city. 

5. May you be worthy of all the good things which you 



GREEK PROSE. 

[TJiose offering the Greek Reader will take 2, 3, 4. ThosQ 
offering four hooks of the Anabasis and the seventh hook 
of Herodotus will take 1, 2, 5. Those offering the whole 
Anabasis toill take 1, 2, 6.] 

Translate : — 

1. Ov nh 8ri ov8s xovx av rig tmoi cog xovg Kaxovpyovg aai 
dbUovg sia xazayeXav, dXXa dqieidtazaza Ttdvxonv tTijicopBho, 
TIoXXd'Aig d* r^v idsiv napd zdg aTi§Ofisvag odovg xal TtoSav teal 
leip^v xal oqiOaX^mv' axepovfi^vovg drdpconovg • waxs ev xrj Kvpov 
dpixi tye'vexo xai "EXXrivi xal ^ap^dpcp fir^dsv ddixovvxi ddemg Ttopev^ 
eadai oitij xig rfie)^v, i^ovxi o xi Ttpo^mpoirj. — Anab., I. IX. 13. 

Explain the case of Ttdvxcov and the mood of Ttpoxmpoirj, 
Where is eia made, and from what verb ? 

2. ^Ey^ [i8V xoivw, e(j)i] 6 !zEvo(pmv, hoifiog sifii xovg OTtiadoqivXaxag 
eX<oVf litEibav dei7tvr^ao)[ieVy levai xaxaXTjxpofisvog xb opog. ex(o Se 
Hcu ^ysfiovag • ot yap I'vixvijxeg xmv snoiiivcov ruiiv xXcoTtav eXa^ov 



^-i3 EXAMIKATIOK PAPERS. 

Tir xg Ivedpsvaavrsg ' rovrcov y,cii Ttvvddvofiai on ovx a^axov ecTi to 
opog, alia vijiexai ai^l xai ^ovoiv • wore tdrmp dna^ Xd^o)^8v xi 
xov opovg^ ^axa xai xoTg vTiotvyioig eaxixi. tXmi^co ds ovds xovg 
TtoXefxiovg fxevdv hi, kTZeiddv I'daaiv rifxag tv tqJ o^oicp tm xav dxpmv • 
ovds yap vvv lOiXovci aaxa^aiveiv ruilv eig x6 i6ov. — Anab., IV. 
VI. 17 ai\d 18. 

Where are Uvai, xaxaXr^xpofisvog, and {jiavsiv made, and from 
"what verbs ? Explain tense of iasvsiv. 

3. *En ds rovxov oi xpiaHovxa, ovxtxi vonit,oi'xsg dacfaXri ccpiai xa 
Ttpdy^axa, t^ovXrfiriGav ^Elevalva thdimoaoOai, (^ore shea acfiai 
xaxacpvyTJv, si dsr^asis. aal itapayysiXavxsg xolg iTZTtsvaiv, ifhOov slg 
'EXsvalva Kpixiag xs -aa) oi dXXoi xmv xpidxovxa' ll^sxaaiv xs noir^- 
Go/vxsg sv xolg iTtTtsvai, qidaxovxsg sldlvai ^ovXsodat noaoi slsv xai 
TtoGfjg (fvXaarjg 7tpoadsi]aoivxo, txsXsvov dnoypdqjsaOai ndvxag • xov 
ds aTtoypa^dfievov dsl did XTJg TZvXidog tm xr^v ddXaxxav kl^i^ai. — 
Hel., II. IV. 8. 

Explain the mood and tense of shv and npoadsriGoivto, 
What is the Attic use of Gepiai? 



AEITHMETIC. 

-.-u .1 1. 4- . (1.469)^ X .001 
1. Find, by logarithms, the cube root of n 025rl4 ' 

3. Reduce — ^ y^^^ -^^f to a repeating decimal. 

3. Explain in full the method of finding the greatest 
common divisor of 3^, 2^, and |-. 

4. If f of a bushel of corn be worth f of a bushel of 
wheat, and wheat be worth $ 1.40 a bushel, how many bush- 
els of corn can be bought for $ 27 ? 

5. When $1 in gold is worth $1,595 in current-j, ho\r 



ALGEBRA. 249 

many gold dollars and how much fractional currency ought 
1 to receive for a ten-dollar U. S. note ? 

6. What part of 12 yds. 1 ft. 6 in. is -^s of a mile ? 

7. The gramme contains 15.4327 gr. Troy. How many 
pounds avoirdupois make a myriagramme ? 

8. A can do -J of a piece of work in 4 days ; B J- in 5 
days ; -^ in 3 days ; D -J- in 1 J days. How long will it take 
them all to do it ? 

9. Extract the square root of 0.05331481. Verify the 
answer, as nearly as possible, by logarithms. 

10. Six men, working 9 hours a day, can do a piece of 
work in 15 days. In how many days will a party of men, 
working 10 hours a day, do the work, the number of men 
being equal to the number of days ? 



ALGEBRA. 

1. FiifD the simplest expression for 



' + ' 



a(a — b) (a — c) b {b — c) (b — a) c (c — a) (c — b) 

2. Separate 4a^^^ — (a^-\-b^ — c^y into four trinomial 
factors. 

3. Pind two numbers such that the sum of -J of the first 
and f of the second equals 11, and equals also three times 
the first diminished by the second. 

4. Prove that (a") = a™**. What is the relation between 
a, a®, a-^ ? 

5. Solve the equation — ? — — -JL_+J.= 0. 

2 + y y — 2 5 

6. Give the first three and the last three terms of 



250 EXAMINATIOJ^ PAPERS. 

7. A banker has two kinds of coin. It takes a pieces of 
the first, or h pieces of the second, to make a dollar. If a 
dollar is offered for c pieces, how many of each kind must 
be given ? 

8. Divide 16 into two parts such that their product 
added to the sum of their squares shall be 208. 

9. Which is the larger: -^ | or V ii ? 



PLANE GEOMETRY. 

1. Ik what manner do the two diagonals of a parallelo- 
gram divide each other ? Give proof. What angle do the 
two diagonals of a rhombus make with each other ? Prove. 

2. Prove that if all the sides of any convex polygon be 
produced, the sum of the exterior angles will be equal to 
four right angles. 

3. Prove that, if the three angles of one triangle are equal, 
each to each, to the three angles of another triangle, the 
homologous/sides are proportional. 

4. Find the ratio of the side of a square to its diagonal. 

5. If the vertical angle of a triangle be bisected by a line 
which cuts the base of the triangle, to what are- the two seg- 
ments of the base proportional ? Prove. 

If the line bisects an exterior angle of the triangle, what 
follows ? State without proving. 

6. Show how to inscribe a circle in a triangle ; and then 
deduce a rule for finding the area of a triangle when the 
three sides of the triangle and the area of the inscribed cir- 
cle are known. 



MODERN a:n'd physical geography. 251 

MODERN AND PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 

1. Define the following terms: meridian, promontory , 
archipelago, carton, delta. 

2-. Describe the Atlantic coast of North America, begin- 
ning at a point in the same latitude as Cape Farewell. Give 
the names of important streams and inlets, the countries or 
states bordering upon the ocean, and the principal seaports, 
in their order, reckoning from north to south. State also, 
when possible, the principal articles of export. 

3. Bound Italy. Name its principal mountains and 
streams. What is its largest ciiy ? What are its principal 
seaports, and in what part of the country is each situated ? 

4. What mountains lie between France and Spain ? 
What name is given to the prolongation of this chain to the 
west ? What bay lies to the north of this prolongation ? 
What rivers empty into this bay ? 

6. Through what large islands does the equator pass ? 
What large island lies opposite the mouth of the Amoor 
River ? Where are the Shetland Islands ? Orkney Islands ? 
Hebrides? Corsica? Ceylon? 

6. Into what waters do the following rivers empty : Eu- 
phrates, Ganges, Gaudiana, Indus, Saskatchewan, Tigris? 
State also where each ' rises, its course, and the countries 
through which it flows. 

7. Describe a water route from Toronto to Suez. 

8. In what part of South America are the principal high- 
land regions ? What effect does this disposition of highland 
have upon the drainage of the country ? 



252 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 



ENGLISH COMPOSITION. 

Each candidate is required to write a short Englisli com- 
position, correct in spelling, punctuation, grammar, and 
expression. This composition must be at least fifty lines 
long, and be properly divided into paragraphs. One of the 
following subjects must be taken : — 

The Character of Dr. Primrose. 

An Account of the Tent-scene between Brutus and Cassius. 

The Argument of Marmion. 



FEENCH. 

1. Translate into English: — 

Je sortis, et me promenai toute la matinee dans la yille, 
en songeant sans cesse a la reception que mon oncle me fe- 
ral t. Je crois, disais-je en moi-meme, qu'il sera ravi de me 
voir. Je jugeais de ses sentiments pas les miens, et je me 
preparais k une reconnaissance fort touchante. Je retour- 
nai chez lui en diligence d I'heure qu'on m'avait marquee. 
Vous arrivez k propos, me dit son valet, mon maitre va bien- 
tot sortir. Attendez ici un instant, je vais vous annoncer. 
A ces mots, il me laissa dans I'antichambre. II y reviut un 
moment apres, et me fit entrer dans la chambre de son maitre, 
dont le visage me frappa d'abord par un air de famille. II 
ine sembla que c'etait mon oncle Thomas, tant ils se ressem- 
blaient tons deux. Je le saluai avec un profond respect, et 
lui dis que j'etais fils de maitre Nicolas : je lui appris aussi 
que j'exercais k Madrid, depuis trois semaines, le metier de 
mon pere en qualite de garyon, et que j'avais dessein de 
faire le tour de TEspague pour me profectionner. Tandis 



PLANE TRIGONOMETRY. 253 

que je parlais, je m'aper9us que mon oncle revait. II dou- 
tait apparemment s'il me desavouerait ponr son neveu, ou 
s'il se deferait adroitement de moi : il choisit ce dernier parti. 
II affecta de prendre un air riant et me dit: Eh bien! mon 
ami, comment se portent ton pere et tes oncles ? dans quel 
etat sont leurs affaires ? — Le Sage. 

2. State the tense of the italicized verbs in the above and 
^ive it in full. 

3. Give the principal tenses of savoir, acquerir, prendre, 
envoyer (thus, Inf., etre ; Pres. Part., etant ; Past. Part., 
ete; Pres. lND.,ye suis ; Fr^et., je ftis). 

4. Using mostly the words of 1, translate into French : 

(a) Do you think that they are delighted to see him ? 

(b) They left me waiting more than an hour, (c) I fear that 
he has gone out 



PLANE TRIGONOMETRY. 

1. Find the angles of the plane right triangle in which 
the hypothenuse is J of one of the sides. 

2. Obtain, without using the tables, the natural trigo- 
nometric functions of 60°. 

3. Obtain, from fundamental formulas, the sine and 
cosine of 270°, 270° — x, 270° + x. 

4. Obtain, from fundamental formulas, sin x — sin 

5. In the plane oblique triangle A B 0, B i% 40°, h is 100. 
What values of a will give two solutions; one solution; no 
Bolution ? Give the reason for each answer. 

6. Obtain, from fundamental formulas, 

1 4- cos X 



254 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

7. Solve the triangle whose sides are 0.1498, 0.1596, 0.1943. 

8. Prove the formula 

cos {x-\~y) cos {x — y)=z cos^y — sin* a;. 



ANALYTIC GEOMETRY. 

1. What is the equation of a line parallel to the axis 
of X, 3 units below it ? At what point does this line inter- 
sect the line 3?/ + 4a; -f- 1 = ^ ? What is the acute angle 
between these two lines ? 

2. What are the axes and the parameter of the curve 
4^'* -f- '^^^ = 36 ? What is the equation of the circle whose 
diameter coincides with the transverse axis of this curve ? 

3. State and prove the relation between any ordinate of 
an ellipse and the corresponding ordinate of the inscribed 
circle. 

4. Deduce formulas for passing from a rectangular to a 
polar system. 

5. The equation of the tangent to the parabola y^ = 2px 
is yy' •=zp {x-^-x'). Find the equations of the tangent and 
the normal to y^ =: Sx, at the extremity of the positive ordi- 
nate through the focus. 

6. Is the point ( — 2, 1) situated on the hyperbola 
42/« — 7cc« = — 24? Why? 

7. Of what isxy-\-4: = the equation ? Illustrate by a 
figure. 

8. Find the points in which the curve y^=i4^ intersects 
the curve 3?/^ -f 2a;2 = 14. 



ADVANCED ALGEBRA. 255 



SOLID GEOMETRY. 

1. Prove that, if a solid angle is formed by throe plane 
angles, the sum of either two of them is greater than the 
third. The sum of the three angles taken together cannot 
exceed a certain quantity : what is it ? 

2. A pyramid is cut by two planes parallel to the base : 
prove that the two sections are similar polygons. State in 
the form of a proportion the relation which holds between 
the areas of these sections and their respective distances 
from the vertex of the pyramid. 

3. Prove that, if from the vertices of a given spherical tri- 
angle as poles arcs of great circles are described, another 
triangie is formed, the vertices of which are the poles of t]^e 
sides of the given triangle. 

4. A ball of lead is three inches in diameter : what is its 
weight ? A cubic foot of lead weighs 712 pounds. 

5. A certain cylindrical vessel is twelve inches in diam- 
eter and eight inches deep. What are the dimensions of a 
yessel, similar m/orm, which will hold only one sixty-fourth 
as much ? 

6. What is a degree of spherical surface? How is the 
area of a spherical triangle measured? State without 
proving. 



266 EXAMINATIOi^ PAPERS. 



ADVANCED ALGEBRA. 

1. J)iYii)^a^ — l^—c^ — 2bc by ^+l+f. 

^ a + d — c 

2. What is the equation whose roots are 1, ^ V , . 

3. Obtain the formulas for the last term and the sum of 
the series in a geometrical progression. Obtain also an ex- 
pression for the sum of the series, in terms of the first term, 
the last term, and the common factor or ratio. 



4. Solve the equation V x-\-^{x — ^1 — x) = l. 

5. How many words can be formed from seven letters 
taken all together, provided that 3 given letters are never 
separated ? 

6. Find the sum of n terms of the series 1, 3, 5, 7 . . . 

7. Solve the equations ic* — y^ =^ 26, x^ -{- xy -\- y^ =. 13. 

8. What is the sixth term of {1 — x)-^ ? 

9. A courier travels from P to Q in 14 hours : a second 
courier starts at the same time from a place ten miles behind 
P, and arrives at Q at the same time as the first courier. 
The times in which the couriers travel 20 miles differ by 
half an hour. Find the distance from P to Q. 



HARVARD EXAMINATION PAPERS. 



OCTOBER, 1875. 



ANCIENT HISTOKY AND GEOGRAPHY. 

1. Mentioi^ in order (1) the ancient divisions of Greece 
which lie upon the eastern coast ; and (2) the important 
islands near that coast. In both cases proceed from north to 
south in your enumeration. 

2. Give a brief account (with the important dates) either 
of the great Persian wars, or of the career of Alexander the 
Great, at your option. 

3. Mention any reasons that occur to you why Sparta 
should have been (1) victorious in the Peloponnesian War; 
and (2) vanquished by Thebes. 

4. Mention in order (1) the western divisions of ancient 
Italy from the Alps to the Straits of Messina ; and (2) any 
six places of historic note in these divisions. In both cases 
proceed from north to south in your enumeration. 

5. Where is Epirus ? How came a king of Epirus (Pyr- 
rhus) to make war in Italy upon the Romans, and what 
grounds had he to hope for success ? 

6. Mention any reasons that occur to you (1) why Hanni- 
bal should have hoped to overcome Rome ; and (2) why he 
failed in his attempt. 

7. Give a brief account (with the important dates) of the 

267 



258 EXAMINATIOJq" PAPERS. 

political career either of Cicero or of Augustus, at youi 
option. 

8. Mention the names of the emperors between Domitian 
anvl Commodus, in the order of their reigns. 



MODERN AND PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 

1. What range of mountains separates Russia from Sibe- 
ria ? What is the direction of this chain ? What moun- 
tains separate Russia from Asia on the south ? Giye the 
name and altitude of any prominent peak of this range ? 

2. Which of the following groups of islands lies farthest 
north, which farthest south, and which farthest east ? — 
Azores, Canary Islands, Cape Verd Islands. To what coun- 
try does each group belong ? 

3. Describe the position of the highest, mountain system 
in each of the continents. Give the name, position, and al- 
titude of at least one prominent peak in each system. 

4. Where is the Volga River ? Into what does it empty ? 
What other river approaches at one point very near the Vol- 
ga, but empties into a different body of water ? 

5. Bound Switzerland. Name its principal lakes and riv- 
ers. What are its chief cities ? What is its form of govern- 
ment ? 

6. Define the following terms : peninsula, isthmus, sound, 
plateau, watershed. Give an example of each. 

7. AVrite as fully as you can about the'following places, 
mentioning any fact relating to geographical position, size, 
commercial or political importance, and the like : {a) Cincin- 
nati, ifi) Cologne, (c) Frankfort-on-the-Main, (d) Liver- 



GREEK COMPOSITIOIS". 259 

pool, (e) !\[elboume, (/) Prague, (g) Singapore, {h) Sitka, 
{i) Trieste, (/) V alparaiso. 

8. Describe the course of the Mississippi River. "What 
tributaries does it receive from the west? what from the 
east ? Across or by what States does the principal stream 
flow ? Mention any important fact relating to its outlet. 



GREEK COMPOSITION. 

[Do either A or B, but not loth. B consists of sentences 
from Jones^ " Exercises in Greeh Prose Composition."'\ 

A. 

Akd after this Xenophon arose and said, " fellow sol- 
diers, it is evident (^i^Aog) that our march (Tzopsta) must be 
made on-f oot ; for there are no boats. But it is necessary 
(a^myxfji) to proceed at-once ; for we have no supplies (kitir-q- 
deca). We therefore," said he, " will offer-sacrifice." After 
this the generals offered-sacrifice, and there was-present a 
soothsayer from- Arcadia {'Apxdc;). But the sacrifices were 
not favorable. In-consequence they rested this day. 

B. 

1. In the time of (l-t') Darius many men fought on horse- 
back. 

2. He announced that the general had sent his army into 

I lie city. 

3. He said that they would not have fled if no one had 
conquered them. 

4. It was evident that he desired to cross before the rest 
replied. 



260 EXAMIJs"ATION PAPERS. 

5. The king hindered the greater part of the army from 
crossing. 

6. Whenever he hurled {^dklio) his javelin at any one he 
(always) hit (dzovr^'Cw) him. 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 

\^ Candidates for advanced standing will omit 4 and 8, and 
tahe 9 and 10.] 

1. Wkite the correct form of /a/)££i/T(rj, laraavat^ Tztipaviiai^ 

2. Decline 0p(^, aVry, in the singular, and yuvij and vauq in. 
the plural. 

3. Decline ehyev-qq in the plural; sU and riq through- 
out. 

4.* Compare SXtyoc:^ TtoXOq, /5adto^. Form and compare an 
adverb from raxix;, 

5. Give the synopsis of the Second Aorist Passive of 
ariXXo), Give the Imperfect Active of siin in full. 

6. Principal parts of rpi(p(o^ rpino}^ Tzeida)^ Tzaff/ui, -kitztu). 

Where are the following verbs made: lidoi[xt^ J<j"/^£v, /J^va:, 
tpaaiv^ and ^za? 

7. What are the uses of a\> with the tenses of the Indica- 
tive? What tenses of the Infinitive could be used after 
Vni^io to denote Future Time? 

8.* Compare the use of the article by Homer with its use 
in Attic Greek. 



9. (a) Translate "Eip-q rooro itot^aai, 'ExiXeuei avrdv iX- 
0sXv, 



GREEK PROSE. 261 

(^) Translate ^Emtdav touto H dio ^ cutipY^oiiai. Translate 

Ohx av dir^ XO £> J si [xi} l^afftXeh^ tooto e T tt e v , Tva tov adsX(pov 

eldev . Explain the Mood and Tense of these verbs. 

10. Give tlie scheme of the Tragic Iambic Trimeter. 
Describe the Anapaestic System. 



GREEK PROSE. 

\_Tliose offering the Greek Reader will talce 2, 3, 4. Those 
off'ering four hoohs of the Anabasis and the seventh hook 
of Herodotus will take 1, 2, 5. Those offering the whole 
Anabasis will take 1, 2, 6.] 

1. Translate : — 

Tzoratxb'; d^ el fiiv tjij xai aXXoq apa -^fuv iffTt dia^azioq ovx olda\ 
rdv d* GUV Ev^pdrrjv oWajiev on. ddovarov dia^rjvat xcoXuovtcov 7:0X5- 
{xiiov. 01) fikv 6ij, dv fid/effdai ys Sirjj IrzTZsiq slaiv yjixiv ^uiifxayoi^ 
r&v dk 7:oXz/ii(ov fTTTrel*? eiffiv ol TzXelffTot xai TtXeiffTou a^tot ' wffrs 
vtxd}VT£<; [xh ztva uv aTroxretvat/xev ; ■^rrw/iivcDv de obdiva o\6v re 
cwdr^vat. — An"AB., II. iv. 6. 

How is the stem of the verbal adjective in -rio^ formed ? 
State how many constructions (syntactical) the verbal in 
-rioq has, and explain them. Explain the case of tzoXs/jlicov 
(following xwXudvTOJv) and the mood of dnoxzsivat/xEv. What 
constitutes the protasis to dv dTtoxzeivaifisv ? 

2. T^ Ss Offvepata aveo y^yep-dvoq iTzopeOovro • ]j.ay6/ievoi ^ nl 
TZoXiiJ.ioi^ xai OTzrj s^tj ffvsvdv ya>piov TcpoxaraXa/i^dvovTBi;, kxdiXuov 
rd-z Tzapodotji;. d;rore fikv oZv touc; T:pd)Tou<; xcoXOocsv, Ssvoydiv 
oniffdsv ix/^atvoiv Ttpbz rd oprj eXus rijv drzoippa^tv Trj<; 7tap68ou ro:? 
Tzpmroiq^ dvcuripu) izeipdiixsvoq yiyvsadat rwv xodXoovtwv ' ottots dk 
roT<; oitiffdev kTZidolvro^ Xsipiaotpoiz kx^aiviuVj xai Tzecptu/xevoq dvof- 



2G2 EXAMiJS-ATIOi^ PAPERS. 

ripuj yiyveffOat roiv xioXuovtojv^ V.os rijv d-6<ppa^tv r7^<^ 7:apo8uo T(n\ 

^TTs/i^/lovro. — GooDWi2S^'s Eeader, p. 36 (Akab., IV. ii. 24- 
2G). 

What relation does the participle p-a^oixv^ot express ? 
Give the principal parts of Xap.j3d^^io and iSatvw. Explain the 
mood of xcuXuotsv. What is the composition of dr.ocppa^vj and 
^jSuyjOoov ? From what and how are adverbs regularly 
-ormed ? 

3. '^'^:v, e^iy, a> ix rod affzsoq w^dpsq^ (TU/xj3ooXeuoj kyu) yvih^^at 
6p.aq abrobq. [xaXiffva S" av yvoii]Tt^ zl wjaXuyiaaiaOt^ im xvji biwj 
p-iya (fpirjTjriov iazh^ ibffTS ijpcDv apyev^ kTztysipelv. Tzorepov dtxai- 
orepoi iars ; uXa 6 pkv d?^puq^ rcsvifftspoq bp.u)u co'>^ obdk'^ TztuTzoze ivsxa 
^pTjpdrwv bpaqyjdixrjffsv ' bpsJq dk^ TzXauffidt-epoc Tzd'^roj'^ ovr£<?, TVoXXd 
xai alaipd evexa xepdiiov TteTzofijxaTS. iTce) ds duaco(Tb)^rj<; obdh 
bpiv Tzpoffijxeij axi(pa<TOs ei apa It: wjdptia bplv piya <ppoviQTiov. — 

Goodwin's Reader, p. 85 (Hel., II. iv. 40). 

Analyze the forms yvoirjrs and ffxi4>aaOe, showing how they 
are built up from the simple stems. Explain the mood of 

yvoi7]rSj and the case of bp.Iv (following i7:\ riui), obdiv, and 

-avrwy. Explain the construction of ap^ztv, and that of 
iTitysipetv. 

4. TOTS p.h ooTU) Tfyu>vi(ja'jro^ xf^ ^ baztpair^ ol ^dp^apoi obdsu 
ap,ziv(}v diOXtov ' az£ yap oXtyiov lovzw^^ ^Xi:iaayziq fffsaq xazaze- 
zptopjiziaOai zt xdX obx olouc; ze e(7S(T0at ezc ytlpa'; dvzazipaffOai^ 
ftO'AiiaXXivj. ol ds " EXXfj'^e'Z xazd zd^tg zs xai xazd eOvsa xaxoffprj- 
p.i^oc ^(Tuv, xai iv pjpsi exaazot i/idyovzOy tzXt^v ^wxiwv * obzoi ds 
Iq zd iibpoq izdyO-qaav cpuXd'qovzzq zir^v dzpaizov. wq ds obdsv stjpc- 
fTxov dXXoiozspov ol llipffat rj zfj Tzpuzspairj ivcopojv^ aTZT^Xauvov. — 

GooDwiii^'s Realer, p. 146 (Herod., VII. 212). 

5. ix zabzYjq wv Z7jqvrj/T0i> 6pp£(6psvot^ (po/Ssovziov rove Aaxedat' 
pLOVLooq' TtapoUou ds TZoXi/xou aipi iovzoq oIxtjcuu^ obdsv dstvo) sffov- 



GREEK POETBY. * 203 

rai Toty JJ.7) r7J(; aXXr^q'^EXXddoq^S.Xiffxoixi'^-qq uko too Tre^od /SorjOi- 
lofft Tavrrj ' xazadouXcDdeiffT}^ 8s ttJ'Z uXXt]'; "EXXadoq, affOsvkq yJy) 
TO AaxcD'^txov [jLOovov XetTTSTat. tjv de TouTa fii] T^ocfjq, Tads Tot 
7:poffd6xa sffsaOat. sffTi Trjq UsXoTtovuTJffou Iffdtibq ffTstvoq ' iv too- 
TO) T(p %(op(0 TtdvTiuv nsXoTtovvTjffiiov ffuvofjLOffdvTwu iTzl ffo), jxa^ai; 
iff^upoTipag aX.Xaq tojv ysvofiiviov Tzpoadixso 'iffsaOai toi ' h.slvo 
ds TZovqaavTt dp.a^7)T). o ts iffd/id^ ouToq xal al izoXtq Tzpoct^wpy)- 

ffouac. — Herod., VII. 235. 

6. Xstpi<jo<poq d' ins). fjpi0y)j TtapsXdibv sItzsv^ 'JAA', a> avSpsq^ 
TouTO ixkv t(TTSy OTt odS' uv sycDys iaTUffia^ov, si aXXov s'iXsffOs ' 
Ssvo(pSiVTa p-ivTOt, s^rjy (b>ij(TaTs oo^ iXopsvoc ' wq xai vov Ai'^i7:-Ko<q 
ijdifj dii^aXXsv aoTov 7r/>o<; ^Ava^ijStov 8 ti kdbvaTo xai pdXa ipoo 
auTdv ffcyd^ovTO^. 6 S' scpiq vopi?^siv aoTov Ttpafficovt pdXXov cuvap- 
^siv iOsXr^ffat Aapdavsl ovTt too KXsdp^ou aTpaTs6txaT0(; rj iaozai 
Adxcavi ovTC. ins), jxivTOi ipLS s'iXsffds^ ^V^j ^^^ ^/^ TzsipoMopai o 
Tt UV dovwpai upd^ dyaOov Ttoislv. xa) 6p.si<^ ootu) Tzapaaxsod'^saOs 
hq aupiov, idv TtXouq rj, dva^opsvoc. — Ai^AB., VI. i. 32, 33. 



GEEEK POETRY. 

1 Translate: — 

" dacpovtrjj ah) psv dtsat, oodi as XtjOcd^ 

irp^^ai S* sp-TtTjq ob Tt duvyjffsai, dXX^ and ^op.oo 
pidXXov i/xo) sffsat, ' rd di tol xaX ^iytov s<XTai. 
el d* ooTOi TOOT iffTtVf ip.o) piXXsi <piXov elvccj. 
dAA' dxiouffa xdd^iQ<ro, ipai §' incnsid-so /xui^w, 
fiTJ vO TOi ob ^paiffp.(o(TiVy 8<Toi ■&soc sl<j iv "OXo/xno), 
3.(Ttrov lovd^y OTS xiv rot ddizrooq ^slpaq i^siat." 

Iliad, I. 561-567. 

(a) In what tense, mood, and voice and from what pres« 
ent indicatives are xad-QGo and i<psiio formed ? 

(/5) Divide into feet the last two verses (566, 567). 



2C4 EXAMIXATION PAPERS. 

(r) Write the Attic forms corresponding to SUat, -^pr^^ai^ 
iTZCTZsiOzo. 

2. Translate : — 

'^^q (fdro vefASiiov ^Ayaixiiivova, itotriiva Xauiv, 
SspffiT-qq. T<p d' m/.a izapiffraro dloq ^0du(T(7£U(;y 
xai [XIV b-Kodpa cdcbv ^aXsTzui yjviTza-KS [xud^o} • 
" Ospa'tT ax p IT 61x01%, Xiyoc; Ttep iojv dyopTjTTjq 
^i(Tyjo, p.rjd' ei^X" o}o<; ipt^i/xsvac ^affiXsoatv. 
00 yap iyo) <jio (prjpX yepeiorspov ^porov aXXov 
e/x/xevac, o<t<toi a,a' ''Arp£id7j(; otzo ^'IXwv ^Xi)ov * 
Tw obx uv jSaffiXTJa': di'd axofx eyuiv dyopsboi^, 
xai ffcpiv Svtidsd rs Tzpotpipoi'Zy voffzov re <poXd(T<TOi<;, 

Iliad, 11. 243-251. 
(d) Give the derivation of dxpiroixoOe and ip^^i/xsvat. 

3. Translate : — 

01 5' i7ze\ oZv ixdrep^^sv 6/xiXoo ^copijyd^TjffaVy 
i^ fxiffffov Tpcoujy xa). ^Ayatwv kffriyoiovTO 
dtiv6\^ dapxd/xtvoi ' -d-dix^oq 5' eyev eiffopowvraf; 
Tpibdi; {f ItztzoMiwo'^ xai ioxvij/xida^ ^Ayacoo^, 
xai f lyybq oroyriyv diaixsTpr^roi bA X^PV 
GsiovT tyystaq, dXXrjXucfftv xoriovze. 
t: posies d' ^AXi'^a'^dpo'^ ■Kpo'Ut doXiyoaxiov sy^o^j 
xat ftdXsv ^Arp-idao xar ddTzida Tzavroa ItffTjv ' 
odd' eppfj^ev yaXxoq, d>syvdp.<pd^iQ di. ol alyjxri 
daizib" evi xparsprj. IlIAD, III. 340 - 349. 

(s) AVhat Homeric peculiarities do you notice in the for- 
mation of ei<Top6aj'>ra<;, ffrrjrTjVj dXXyjXoifftv ? 

(C) Translate the following epithets of ships: itovruTzopot^ 
wxunopoij ■!:oXoxXijtds(;, d/x^iiXi€(xaiy xopiovide^. 



LATIN GRAMMAR. 265 

LATIN COMPOSITION. 

Translate into Latin : — 

In midsummer/ at which time all-other* praetors are 
wont'' to go round * the province and run-to-and-fro • or to 
cruise ^ in-person,^ at that time he was not content with his 
own hous(3 royal,^ which belonged to King Hiero, which the 
praetors are wont' to use. He ordered tents*® to be 
pitched ** on the beach,*^ which beach is on *^ the island at 
Syracuse," hard-by " the very entrance " of the harbor." 

1 aestas summa. * ceteri. ^ consuescere : what tense? * obire, with accusa- 
tive. 5 concursare. « navigare. "> ipse. « regiua. » solere. " tabernaculum. 
^^ collocare. ^litus. ^ in. ^* Syracusae, plural, ^^prope. ^^ introitus. ^"^ par- 
tus. 

Translate into English : — 

Sed quid ego plura de Gavio ? quasi tu Gavio tum fuerla 
infestus, ac non nomini, generi, iuri civium hostis. Non 
illi, inquam, homini» sed causae communi liberfcatis inimicus 
fuisti. Quid enim attinuit, cum Mamertini more atque 
institute suo crucem fixissent post urbem in via Pompeia, 
te inhere in ea parte figere, quae ad f retum spectaret, et hoc 
addere, quod negare nuUo modo potes, te idcirco ilium 
locum deligere, ut ille, quoniam se civem Eomanum esse 
diceret, ex cruce Italiam cernere ac domum suam prospicere 
posset ? 



LATIN GRAMMAR. 

Do not translate, but answer the questions below. 

Tum vero ancipiti mentem formidine pressus 
Obstipui, steteruntque comae et vox faucibus haesit. 
Hunc Polydorum auri quondam cum pondere magno 



266 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

Iiifelix Priamus furtim mandarat alendum 
Threicio regi, cum iarn diffideret armis 
Dardaniae cingique nrbem obsidione videret. 
Ille. ut opes fractae Teucrum, et Fortuna recessit, 
Res Agamemnonias victriciaque arma secntus, 
Fas omne abrumpit; Polydorum obtruncat, et auro 
Vi potitur. Quid non mortalia pectora cogis, 
Auri sacra fames ? 

Give the principal parts of Jiaesit, alendum, diffideret, cin- 
gi, fractae. 

Give the Subjunctive active, 1st person, of all the tenses 
of pressus, haesity mandarat. 

Give the subjunctive, 1st person in all tenses, and the Im- 
perative throughout, of secutus. Give all the participles of 
recessit, and all the Infinitives of fractae. 

Decline infelix and pondere. Decline also ecquis. Com- 
pare sacra. Com-pQ>re proximus, humilis, and saepe. 

Give the meaning of the derivative terminations of vie- 
tricia and mortalia. Form adjectives from auri and urhem. 
Form a noun of agency (denoting the doer of the action) 
from alendum. How are the present and the perfect of 
fractae formed respectively ? What is the construction of 
armis, ohsidione, auro 9 



CAESAE, SALLUST, AKD OVID. 

[iV. B. Translate one piece of Caesar, the piece of S%llust, 
and two pieces of Ovid. The order in which they are done 
is unimportant. The second piece of Caesar is a substi- 
tute for Sallust, and the pieces of Virgil for Ovid, by those 
who have not read those authors.] 

I. Caesar : Bell. Gall., Book 11. § xi. Ea re constituta 
secunda vigilia magno cum strepitu ac tumultu castris 



LATIi^. 267 

egressi nnllo certo ordine neqiie imperio, cum sibi quisque 
primum itineris locum peterefc et domum pervenire propera- 
ret, fecerunt ut consimilis fugae profectio videretur. Hac 
re statim Caesar per speculatores cognita insidias veritus, 
quod qua de causa discederent nondum perspexerat, exerci- 
tum castris continuit. Prima luce omnem equitatum qui 
novissimum agmen moraretur praemisit. 

Explain the subjunctives discederent and moraretur. 

II. [Only for those wlio do not offer Sallust.'] Caesar: 
B. G., V. § 34. At barbaris consilium non def uit, nam duces 
eorum tota acie pronunciare jusserunt ne quis ab loco dis- 
cederet ; illorum esse praedam, atque illis reservari quae- 
cumque Romani reliquissent ; proinde omnia in victoria 
posita existimarent. Erant et virtute et numero pugnando 
pares nostri. Tamen etsi ab duce et a fortuna deserebantur, 
tamen omnem spem salutis in virtute ponebant, , et quoties 
quaeque cohors procurreret, ab ea parte magnus numerus 
hostium cadebat. 

How far north did Caesar's campaigns extend ? 

III. Sallust : Cat. § 22. Fuere ea tempestate qui dice- 
rent Catilinam oratione habita, cum ad jusjurandum popu- 
laris sceleris sui adigeret, humani corporis sanguinem- vino 
pcrmixtum in pateris circumtulisse ; inde cum post exsecra- 
tionem omnes degustavissent, sicut in sollemnibus sacris 
fieri coDsuevit,aperuisso consilium suum; atque eo [dictiture] 
fecisse, quo inter se magis fidi forent, alius alii tanti facino- 
ris coiiscii. Nonnulli ficta et haec ct multa practcrea cx- 
istumabant ab iis, qui Ciceronis invidiam, quae postea orta 
est, leniri credebant atrocitate sceleris eorum qui poenas de- 
derant. 

What offices had Catiline held, and which one was hp 
aiming at in the year of his conspiracy ? 



268 EXAMIXATION" PAPERS. 

(1) Ovid : Met A.M., III. 51-60. 

quae mora sit sociis, miratur Agenore natus, 

vestigatque viros : tegumen direpta leonis 

pellis erat, tclum splendenti luncea ferro 

et jaculum, teloque animus praestantior omni. 

ut nemus intravit, letataque copora vidit, 

victoremque supra spatiosi corporis hostem 

tristia sanguinea lambentem vulnera liugua, 

" Aut ultor vestrae, fidissima corpora, mortis, 

aut comes " inquit " ero." Dixit dextraqne molarem 

sustulit, et magnum magno conamine misit. 

(2) Ovid: Fasti, IV. 811-818. 

Contrahere agrestes et moenia ponere utrique 

Convenit : ambigitur, moenia ponat uter. 
" Nil opus est " dixit " certamine " Komulus " uUo : 

Magna fides avium est; experiamur aves." 
Ees placet : alter adit nemorosi saxa Palati ; 

Alter Aventinum mane cacumen init. 
Sex Eemus, hie volucres bis sex videt ordine ; pacto 

Statur, et arbitrium Romulus urbis habet. 

(3) [Only for such as do not offer Ovid.] 
Vikgil: Aei!^., YIII. 671-677. 

Haec inter tumidi late maris ibat imago, 
Aurea, sed fluctu spumabant caerula cano; 
Et circum argento clari delphines in orbem 
Aequora verrebant caudis aestumque secabant. 
In medio classis aeratas, Actia bella, 
Cernere erat ; totumque instructo Marte videres 
Fervere Leucaten, auroque effulgere fluctus. 

Same: X. 96-103. 

Talibus orabat luno, cunctique fremebant 
Caelicolae adsensu vario ; ceu flamina prima 



LATiiq-. 269 

Cum deprensa fremunt silvis et caeca volntant 
Murmura, venturos nautis prodentia ventos. 
Turn Pater oranipotens, rerum cui prima potestas, 
Infit ; eo dicente deum domus alta silescit, 
Et tremefacta solo tellus ; silet arduus aether ; 
Tum Zephyri posuere ; premit placida aequora pontus. 

(a) Write out, dividing into feet, and marking the quan- 
tity of every syllable, and the ictus or verse accent of every 
foot, the second line of each piece of verse which you 
translate. 

(b) Point out any word in the first piece translated where 
the rules of metre will help you in its translation. 



CICEEO AND VIRGIL. 

(Latin Authors fo?- Course II.) 
CICERO {for all Candidates). 

[If you have read Cato Major, do 1 and one other ; if not, 
do 2 and one other. State clearly the princi'ples of syntax 
that determine the forms in 1 or 2, printed at the end of 
each passage.] 

1. Quo in gen ere est in primis senectus, qicam ut adipis- 
cantur omnes optant, eandem accusant adepti: tanta est 
stultitiae inconstantia atque perversitas. Obrepere aiunt 
eam citius quam putavissent. Primum, quis coegit cos 
falsum putare? Qui enim citius adulescentiae senectus 
quam pueritiae adulescentia obrepit ? Deinde, qui minus 
gravis esset iis senectus, si octingentesimum annum agerent 
quam si octogcsimum ? Praeterita enim aetas quamvis 
longa cum effluxisset, nulla consolatio permulcere posset 
stultam senectutem. — Cato Major, ii. 



270 EXAMIi^ATIO^q- PAPERS. 

Quam, adulesceniiae, esset, effluxisset. 
Cato says, Quattuor reperio causas cur senectus misera 
videaiur j what are they ? 

2. Quamquam isti, qui Catilinam Massiliam ire dictitant, 
noil tarn hoc queruntur quam verentur. Nemo est istorum 
tarn misericors, qui ilium non ad Manlium quam ad Mas- 
eiliensis ire malit. Ille autem, si (me hercule) hoc quod agit 
numquam antea cogitasset, tamen latrocinantem se interfici 
mallet quam exsulem vivere. Nunc vero, cum ei nihil ad- 
huc praeter ipsius voluntatem cogitationemque acciderit, 
nisi quod vivis nobis Roma profectus est, optemus potius ut 
eat in exsilium quam queramur. — Catil., II. vii. 

Massiliam, mallet, nobis, queramur. 
State briefly the occasion and subject of each of the ora- 
tions against Catiline. 

3. Ut enim cetera paria Tuberoni cum Varo fuissent, — 
honos, nobilitas, splendor, ingenium, quae nequaquam fue- 
runt, — hoc ccrte praecipuum Tuberonis, quod justo cum 
imperio ex senatns consulto in provinciam snam venerat. 
nine prohibitus non ad Caesarem, ne iratus, non domum, 
ne iners, non in aliquam regionem, ne condemnare causam 
iilam (|uam secutus erat, videretur: in Macedoniam ad On. 
Pompei castra venit, in earn ipsam causam a qua erat rejec- 
tus injuria. — Peo Ligario, ix. 

4. Quod enim praemium satis magnum est tam benevo- 
lis, tam bonis, tam fidelibus servis, propter quos vivit? 
Etsi id quidem non tanti est, quam quod propter eosdem 
non sanguine et volneribus suis crudelissimi inimici men- 
tem oculosque satiavit. Quos nisi manu misisset, tormentis 
etiam dedendi fuerunt conservatores domini, ultores scele- 
ris, defensores necis. Hie vero nihil habet in his malis 
quod minus moleste ferat, quam, etiam si quid ipsi accidat, 
esse tamen illis meritum praemium persolutum. — Pro Mi- 

LOHB, XXII. 



LATIN. 271 

CAESAR. 
\^For Course 11. only.) 

Eodem tempore equites nostri levisque armaturae pedites, 
qui cum iis una fuerant, quos primo hostium impetu pulsos 
dixeram, cum se in castra reciperent, adversis liostibus 
occurrebant ac rursus aliam in partem f ugam petebant ; et 
calones, qui ab decumana porta ac summo jugo collis nostris 
victores flumen transire conspexerant, praedandi causa 
egressi, cum respexissent et hostes in nostris castris versari 
vidissent, praecipites f ugae sese mandabant. — B. G., II. 

VIRGIL {for All). 
[Course I. omit either 2 or 3. Course II. omit l)oth.\ 

1. " Nate dea, vosque haec " inquit " cognoscite, Teucri, 
Et mihi quae fuerint juvenali in corpore vires, 

Et qua servetis revocatum a morte Dareta." 
Dixit, et adversi contra stetit ora juvenci, 
Qui donum adstabat pugnae, durosque reducta 
Libra vit dextra media inter cornua caestus, 
Arduus, cffractoque inlisit in ossa cerebro. 
Sternitur exanimisque tremens procumbit humi bos. 
Ille super tales effundit pectore voces: 
" Hanc tibi, Eryx, meliorem animam pro morte Daretis 
Persolvo ; hie victor caestus artemque repono." 

AEif., V. 
Write out the first three lines, mark all the quantities, 
divide into feet, and mark the ictus of every foot. 

2. Despectus tibi sum, nee qui sim quaeris, Alexi, 
Quam dives pecoris, nivei quam lactis abundans. 
Mille meae Siculis errant in montibus agnae ; 



272 EXAMINATIOK PAPERS. 

Lao mihi non aeslate novum, non frigore defit; 
Canto quae solitus, si quando armenta vocabat, 
Amphion Dircaeus in Actaeo Aracintho. 
Nee sum adeo informis : nuper me in litore vidi, 
Cum i)lacidam ventis staret mare ; non ego Daphnim 
Judice te metnam, si numquam fallit imago. — EcL., II. 

3. Consumptis hie forte aliis, ut vertere morsus 
Exiguam in Cererem penuria adegit edendi 
Et violare manu malisque audacibus orbem 
Fatalis crusti patulis nee parcere quadris, 
" Heus, etiam mensas consumimus ! " inquit lulus ; 
Nee plura adludens. Ea vox audita laborum 
Prima tulit finem, primamque loquentis ab ore 
Eripuit pater, ac stupefactus numine pressit. 

Aek., VII. 



AEITELMETIC. 

[Give all the work. Reduce each answer to its simplest 

form.] 

1. What part of ^^ is i^ ? 

i i 

3. "What is the cost of a pile of ■wood whose dimensions 
are 2, 1.9, and 42.5 metres, at $ 2 per stere ? 

3. Find, by logarithms, the third power of the fourth 
^ , 121 X. 01 

'•°°' "^ -fm- 

4. A and B gain in business $5,040, of which A is to 
have ten per cent more than B. What is the share of 
each? 

6. If 2 cubic inches of iron weigh as much as 15 cubic 



ALGEBRA. 273 

inch OS of Arater, and a cubic foot of water weigh 1000 
ounces, find the weight, in tons, of a cubic yard of iron. 

6. If 12 pipes, each delivering 12 gallons a minute, fill a 
cistern in 3 hours 24 minutes, how many pipes, each deliv- 
ering 16 gallons a minute, will fill a cistern 6 times as large 
in 6 hours 48 minutes? 

7. How many kilometres make a mile ? 

8. How many bags, each containing 2 bu. 1 pk. 3 qt., will 
be required to hold 111 bu. 2 pk. 4qt. of grain? 

9. What is the compound interest of $ 1 for 143 years, 
allowing it to double once in 11 yr. 11 mo. ? 



ALGEBRA. 

[Give the whole work,'] 

1. FiKD the greatest common divisor and the least com- 
mon multiple of (243a^^Z''^ + 1) and (81a»6*— 1), by resoiy- 
ing each expression into factors. 

2. Solve the equation 
ic + a X — a^ 1 1 , 1 

72 ' 



X — a ic + a X — a x^ — a^ x + a 
What is the value of ic, if 6a + 7 = ? 

3. Divide — ^ — by — — r and express the result 

without fractional or negative exponents. 

4. Solve the equations %x — t/ = 21, 2a:* -\-y^ =: 153. 

5. A person buys some cloth for % 90. If he had got two 
yards more for the same sum, the price per yard would have 
been fifty cents less. How much did he buy, and at what 
price per yard ? 

6. Find (a — J)" by the Binomial Theorem. 



274 EXAMlisATIOIs PAPERS. 

ADVANCED ALGEBRA. 

[Give the whole work.] 

1 . Solve the equations a;' — ?/* = 215, x^ -{- xy -}- y* =z 43. 

2. A certain number consists of three digits, in arithmet- 
ical progression. If it be divided by the sum of the digits, 
the quotient is 48; but if 198 be subtracted from it, the 
digits are inverted. Find the number. 

3. Prove the formula for the sum of a geometric progres- 
sion, in terms of a, r, and 7i. 

4. The first term of a geometric progression is 512, the 
last term is 1G2, and the sum is 1562. Find the whole se- 
ries. Find also what the sum of this series would be, if 
continued to infinity. 

5. Solve the equation -v/ (a; + 4) — V ^ = V (^ + 1 )• 

6. Simplify/^±^ + 2Z1^U (2!±Z _ ^-zi!Y 

7. Find the greatest common divisor of 

2a;*— - lla;^ — 9 and 4a;* + 11a;* + 81. 



PLANE GEOMETRY. 

1. When- are two polygons said to be similar? What 
nve similar arcs f similar segments ? 

2. If a triangle has two sides equal, what is it called ? 
Prove what is true of the angles opposite the equal sides. 

3. If, in any triangle, a line be drawn parallel to the 
base, it will divide the other two sides proportJo^^flillj. 
Prove. 



SOLID GEOMETRY. 275 

4. At a ^iven point in the circumference of t* circle a 
tangent to the circle is druwn. What is the measure of the 
angle between the tangent and a chord drawn from the 
point of contact ? Prove. What will this angle be if the 
chord passes through the centre of the circle ? 

5. Prove that the perimeters of regular polygons, of 
the same number of sides, are to each other as the radii of 
the circumscribed circles. State, without proving, what the 
ratio of the areas of the polygons is. 

6. rind the area of the circle in which a square, each 
side of which is ^JS inches long, can be inscribed; and then 
find the radius of a second circle which shall be nine times 
as large as the first. 



SOLID GEOMETRY. 

1. Define the following terms: prism; right prism; 
pentagonal prism ; altitude of a zone ; spherical sector ; 
lunary surface, 

2. Given two planes perpendicular to each other, and a 
line in one of them perpendicular to their common intersec- 
tion ; prove that the line is perpendicular to the other plane. 

3. How may the frustum of a right cone be generated? 
How is its convex surface found ? Give proof. 

4. The altitude of a given right cone is ten inches: how 
far from the vertex of the cone must two planes be passed, 
parallel to the base of the cone, in order to divide the lateral 
surface into three equal parts. 

5. Prove that, if two spherical triangles on the same 
sphere, or on equal spheres, are equiangular with respect to 
each other, they are also equilateral with respect to each 
other. If the radius of one sphere is three times as great as 



276 EXAMINATIOif PAPEKS. 

that of another, what will be the ratio of the sides of two 
mutually equiangular spherical triangles, one on one sphere 
and the other on the other ? 



ANALYTIC GEOMETRY. 

[Give the toJiole work.] 

1 What angle does the line ?/ + ^a; + 2 = make with 
2y + 8a; = 0? with4?/=ic? with 5?/ -f 3a; = 1 ? 

2. Which of the four lines in the previous question pass 
through the origin, and which do not ? Prove. 

3. The general equation of a circle referred to rectangular 
axes is {y — n)^ + (^ — '^0* = ^^- At what points is the 
circle whose radius is V V> ^^^ whose centre is at ( — 3, — J), 
cut by the line 2/ + 1 = ? 

4. Deduce formulas for passing from a rectangular to a 
polar system. [Denote the polar coordinates by />, ^ ; the 
coordinates of the pole with reference to the rectangular 
system by m, n ; the angle which the initial line makes with 
X by a.] 

5. The equation of the tangent to a circle is xx' + yy' = r*. 
Lines are drawn through (7, 1) tangent to the circle 
x^-^-y^^- 25. Find the points of tangency. 

6. What is meant by the parameter of a curve ? What 
is the parameter of y^ = 2px ? Prove. Of a^y^ + b^x^ == a^b^ ? 
Prove. 

7. Explain in full owe method of drawing a tangent to a 
parabola at a given point of the parabola. 

8. Find whether the line 4?/ — 3a; = intersects the hy- 
perbola 6y^ — 2x^ + 15 = 0, or its conjugate. What is the 
tangent of the angle which the asymptotes of this curve 
make with the axis of a; ? 



PLA^'E TRIGONOMETRY. 277 

PLANE TRIGONOMETRY, 

[Give the whole luork.] 

1. Tan X = m. What is the cotangent of (180**— a;) ? of 
(270° + ^) ? What angle in the third quadrant has a cotan- 
gent equal to m ? 

2. Explain by a figure the changes, both numerical and 
algebraic, through which the sine of an arc passes, as the 
arc increases from 0° to 360°. 

3. Obtain, from fundamental formulas, all the trigono- 
metric functions of the negative of an angle, 

4. Solve the plane right triangle whose sides are 13, 
12, 5. 

5. Obtain, from fundamental formulas, an expression for 
cot {x + y), in terms of cot x and cot y, 

6. Two angles of a plane oblique triangle are 13° 17' 48" 
and 114° 47' 9", and the included side is 0.1493. Solve the 
triangle. 

7. Given, l^ = c' + d'^ — 2ccl qo^ B, 

1 — cos a; = 2 sin^ \x, 

5 = i(5 + C + f^). 

Find an expression for sin^ \B. 

9. In the plane oblique triangle BOD, explain in full the 
method of solution when the sides c, d, and the angle B are 
given. 



^8 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 



ENGLISH COMPOSITION. 

Yov are required to write a short English compositiou of 
not less than fifty lines, correct in spelling, punctuation, 
grammar, and expression. Make several paragraphs. Take 
one of these subjects : — 

An account of the Trial in the Merchant of Venice. 

The story of Fergus Mac Ivor, in Waverley. 

Prospero's Life on the Island, and how he came there. 



FRENCH. 

1. Translate into English : — 

Pendant le r^gne du fameux Cresus, il y avait en Lydie 
un jeune homme bien fait, plein d'esprit, trds-vertueux, de 
la race des anciens rois, et devenu si pauvre qu'il fut reduit 
a se faire berger. Se promenant un jour sur des montagnes 
escarpees ou il revait sur ses malheurs en menant son trou- 
peau, il s'assU au pied d'un arbre pour se delasser. II aper- 
Qid aupres de lui une ouverture etroite dans un rocher. La 
curiosite I'engage a y entrer. II trouve une caverne large et 
profonde. D'abord il n'y voit goutte; enfin ses yeux s'ac 
coutument a I'obscurite. II entrevoit dans une lueur sombre 
une urne d'or sur laquelle ces mots etaient graves : " Ici tu 
trouveras I'anneau de Gygos. mortel, qui que tu sois, a 
qui les dieux destinent un si grand bien,montre-leur que tu 
n'os pas ingrat, et garde-toi d'envier jamais le bonheui 
d'aucun autre homme." II ouvre I'urne. trouve I'anneau, le 
prend, et, dans le transport de sa Joie il laissa I'urne, quoi- 
qu'il fut tres-pauvre et qu'elle fut d'un grand prix. II sort 
de la caverne et se hate d'eprouver I'anneau enchante dont 



ELEMENTARY BOTAIirY. 279 

il avait si souvent entendu parler depuis son enfance. — 
Fenelon. 

2. State the tense of the italicized verbs in the above, and 
give it in full. 

3. Give the principal tenses of venir, mourir, vdloir, 
jjrendre. (Thus, In^f., etre ; Pres Part., etant ; Past 
Part., eU ; Ind. Pres., ye suis ; Fret., Je fus,) 

4. Translate into French : (a) He is the best boy in the 
school, (b) We read ^ French better than you think.* (c) I 
do not doubt* that you will come, (d) We have no more 
money*; have the kindness* to send® us some. 

» lire. » croire. » douter. * argent, m. • bont6,/. « envoyer. 



ELEMENTARY BOTANY. 

1. Describe the germination of a grain of corn, a pine- 
seed, and an acorn. 

2. What are buds? 

3. Describe equitant leaves. 

4. What are stipules ? 

6. What is a leaf-tendril ? 

6. How does it differ from a branch-tendril ? 

7. In how many ways may stamens be united together ? 

8. What is a two-lipped flower ? 

9. Describe the fruit of a rose, strawberry, blackberry, 
gpple, pea, and squash. 

10. Describe the leaves of this plant. 



HARVARD EXAMINATION PAPERS. 



JUNE, 1876. 



ANCIENT fflSTORY AND GEOGRAPHY. 

[Answer five questionSy includi7ig the first^l 

1. Draw a map of Italy, showing the position of the 
divisions and of the following places : Vercellae, Beneven- 
tum, Brundusium, Nola, Roma, Capua, Antinm, Ostia, As- 
culum Apulum, Neapolis, Veii, Tibur, Tusculum, Taren- 
tum, Pisa, Florentia, Placentia, Cannae, Cumae, Baiae. 

2. The alliance of Athens and Sparta, 464-461 B. c, and 
its connection with Athenian politics. 

3. The Theban supremacy. 

4. Philip of Macedon. 

5. The expedition of Pyn-hus to Italy. 

6. State the extent of the Roman Empire at the time of 
Augustus. When and how were the various provinces sub- 
jected to Rome ? 

7. Give some account of the writers of the Augustan 

age. 

tti 



282 EXAMINATIOlf PAPERS. 



MODERN AND PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 

1. Defi]S'E latitude and longitttde. What is the latitude 
of the Tropic of Capricorn ? what that of the Arctic Circle ? 
What countries of Europe are crossed by the 40th parallel 
of latitude ? Between what parallels does Australia lie ? 

2. In what zone do the three northern continents chiefly 
lie? in what the three southern? How do the southern 
continents compare with the northern in respect to coast 
indentations and projections? What continent has its 
coast relatively most indented? Name its chief projec- 
tions. 

3. Describe the three great river systems of South Amer- 
ica, naming the principal affluents of each. Name the chief 
rivers of Siberia, Chinese Empire, India, and Burmah, and 
state their courses and where they empty. 

4. What States and Territories of the United States lie 
wholly west of the Mississippi River ? Through what States 
does that river run ? 

5. Name the states of Europe and their capitals. 

6. Name the chief cities of the Prussian and Austrian 
Empires, and give as complete an account of one of them as 
time will allow. 

7. Name the larger East India Islands. Give some ac- 
count of the physical character of Java, and of its produc- 
tions. What large island lies near the southern extremity 
of Hindostan ? 

8. What mountains are included in the Appalachian sys- 
tem, and in what course, or courses, do its chains run? 
How do the Rocky and Appalachian Mountains compare in 
height and extent ? Name the principal mountain chains 



GREEK COMPOSITION. 283 

in or adjacent to Asia. Where do they lie, and what are 
their directions? l^nxme some of the highest peaks, and 
state their altitudes. 



GKEEK COMPOSITION. 

[Do A if you can ; if not, do B ; but do not do loth.'] 
A. 

1. When" Clearchus saw the messengers* he asked* (them) 

what they wished : 

2. and they said that they came for the purpose of making 

a truce,' being empowered* to announce the King's 
(terms) • to the Greeks ; 

3. and that they would lead them (to a place) whence* 

they could obtain [have] supplies,^ if there should be a 
truce. 

4. And after having the King's (terms), Clearchus asked if 

the truce would extend [be] to all ; 

5. and they said, " To all, until your (terms) shall be an- 

nounced to the King." 

* uyysXoq^ ayyiXXu}, * ipcordio. • ffTtovd-q^ <T7ziv8stv. * Ixavdq. 
• ra Tzapd. ^atJiXiux;, • o^ev. ^ iTZtZTJdeia. 

B. 

1. if we should send arms to the general, we think ho 
would be grateful to us. 

2. lie seized the soldier, declaring he would inflict pun- 
ishment on him for his cowardice. 



284 examinatioint papers. 

3. He said most of the soldiers would liave crossed, if the 
enemy had not hindered. 

4. I fear that it will be necessary for me to go with the 
generals, in order to see Menon. 

6. He used to delay in each city until I arrived. 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 

1. Give Accusative and Vocative singular, and Genitive 
and Dative plural of duaar-jq^ y^T^'Z^ Uwv^ ^aaiXtbq, -koTk;^ and 

yXuxoq. 

2. Decline the Greek words for 07ie, three, and loth. De- 
cline rtq in the singular, and ouToq in the plural, 

3. Explain the formation of these words, giving the 
meaning of root and ending : yjdiioq^ Tzatdiov^ ^pociot;^ dXt^- 

Ozuia, 

4. Give a synopsis of the Aorist Active of UItzu)^ and all 
tlie participles of rid-qfii. 

6. "Where are these verbs made, and from what Present 

Indicative : Tjpdtrwv^ nOelat^ [laOmVy k^ovj d^elvat ? 

6. What case or cases regularly follow, xaryiyopioi (I ac- 
<:use) ; xpdop.ai (/ use) ; dnodsixvuixi (/ appoint) ? 

7. Translate 6 Zwxpdrrjq (^(j-rt) aoipoq — 6 adrdq ZiDxpdrrjq 
(c(Tr:) ao<p6q — ahxo^ 6 21io/.pdriqq {^karl) aotpoq. 

Translate, Tliis man; every man; another man; most 
men, 

8. What time, relatively to the main verb, does the Infin 
itive ex])ress in the following phrases : ^ij<rtv iXOs'tv j ^ouXerat 
iXOetv J ^ec rouzo Tiotrjffat^, 



GREEK PROSE. 285 



GREEK PROSE. 

[iV. B. Tliose who offer the Greek Reader will talce 2, 3, 4. 
Those who offer four hooks of the Anabasis and the Sev- 
enth Book of Herodotus will take 1, 2, 5. Candidates in 
Course IL will take 1 and 2, or 2 and 3.] 

1. Translate : — 

llpbq rauTa ixeraffzavreq ol ^EXkr^veq k^ouXsvovro xai antxpivavro * 
KXiapyoq 5' eXeysv. ^H/j.sT<^ outs <7UV7JX0ofxsv wq ^afftXel TzoXe/iij- 
ffovreqj uuts iTZopeuo/xeOa iTci fiaffiXia ' dXXd TzoXXdq 7:po<pdffst<; 
Kupo<; eupiffxsvj a*c ^a£ <^^ ew olffOa, ha oiidq re d7zapaGxeud(TTou<; 
Xdftot xai Tjixdc; hOdds dvaydyoc. ^Eizs). [xivroi rj8rj iwpdj/xev abxov 
kv detvw oyra, f^ff^OvOrjfiev xaX Oeohq xaX dvOpdiTtow^ Trpodouvac aorovj 
iv Til) TipoffOev Xpov(t> Tzapiyovreq ijiidq avTohq e5 Tzoisiv. ittel dk 
Kopoq riOvi^xeVj oure ^aatXsi avTinuwu/xeda r^^ ^PX^'^j ^^'^' ^'^'^^^ 
OTou evsxa fiouXoi/xeO' av tt^v ^afftXiojtz i^pav xaxu><q noielv, — 

Akab., IL iii. 21-23. 

Explain the tense of noXsin^ffovre^ and the case of ^aatXet 
(line 2) ; construction of tzpoffOev (line 7), of ovra (line 6), 
of -oieiv (Hue 7), and of otoo (line 9). 

2. Translate: — 

^Axovaaq dk Etvocpaiv eXeysv ore opOaiq r^rtatwo, xa\ auro to epyov 
auroTc /laprupoir). AXX* kyo)^ icpri^ -^vayxaffOT^v Stcuxetv, ineidij iwpwv 
Tjfxd^ iv rcD fii^etu xax<o<; fxkv Tzdayovraz, dvmzutslv ^ ovdev duvap.i- 
vooq. ^ETzecdi) de idi(6xop.£v^ dXrjd^j e^jy, Ofielq Xiysrs. xaxui'Z [xkv 
yap Tzouvj ovdkv ixaXXov idovd/ieOa rohq TroXs/xiouc;, dvsyojpou/xsv dk 
Tzd^u /aXeTzaJq. Toiq vZu Oeolq /dptq ort ou ffhv rcoX/.^ /^^/^J) dXXd 
GOV dXiyotq ^XOov ' (bars ^Xdtpai ylv [xtj p.tydXa^ dTjXwaat dk uiv dso- 
(isOa. — Anab., III. iii. 12-14. 

In what voice, mood, and tense, and from what yerbs, are 
T^Ttwvzoj iwpwvj kduvdfie^a, and dvs^topooixsv ? Explain the con- 



^86 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

Struction of iiapropoi-q^ fiivscv, Tzaff^/ovraq^ and d-qXibaat^ and the 

case of TtoXe/Moug and of a»v (last line). 

3. Translate: — 

Ko] TtpioTov (xkv aoTwv iffxoTTet^ TzoTspd TTOTS vofLiffavreq Uavd<i 
rjdir] zavOpm-Kiva eldiuaij ep^ovrat in) rd Tzsp\ ribv tocoutiov (ppovri- 
C^fv, ri rd /i£v d\>0p(I)7ziva itapivrsg, rd dat/iovta de ffxonoovrsq^ rjyoov- 
tai rd TtpoffTJxovra npdrreiv. iOao/jia^s de ei /xij ^avepbv abzolq 
iffziVj oTi Toura ob duvarov iffTtv dvOpwTzoKz eupsiv * iirel xal rob'; 
piytazov (ppovobvraq Itu rut 7C£p\ rourutv Xiyeiv ob rabrd dv^dl^etv 
dXkrjkoiqj dXkd ro~i<; p.aivo(xivoiq dfioiioq dtaxelffdat Ttpoq dXXijXooq. — 
Memor., I. i. 12, 13. 

Explain the case of abrmv (first line) and of fxatvofiivoi<;, 
and the construction of <ppovriUiv. In what voice and tense, 
and fiom what verb, is napivreq ? How is its meaning herd 
related to that of the simple verb ? 

4. Translate : — 

*i2<; di ff(pi dceriraxTo xal rd atpdyia iyivero xaXd^ ivOaora wq 
dmcOrjffav ul ^AOr^valoi^ dp6p.uj Fevro i<; robq §ap^dpooq, rjdav dk 
GTdoioi obx iXdffffovei; rd fieraL^fxtov abrcHv tj 6xt<6. ol de Ilipffat 
6piovrer dp6/j.o) ^TTfovrac, Tzapeaxeod'Covro wq de^6p.evo[ * fiai'ir^v re 
rulffc ^AOrjvaiotfft knifpepov xal Tzdy^u SXeOptrjv, dpiovTeq abrohq 6Xi- 
yooq^ xal TouTuuq dpo/xoj ^Trsj^o/z^voyc, oure itzttou OTzap^obar^q a<pi 
OUTS TuqeopArwv, raura [xiv vuv ol ^dp^Sapot xazetxa^ou * ^AOrjuahn 
de, inet re dOpooi Tzpoaifitqav rolat ^apjSdpotfftj kixd^ovro dqiioq 
Xoyoo. TupaJrot fxev yap ^EXXtjvidv Ttdvriov ru)v "^pLelq i8p.ev dpo/io) eq 
TToXe/xiouq i^pTJffavrOy izpajroi de dvia^ovro iffO^rd re MTjduijv 6pi- 
ovre^j xai rohq avdpaq raurTjv lffOr^p.ivouq ' riatq de ^v rolat ^EXXr^at 
xa\ rd oovo/xa rd Mijdajv (fo^oq dxouaat. — HeROD., VI. 112. 

Give the Attic forms for diteidriaav (from what verb ?), 

6piovreqj /xavirjVj and ouvo/xa, 

6. Translate: — 

Aaxedat/xoviutv dk xa\ OeffTVciiov rotourwv yevo/xiviovj ojxwq Xiyerat 
apiffroq dvijp yeviffOat J^Ttaprnjryjqy Airjvixr^q^ rov rode ^aai elneh rd 



GREEK POETRY. 287 

e;roc T^plv ^ ffUfipu^ai ffcpeaq Tolat Mrjdotat ' 7tu06fisvo> Ttpoq rto rm 
Tprj^ivicov uj^j iTzedv o[ ^dp^apot dTziiioat to. ro^sufiaTaj xov -7\)dov 
bTzb Tou TtX-qOsof; T(bv d'iffrwv aTcoxpuTZToufftf — ToaouTO ti TzXT^Ooq 
abribv elvat. rdv de ovx kxizXayivTa rouzoifft elneTv, iv dXoyiTj tzoiso- 
fievov rd r&v 3Irj3a)v TtXj^Ooq, d}^ TzdvTa a<pi dyadd 6 Tp7)^i\>ioq ^e~tvo<; 
dyyiXXot, ei, dizoxpuTtzdvTwv tojv Mijdcov t^v i]Xt0Vy Otzo a/.trj sffoiro 
T:p6q auToh<: i) p-d'^-q, xal oux iv TjXio). — HeROD., VII. 226. 

Give the Attic forms for rdv (line 2), rew, insdv, dmiwat 
(from what verb ?), and dXoyirj, 



GREEK POETRY. 

[You are advised to do the translation first, and answer the 
questions {a — /) afterward. Candidates in Course IL 
will do the translation in 1 and 2, and answer the ques- 
tions (a), {b)j (c), and (e).] 

1. Translate: — 

eto<; 6 raut?' &pp.atve xard <ppiva xdX xaxd i9y/4<5v, 
IXxtxo ^ ix xoXeoTo piya ^i<po<;, ^X-&s S* M>9iyvTy 
ovpavod^sv ' Ttpb ydp {jxs d^edy XeuxwXevoq "Hpij, 
ap<p(i} dfidiq {^upip tfiXiooffd re x7jdopi>7j re, 
CT^ d' oTZiSeVj ^avd^r^q de x6pTj<z ^Xe IJTjXstiovay 
o?w fpatvopivq ' t&v S' aXXcuv ou rr<? dpdro, 
^dpjSTjffev ^ A'/iXs6qy psrd d' irpaTter, ahxixa S eyvio 
UaXXdd' ^A^TjvatTjv • detvo) di ol oaae ydav^ev, 

II., 1. 193-200. 

(a) Divide the last two verses into feet. Designate any 
one of these eight verses that has the feminine caesura. 

(5) Who first collected the poems of Homer in their 
present form ? What is the theme of the I Had 9 



288 EXAMIN-ATIOi?- PAPERS. 

2. Translatb : — 

TCJV d\ d>^ T SpVlT^CDV TTSTSYjVWV h%£a TZoXXd, 

^fjvcjy ri yspdviov ^ xoxvcuv dooXt/udsiputv, 

*Afftu) ^v Xsi/j-aJvCy KaudTpioo dp-fpi ^it{^pa, 

iv^a xal eVt9a TroriovTai dyaXXo/isva TZTSpuysfffftVy 

xXayyrjdov Tzpoxad^t^ovnov, <T[xapay£l re Xetp-Wv, 

wq ra>v £->%sa izoXXd veuiv aTto xal xXiatdwv 

i<: nsdiov TzpoyiovTO Zxafxdvdpcov ' abzdp Ond ^^<bv 

<Tp.sp8aXiuv xovd^t^e nudaJv abrmv re xal itttzwv. 

Iliad, 11.459-466. 

(6') Write the Attic forms of obpavo&ev and <pdavdsv in the 
first passage, and give the derivation of ^iei^pa and xX^ayy-Qdov 
in the second. 

(J) Attic for ol in the last verse of the third passage ? 

3. Translate: — 

** Zsb Tzdrepy ou ri<: ffslo d-eibv dXowrepoq aXXoq, 
rj T iyd;x7jv riaaad^at. ^AXi^avdpov xaxoTTjrog' 
vuv di fioc iv ytipsaatv ayr) ^i<po<:y kx di fioc sy/o^ 
TJtX^^T] TiaXdprj^iv kiuxnov, ouds ddpaffffa." 

ri xdX litatqa<z xopo^oi; Xd/Ssv Imzodaffd-Qi;, 
iXxe ^ ii:i<Trpi(pa<^ iitr ^uxvijiicda<; ^Ayacoix; * 
ayye di [xiv •KoXbx£ffTo<; [[xdi^ dnaXijv vrcd deipijvy 
o<z ol UTC dvd^epsibvoq Sysh^ riraro rpo(paXeiy)'Z, 

Iliad, III. 365-372. 

{e) State in the order of their occurrence the details of a 
sacrifice as described by Homer in Books both I. and II. of 
the Iliad. 

(/) What is the meaning of the phrase, p-fipobq r l^ira- 
tiov ? What were the anXdyxva ? 



LATIIf GRAMMAK. 289 



LATIN COMPOSITION. 

Translate into Latin : — 

1. The ninth year after ^ the expulsion of the kings,' 
when Tarquin's son-in-law' had collected* a mighty* army 
for avenging* his father-in-law's^ wrong,* a new dignity* 
was created ^* at Eome, which is called " the dictatorship," 
— greater than the consulship.** The same year a master 
of the horse, too, was appointed," to be-under-the-orders- 
of ** the dictator. 

2. To the Sabines begging ** the dictator and the senate 
to give pardon" for their" mistake" to men who" were 
young, ^ answer was made ^* that the young could ^ be par- 
doned,^* the old^ could not be pardoned. 

1 2Jos< (with participle of carigfo). * rex. * gener. * colligo. ^ ingens. * vin- 
dico. ^ socer. * iniuria. » dignitas. ^o creo. " appello. " dictatura. " consu- 
lotus. 1* fio, " obsequor, i6 oro. " venia. " omit. " error. «> adulescens. 
«i respondeo. a possum. *» ignosco. «* senex. 

Translate into English: — 

A. Postumius dictator, T. Aebutius magister equltum 
magnis copiis peditum equitumque profecti ad lacum Regil- 
lum in agro Tusculano agmini hostium occurrerunt ; et quia 
Tarquinios esse in exercitu Latinorum auditum est, sustineri 
ira non potuit, quin extemplo confligerent. 



LATIN GRAMMAR. 

1. Mark the quantity of the penult and ultima of each 
of the following words : custodis, radices, decorus, fideiy 
veni (Imperat.), fieri, circumdare, liceret. 



290 EXAMINATIOK PAPEBS. 

2. Indicate, by English spelling, the proper pronuncia* 
tion of each syllable of the following sentence : Gains Ivr 
Uus Caesar multas nationes vicit. 

3. Give rale for the gender of palus, decus, Tenedos. 

4. Decline ego ; fiUa quaedam ; vetus miles ; alia manus, 

5. Compare malus, dives, liber. Form and compare ad- 
verbs from audax, durus, libens, 

6. State where each of the following forms is made, and 
give principal parts of the verb to which it belongs : iaceret, 
pactus, dedidisses, oderit, fugeniy arcessit, severas, jpe^eriY, 
gaudet, sanximus, 

7. Give a synopsis (i. e. one form for every tense in each 
mood, besides Participles, etc.) of eo; of the tenses formed 
on the Perfect stem of pello. Inflect the Put. Indie, of doceo 
and fero, and the Pres. Subj. otfacio and sto, in both voices. 
Give all the participles of labor, 

8. What is the root of amo 9 of frango 9 of paciscor f 
Show how the three stems of each verb are formed from the 
root. 

9. Separate each of the following words into its compo- 
nent parts, — stem, sufiBx, — and give the meaning of 
each : similitudo, documentum, particular deditio, Jledilis, 
nosco. 

10. What case or cases follow oh, sub ; rogare, imperarey 
donare, potiri, paenitere ; peritus, slmilis, dlgnus 9 Write 
in Latin ; at Athens ; he came to Rome by the Appian way , 
he is not believed in this by his friends. 



LATIK. 291 



CAESAE, SALLUST, AND OVID. 

[^. B. Hack candidate is expected to translate tlie first and 
one other piece of verse ; also the first a.nd one other of 
prose; and to ansiuer all the questions. Any candidate 
who has read no Ovid can obtain a siilstitute paper in 
verse by application at once to the Uxaminer.] 

Translate : — 

I. Nee tibi quadrupedes animosos ignibus illis, 

Quos in pectore habent, quos ore et naribus efflant, 
In promptu regere est. Vix me patiuntur, ubi acres 
Incaluere animi, cervixque repugnat habenis. 
At tu, funesti ne sim tibi muneris auctor, 
Nate, cave, dum resque sinit, tua corrige vota. 
Scilicet ut nostro genitum te sanguine credas, 
Pignora certa petis. Do pignora certa timendo, 
Et patrio pater esse metu probor. Aspice vultus 
Ecce meos. Utinamque oculos in pectora posses 
Inserere, et patrias intus deprendere curas ! 
II. Hunc ego, me Cyclops nulla cum fine petebat : 
Nee, si quaesieris, odium Cyclopis, amorne 
Acidis in nobis fuerit praesentior, edam : 
Par utrumque fuit. Pro quanta potentia regni 
Est, Venus alma, tui ! nempe ille inmitis et ipsis 
Horrendus silvis, et visus ab hospite nullo 
Inpune, et magni cum dis contemptor Olympi, 
Quid sit amor, sentit, nostrique cupidine captus 
Uritur, oblitus pecorum antrorumque suorum. 
III. Victor abes. Nee scire mihi, quae causa morandi^ 

Aut in quo lateas ferrous orbe, licet. 
Quisquis ad haec vertit peregrin am littora puppim, 

Ille mihi de te multa rogatus abit : 



292 EXA3IIiqATI02!?^ PAPERS. 

Quamque tibi reddat, si te modo viderit usquam, 
Traditur liuic digitis charta novata meis. 

Nos Pylon, antiqui Neleia Nestoris arva, 
Misimns. Incerta est fama remissa Pylo. 

IV. Ant semel in nostras quoniam noTa puppis liarenas 

Venerat, audaces attuleratque vires, 
Isset anhelatos non praemedicatus in ignes 

Immemor Aesonides oraqiie adnnca bourn, 
Semina sevisset, totidem sevisset et hostes, 

Et caderet cultu cultor ab ipse sue. 
Quantum perfidiae tecum, scelerate, perisset, 

Dempta forent capiti quam mala multa meo ! 

{a) Divide into feet tlie second line in each piece trans- 
lated, marking the quantity of every syllable and ictus oi 
every foot. {!)) Show how the metre helps to determine the 
meaning of any two of the words in italics. 

Translate : — 

1. Veneti reliquaeque item civitates cognito Oaesaris ad- 
ventu certiores facti, simul quod quantum in se facinus ad- 
iiisisseiit intelligebant, legatos, quod nomen ad omnes na- 
tiones sanctum inviolatumque semper fuisset, retentos a se 
et in vincula conjectos, pro magnitudine periculi bellum 
parare et maxime ea quae ad usum navium j)ertinent pro- 
videre instituunt, Jioc majore spe quod multum natura loci 
confidebant. 

2. Vix agmen novissimum extra munitiones processerat, 
quum Galli cohortati inter se no speratam praedam ex man- 
ibus dimitterent, longum esse perterritis Eomanis Germa- 
norum auxilium exspectare, neque suam parti dignitatem ut 
tantis copiis tam exiguam manum, praescrtim fugientem 
atque impeditam, adoriri non aitdeant, flumen transire et 
iniquo loco committere non dubitant. Quae fore suspicatua 



LATIN. 293 

Labienus, ut omnes citra j&umen eliceret eadem usus simu- 
latione itineris, placide progrediebatur. 

3. Ceterum juventus pleraque, sed maxime nobilium, Ca- 
tilinae inceptis favebat; quibus in otio vel magnifice vel 
molliter vivere copia erat, incerta pro certis, bellum qiiam 
pacem malebant. Fuere item ea tempestate qui crederent 
M. Licinium Crassum non ignarum ejus consili f uisse ; quia 
Cn. Pompeius invisus ipsi magnum exercitum ductabat, 
cujusvis opes voluisse contra illius potentiam crescere; 
simul confisum, si conjuratio valuisset, facile apud illos 
principem se fore. 

4. Ita compositis rebus in loca quam maxime occulta dis- 
cedit, ac post paulo cognoscit Marium ex itinere frumenta- 
tum cum paucis cohortibus Siccam missum, quod oppidum 
primum omnium post malam pugnam ab rege defecerat. 
Eo cum delectis equitibus noctu pergit, et jam egredienti- 
bus Romanis in porta pugnam facit; simul magna voce 
Siccenses hortatur uti cohortes ab tergo circumveniant ; 
fortunam illis praeclari facinoris casum dare ; si idfecerint, 
postea sese in regno, illos in libertate sine metu aetatem 
acturos. 

(a) What was the extent of Caesar's province? What 
was the place to which his attention was directed on lirst 
crossing the Alps ? (J) Give the syntax of the words in 
italics in (1) and in any one of the other prose pieces. 



294 EXAMINATION- PAPERS. 



CICEEO AND YIRGIL. 

[Each candidate will do two selections of prose and two of 

poetry, with the questions attached to each. 
Candidates in Course 11. will substitute the passage from 

Caesar for their second selection in poetry. 
Those who do not select 1 will he presumed not to have read 

Cato Major. 
Explain the construction of the words printed below each 

passage.] 

1. QuiN etiam memoriae proditum est, cum Athenis ludis 
quidam in theatrum grandis natu venisset, magno consessu 
locum nusquam ei datum a suis civibus; cum autem ad 
Lacedaemonios accessisset, qui, legati cum essent, certo in 
loco consederant, consurrexisse omnes illi dicuntur et senem 
sessum recepisse. — Cat. Maj., 18. 

Athe7iisj ludis, essent, sessum. 

2. Quem cnim imperatorem possumus ullo in numero 

putare, cujus in exercitu centuriatus veneant atque venie- 
rint? Quid liunc liominem magnum aut amplum de re 
publica cogitare, qui pecuniam, ex aerario depromptam ad 
bellum administrandum, aut propter cupiditatemprovinciae 
magistratibus diviserit, aut propter avaritiam Romae in 
quaestu reliquerit ? — Leg. Man., 37. 
Cogitare, administrandum, diviserit. 

3. Vidimus tuam victoriam proeliorum exitu termina- 
tam : gladium vagina vacuum in urbe non vidimus. Quos 
amisimus civis, eos Martis vis perculit, non ira victoriae; 
ut dubitare debeat nemo quin multos, si fieri posset, 0. Cae- 
sar ab inferis excitaret, quoniam ex eadem acie conservat 
quos potest. Alterius vero partis nihil amplius dicam 



LATi^q-. 295 

quam (id quod omnes verebamnr) nimis iracundam futuram 
fuisse victoriani. — PiiO Marc, 17. 
Vagina, excitaret, futuram fuisse. 

4. Volt'ircius vero subito litte];as proferri atque aperiri 
jubet, quaa sibi a Lentulo ad Oatilinam datas esse dicebat. 
Atque ibi vehementissime perturbatas Lentulus tamen et 
signum et manum suam cognovit. Erant autem [scriptae] 
sine nomine sed ita: Qui sim scics ex eo quern ad te misi 
Cur a ut vir sis, et cogita quern in locum sis progressus ; vide 
ecquid tihi jam sit necesse, et cur a ut omnium tibi atixilia 
adjungas, etiam infimorum. — Oat., III. 12. 

Sim, adjungas, 

5. Ifcaque, credo, si civis Eomanus Archias legibus non 
esset, ut ab aliquo imperatore civitate donaretur perficeie 
non potuit. Sulla cum Hispanos donaret et Gallos, credo 
hunc petentem repudiasset : quem nos in contione vidimus, 
cum ei libellum malus poeta de populo subjecisset, quod 
epigramma in eum fecisset, tantummodo alternis versibus 
longiusculis, statim ex eis rebus quas tunc vendebat jubere 
ei praemium tribui, sed ea condicione, ne quid postea scri- 
beret. — Pbo Arch., 25. 

Repudiasset, scriberet, donaret, • Explain the eircumstan- 
ces of this oration. 

6. Jamque adeo donati omnes opibusque superbi 
Puniceis ibant evincti tempora taenis, 

Cum saevo e scopulo multa vix arte revolsus, 
Amissis remis atque ordine debilis uno, 
Inrisam sine honore ratem Sergestus agebat. 
Qualis saepe viae deprensus in aggere serpens, 
Aerea quem obliquum rota transiit, aut gravis ictu 
Seminecem liquit saxo lacerumque viator, 
Nequiquam longos fugiens dat corpore tortus, 
Parte ferox, ardensque oculis, et sibila colla 



396 EXAMIIfATION PAPERS. 

Arduus attollens; pars volnere clauda retentat 
Nexantem nodis seque in sua membra plicantem : 
Tali remigio navis se tarda movebat. — Aen"., V. 268. 
Write out the first and fifth lines, marking feet and cae- 
sura. Give the argument of this book. 

7. Tu mihi sen magni superas jam saxa Timavi, 
Sive Oram Illyrici legis aequoris, en erit umquam 
Ille dies, mihi cum liceat tua dicere facta ? 

En erit, ut liceat totum mihi ferre per orbem 
Sola Sophocleo tua carmina digna cothurno ? 
A te principium, tibi desinam: accipe jussis 
Carmina coepta tuis, atque banc sine tempora circum 
Inter victrices hederam tibi serpere laurus. 

Ec.,VIII. 6. 
Explain allusions in cotliurno, hederam. Write out the 
first line, marking feet and caesura. 

8. Parte alia ventis et dis Agrippa secundis 
Arduus agmen agens ; cui, belli insigne superbum, 
Tempora navali fulgent rostrata corona. 

Hinc ope barbarica variisque Antonius armis, 
Victor ab Aurorae populis et litore rubro, 
Aegyptum virisque Orientis et ultima secum 
Bactravehit; sequiturque, nefas ! Aegyptia coniunx. 
Una omnes mere, ac totum spumare reductis 
Convolsum remis rostrisque tridentibus aequor. 

Ae., VIII. 682. 
Explain allusion in the whole passage \ in conjunx, 

9. Dum in his locis Caesar navium parandarum causa 
moratur, ex magna parte Morinorum ad eum legati vene- 
runt, qui se de superioris temporis consilio excusarent, quod 
homines barbari et nostrae consuetudinis imperiti helium 
populo Eomano fecissent, seque ea, quae imperasset, factu- 
ros poUicerentur. Hoc sibi satis opportune Caesar acci- 



ARITHMETIC. 297 

disse arbitratus, quod neque post tergum hostem relin- 
quere volebat, neque belli gerendi propter anni tempus 
facultatem habebat, neque has tantularum rerum occupa- 
tiones sibi Britanniae anteponendas judicabafc, magnum his 
obsidum numerum imperat. — B. G., IV. 22. 
Excusarenty imperasset. 



AEIXmiETIC. 

[Give all the worh. Give each emswer in its simplest form.^ 

1. How many hectares make a square mile ? Use loga- 
rithms (if you desire) in the computation. 

2. Divide, by means of logarithms, ^ by Vo.9. 

3. What is the ratio of 15 A. 1 K. 2 P. to 2J times 2 *A. 
3 R. 4 P. ? 

4. Divide $ 460 into three parts which shall be to each 
other as J, f , and J. 

5. What are the prime factors of 1716 ? How many in- 
tegral divisors has this number, and what are they ? What 
is the smallest integer by which this number can be multi- 
plied, so that the product shall be a square ? 

6. A man paints two sides of a wall 7 feet high in 31 
hours 6 minutes 40 seconds. If he can paint 4 square yards 
in an hour, how long is the wall ? 

7. A man sells flour at % 6.50 a barrel, and gains 10 per 
cent. What per cent would he gain if he sold the flour for 
$8.25 a barrel? 

8. In what time will % 4,500, at 5 per cent, gain $ 181.25 ? 

9. Find the cube root of 1027243.729. 



'-398 EXAMIlTATIOi^ PAPERS. 

ALGEBRA. 

Course I. 

[ Write legilJy and without crowding ; give the whole work , 
and reduce the answers to their simplest forms. ^ 

1. Divide lQ3*y — [IZxh/ + llxif — 6 (?/* + 2X*)] 
hj— 2x^ — 5x^ — 31/.. 

2. A merchant who had two brands of flour sold a bar- 
rels of the first and I) barrels of the second at an average 
price of c dollars per barrel ; and, at the same rates, he sold 
m barrels of the first and n barrels of the second at an aver- 
age price of p dollars per barrel. Find the price of each 
brand. 

3. Solve the equation z= . 

m^p {x + a) n^P'X 

4. Two men, ^ and j5, set out at the same time on the 
same walking journey, in opposite directions ; -4 to go from 
M to N\ and B to go from N to M. When they meet, the 
distance that A has already gone exceeds that which B has 
gone by 100 miles, and it is found that A will require 8 days 
more to reach N, while B will require 18 days more to 
reach if. Required, the distance M N, and the rate of each 
traveller. 

^ ^. ., 2 3 2a;— 3 , 16 6a; — 1 

5. Divide by 



2a;— 1 42;2— 1 2a; + l 

6. Reduce — — to its lowest terms. 

ic* — 16 

7. Divide (ll^^y:^. 

<lc^ ^ s^a' 

8. Write out {x — yf. 



ADVAi^'CED ALGEBRA. 

ADVANCED ALGEBRA. 

[Give the whole worlc.'] 

1. What is the meaning of o;^? Of a;%? Of rc^? 
Show that such meaning may properly be given to such 
expressions. What is the continued product of these throe 
quantities ? 

2. Find four values of x in the equation 

x' + - = a' + -, 
x^ a^ 

3. In the quadratic equation ax^ -\-hx-\-c-=iOf prove to 
what the sum and the product of the roots are respectively 
equal. If a is 8 and c is 2, what value of b will make the 
two roots equal to each other ? 

4. The sum of two numbers is nine times their difference, 
and if their product is diminished by the greater number, 
the result is twelve times the greater number divided by the 
less. Find the numbers. 

5. The interior angles of a rectilinear figure are in Arith- 
metical Progression: the smallest angle is 120°, and the 
common difference is 5°. Find the number of sides. If you 
obtain two results, see if both are possible. 

6. What is the sum of n terms of the series 3, 2, f . . . ? 
What is the sum, if n is infinity ? 

7. What is the middle term of (x +y)*^ ? 

8. Having 4 single books, and 3 sets containing respec- 
tively 8, 5, and 3 volumes, in how many ways can I arrange 
them on a shelf, provided the volumes of each set are kept 
together ? 



300 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 



PLANE GEOMETRY. 

1. Prove tiiat the angle formed by two secants of a cir« 
cle, and wliicli has its vertex without the circumference, 
has for its measure half the concave arc intercepted between 
its sides, minus half the convex arc. 

2. If, in a right triangle, a perpendicular is o^-awn from 
the vertex of the right angle to the hypothenlise, what 
relations exist between the three triangles thus formed? 
Prove. 

How is this proposition useful in proving the Pythago- 
rean proposition ? 

3. Find an expression for the length of any chord EF of 
a circle in terms of the segments AD and BD, into which 
it divides the diameter AB perpendicular to it. 

4. If from a point, without a circle, a tangent and a 
secant are drawn, the tangent is a mean proportional be- 
tween the entire secant and the part without the circle. 

Prove without using the corresponding theorem for two 
secants. 

5. How can the area of a trapezoid be found ? The area 
of any regular polygon ? Give the proof in each case. 

6. Draw in your book any pentagon. Find a triangle 
equivalent to it. Explain and prove the method of your 
solution. 



SOLID GEOMETRY. 

1. Define a straight line perpendicular to a plane, and 
prove that, when a straight line is perpendicular to two 
straight lines drawn through its foot in a plane, it is per- 
pendicular to the plane. 



ANALYTIC GEOMETRY. 301 

2. Prove that, if two solids have equal bases and heights, 
and if their sections, made by any plane parallel to the 
common plane of their bases, are equal, they are equivalent. 

3. How is the area of the convex surface of a regular 
pyramid of any number of sides measured ? Prove. 

4. Tl\e altitude of a certain solid is 2 in., its surface 15 
sq. in., and solid contents 4 cu. in. What is the altitude 
and surface of a similar solid whose solidity is 256 cu. in. ? 

5. Prove that the sum of the angles of a spherical tri- 
angle is greater than two right angles. 

6. What is the measure of the area of a lunary surface ? 
State luithout j)roving. 



ANALYTIC GEOMETEY. 

1. What are the slope and intercept of the line 2x — 6t/ 
— 10 = 0? What is the equation of the perpendicular let 
fall upon this line from the point ( — 1, 2) ? 

2. Find the equation of a circle referred to its principal 
vertex, either from the equation referred to the centre or 
directly from a figure. 

3. What curve is represented by the equation 4a;" — dy^ + 
25 = ? What is here the origin ? what the coordinate 
axes ? Find the parameter and excentricity of the curve. 

4. Find the equation of the circle passing through the 
vertex of the parabola y^=.10x and the extremities of the 
double ordinate through the focus. 

5. Deduce the equation of the normal to any point (a;', y') 
of an ellipse, and prove that this normal bisects the angle 
between the focal lines to the point. The lengths of the 
focal lines are r=za — ex', r' :=.a-\- ex\ where a is the semi- 
transverse axis, and e the excentricity 



302 EXAMIiq^ATIOK PAPERS. 



TEIGONOMETEY, 

1. Obtain the formulae 

Ein^x -\- cos^^ z= . . . , 

sin (a; — y)= 

2 cos^o; = 1 + 

2. Compare the tangent and cotangent of (90° 4"^) "w^^^ 
the same functions of (y — 90°). 

3. Give the formulae for solving a plane oblique triangle 
ABO, when a b and C are given ; and explain fully the 
method of solution. 

4. Find all the parts of the plane oblique triangle for 
which B = 39° 43', C= 62° 9', a = 143.7. 

5. At a distance of 100 feet from a tree, the angle of ele- 
vation of its top is observed to be 23° 3'. If the height of 
the instrument above the ground is 5 feet, how high is the 
tree? 



ENGLISH COMPOSITION. 

You are required to write a short English composition, 
correct in spelling, punctuation, grammar, and expression. 
This composition must be at least fifty lines long, and be 
properly divided into paragraphs. One of the following 
subjects must be taken : — 

The story of the Tempest. 

The story and character of Portia. 



FREIfCH. 303 



FEENCH. 



1. Translate into English: — 

Fremyn arriva ; je le regardai fixement, et je lui tronvai 
line physionomie dure qui ne promettait rien de bon. II 
ii'avait pas mis plus de trente lieures a faire ses soixante 
lieues. Je commen^ai par lui montrer les miserables dont 
j'avais d plaider la cause. lis 6taient tous debout devaut 
lui ; les femmes pleuraient ; les liommes, appuyes sur leur 
baton, la t^te nue, avaient la main dans leurs bonnets. ¥., 
assis, les yeux fermes, la tete pencliee, et le menton appuye 
sur sa poitrine, ne les regardai t pas. Je parlai en leur fa- 
veur ; je ne sais oii Fon prend ce qu'on dit en pareil cas. 
Je lui fis toucher au doigt combien il ctait incertain que cet 
heritage lui fut legitimement acquis; je le conjurai par sou 
opulcLce, par la misere qu'il avait sous les yeux; je crois 
m^me que je me jetai a ses pieds : je n'en pus tirer un 

sou Je lui jetai les clefs au nez; il les ramassa, 

s'empara de tout; et je m'en revins si trouble, si peine, si 
change, que votre mere, 'qui vivait encore, crut qu'il m'etait 
arrive quelque grand malheur. . , Ah! mes enfants, quel 
homme que ce F. ! — Diderot. 

2. State the tense of the italicized verbs in the above, 
and give it in full. 

3. Give the principal tenses of connaitre, tenir, vouloir, 
peindre (thus. Inf., etre; Pees. Part., etanfj Past Part., 
etej Ind. PRES.,ye suis; Fn^T.^jefus), 

4. Translate into French: — 

(a) I had no time^ to speak' to him, but I will write* 
him a long letter.* (b) Bitter • fruits • are often the most 
wholesome.^ (c) Have you taken a walk* this morning? 



304: EXAMIN-ATIOX PAPEKS. 

(a) To which of those pupils ' have you promised *** a re- 
ward " ? 

1 temps, m. *parler. s^crire. <lettre,/. » amer. "fruit, m. » sain, 'so 
promener. » 6colier, to. "promettre. "recompense,/. 



GERMA:Nr. 

1. (a) ExPLAiK the sounds of vowels and diphthongs by 
English equivalents wherever it is possible. 

{b) What are modified vowels ? 

(c) Which words are written with capital letters in Ger- 
man ? 

(d) Explain gutturals and such consonants as may differ 
from the English in their application. 

2. (a) How many parts of speech are there in German ? 
What are they ? 

(b) State your observations on the affinity of German and 
English words. 

3. (a) Decline, — 

guter Warn, Itebe Tlntttv, fletncS §ait§; 

iDer freunblic^e ^nabe, bie tnimbert)oIIe 9?utne, baS ^rad^tigc 

^in l)eftiger (Sturm, eine fc^one ®abc, ein artige^ ^inb, 

(b) Decline the personal pronouns id), t>n, er, singular and 
plural. 

4. Give the general rules for the gender of German nouns, 
with examples demonstrating the same. 

5. (a) Give the synopsis (first person sifigular of all tenses 
in the indicative and subjunctive) of the auxiliaries Ijaben, 
fein, and merben. 



GERMAN". 305 

(J) Give the third person plural of all tenses (both indic- 
ative and subjunctive) of the regular verb loben. 

(c) Give the synopsis of the impersonal verb regncn, and 
also of the verb au»ge^en. 

6. (a) Conjugate the present tense of the verbs fonnen, 
mogen, iDoKen, miiffen, biirfcn, foUen. Also state their mean- 
ing. 

(h) Give the principal parts (infinitive, imperfect, and 
past participle) of the verbs fe^en, ge^cn, fle^Ien, li3afrf)en, 
^reifen, tpiffen, benlen, l^alten, ^elfen, fi^en, fiuben, bringen. 

7. Write out some story in German that you have read, 
and if you cannot give it in German, write its translation in 
English. 

8. (a) Write in letters the following numbers: 6789; 
704,532; 1876; 778,899. 

(b) Give the German for the days of the week, and the 
names of the months. 

9. Translate the following story into English : — 

,Mn junger ©tubent ber §art»arb UniDerfitat retfte m<i} dnxopa, 
um feine <Stubten auf einer beutfd^en Untt)crfitdt fortjufe^en. 5tuf 
feiner Wi\c burd) ^talien fanb er einen greunb in 9?om, ber mit 
i^m nac^ 5ltt)en reifte, um bie h)unbert)ot(en 9?utnen be^ alten 
(S5ried)enlanb§ ^u fel)en. (Ste fanbcit eineu amen!anifd)en ^onfut 
in 5Itf)en, ber fie auf bie 5tfropo(t^ begleitcte. S3o(( (gnt^ueia^mu^ 
liber bie ^rinnerungen i^rer ffa^tfdien @tubien rtefen fie au^: 
SBaren voxx hm 5lmert!aner, fo molten n)ir ®rted)en fein. 



306 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS. 

Ohemistey. 

1. What happens when a candle burns ? Describe exper- 
iments which illustrate the subject, and state clearly what 
each experiment proves. 

2. What goes on when we breathe the air ? Illustrate 
the subject by familiar facts and experiments. 

3. What sort of action do plants exert on the air ? Il- 
lustrate the subject as before. 

4. What is water made up of? Illustrate by experi- 
ments, and state the law of chemical combination which 
may be deduced from them. 

5. Describe the process represented by the following 
symbols, and state fully what the symbols express : — 

Zn + H^SO^^H^ + ZnSO^, 

Physics. 

6. Define the terms velocity and force, and name the 
chief forces of nature. 

7. Define the term specific gravity, and state the prin- 
ciple of Archimedes by which the specific gravity of solids 
is most easily found. 

8. How is a barometer made, and what does it measure ? 

9. How is a thermometer made, and what does it meas- 
ure? 

10. What is meant by tJie latent heat of water, and how 
is this quantity measured ? 



BOTANY. 307 



PHYSICS AND ASTRONOMY. 

1. Why is the height of the barometer less at the sum- 
mit of a mountain than at its foot ? 

2. Describe the common pump and its action. 

3. What is latent heat ? 

4. Why is a spectrum formed when sunlight is passed 
through a prism ? 

5. On what principle does the use of lightning-rods 
depend ? 

6. AVhat is the theory of Copernicus ? 

7. State Kepler's three laws of planetary motion. 

6. What is a sidereal day, and how is its length deter- 
mined? 

9. How is the sun's period of rotation ascertained ? 

10. What is the cause of solar eclipses? When will an 
eclipse be annular ? 



BOTANY. 

1. What are the organs of vegetation ? 

2. Of what parts does an embryo consist ? 

3. Describe the germination of a maple-seed, and a grain 
of corn. 

4. What is a biennial plant ? 

5. Draw an outline sketch of a twice-pinnate leaf. 

6. In what ways are leaves arranged upon the stem ? 

7. How does a cyme differ from a corymb ? 

8. What is the difference between an imperfect and an 
incomplete flower ? 



308 EXAMIiqATIOiT PAPERS. 

9. Explain the structure of the " fruit " of the strawberry. 

10. Describe upon the schedule the plant given for anal- 
ysis. 

SCHEDULE FOE PLANT-ANALYSIS. 

1. State whether this plant is exogenous or endogenous, 
and give reasons for your answer. 

2. Describe the arrangement, venation, shape, margin, 
apex, and base of the leaves. 

3. What kind of flower-clusters does this plant have ? 

4. The Flower. — State whether it is or is not com- 
plete, regular, and symmetrical. Give your reasons for 
each answer. 

Calyx. — State whether free from, or coherent with, the 
ovary. 

Sepals. — Give their number. 

Corolla. — State whether polypetalous or monopetalous, . 

StameJn^s. — (1) Give number. (2) State whether dis- 
tinct or united together. (3) To what are they attached? 

Pistil. — (1) State whether simple or compound. (2) If 
possible, give the number of cells in the ovary. (3) Is th. 
ovary superior or inferior f 



HARVAllD EXAMINATION PAPEfiS. 



SEPTEMBER, 1876. 



ANCIENT HISTORY AND GEOGRAPHY, 



MODERN AND PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 

1. What is meant by relief^ State some common f ca- 
res of continental relief. Represent in profile the relief 
the United States along an east and west line. 



II 



X 



1. Tell the situation of the following places, and name 
rvith date) some important event connected with each: 
aguntum, Mantinea, Zama, Cynocephalae, Ounaxa, Phi- 
ppi, Beneventum, Actium, Leuctra, Pharsalia, L. Trasime- 
us, Furculae Caudinae. 

2. Give a brief account either of Aristides, of Cimon, or ' \ 
Alcibiades. 

3. The expedition of Alexander the Great against Persia. ^^ 

4. What magistrates at Rome, and what were their re- 

)ective duties ? I 

5. Brief outline of Roman history from the death of 
ilius Caesar to the year 27 b. c. 






310 EXAMINATIOK PAPERS. 

2. Define, with precision, latitude and longitude. State 
definitely what -portions of the earth's surface are crossed 
by the Tropic of Cancer, — what by the Tropic of Cap- 
ricorn. 

3. In what parts of North and South America are the 
great plains ? By what names are they popularly known 
in the regions where they lie ? In what portions of tlie old 
world are the plains most extensive and unbroken? By 
what names are those plains severally designated ? 

4. British America. — Name the larger bays, lakes, and 
rivers, and state the courses of the latter, and where they 
empty. Name the provinces into which it is now divided. 
Give some account of its physical character. 

5. Name all the larger West India Islands. Give as 
complete an account of one of them as time will allow. 
Name the political divisions of Central America. 

6. Europe. — Name its seas, bays, and gulfs, and state 
where they lie. Name the larger rivers, and state their 
courses and where they empty. Name the principal moun- 
tain ranges, and give their positions and directions. What 
country extends farthest north, and what one farthest south ? 

7. Hindostan. — Name its three principal cities. What 
cape forms its southern extremity, and what is its latitude ? 
State the leading physical characters of Hindostan. 

8. Where (definitely) are the cities here named, viz.: 
{a) Manilla, {b) Acapulco, (c) Melbourne, (d) Valparaiso, 
{e) Matanzas, (/) Eangoon, {g) Yeddo ? Where (definitely) 
are the capes here named, viz. : (a) North Cape, (b) St. Lu- 
cas, (c) Guardafui, (d) Tarifa, (e) Mendocino, (/) Finis- 
terre, ( g) St. Eoque, {h) Blanco ? 



GREEK (mAMMAR. 311 



GEEEK COMPOSITION. 

1. I AM glacV Clearchus, to hear these words from you ; 
for while you think thus, if you should plot* any evil 
against me it seems to me that you would be ill-disposed * 
to your own self as well as to me. 

2. And in order that you may learn that you would not 
justly distrust* either the King or myself, listen: If we 
wished to destroy* you, do you think that we have not plen- 
ty ® of both cavalry and foot ? or do you think we would 
have no place suitable ^ to attack ® you ? 

3. And if we should be defeated® in battle, surely by 
burning the crops" we could oppose" a famine^* to you 
against which you would not be able to fight if you were 
ever so ^ brave. 

* ^jdofxat. * ^ooXtvio. ' xaxovooq. * dTCCffriio, * dTtSXXofJit. 
• ■}tX^^O(;. ^ ^7:tTTJd£to<;. * iTzirid-siiat. • ■^rrdofiat. " xapixoq. 
" avTtTdffaw, ^ Xt[x6^. " Tidvo. iTCTteix;^ 7reC<>^, /w/)c'ov, Ata/i?, 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 

[* Candidates for advanced standing will omit 3 and 4, and 
do 7 and 8.] 

1. Declin'E throughout, with the article, yXwaaa and 
yivor:. Give the nominative and vocative singular, and da- 
tive plural of iXTtiboq, Ttoiiiivo^j vsat^, and Tzazpoq. 

2.* Decline in the singular the pres. part. act. of rt/xdco^ 
giving both the contracted and uncontracted forms. Give 
the rule for the accent of contracted forms of words. 



312 EXAMINATlOl^^ PAPERS. 

3. Decline r't^. Translate the following pronouns: hst- 
>0Uj rnoToo, raoToUj aoroo^ and orou. 

4.* Inflect the imperf.ind. act. of t£'%j.j, pres. opt. mid. of 
drjUw, aorist ind. pass, of ffriXXiu. 

5. State where these verbs are made, and give the princi- 
pal parts of each : jSouXst, ?>^v, sidu}, [xevMu, ixdOs, and sffys. 

6. Describe particular and general suppositions, giving 
examples. Define the term Indirect Discourse. What time 
do the tenses of the infinitive mode denote in Indirect Dis- 
course ? 



7. Give the different forms in which a wish is expressed. 
What is the implication of each? Explain the origin of 
these constructions. 

8. Give a scheme of the Tragic Iambic Trimeter line 
showing what substitutions for the Iambus are admissible. 



GREEK PROSE. 

[JV. B. Those who offer the Greek Reader will take 2, 3, 4. 
Those loho offer four hooks of the Anabasis and the seventh 
look of Herodotus will take 1, 2,5. Candidates in Course 
11. will take 1 and 2, or 2 and 3.] 

1. Translate : — 

'JAA' fjdofiai [xiv^ u) KXiapys^ xou axobiov ffoo ^povt/iou<; Xoyow: ' 
rabra yhp yiyvfOGxiov tt Tt i/jAH xaxov ISooXeuocq, ap.a av [xvi doxs't^ 
xcJX (Taoxa> xaxovooi; ehat. '^2;: ^' av fiddr]': on ovS' av Ofxtlq dixaim' 
OUTS l^aaiXel our i/xo), a.7rc<TToirjTe, d'^rdxouffov. Ei yap 6//.a? i/3ot>- 
XoixzOa d-oXiaat, Ttorepd ffoi doxoo/xei/ iTZTziiov tzXtjOou-z d7iopzl.v y^ 
Tzs^djv rj oTzXiffsw:^ h ff bp.a.'Z [xkv ^Xdizrtiv Ixavoi efr]fxsv av, d'^riTzd- 
ciziv bk oude)^ xivduuoq ; 'AXXd. ywpuo'^ i-nczTjdstiov u/xl> iTttriOsaOm 



GREEK PEOSE. 313 

OLTtoptTv w. (701 doxodfx£V] Ob roffaora fih 7:s8{a ^pAV (piXia ovra 
(Tuv TzoXXw Tzovo) dta-izopeoeaOs^ roaaora dk opfj 6/xlv 6pdrs ovra 
Tzopsuria d "^p-Tv s^sffzi Ttpoxaraka^ooffLv uTZopa o/xlv napi^^iv, to- 
GooToi d' eial 7:orarxo). iip" oiv i^effriv r^/xlv rafxieueffOai, 67:6<7ocq civ 
6fj.a)v ^ooXw/xeOa fid^effOac ; Elffl 5' abrajv oo^ obS' uv Tzavrdnatn 
diaftai-qre, ei fxi) ^/J.£l<; 6/xd^ dtaTzopeuocpLSV. — AnAB., II. V. 
16-18. 

Explain the case of ffaurui (line 3) ; the construction of 
elvat (line 3) ; the construction of ilSouXd/xeOa (lines 4, 5) ; 
the case of xivduvoq (line 7) ; the case of 6/Ad>v, and construc- 
tion of ^ouXfOfieOa (line 12). 

2. Translate: — 

''Eneidi) 8k kmpa 6 Xtipiaoipoq TtpoxaretX-qiifxivriv ttjv dxpcovu^taVj 
xaXsl Sevo(paJvta djcb rrj^ obpdq, xai xsXeOec XajSovra Toy<r -KsXraffrdq 
Ttapaye'^iaOai eig rd TtpoffOsv. ^0 dk Sevocpwv rohq [ikv TteXTadTac; 
obx -^yev ' i7ri<pa:v6/ievov yap ia>pa Tiffffa(pipv7jv xai cuzav t3 arpd- 
TBUixa ' abrog dk -KpoaeXdaaq rjpiora ' Ti xaXsTq y '(? dk Xiysi abrui * 
^EgeaTiv 6pdv • Tr/ioxareiXrjTrrat yap ijiiiv 6 U7:kp rr^q xaral^dffeox; 
Xoipoq^ xai obx kart itapsXOsiv, ei fxij robrooq dizoxoipopev. 'AXXd tL 
obx ?^y£(; rohg TcsXraffrdg ; '(? 8k Xiyst on obx kdoxtt abrtji £pr]fia 
xaraXtTce'iv rd oTttffdsVj noXe/itajv k7:npatvo[xiviov. ^AXXd /lijv &pa y^ 
£<p7], ^ouXeueffOai rcibq riq rohq av8paq dn£Xa drzb Tob Xoyou. — 

Ajtab., III. iv. 38-40. 

Explain the construction of TzpoxareiXrjiiiiivrjv (line 1), and 
of iizi<pat.\>oij.hu)>j (line 9). In what voice, mood, and tense, 
and from what verbs are k(iipa (line 4), iipmra (line 5), and 
r,poxar£iXriitrai (line 6), and aTteXa (line 10) ? What would bo 
the form of TzpoxaxeiXyiitxai (line 6), if it were quoted indi- 
rectly with change of mood ? 

3. Translate: — 

'0 5' ^ ET:ap.£i\)Qiv8aq aZ xa\ rob Innixou e/jl/SoXov Icr^opdv kizotij* 
(Tare, xai 6.txiirTtou(; reCot>C ffovira^tv abrolq, vop.iZ(ov to lizTtixov knel 
diax6t^'£isVf oXov rd dvriTcaXov v£vixi^x(b<: ^aeffOai ' fidXa yap ^aX£7cd)> 



Sl-l EXAMINATIOIT PAPERS. 

ebpelv Toh<; idsX-qaovraq [xivsiv^ iizetddv Ttva<z ^zbyovraq rayv iaorctv 
6p(bai ' xai oTtwq p.7j kTzt^OTjdaJaiv ol ^AOrjvalot and too edcDvu/ioo 
xiparoq kizi r6 i^o/ievoVy xaridrrjffsv kizi yrjXofiov zcvwv kvavriooq 
auroT': xal iTtitiaq xal oTrXcraq, (po^ov ^ooXoiievoi; xai rouroiq izap- 
i'/etv wq^ el ^o-qOy^aatev, oTziadev ouroc iTitxstffocvro aurolq. rrjv jxkv 
dij ffUfxftpXijv ouTojq i:7vot7J<TaTOj xal oux lipsuffO-q rrj(; iX-Kidoq ' xparrj- 
(jaq yap -^ Ttpoffi/^aXev oXov iTzoirjffe ^eoyecv to twv kvavTtcov, — 

Hell., VII. v. 24. 

From what stems are £fil3oXov (line 1) and d/MTntouq (line 2) 
formed? Explain the construction of 6pw(Tt (line 5) and of 
iml^u-qOaifftv (line 5). State briefly the principal events in the 
life of Epaminondas, with dates. 

4. Translate : — 

^AO-qvatoiffi dk TtTayiii^ioiai h Teixivs'i '^HpaxXioq InTjXdov jSorjOiov- 
Tsq UXaTaiiei: Tzavdrjixei ' xdX yap xaX idsdcoxsffav atpia^z amohq tqIgi 
*AO-qvaiot<n ol UXazatisq, xdX Ttovouq bizkp aUT(bv oV AOrivaloi <TU/vob<; 
Tjdrj d.vapaipiaTO ' edoaav dk aJde. nis^o/xevot Otto drjl^atcuv ol UXa- 
zacieq ididoffav Tzpthza TzapaTW/ouffi liXeofiivec re ra> ''Ai^a^avdpidecu 
xa\ Aaxedai/iovtocfft acpiac; auzoug, ol de ob dexo/jLevoi iXeyov a(pt 
Tads ' '^Hp.elq [lev ixaffzipo) re oixio/xev^ xa), b/xlv Toirjde Ttq yivocT 
dv inuoopirj 4'o/prj • (pOairjTS yap dv TZoXXdxtq iqavdpaizodLdOivTsq 
yj Tt>a TzoOiaOai Tjixiwv. ffu/xISouXebofiev de Ofxlv dobvai bp-iaq abrobq 
'' AOr^vaioiGi, TzXriffioy^mpoiai re dvdpdffi xa\ Tqx(opietv iouffc ob xaxoiat, 

— Herod., VI. 108. 

Give the Attic forms of dvapatpiaTo (line 4) and of iouffi 
(line 10). What terminations does Herodotus use in the 
genitive and dative plural of the first declension ? 

5. Translate : — 

Eip^-qq di iTrei re dti/Sr] iq ttjv EbpcuTrrjv^ kO-qeXTO Tbv arpaTov 07:6 
fxaffTtycov dia[^aivo'>Ta. dii^-q dk 6 (TrpaToq abrob h iTzzd TJ/xiprjffC 
xal iu ircrd eb<pp6'^7j(n^ kXv^bfra'; obdiva ^povou. hOabza XiyezaCj 
Eip^eo) yjdvj dtafief^rjxoroq rov ''EXXiJ(T7zoutov, dvdpa elite'tv'^EXXrjffTtov- 
Tiov ' "^ ZcD, rj dr^ d>dp\ eldo/isuoq Ilipffr^ xal oovo/ia d^^zl Jcoq 



GREEK POETRY. 315 

Eip^sa Oifxsuoq^ a'^dararov ttjv 'EXXdda iOiXscq itotr^ffat^ ayotv T:dvTa<i 
dvOptOTZoo^; ; xaX yap aveu roorwv k^r^v rot Tioiiecv rauza. 

W dk vaurixd<z e^io rov '^EXXtjOtzovtov TtXaxov Tzapd y/^v Ixo/ii^sTOi 
rd £/x7taXcv Trpijffffiov rod m^ou. "0 dk Jopiffxoq ^(xrt t^(; SpTjf/.rj'; 
aiytaXoq re xai -nedtov /liya, did ds aurou ^iet TzoratjLoq ixiyaq^'E[ipo':. 
edo^s S)v rip ^ip^j) o ^ajpoq elvai ^TCtVTJdsoq ivdiard^ac re xat i^apcO- 
fir/ffat Tov ffvparoVf xai i:noia£ raura. — HerOD., VII. 56 —59. 

Give the Attic forms of hOaoTa (line 3), owoixa (line 5), 
and of T.XmiDv (line 8). What is the chief peculiarity in syn- 
tax in Herodotus ? 



GEEEK POETRY. 

[ You are advised to do the translation hefore answering the 
questions. Candidates in Course II, loill translate 1 and 
2 and answer the questions under (a) — [d) inclusive.} 

1. Tuv 5' TJ/istfter eTzetra Sirc^f xard dd/.po y^iooaa ' 
w/ioc, rixvov i/xovj re vu a Izpttpov^ ahd Ttxobaa \ 

dtd' o<pzXf^ Tzapd vrjUfflv dddxpuro^ xai dTTTJ/iajv *^ 

ijffOat ' iitsi vO Toi alffa [xivuvOd nep, oor: fidXa d^v, 

vov S" aixa x (hxujxopoq xai Si^opoq ■Kep\ T:dvru)v 

errXeo * ruj as xaxfj al'ffrj rixov iv /xsydpocffiv. 

TouTo di rot ipioLxra £7ro<j Ad repTzuspabvoi 

e}/x aorij irpoq "OXo/xtzov dyd^^i/i^ov, aX xs TziOrjzat. 

II., I. 413-420. 

(a) From "what stems are the following words formed : 
(bxu[xopoq (417), [xtydpotaiv (418), and dyd-jvupov (420) ? 

(/5) Translate the following epithets of Zeus: p-qrieza^ 

aiyio^o^j Oipt^pzixivqq^ xtpizixipawo':^ and vt(ptXt]y£pixa, 

2. vuv ^ tpy^zaB' Itzl dtlizvov^ 7va ^uvdytofxev ^Aprja, 
eh ixiv xiq dopo Orj^dadcDy s.7> ^' dffizida dioOit)^ 



316 EXAMII^ATION PAPERS. 

eZ di T«c "TZTTotffiv dslizvov doru) <hy.07:6dtaat-jj 

eu di riq apfxaroq atupXq idcbv^ TZoXiixuto fisdia^at • 

&<; xs Tta'^fjixipioi aroyspGi -Apv^oiiizff ^ Apr^'i. ** 

ob yap TzaoawX-j ys /xsriffcTsrac, oud^ TJjSatdv, 

el pLTj vuc iXi^ouffa dtaxpiviet [livoq avdpiov, 

Idpdxrei /liv tsu rsXa/xcui) d/xy) CTTjd^saaiv 

dff~idoq d[X(pti3p6r7i^, T:ep\ d' ey^s'i ;^£T/>a xa/jtsXrat * 

idpOKTSt di T£U "iTZTZoq^ io^oov dpfxa rirai^cov. 

II., 11.381-390. 

(y) Give the Attic forms of (bxun6de(T<Ttv (383), iieriffatrat 
(386), and tso (390). 

(<5) Define a spondaic verse, and specify an example in 
the above passage. 

3. ^Hj xcCi dnb ffrofxayooq dp'joj'j rd/xs vrjXii yaXxB • 

xai rohq /liv xarb^rjxvj km yt9ovdi; dtTrcacpovrai;, 
^u/JLOo deuo[xivouq ' d-itb yap pivoq eUsTO yaXx6<z, 
oluov d* ix xprjTTJpfx; dcpoaadfievoi ds7:ds<Tffiv *• 

exj/eov, rjS' euyouro ?9£0£^ ahtyeviTjjffCv, 
wds di tk; zX-kzgxvj 'Ayatwv rs Tpwwv rs' 

Zeo xodtdTSj [xiyiffTs, xai dtMvaTot Ssol aXXot, 
oTZTtoTspot Ttporepot UTtkp opxta 7:7^ /xrjvsiav, 
wdi c^ kyxi(paXo^ yaixddtq pioty wq ods olvoq^ 
auTUJVj xa). rsxiioVj aX^o^ot 5' aXXocffc pcyslsv, 

II., III. 292-301. 

(e) Give the Attic forms of dsTtdsffaiv (295), ahtysi'iTTjffiv 
(290), and rexioju (301). 

(C) Comment on the form eineaxsif (297). 



XATIN COMPOSITION. 317 



LATIN CQMPOSITION. 

Translate into English: — 

Nam reges Syriae, regis Antioclii filios, scitis Romae 
nnper f uisse ; qui venerant non propter Syriae regnum, — 
nam id sine con troversia obtinebant ut apatre et a maiori- 
bus acceperant, — sed regnum Egypti ad se et ad Selenen 
matrem suam pertinere arbitrabantur. Hi ipsi, postea- 
quam per senatum agere quae voluerant non potuerunt, in 
Syriam, in regnum patrium profecti sunt. Eorum alter, 
qui Antiochus vocatur, iter per Siciliam facere voluit; 
itaque isto praetore, venit Syracusas. 

Translate into Latin : — 

These kings that I speak of* had brought' to Rome a 
candelabrum, made, • with wonderful* workmanship*, of* 
most brilliant ' gems, in order to set it up • in the Capitol ; 
but since • they had found *® the temple not yet finished, 
they determined " to take it back " to Syria. The matter 
came, I know not liow ^*, to the ears of this man ; for the 
king had wished it kept-secret**, — not because he feared 
or suspected *^ anything, but in order that not many per- 
sons should see it before the Roman people. This man 
begs *® the king to send it to him, saying he wishes to ex- 
amine " it, and will not let " others see it. 



* dico. «adfero. 'perflcere. ^mirabilis. "opus. «e. 'clarus. 'ponere. 
•quod, "oflfendere. " statuere. "reportare, "quomodo. "celare. "bus- 
picor. "petere ab. "inspicere. " potestatem facere. 



318 EXAMIN"ATI01T PAPEES. 



LATIN GRAMMAE. 

[Do not crowd yotir worh] 

1. now do you ipronounce pars; in- in ingens ; op- in 
optimus ; ia- and ci- in iacio ; ti in ratio 9 

2. What is the root and what is the stem of rex f 
of faina ? of aciis 9 Give any other words that you can 
remember, from the same roots. Give the meanings of the 
derivative suffixes of cautio, lumens stahulum. Form from 
the stem aspero- a word meaning rough-ness ; one from 
crimin- meaning reproach-ful ; one from lauda- meaning 
praise-ivorthy ; one from favere, meaning patron; one 
from tristi' meaning somewhat sad, 

[Mark the quantities of the penult and ultima of every 
Latin word you write in answering the 3d and bth ques- 
tions^ 

3. Decline t7Ze t'tr; locus celeher. QoTn^^re. tenax, asper, 
frugi. Form Comparative and Superlative Adjectives 
from infra. Form and compare Adverbs from honus, atrox. 

4. What is the root and what are the stems of rumpere9 
of canere 9 of regere 9 of nancisci 9 

5. State where each of the following forms is made, and 
give the principal parts of the verb to which it belongs : 
tcsserit, vetaheris, texitis, sprevissent, vinxeram, videris, 
videris. Form the III. S. Fut. Pf . Ind. Act. of parere ; 
II. P. Perl Ind. Act. of gignere ; IT. P. Fut. Ind. Pass. 
of capere ; I. S. Pres. Subj. Pass, of vocare ; III. P. Imp. 
Subj. Pass, of oUivisci ; III. P. Fut. Imperat. Pass, of 
haurire ; the Fut. Inf. Pass, of premere ; the Fut. Part. 
Pass, of mittere. Give a synopsis ol patior. Inflect the 
active voice of fero throughout. 



LATilf. 319 

6. Wrue in Latin: They made him king; he is made 
king; he spares (parcere) the city; the city is spared; he 
hides (celare) this from me ; the letter {epistola) is written ; 
he is loved ; for how much did he buy (ejnere) this ? for 
a shilling (denarius) ; I fear he will not come to Athena 
for many days yet. 



CAESAR, SALLUST, AND OVID. 

[ You are expected to translate tivo pieces of verse, and tiuo 
of prose, — ly preference /., //., 1, 2 — and to answer all 
the questions.] 

Bacchus and the Sailors. 

I. Forte petens Delon Chiae telluris ad oras 
Applicor, et dextris adducor littora remis, 
Doque leves sultus, ndaeque immittor arenae. 
Nox ubi consumpta est (Aurora rubescere primum 
Coeperat ;) exsurgo, laticesque inferre recentes 
Admoneo, monstroque viam, quae ducit ad undas. 
Ipse, quid aura mihi tumulo promittat ab alto, 
Prospicio, comitesque yoco, repetoque carinam. 
"Adsumus en!^' inquit sociorum primus Opheltes; 
TJtque putat, praedam deserto nactus in agro, 
Virginea puerum ducit per littora forma. 

Deianira to Hercules, 

IT. I nunc, toUe animos, et f ortia facta recense : 

Quod tu non esses jure, vir ilia fuit; 
Illi procedit rerum mensura tuarum : 

Cede 1)07118 ; heres laudis amica tuae. 
Pro pudor ! hirsuti costis exuta leonis 



320 EXAMINATIOir PAPERS. 

Aspera texerunt vellera molle latus. 
Falleris, et nescis : non sunt spolia ista leonis, 
Sed tua; tuque ferae victor es, ilia tui. 

Baucis and Philemon, 

III. Accubuere dei. Mensam succincta tremensque 
Ponit anus; mensae sed erat pes tertius impar: 
Testa parem fecit. Quae postquam subdita clivum 
Sustulit, aequatam mentae tersere virentes. 
Ponitur hie bicolor sincerae bacca Minervae, 
Conditaque in liquida corna autumnalia faece, 
Intubaque et radix et lactis rnassa coacti, 
Omnia fictilibus. Post haec caelatus eodem 
Sistitur argento crater, fabricataque fago 
Pocula, qua cava sunt, flaventibus illita ceris. 

(a) Divide into feet, marking the quantity of every sylla- 
ble, and ictus of every foot, the fourth line of each piece 
translated. [The caesural pause need not be indicated.] 

(b) How do the quantities of the words in italics help to 
define the meaning ? 

(1) His diflScultatibus duae res erant subsidio, scientia 
atque usus militum, quod superioribus proeliis exercitati 
quid fieri oporteret non minus commode ipsi sibi praescri- 
bere, quam ab aliis doceri poterant; et quod ab opere singu- 
lisque legionibus singulos legatos Caesar discedere, nisi mu- 
nitis castris, vetuerat. Hi propter propinquitatem et celeri- 
tatem hostium, nihil jam Caesaris imperium exspectabant, 
sed per se, quae videbantur, administrabant. 

(2) Saepenumero, patres conscripti, multa verba in hoc 
ordine feci, saepe de luxuria atque avaritia nostrorum 
civium questus sum, multosque mortalis ea causa adversos 
habeo : qui mihi atque animo meo nuUius umquam delicti 



LATIN-. 321 

gratiam fectssem, haad facile alterius lubidini male facta 
condonabam. Sed ea tametei vos parvi pendebatis, tam(m 
res publica finna erat : opulentia neglegentiam tolerabat. 

(3) Equestrls autem proelii ratio et cedentibus et inse- 
quentibus par atque idem periculum inferebat. Accedebat 
hue, ut nunquam conferti, sed rari magnisque intervallis 
proeliarentur, stationcsque dispositas haberent, atque alios 
alii deinceps exciperent, integrique et recentes defatigatis 
succederent. Postero die procul a castris liostes in collibus 
consfciterunt, rarique se ostendere et lenius, quam pridie, 
nostros equites proelio lacessere coeperunt. 

(a) Give the syntax of suhsidio (1), parvi (2) ; and either 
proeliarentur (3), or fecissem (2) ; and the parts of cou' 
ferti (3). 



CICEEO AND VIRGIL. 

[Translate two pieces of prose and two of poetry, and ex- 
plain the construction of the words in italics under the 
extracts you choose.^ 

1. Quid tam inusitatum quam ut, cum duo consules 
clarissimi fortissimique essent, eques Romanus ad bellum 
maximum formidolosissimumque pro consule mitteretur? 
Missus est : quo quidem tempore cum esset non nemo in 
senatu qui diceret, non oportere mitti hominem privatum 
pro consule, L. Philippus dixisse dicitur, non se ilium sua 
sententia pro consule, sed pro consulibns mittere. 

Mitteretur, tempore, oportere, raitti. 

2. Neque enim quisquam est tam aveisus a Musis qui 
non mandari versibus aeternum suorum laborum facile 
praeconium patiatur. Themistoclem ilium, summum Athe- 
nis virum, dixisse aiunt, cum ex eo quareretur, quod aero- 



322 EXAMlNATIOJq- PAPEHS. 

ama ant cujus vocem libentissime audiret, ejus a quo sua 
virtus optime praedicaretur. Itaque ille Marius item eximie 
L. Plotium dilexit, cujus ingenio putabat ea quae gesserat, 
posse celebrari. 

Praedicaretur, audiret, patiatur. 

3. Sed tamen cum in animis hominum tantae latebrae 
sint et tanti recessus, augeamus sane suspicionem tuam : 
simul enim augebimus diligentiam. Nam quis est omnium 
tam ignarus rerum, tam rudis in re publica, tam nihil um- 
quam nee de sua nee de communi salute cogitans, qui non 
intelligat tua salute contineri suam et ex unius tua vita 
pendere omnium ? 

8i7it, aiigeamus, intelligat. 

4. Etenim quaero, si quis pater familias, liberis suis a 
servo interfectis, uxore occisa, incensa domo, supplicium de 
servo non quam acerbissimum sumpserit, utrum is clemens 
ac misericors an inhumanissimus et crudelissimus esse 
videatur ? Mihi vero importunus ac ferreus, qui non dolore 
et cruciatu nocentis suum dolorem cruciatumque lenierit. 

Videatur, lenierit. 

5. Non ulli pastos illis egej'e diebus 

Frigida, Daphni, boves ad flumina ; nulla nee amnero 
Libavit quadrupes, nee graminis attigit herbam. 
Daphni, tuum Poenos etiam ingemuisse leones 
Interitum montesque feri silvaeque loquuntur. 
Daphnis et Armenias curru subiungere tigris 
Instituit, Daphnis thiasos inducere Bacchi 
Et foliis lentas intexere mollibus hastas. 

6. Heu vatum ignarae mentes ! quid vota furentem, 
Quid delubra iuvant ? Est mollis flamma medullas 
Interea, et tacitum vivit sub pectore volnus. 
Uritur infelix Dido totaque vagatur 

Urbe furens, qualis coniecta cerva sagitta, 



AKITHMETIC. 323 

Quam procul incautam nemora inter Cresia fixit 
Pastor agens telis, liquitque volatile ferrum 
Nescius; ilia fuga silvas saltusque peragrat 
Dictaeos ; haeret lateri letalis arundo. 
IIow is the translation indicated by the quantity in 5, 
line 1 ? What is the quantity of u in saltus in 6, line 8 ? 
Why ? 
Write out metrically in 6, lines 6 and 7. 



ARITHMETIC. 

[Give the wliole worhl 

1. The sum of and — — ^^ is how many times 

0.5 i X 2.25 *^ 

their difference ? 

2. A owns -^^ of a field, and B owns the remainder ; f of 
the difference between their shares is 5 ^. 3 B. 16 J P. What 
is B's share in acres ? 

3. A man earns $325 in 2^ months, and spends in 6 
months what he earns in 4^ months. What does he save in 
a year ? 

11.846 X .004 

4. Find, by logarithms, |- of a* • 

^ ^ V.0777 

5. One decagramme is 0.3527 oz. Avdp. How many 
pounds Avdp. are there in a quintal ? 

6. What per cent is gained in buying oil at 80 cents a 
gallon, and selling it at 12 cents a pint ? 

7. If 12 pipes, each delivering 12 gallons a minute, fill a 
cistern in 3 h. 24min., how many pipes, each delivering 16 
gallons a minute, will fill a cistern 6 times as large in 6 h. 
48 min. ? 

8. Find the cube root of 0.001295029. 



324 EXAMIiTATI02f PAPERS 

ALGEBRA. 

COUESE I. 

[ Write legiUy and without crowding ; give the whole work ; 
and reduce the answers to their sifnplest forms.] 

1. Substitute y-\-d ioT xinx* — x^-{- ^x^ — 3, and sim- 
plify and arrange the result. 

^ -r^. .. 'Sx . ,, -1 . i. «^ — ^'^ he 4- hx 

2. Divide — by the product of , ! , and 

4y c^ — x^ a^ -\- ax 

C — X 

a — X 

3 8 — a; a;— 11 



3. Solve the equation 

8 — a; 3 12 

4. Add 



V20 a^m — 20acm + bc'^m to ^/20c^m — 60acm + 45a%. 
5. Solve the equations 

1+1 = ,, i + i = 3, i+i = 3. 

x y x z y z 

6. , Find the least common multiple and greatest common 
divisor of x^-\-4:X — 21 and x^ — x — 56. 

7. It takes A 10 days longer to do a piece of work than it 
lakes B: and both together can do it in 12 days. In how 
many days can each do it alone ? 



ADVANCED ALGEBRA. 325 

ADVANCED ALGEBRA. 

[Give the whole work.] 
Solve one of the following equations : — 

^ ^ x — 2 ^ x + 1 



(J) 2x^^2x+6^2x^ — 3x + 2 =zX + U; 

2. One root of the equation x^ — 37a? = 84 is — 3. What 
are the other two roots ? 

3. The sum of a certain number of terms of the series 
21, 19, 17 ... is 120. Find the number of terms, and the last 
term. 

4. The sum of three numbers in Arithmetical Progres- 
sion is 15 ; if 1, 4, and 19 be added to them respectively, 
the results are in Geometrical Progression. Find the num- 
bers. 

5. With the digits 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, how many even numbers 
between 100 and 1000 can be formed ? 

6. Find the middle terms 



"{'-11 



7. A sets off from London to York, and B at the same 
time sets off from York to London, and each travels uni- 
formly : A reaches York 16 hours, and B reaches London 
36 hours, after they have met on the road. Find in what 
time each has performed the journey. 



326 EXAMIN'ATION' PAPERS. 



PLANE GEOMETEY. 

1. Defike a plane, a parallelogram, a trapezoid, a tan- 
gent to a circle. 

2. Prove that when two triangles have two sides of the 
one respectively equal to two sides of the other and the in- 
chided angle of the first greater than the included angle of 
the second, the third side of the first is greater than the third 
side of the second. 

3. Show how to draw a tangent to a circle from a point 
without the circle, and prove your method correct. 

4. Draw from one of the vertices of a triangle a line cut- 
ting the opposite side into parts proportional to the other 
two sides. Give proof. 

5. Prove that the square described on the hypothenuse of 
a right triangle is equivalent to the sum of the squares de- 
scribed upon the other two sides. 

6. Given two similar polygons, to construct one similar to 
them both and equivalent to their sum. 

7. Given n (the ratio of circumference to diameter) and r 
(radius). Find expressions in terms of 7t and r for the cir- 
cumference and area of a circle. 



SOLID GEOMETKY. 

1. Prove that, if two planes are perpendicular to each 
other, the straight line, drawn through any point of tlie 
common intersection perpendicular to one of the planes, 
must be in the other plane. 

2. Prove that the solidity of any parallelopiped is the 
product of its l)ase by its altitude. 



ANALYTIC GEOMETRY. 32? 

3. The area of the surface described by a straight line 
revolving about another straight line in the same plane with 
it as an axis, is the product of the revolving line by the cir- 
cumference described by its middle point. Give proof in 
each of the cases to which this theorem applies. 

4. The cubic contents of two similar polyedrons are 
respectively 3 cubic inches and 24 cubic inches, and one side 
of the first is 5 inches ; what is the homologous side of the 
second ? 

5. Prove that the angles of a spherical triangle are respec- 
tively supplements of the sides of the corresponding polar 
triangle. 

6. Prove that, of two sides of a spherical triangle, that 
is the greater which is opposite the greater angle, and the 
converse. 



ANALYTIC GEOMETEY. 

1. What is the locus of each of the following equa- 
tions : — 

(1) 3^2 + 2/^-7 = 0, (2) 22/2 + 3:r = 0, 

(3) y^-x^+l = 0, (4) y=zO, 

(5) 2x^ — x + 2y^—37/ — 2 = 0, 
the system of coordinates being rectangular ? 

How is each of these loci situated with respect to the 
coordinate axes ? 

2. The vertices of a triangle are A = ( — 1, 2), B = 
(2, — 3), C=. ( — 3, — 1) ; find the equations of the sides 
AB and BC, and some trigonometric function of the an- 
gle B. 

3. Deduce the equation of the parabola referred to its 
principal vertex. 



328 EXAMIKATIOK PAPERS. 

4. Deduce the equation of the tangent to an ellipse at the 
point (x', y') of the curve. 

5. The equation of a curve referred to a certain rectangu- 
lar system is a:^ — y^^:^!', what is the equation of the same 
curve referred to a second rectangular system, having the 
same origin as the first, and in which the axis of x makes 
an angle of 45° with the old axis of x ? Sin 45° = cos 
45°=Vi. 



PLANE TRIGONOMETRY. 

1. Trace the changes in the value and sign of the co- 
sine, tangent, and cosecant of (p when <p increases from 0* 
to 360°. 

2. Deduce the fundamental formula 

cos {x-^y)z=z « , 

3. Deduce the formulae 

ctn(.-,)= ^ + = :, 

COS^ ^X = _, 

sin x-\-sm y = 2 sin -J {x + y) cos J {x — y), 

4. Given the three sides of a plane oblique triangle. 
Show how to find the three angles giving the necessary for- 
mulae. 

5. A ladder 51.42 ft. long, placed with its foot 10 ft. 
from a house, just reaches the top of the house. How high 
is the house ? What angle does the ladder make with the 
vertical ? 



FRENCH. 329 



ENGLISH COMPOSITION. 

You are required to write a short English composition, 
correct in spelling, punctuation, grammar, and expression. 
This composition must be at least fifty lines long, and be 
properly divided into paragraphs. One of the following 
subjects must be taken : — 

Moses at the Fair. 

The Story of Ariel. 

The Character of Flora Maclvor. 



FRENCH. 

1. Translate into English: — 

De ma position presente, il ne faut pas conclure que j'ai 
eu la Fortune pour marraine. Mes ancetres, si le mot n'est 
pas bien ambitieux, etaient des pecheurs ; mon pere etait 
le dernier de onze enfants, et mon grand-pere avait eu bien 
du mal d elever sa famille, car dans ce metier-la plus en- 
core que dans les autres le gain n'est pas en proportion du 
travail ; compter sur de la fatigue, du danger, c'est le cer- 
tain, sur un pen d'argent, le hasard. 

A dix-huit ans, mon pere fut pris par I'inscription mari- 
time; c'est une espece de conscription, au moyen de laquelle 
I'Etat ji>ew/ se faire servir par tons les marins pendant trente- 
deux ans, — de dix-huit a cinquante. II partit ne sachant 
ni lire ni ecrire. II revint premier maitre, ce qui est le 
plus beau grade auquel parviennent ceux qui n'ont point 
passe par les ecoles du gouvernement. 

Le Port-Dieu, notre pays, etant voisin des iles anglaises, 
TEtat y fait stationner un cutter de guerre, qui a pour mis- 



330 EXAMINATIOH PAPEKS. 

sion d'empecher les gens de Jersey de venir nous prendre 
notre poisson, en meme temps qu'il force nos marins a ob- 
server les reglements sur la peche: ce fut sur ce cutter que 
mon pere fut envoye pour continuer son service. — Malot, 
Romain Kalhris. 

2. State the tense of the italicized verbs in the above, 
and give it in full. 

3. Give the principal tenses of connattre, /aire, recevoir, 
sentir (thus, liTF., etre ; Pres. Part., etant ; Pasi Part., 
eU ; Ikd. Pres., ye 5WU* ; Fret., je fus). 

4. Translate into French : — 

(a) Where are you going to-morrow ? (h) I do not know 
yet, I think I shall go to my uncle's, {c) How do you 
wish me to do this ? 



GERMAN. 

1. Translate into English : — 

5lriofto baiite fid) etn Heineg ^au^. (5in f^reunb fragte xhn, trite 
cr fid) mit cinem fo fieincn $aufe begnit(]en fonne, ha er fo frfidne 
^aldfte in feinem Crlanbo befd^reibe. ^Der !Dtc^ter antttjortete : 
Sorte finb bitliger al^ (Steine. 

2. Parse or explain the grammatical forms and relations 
of words in the first sentence of the above. 

3. Translate into German: — 

Diogenes saw a youth blushing, and said to him : Well 
done, my son, that is the color of virtue. 

4. Write out a short extract of some story that you have 
read in German 



CHEMISTRY AKD PHYSICS. 331 

5. Translate into English : — 

S3erfd)n)unben tft tie finftre ')Rad)t 
^ie l^erc^e fd)(dc}t/ ber Za^ tvroadjt 
©ie (Sonne tommt mit ^rangen ^ 
5lm §iminel aufgegangen 
®te fd)emt in ^'ontg's^ "iprunfgemacf) • 
@ie fd^emet burc^ beS SbMcx^ !Dac§ 
Unb icag in 9^ac^t uerborgen it)ar 
!iDag mad)t fie !unb * unb offenbar. 

» warbles. 2 splendor. » palace. * known. 



CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS. 

Chemistry. 

1. Describe the preparation of hydrogen, and give its 
two most striking properties. 

2. Define the terms, acid, base, salt. 

3. What is coal ? Describe the method of preparing gas 
from it. 

4. How can pure water be obtained? What parallel 
process occurs in nature ? 

Physics. 

5. Describe the Leyden jar and the Grove battery. 

6. In what three ways can heat be distributed ? 

7. What is the action of a prism on light ? 

8. W^hat is the acoustic distinction between noise and 
music ? 



3iJ>J EXAMIISATION PAPERS. 



PHYSICS AND ASTRONOMY. 

1. Describe the barometer. 

2. How is sound propagated ? What is the difference 
between a noise and a musical tone ? 

3. Describe the different methods by which heat is dis- 
tributed ? 

4. Illustrate electrical induction by means of the gold- 
leaf electroscope. 

5. What causes the change of the seasons ? 

6. How is the moon's distance determined ? 

7. How is the velocity of light ascertained by the eclipses 
of Jupiter's satellites ? 

8. What is known of the sun's chemical constitution, 
and by what means ? 



BOTANY. 

1. What is a biennial plant ? 

2. Describe underground stems and branches. 

3. How do " endogens " differ from " exogens " ? 

4. Make a sketch of a ternately decompound leaf. 

5. How are leaves arranged on the stem ? 

6. Describe the different. kinds of flower-clusters. 

7. What is meant by " calyx superior " ? 

8. What is the function of green leaves ? 

9. Describe upon the annexed schedule the plant giyen 
for examination. 



BOTANY. 333 

SCHEDULE FOR PLANT-ANALYSIS. 

1. State whether this plant is exogenous or endogenous, 
and give reasons for your answer. 

2. Desciibe the arrangement, venation, shape, margin, 
apex, and base of the leaves. 

3. What kind of flower-clusters does this plant have ? 

4. The Flower. — State whether it is or is not complete, 
regular, and symmetrical. Give your reasons for each 
answer. 

Calyx. — State whether free from, or coherent with, the 
ovary. 

Sepals. — Give their number. 

Corolla. — State whether polypetalous or monopetalous. 

Stamejts. — (1) Give number. (2) State whether dis- 
tinct or united together. (3) To what are they attached ? 

Pistil. — (1) State whether simple or compound. 

(2) If possible, give the number of cells in the ovary. 

(3) Is the ovary superior or inferior 9 



HARVARD EXAMINATION PAPERS. 



JUNE, 1877. 



ANCIENT mSTOEY AND GEOGRAPHY. 

[A number marked with an asterisk may he substituted for 
the same number without it, but for no other,'] 

1. Draw a map of Greece, indicating its chief physical 
characteristics (rivers, lakes, mountains, capes, bays, etc.) 
with their ancient names. Can you state any points in 
which the physical character of the country affected the 
history of the people ? 

1.* Name and describe the situation of the various 
branches of the Mare Internum, and of the principal rivers 
flowing into it. Can you show any points in which the 
position of this sea influenced the history of the nations 
living on its borders ? 

2. Name and describe one or two events in Greek and 
one or two events in Eoman history which exhibit the pe- 
culiar traits of Greek and Eoman character. 

2.* State what you know of the life of any two of the 
following: Socrates, Demosthenes, Oato the elder, Cicero. 

3. The Thirty Tyrants. 



336 EXAMINATIOIT PAPEKS. 

4. Give an account either of the expedition of Alexander 
or of that of Hannibal, describing by map or otherwise the 
.position of the places you mention. 

5. Say as much as your time will allow about the life, 
character, and policy of Augustus. 



MODEEN AND PHYSICAL GEOGEAPHY. 

1. What is the ratio of the land and water surfaces upon 
the globe, and how many square miles does each comprise ? 
State the position of the land masses, with their northern 
and southern limits of latitude. 

2. What are isothermal lines? Illustrate by examples.- 
Explain contrasts of climate in the same latitude, taking as 
examples the climates of Labrador and Britain, New York 
and Naples, San Francisco and Washington. 

3. Describe the position of the highest mountain system 
in each of the continents. Give the name, position and 
altitude of at least one principal peak in each system. 

4. Through whicli of the United States do the parallels 
of 40° and 35° run ? Name the nine largest lakes of North 
America, and the five largest in Europe. 

5. Name and give the location of the three principal 
cities of Hindostan, and give as full an account as possible 
of one of them. Name the four largest cities of England, 
France, and Italy, respectively. 

6. Where are the Balearic islands, and what are their 
names ? What large islands lie west of Italy ? What large 



GEEEK COMPOSITION". 337 

island lies east of southern Africa ? Where are the Gala- 
pagos, Aleutian, Kurile, and Philippine islands ? 

7. Where are the following straits, and what bodies of 
water do they connect: Behring, Messina, Sunda, Davis, 
Otranto, Magellan ? 

8. Where are the following rivers, what are their courses, 
and into what do they empty: the Volga, Orinoco, Amoor, 
Indus, Ganges, Zambesi, Mackenzie, Churchill ? 



GEEEK COMPOSITION. 

[Do either A or B, hut not both.] 

A. 

Akd Lysander * commanded those who were following to 
raise-on-high ^ a shield whenever they should see that the 
enemy had disembarked; and if they did as he ordered, he 
expected  to capture the whole hostile fleet.* But Oonon * 
seeing their approach* signalled' [to his fleet] to flee at- 
f ull-speed ® so that he himself with seven other ships got-off- 
to-sea'; but the rest of the ships Lysander captured, since 
most of the men were on shore to get-water.^® 

"^ Aiaavdpoq. ^ dtpu), * oiofxat. * Plural of vau<;. '^ Kovwv, 
• Imitkoui;, ' ffTjfiatva}. • xard xpdro<:, • dmycD, ^^ odpeOw. 



338 EXAMIlfATIOlf PAPERS. 

B. 

1. He said he should delay till the king arrived. 

2. I should fear to follow the guide whom he might give 
us. 

3. He would not have done this, if I had not bid him. 

4. If I should escape the notice of these men, I should 

be saved ; but if I should be taken, I should suffer death. 

6. He hunted on horseback whenever he wished to exer- 
cise himself. 

6. I was the first to announce to him that Cyrus was 
making an expedition against him. 

7. I said that we had many fair hopes of safety. 

8. They said that they had come with guides who, if a 
truce should be made, would bring them [to a place] 
whence they would get provisions. 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 

1. Declike, in the singular, 6 ffo^cffz-rj^. Write the Accu- 
sative and Vocative singular, and the Genitive and Dative 

plural, of 6 notjJLijvj rd opoi;^ ij X^P^^f ^ ^^^> ^^^ ^^ ^ipaq, 

2. Decline ehyev-qq in the plural. Decline the comparative 
degree of i}db<;. Decline rt'c. Decline kydt. Give the car- 
dinal and ordinal numerals, from one to five. Which are 
declinable ? 



, ^nvilVERSlTY I 

GREEK PROSE. 339 

3. Inflect the Perfect Indicative Passive of T:pd<Tffu> ; the 
Imperfect Active of ^odw ; the Aorist Indicative Active of 
ridrjiit ; the Present Optative Active of didiofxt. 

Give a synopsis of the Aorist Middle of Xsirca), and Aorist 
Passive of ffriXXw. 

4. Where are these forms made, and from what Present 
Indicative Active : -KSffslv, livatj dvayvou'Z, xare^iJTTjVj eideiTjv, 

5! What is the force of the derivative ending in each of 

these words : Tzpdyiia^ MeyapeOq^ TzocTjTijq, douXoWj duaart^pwv ? 



GREEK PROSE: 

[Those tuJio offer the Greek Reader will take 1, 2, 3. Those 
who offer four hooks of the Anabasis and the seventh book 
of Herodotus will take 1, 4, 5. Candidates in Course II. 
will take 1 and 6, or 1 and 4.] 

1. Translate: — 

'Hvixa ^ ^v ijdrj detXr}, Spa ^v dTzcivat ro:(j tcoXs/jliok;* ovtcots 
ydp fisTov dTLSffzparoTcedeuovro oi jSdp^apoc rod ^EXXr^vixou i^rjxovra 
ffradiwVj ^o^oopLSvot fxrj r^<; vyzroc ol ''EXXrjveg iniOaivTai abrolq. 
7COV7)pdv ydp vuxToq iffTC ffrpdreufia Ilspffixdv, ol re ydp Fttttoc 
auroji:; didsvratj xal wq ^tzI rd tzoXo 7re7rodt<Tfj.ivoc eiffl^ roo fii] (ptb- 
yety evexa el XoOeirjaav idv ri ri(; Oopu^oq yiyvrjraCj del kTttffdqat 
rbv Imtov Uiparj dvdp\j xal ^aXivaJaai del, xa). dutpaxiadivra dva^yjvat 
iTtl rdv iTznov.—A^AB., III. iv. 34, 35. • 

Explain the use of the subjunctives liziOiovrat (line 3) and 
yiyv-qrai (line 6). Explain the case of ahroTq (line 5) and the 
construction of <peuyeiv (line 5). 



340 EXAMIKATIOlf PAPERS. 

2. Translate: — 

3 aura Xiyovroq dsiiiffToxXioq^ aortq 6 Kopi^dioq "Adeqiavroq Itze- 
<pipero, Giyw^ re xsXebwv rw fiT] kart Tcarpl'::, xai Eupuj^iddsa oux 
laJv i.-!VC(p7](f{^ecv atioXi w^dpi' -koXiv yap rbv 0s[it(TroxXia Trapey^dp-t- 
vov OOTID hileue yvibpaq ffup^aXXeaOac. raura 8i ol Tzpoifspe^ ort 
-^Xcuxeffdv T£ xai xarer/ovro al ^AOTjvat. t6ts di) 6 6epi(TToxXir]<; 
ixelvov re xai roix; Kopt\^0{ou(; TCoXXd re xat xaxa eXeye, iojurolffi re 
iS'^jXou Xoyo) (vq e^Tj xaX rrSXiq xai yj] fxi^ojv iJTiep kxeivotffi^ 'iffr av 
dirjxdaiai vieq aipi ewai TzeTzXripiopivai' ovdapiohq yap ^EXXtjvcdv ah- 
rohq lTti6\)raq dTzoxpouaeaOai. — HerOD., VIII. 61. 

Why p-q and not oh (line 2)? Explain the use of the 
Optative e'lt] (line 7) and of the Subjunctive eioai (line 8), 
and {he construction and tense of d.itoxpobaeadai (line 9), 
Give the Attic equivalents of r(p (line 2), ol (line 4), and 
loiorolai (line 6). 

3. Translate: — 

Ol pev o5v AaxedaipSvioi roaaura elnoVj voptZovreq roh(: 'AOt]' 
vatoug iv rai 7tp\v XP^^^ GTZovdcJv pev iiztOupelVj fftpaiv dk kvavrtoo- 
p.iv(i)v xwXbeaOaty dtdopivTjc; de eipTJvrjq dffpivcoq di^eadaire xaX rohq 
avdpaq dTZoddxrecv, ol de rag pev aitovdag^ eyovreg rohg dvdpag iv 
r^ VTJ<To)j 7Jd7) acpiaiv ivopt^ov iroipoug elvaCj oTTorav ^ouXwvraCj 
TzotelffOat. Ttpog abrohg, roo de TtXiovog (hpiyovro. — ThUCYD., 

IV. 21. 

Why roffobra and not roadde (line 1) ? Explain the tense 
of the Infinitives iTzidupeiv (line 2), di^eaOat (line 3), and 
elvat (line 6). 

4. Translate : — 

xai yap epyo) k-Kedeixvuro xai eXeyev on oux av Tcore TcpooTro, lize), 
Sxa^ yiXog abrolq iyivero^ obS" ei en pev peioug yivocvro en Sk 



GREEK PEOSB. 341 

xdxtov irpd^etav. ^avepb<; 5' ^v xai, ei riq ri d-yadbv ^ xaxbv ttoctj- 
aeiev avzbv, vLxav T:etpu>ixEvoq' xai eu^rjv di rtveq abroo k^icpepov wq 
eoYOCTO roffouTov ^povov C^v effze vtxwr] xai rohg eS xaX Tob<; xaxioq 
notouvzaq d.le^6iievo(;. — AnAB. L ix. 10, 11. 

Explain the use of the Optatives itotTjaeiBv (line 4), suxotro 
(line 5), and vcxwt? (line 5), and the construction and tense 
of TV£ip(6/xevo<; (line 4). 

5. Translate: — 

Aaxedai/Jidvioc de ifid^ovro di^icDq XoyoUj aXXa re dizodeixvupLSVot 
tv obx kinffTap.ivot<Tt [id^effdat l^eTztardfievoi xaX oxtoq ivrpiipetav zd 
vaJza^ dXieg ^evyeaxov drjdev ol dk ^dp^apoc 6piovze<z (psuyovza^ 
/5o^ re xai Tzazdyip kTtij'iaaVy ol ^ uv xazaXafxfiav6p.£vot 67tiazpe<pov 
dvztoi elvat zoXai ^ap^dpotfft, fi£za<7zp£^6p.£voi de xazijSaXXov TzXTJdei 
dvaptOfiTJzouq za>v n£pffiu}v' erzLTCzov de xai auzaiv zaiv UizapzcTjzicuv 
ivOabza SXiyoi. ^tte) dk oudh iduviazo 7tapaXa^£Tv ol Uipffai r^(j 
iffodoUj TZ£tp£6[i£voi xoi xazd ziX£a xa). jravzotux; izpoa^dXXovzeq, dTzij- 
Xauvov diziau). — HerOD., VII. 211. 

To what does av (line 4) belong, and with what effect ? 
Give the Attic equivalents of 6piovz£<; (line 3), rrXTjOei (line 5), 
Ivdauza (line 7), and iduviazo (line 7). 

6. Translate: — 

^EvvoTJ(Ta)p.£v dk xa), z^de, dx; noXXij iX7Ci(; iffztv dyadbv abzb elvat, 
dvolv yap Odzepov iazi zb zedvdvar ^ yap olov jinjdkv elvat, pr^d> 
alad-Qffiv irqdeixtav irqd£vbq e^etv zbv r£dv£U)za, ^ xazd zd X£y6fx£va 
fX£za^oX-j ztq zuy/dv£t oZffa^ xaX ii£zotxT](Tt<; z^ 4'^XV '^^^ zonoo zoo 
lvOivd£ eiq aXXov zozov. KdX efre [i-qdepLia atad-qaif: iaztv, dX)< oiov 
vt:vo<; iTZ£tddv zt<; xadeudtov p.TjS' ovap fiTjdh 6pq,, Oaufidatov xipdoq 
&v e^Tj 6 edvazoq. — PlATO, 40 C. 



342 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

Explain the construction of the pronoun olov (line 2), the 
use of the negatives fitjS' . . . fiTjdefiiav fnjdevo^ (line 3), and the 
mood of 6p^ (line 6). 



GREEK POETRY. 

[You are advised to do the translation first, and answer 
the questions (a — f ) afterward. Candidates in Course II. 
will do the translation in 1 and 2, and answer the first four 
questions (a — d).] 

1, Translate: — 

^ yap x£v dstXd'z zs xai ovrcdavb<^ xaXeotfirjv, 
ei dij ao\ Tzav epyov v-Kei^oiiai^ orrt xev efTTj^j* 

295 aXXoifftv dij Todr intriXXsOj p.rj yap ejiotye 
ffTJfiaiv'* ov yap eywy ert ffot TzeiffeffOat dtat, 
aXXo di rot ipiat^ ffh S' ivt <ppta\ ^dXXso c^fftv 
Xspff^ fJ-sv ovroL eywys pay^TjffOfiai e7vexa xo6p7)<; 
OUTS (To). ooze zo} aXXo) kTzei /x d^iXeaOi ye dovzeq* 

300 Tuiv S* aXXwv a [xoi kffzt ■Oo^ rrapd. VTyt fisXaivyj, 
rwv oox av zi <pipoi<: divsXaiv dixovzoq i/islo, 

Iliad, 1.293-301. 

(a) Select from this passage six Homeric words or forms, 
and give their Attic equivalents. 

(b) Translate the following names either of parts or of 
the rigging of the Homeric ship : Trpo/xvrjj laziov^ IffzoddxTj^ 

Iffzo^j Tupozovoij 7:pop.vij<Tta. 



GREEK POETRY. 343 

2. Translate: — 

360 diXXdL^ ava^, awrtJc r eZ fiijdso TtetffsS t' aXXa), 
ooTot a-KO^Xrirov eitoq efffferm, Srrt xsv s'ltzu)' 
xplv avdpaz xard. <puXa, xaza ippijrpaqj ^A/d/xspivoVj 
wq <pp-qrpyi ^p-jrprjcpiv dprjyTjy (pbXa de <p6Xoiq, 
ei 8i x£v ax; ^P^y}<^ xai roi TzeWiovrat ^A^acol, 

365 yvdiffrj eizeiff oc t9' ^ysp.6vwv xaxoq oq ri vu Xaaiv 
rj^ oq X kffOXbq er^ffC xard. atpiaq yd.p ixa^iovrac 
yvaxreai S' el xai SsffTrsfftTj tzoXiv oux dXaTzd^ecq, 
^ dvdpajv xaxoziQri xal d<ppadiiQ TtoXi/xoio. 

Iliad, 11. 360-368. 

(c) Explain the difference between yuXov and ^pijrpr), 

(d) Explain the use of the Subjunctive ep^jjq (verse 364), 
and the force of the suffix of xaxorTjzt (verse 368). 

3. Translate: — 

310 *// ^a xal i:q di^pov apvaq ^iro laddsoq (pcb^j 

Hv S" ap* e^atv aurdq, xard. S* r/vta relvev diziaaoi* 
Tcdp 8i ol ^Avrijvwp TzsptxaXXia ^ijffsro di<ppov, 
TO) fxkv ap' a</'oppot Tzpor\ ^IXcov dTtoviovro' 
^Exrojp 8k npidfJLoto Tzd'iq xal 8Toq '08u(T(Ts6q 

315 xSipov [ikv TzpaJrov 8(.sp.irpeov, aurdp enetra 
xXijpouq iv xuvirj ^aXxijpe'i TcdXXov iXovreq^ 
ditTzorepoq Sij Tzpoadev dcptiri ^dXxeov ey^oq. 
Xaoi 8* TJpijffavrOj d^solat 8k j^eTpaq dvkff^ov. 

Iliad, 111.310-318. 

(e) Give the stems from which the following words are 
formed : ^w? (verse 310), d(poppoi (verse 313), /aAz^y^ei' (verse 
316). 

(/) Explain the use of the Optative d^stj) (verse 317). 



344 EXAMIKATIOK PAPERS. 



LATIN COMPOSITION. 

Translate into English : —  

Non videtur esse praetermittendum de virtute militis 
veteran! quintae legionis. Nam cum in sinistro cornu ele- 
plians, vulnere ictus et dolore concitatus, in lixam * inermem 
impetum fecisset, eumque sub pede subditum dein genu 
innixus ^ondere suo proboscide erecta vibrantique, stridors 
maximo premeret atque enecaret, miles hie non potuit pati, 
quin se armatus bestiae offerret. 

1 servant 

( 
Translate into Latin : — 

When ^ the elephant saw ^ that he was coming at him with 
a hostile weapon, leaving the dead * body, he encircles * the 
soldier with his trunk and hoists • him in-the-air,' armed 
[as he was] J The soldier,* seeing • that he must act with- 
pluck,^*^ did not stop " hacking ^ the trunk with his sword. 
Overcome ^'^ by pain the elephant dropped" the soldier, and 
turning-round^^ with a tremendous-roar," went-back-to- 
join " the rest of the beasts. 

ipostquam. * animadvertere. » cadaver. *circnmdare. "extollere. * in 
sublime. "^ omit, ^the soldier, qui. ^with, cum. lo constanter. "desistere 
i2caedere. "adductus. "abicere. "conversus, " maximus stridor, "se 
recipere ad. 



LATIN GEAMMAR. 345 



LATIN GRAMMAK. 

[ Write Latin words very distinctly , particularly the end- 
ings. Do not crowd your worlc.] 

1. How do you pronounce mon- and -ti- in monitio; pul- 
in pulsus ; ci- and -ves in cives 9 

2. What is the root and what is the stem of gens; otpro- 
fugus ; of nomen 9 Give any other words that you ican 
remember from the same roots. Give the meanings of the 
derivative suffixes of loquax, lihertas, flehilis. Form from 
the stem simili- a noun meaning like-ness ; one from digno' 
meaning worth ; one from venari meaning a huntress, 

[Marh the quantities of the penult and ultima of every 
Latin word you write in answering the 3d and 5th 
questions.] 

3. Give the Gen. PI. of ignis, cohors, custos ; the Ahl. 
Sing, of a7iimal. Decline Gaius ipse ; inge7is portus ; e'^'^em 
vis. Compare humilis, magnus, celeber. Form and com- 
pare adverbs from sapiens, malus, 

4. What is the root and what are the stems of f under e-; 
of ducere ; of cantare 9 

5. State where each of the following forms is made, and 
give the principal parts of the verb to which it belongs : 
pendaSy scriberis, didicimus, enter is, sperety parueram. 
Form (a) the 3d S. Impf. Subj. Act. of cupere ; (/5) 2d 
PI. Pf . Ind. Act. of ccdere ; {y) 2<i S. Pres. Imperat. Pass. 
of ducere; ( ^) 3d PI. Plupf. Subj. Act. of Jingere; (e) 2d 



34.6 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

S. Pf. Ind. of fidere ; ( C ) 1st S. Imp. Subj. Pass, of gerere ; 
(tj) 1st PI. Plupf. Ind. Act. of parcere. Inflect (1) the Pres. 
Ind. Pass, oiferere; (2) the Pres. Imperat. of nolle; (3) 
the Put. Ind. oi fieri; (4) the Put. Pf. Ind. Act. of dare. 

6. Write in Latin : I am ashamed of my brother ; this 
concerns (refert) me; skilled {peritus) in war; they obey 
(parere) the leader ; the leader is obeyed ; he came to Fi- 
denae three years before ; having taken the city, he departed. 



CAESAE, SALLUST, AM) OVID. 

[Translate two pieces of prose and two of poetry ; and 
write out the first two lines of IV. or VI., marking th& 
feet, quantity, ictus, and caesura of each line.'] 

I. Mercatoribus est ad eos aditus magis eo, ut, quae bello 
ceperint, quibus vendant, habeant, quam quo ullam rem ad 
se importari desiderent : quin etiam jumentis, quibus max- 
ime Gallia delectatur, quaeque impenso parant pretio, Ger- 
man! importatis non utuntur, sed quae sunt apud eos nata, 
parva atque deformia, haec quotidiana exercitatione summi 
ut sint laboris, eJBBciunt. Equestribus proeliis saepe ex 
equis desiliunt ac pedibus proeliantur; equosque eodem 
remanere yestigio assuefaciunt : ad quos se celeriter, cum 
usus est, recipiunt. — Caesar, Bell. Gall, IV. 2. 

*IL At Catilina ex itinere plerisque consularibus, prae- 
terea optumo cuique literas mittit: se falsis criminibus 
circumventum, quoniam faction! inimicorum resistere ne- 
quiverit, fortunae cedere, Massiliam in exilium proficisci; 



LATIN. ( 347 

non quo sibi tanti sceleris conscius esset, sed uti res publica 
quieta foret, neve ex sua contentione seditio oriretur. Ab 
his longe divorsas literas Q. Catulus in senatu recitavit^ 
quas sibi nomine Catilinae redditas dicebat; earum ex- 
emplum infra scriptum est. — Sallust, Cat,, 34. 

♦III. Clauserat Hippotades aeterno carcere yentos, 
admonitorque operum coelo clarissimus alto 
Lucifer ortus erat. Pennis ligat ilie resumtis 
parte ab utraque pedes, teloque accingitur unco, 
et liquidum motis talaribus aera findit. 
Gentibus innumeris circumque infraque relictis 
Aethiopum populus Cepheaque conspicit arva. 
Illic immeritam maternae pendere linguae 
Andromedam poenas iniustus iusserat Ammon. 

Ovid, Metam. IV. 662-670. 

*rV. Sauromatae cingunt, fera gens, Bessique Getaeque 
quam non ingenio nomina digna meo ! 

Dum tamen aura tepet, medio defendimur Istro : 
ille suis liquidus bella repellit aquis. 

At quum tristis hiems squalentia protulit ora, 
terraque marmoreo Candida facta gelu : 

•|C ^ SfC 3|C JJC si* 515 

nix iacet : et iactam nee Sol pluviaeve resolvunt ; 

indurat Boreas, perpetuamque facit. 
Ergo, ubi delicuit nondum prior, altera venit : 

et Bolet m multis bima manere locis ; 
tantaque commoti yis est Aquilonis, ut altas 

aequet humo turres, tectaque rapta f erat. 

Ovid, Trist, III. 10, 5 - 18. 



348 EXAMIN^ATION PAPEES. 

[ Those wlio have not read Sallust and Ovid may substitute 
the following for IL, III.^ ^^^ 

V. (for 11.) Coguito ejus adventu Acco, qui princeps 
ejus consilii fuerat, jubet in oppida multitudinem con- 
venire ; conantibus, priusquam id effici posset, adesse Ko- 
manos nunciatur ; necessario sententia desistunt legatosque 
deprecandi causa ad Caesarem mittunt; adeunt per Aeduos, 
quorum antiquitus erat in fide civitas. Libenter Caesar 
petentibus Aeduis dat veniam excusationemque accipit; 
quod aestivum tempus instantis belli, non quaestionis, esse 
arbitrabatur. — Caesar, Bell. Gall, VI. 4. 

VI. (/or III). 

Insula Sicanium iuxta latus Aeoliamque 
Erigitur Liparen, f umantibus ardua saxis, 
Quam subter specus et Cyclopum exesa caminis 
Antra Aetnaea tonant, validique incudibus ictus 
Auditi re^erunt gemitum, striduntque cavernis 
Stricturae Chalybum, et fornacibus ignis anhelat, 
Volcani domus, et Volcania nomine tellus. 
Hoc tunc Ignipotens caelo descendit ab alto. 
Ferrum exercebant vasto Cyclopes in antro, 
Brontesque Steropesque et nudus membra Pyracmon. 
ViRG., Aen., VIII. 416-425. 

VII. (/or IV.) 

Sed fugit interea, fugit inreparabile tempus, 
Singula dum capti circumvectamur amore. 
Hoc satis armentis : superat pars altera curae, 
Lanigeros agitare greges hirtasque capellas. 
Hie labor; hinc laudem fortes sperate coloni. 
Nee sum animi dubius, yerbi's ea vincere magnum 



LATIK. 349 

Qaam sit, et angustis hunc addere jebus honorem ; 
Sed me Parnasi deserta per ardua dulcis 
Eaptat amor; iuyat ire iugis, qua nulla priorum 
Castaliam molli devertitur orbita clivo. 

ViRG., Oeorg., III. 284-293. 



CICERO AND VIRGIL. 

[N. B. — Translate two pieces of prose and two of poetry, 
and answer the questio7is on those passages. If you have 
read Cato Major, take the first passage. Candidates in 
Course IL will take for the prose one passage from Cic- 
ero with the passage from Caesar J\ 

Faciam ut potero, Laeli. Saepe enim interfui querelis 
meorum aequalium — pares autem, v^tere proverbio, cum 
paribus facillime congregantur — quae 0. Salinator, quae 
Sp. Albinus, homines consulares nostri fere aequales de- 
plorare solebant, tum quod voluptatibus carerent sine qui- 
bus yitam nullam putarent, tum quod spernerentur ab iis a 
quibus essent coli soliti. Qui mihi non id videbantur accu- 
sare quod esset accusandum. — Cato Ma job, III. 7. 

Explain construction of carerent, putarent. Explain the 
meaning of consulares. 

Quis nostrum tam animo agresti ac duro fuit, ut Roscii 
morte nuper non commoveretur ? Qui cum esset senex 
mortuus, tamen propter excellentem artem ac venustatem 
videbatur omnino mori non debuisse. Ergo illi corporis 
motu tantum amorem sibi conciliarat a nobis omnibus: 



350 EXAMIKATION- PAPERS. 

nos animorum incredibiles motus celeritatemque ingeni- 
orum negligemus ? Quo ties ego hunc Archiam vidi, judi- 
ces, — utar enim yestra benignitate, quoniam me in hoc 
novo genere dicendi tarn diligenter attenditis — , quoties ego 
hunc vidi, cum litteram scripsisset nullam, maguum nu- 
merum optimorum versuum de eis ipsis rebus, quae turn 
agerentur, dicere ex tempore ! — Pro Aroh. 8. 

Explain construction of commoveretur, animo, motu. 
Why does Cicero say novo genere 9 Who was Koscius ? 

Jam accepta in Ponto calamitate ex eo proelio, de quo 
vos paulo ante invitus admonui, cum socii pertimuissent, 
hostium opes animique crevissent, satis firmum praesidium 
provincia non habere t, amisissetis Asiam, Quirites, nisi ad 
ipsum discrimen ejus temporis divinitus On. Pompeium ad 
eas regiones fortuna populi Eomani attulisset. . . . Et 
quisquam dubitabit quid virtute perfecturus sit qui tantum 
auctoritate perfecerit ? Aut quam facile imperio atque 
exercitu socios et vectigalia conservaturus sit, qui ipso 
nomine ac rumore defenderit? — Ci^. Pomp. Or. 15. 

Construction of amisissetis, perfecturus sit, accepta calam- 
itatCy and On, Pompeium . . . attulisset. What are the 
allusions ? 

Imitari, Castor, potius avi mores disciplinamque debebas 
quam optimo et clarissimo viro fugitivi ore male dicere. 
Quod si saltatorem patrem habuisses neqne eum virum, 
unde pudoris pudicitiaeque exempla peterentur, tamen hoc 
maledictum minime in illam aetatem conveniret. Quibus 
ille studiis ab ineunte aetate se imbuerat, non saltandi, sed 
bene ut armis, optime ut equis uteretur, ea tamen ilium 
cuncta jam exacta aetate defecerant. Itaque Deiotarum 
cum plures in equum sustulissent, quod haerere in eo senex 
posset, admirari solebamus. — Pro Deiot. 



LATIN. 351 

Explain the construction of viro, haduisses, quihus, stu- 
diis, ar7nis. 

Interim milites legionnm duarum, quae in novissimo 
agmine praesidio impedimentis fuerant, praelio nunciato, 
cursu incitato, in summo colle ab hostibus conspiciebantur. 
Et Titus Labienus castris hostium potitus et ex loco supe- 
riore, quae res in nostris castris gererentur, conspicatus, 
decimam legionem subsidio nostris misit. Qui cum ex 
equitum et calonum fuga, quo in loco res esset, quantoque 
in periculo et castra et legiones et imperator versaretur 
cognovissent, nihil ad celeritatem sibi reliqui fecerunt. — 
Caesar, II. 26. 

Construction of praesido, impedimentis, castris, gereren- 
tur, cognovissent, 

Hanc pro Palladio moniti pro numine laeso 
EflBgiem statu ere, nefas quae triste piaret. 
Hanc tamen inmensam Calchas attollere molem 
Koboribus textis caeloque educere iussit, 
Ne recipi portis, aut duci in moenia possit, 
Neu populum antiqua sub religione tueri. 
Nam si vestra manus violasset dona Minervae, 
Turn magnum exitium — quod di prius omen in ipsum 
Conyertant! — Priami imperio Phrygibusque futurum. 

Aeneid, II. 183-191. 

Where is statuere made ? How do you know ? Construc- 
tion oi piaret, violasset. What is the allusion in Palladio? 
Who was Calchas ? Write out metrically line 2, markmg 
the caesura. 

Nee minor in terris, Xanthum Simoentaque tester, 
Aeneae mihi cura tui. Cum Troia Achilles 



352 EXAMIN-ATIOlSr PAPERS. 

Exanimata sequens impingeret agmiua muris, 
Milia multa daret leto, gemerentque repleti 
Amnes, nee reperire viam atque evolvere posset 
In mare se Xantlius, Pelidae tunc ego forti 
Congressum Aenean nee dis nee viribus acquis 
Nube cava rapui, euperem cum vetere ab imo 
Structa meis manibus periurae moenia Troiae. 

V. 803-811. 

'K.anthum, etc.; allusion? Periurae; why so? Write 
out metrically the first line. 

Per cineres, Amarylli, f oras, rivoque fluenti 
Transque caput iace; nee respexeris. His ego Daphnim 
Adgrediar : nihil ille deos, nil carmina curat. 
Ducite ab urbe domum, mea carmina, ducite Daphnim. 
Aspice, corripuit tremulis altaria flammis 
Sponte sua, dum f erre moror, cinis ipse. Bonum sit I 
!N"escio quid certe est, et Hylax in limine latrat. 
Credimus ? an, qui amant, ipsi sibi somnia fingunt ? 
Parcite, ab urbe venit, iam, carmina, parcite, Daphnis. 

ECL. VIII. 101-109. 

"Write out metrically line 6. Construction of respexeris. • 

[Only for those who have substituted Aen, VIL for some 
other reading.} 

Quanta per Idaeos saevis effusa Mycenis 
Tempestas ierit campos, quibus actus uterque 
Europae atque Asiae fatis concurrent orbis, 
Audiit, et si quem tellus extrema refuse 
Submoyet Ocean o, et si quem extenta plagarum 



AEITHMETIC. 353 

Quattuor in medio dirimit plaga Solis iniqui. 
Diluvio ex illo tot vasta per aequora vecti 
Dis sedem exiguam patriis litusque rogamns 
Innocuum et cunctis imdamque auramque patentem. 

Aei^eid, VII. 222 - 230. 

Explain any allusion you may see in this passage. 



AEITHMETIC. 

[Give all the work. Reduce each answer to its simplest 

form.l 

2. Multiply 31.49 by 0.001297 iy logarithms, and extract 
the fifth root of the product. 

3. What sum must I invest in six per cent bonds, sell- 
ing at 2\ per cent premium, to secure an annual income 
of 1840 ? 

4. The metre is 39.37 inches. Find how many hectares 
make an acre. [Use logarithms if you wish.] 

5. If 144 pounds Advoirdupois be equivalent to 175 
pounds Troy, what is the ratio of the pennyweight Troy to 
the dram Advoirdupois ? 

6. A's gain is $840 ; B's gain is $1,125 ; O's gain is $1,820. 
A's capital was in trade 7 months ; B's, 9 months; C's, 14 
months. How much of the capital $13,875, did each own ? 



354 EXAMIKATIOiq- PAPERS. 



ALGEBRA. 

[ Write legihly, and without crowding; give the worTc dearly; 
and reduce the answers to their simplest forms. The 
shortest methods are preferred.^ 

1. Two pipes, which supply the same reservoir, fill it in 
4 hours and 12 minutes when^ both run together; but the 
first pipe alone can fill it in one hour less than half the 
time in which the second pipe alone can fill it. Find the 
time in which each pipe alone can fill the reservoir. 

2. Solve the equation 

25 — X — 2a X — 4za 45 — 7^5 
hx ab — IP' ax — Ix 

3. Solve the equations 

2a; + 4?/ + 3;2 + 7 = 0, 
\x — \y — hz — 4 = 0, 
3a; + 5i/— 6:2; — 5 = 0. 

4. Find the greatest common divisor and the least com. 
mon multiple of 

2a;» + 9a;2 — 8a; — 15 and 6ir« — 5ar» — 8a; + 3. 

6. Reduce the following expression to its simplest form 
as a single f ractipn : — 



9^ — 55 / 45 a — U \ 4_ 



— 9 
I 



2 7> 

and divide it by - — r——^, reducing the answer to its lowest 
terms, and freeing it from parentheses. 



ADVANCED ALGEBRA 355 

6. Expand ( — Zyjh i, reducing each term of the 

result to its simplest form. 

7. Write out the first four and the last four terms of 
{x — yY^ How many terms does this power contain in all ? 

8. What is the logarithm of 1 in any system ? Why ? 



ADVANCED ALGEBRA. 

[The shortest methods are preferred. Work clearly,'] 

1. Peove that the sum of the antecedents of a proportion 
is to the sum of the consequents as either antecedent is to 
its consequent. 

2. Solve the equation 

(l_ic)>^_(2:r + 7)'^=(3a; + 10)^. 
3; Solve the equations 

X^ + y^=:22-\-X + y, 

x^l "^ y 

4. I am one of twenty men from whom seven are to be 
drafted for a dangerous service. Find the number of dif- 
ferent combinations which can occur, and also the number 
of combinations which will include me among the seven. 

5. Divide the number 520 into four parts which shall be 
in geometric progression, and such that the difference of 
the extremes shall be to the difference of the means as 19 
to 6. 



356 EXAMII^ATIOiq- PAPERS. 



PLANE GEOMETEY. 

[iVwmJer yoiir answers carefully, hut do not restate any 
proposition stated in the question,} 

1. Two right triangles having the hypothenuse and a 
side of one equal to the hypothenuse and a side of the other 
are equal. Prove. 

2. If one side of a regular decagon be extended, how many 
degrees will the external angle contain ? State and prove 
the proposition on which your answer is based. 

3. A line drawn perpendicular to a radius at its extremity 
is tangent to the circle. Prove. 

4. A line drawn parallel to one side of a triangle diodes 
the other two sides proportionally. State and prove the 
converse proposition. 

6. Show that the lines joining the middle points of ad- 
jacent sides of any quadrilateral form a parallelogram. 
Suggestion : Draw the diagonals of the quadrilateral. 

6. If two chords intersect within the circle, the product 
of the segments of the one is equal to the product of the 
segments of the other. Prove. What does this proposi- 
tion become when the chords are replaced by secants inter- 
secting without the circle.^ By a secant and a tangent 
which intersect ? 



SOLID GEOMETRY. 357 

7. What ratio does the letter w represent in Geometry? 
Give its approximate numerical value to four decimal places. 
Find expressions for the circumference and the area of a 
circle in terms of tz and the radius. 

Example, Compute the circumference and the area of a 
circle having a radius of 4 feet. 



SOLID GEOMETRY. 

[N,B. — Give as complete proof s as you can for the proposi- 
tions stated in Nos. 2, 3, 4, and 5.] 

1. Define a prism, a parallelepiped, a regular pyramia 

2. The intersection of two planes is a straight line. 

3. The sections of a prism made by parallel planes are 
equal polygons. 

4. A point on the surface of a sphere, which is at the 
distance of a quadrant from two other points, is a pole of 
the great circle which passes through these two points. 

5. Symmetrical spherical triangles are equivalent. 

6. The angles of a spherical triangle are 60°, 70°, and 
80°. The radius of the sphere is 10 feet. Find the area of 
the triangle in square feet. 



358 EXAMIKATIOK PAPERS. 

ANALYTIC GEOMETRY. 
[iV. B. — Give all the work.} 

1. Fii^D the points of intersection of the right line which 
passes through the points (4, 2) and ( — 3, — 5), with the 
circle the circumference of which passes through the point 
( — 6, 8), the origin being the centre. Find the inclina- 
tion of the same right line to the axis of X. Give your 
reasons for each step. 

2% Deduce the equation of a parabola referred to its prin- 
cipal vertex. From this equation obtain the equation of the 
same curve when the directrix is the axis of X, and the 
principal axis the axis of Y. 

3. Prove that any ordinate of an ellipse is to the corres- 
ponding ordinate of the circumscribing circle as the conju- 
gate axis of the elKpse is to its transverse axis. 

4. Define an asymptote to a curve. Prove that the diag- 
onals of the parallelogram formed on the axes of two con- 
jugate hyperbolas are asymptotes to both. 



TRIGONOMETRY. 



1. Define the Trigonometric Functions as ratios, and 

sin^ 

prove the formulas, sinV + cosV = 1> = tanjp. 

cos^ 



ENGLISH COMPOSITION. 369 

2. By the aid of a circle whose radius is unity draw lines 
representing the functions of an angle in the fourth quad- 
rant, and tell which are positive and which are negative. 

3. Find expressions for the functions of 180° — <p in 
terms of the functions of <p. Write all the functions of 
180.° 

Given sin 35° = .574, cos 35° = .819, tan 35° = .700, re- 
quired sin, cos, and tan of 215°. 

4. Find formulas for sin 2a and sin 3a in terms of sin a 
and cos a. 

5. Write the formulas for solving a triangle when two 
angles and a side are given, and state and prove the theorem 
from which the formulas are derived. 

6. A ladder 45 feet long leans against a house, and just 
reaches a window 40 feet above the ground. Required the 
inclination of the ladder to the horizon. 

7. Two sides of a triangle are 1427 feet and 1232 feet 
respectively, and the included angle is 27° 15'. Solve the 
triangle. 



ENGLISH COMPOSITION. 

You are required to write a short English composition, 
correct in spelling, punctuation, division by paragraphs, 
and expression. You are recommended to arrange what 
you have to say before beginning to write ; to pay more at- 
tention to quality than to quantity of work, and to make a 
fair copy from a rough draft. 



360 EXAMIITATIOIT PAPERS. 

One of the following subjects must be taken : — 

I. Mark Antony's Speech in Julius Caesar. 
II. Chrisfcmas at Bracebridge Hall. 
III. The Combat between Sir Kenneth and Conrade. 



FRENCH. 

[The translation should he in good English, French idioms 
should he rendered hy corresponding English ones, lohen- 
ever it is possible. If you fear you are going too far 
from the literal sense, the word-for-word meaning may he 
enclosed in parentheses. Leave hlanJcs for the words you 
do not hnow.'] 

Translate : — 

II 6tait une f ois une Eeine si yieille, qu'elle n'avait plus ni 
dents ni cheveux ; sa t^te branlait comme les feuilles que le 
vent remue ; elle ne voyait goutte m^me avec ses lunettes ; le 
bout de son nez et celui de son men ton se touchaient ; elle 
etait rapetissee de la moitie, et toute en un peloton, avec le 
dos si courbe, qu'on aurait cru qu'elle avait toujours 6t6 
contrefaite. Une Fee, qui avait assists d sa naissance, 
I'aborda et lui dit : " Voulez-\o\x^ rajeunir ? — Volontiers, 
repondit la Eeine: je donnerais tons mes joyaux pour 
n'avoir que vingt ans. — 11 faut done, continua la Fee, 
donner votre vieillesse d quelque autre dont vous prendrez 
la jeunesse et la sante. A qui donnerons-nous vos cent 
ans ? " La Eeine fit chercher partout quelqu^m qui voulut 
^tre vieux pour la rajeunir. 11 vint beaucoup de gueux qui 
voulaient vieillir pour ^tre riches; mais quand ils avaienfc 



FKENCH. 361 

vu la Eeine tousser, cracher, vivre de bouillie, ^tre sale, 
hideuse, puante, souffrante, et radoter iin pen, ils ne 
voulaient plus se charger de ses annees : ils aimaient mieux 
mendier et porter des haillons. II venait aussi des ambitieux, 
a qui elle promettait de grands rangs et de grands honneurs. 
" Mais que faire de ces rangs ? disaient-ils apres I'avoir vue, 
nous n'oserions nous montrer etant si degoutants." Mais 
eufin il se presenta une jeune fille de village, belle comme 
le jour, qui demanda la couronne pour prix de sa jeunesse. 
La Eeine s'en facha d'abord : mais que faire ? k quoi sert-il 
de se f acher ? elle voulait rajeunir. " Partageons, dit-elle, 
mon royaume ; vous en aurez la moitie et moi Tautre : c'est 
bien assez pour vous qui etes une petite pajsanne." — Feke- 

LOif. 

[Any one may pass who does well the ahove translation even 
should he not answer a single question in Grammar. 
The following questions are set to give a better chance to 
those whose translation may not be quite satisfactory, and 
who by answering them will show that they have a fair 
knowledge of elementary grammar. Even should the can- 
didate feel that his translation is good enough, it will be 
well for him, if he can, to answer the last question (No. 5), 
and thereby mahe sure of a high mark for this examina- 
tion.'] 

2. Give in full the tense of the italicized verbs in the 
above. 

3. Give the principal tenses of voir, toucher, croire, vivre, 
sentir (thus, Is^., etre; Pees. Part., etant; Past Part., 
ete; Isn. Pres.,/^ suis; Fri^t., je fus), 

4. Say what you know about the position of personal 
pronouns. 



363 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

5. Tkanslate into French : — 

{a) What an old woman that is ! (J) I am going there 
to-morrow, (c) I don't know whether he has ever spoken 
French. 



GERMAN GRAMMAR. 

Translate into German : — 

In the year ^1863 there lived ^ in a certain* village* in 
France,* a very' charming' girl® whose name® was Mari- 
ette. She was loved by Colin, the richest^** young man in 
the village. Had Colin not been so bashful "he might ^^ 
easily^* have won" Mariette's heart." Bnt^* he did not 
dare" to tell" his love,^* and in order to conceal^ it he 
acted ^^ very unkindly^'' towards^ the poor ^* child ^ when 
he saw her. One might ^° think ^ that it would be difficult ^ 
to win Mariette's heart in this way,^ but one can never*® 
explain *^ the wonderful *^ workings ^ of a young girl's heart. 
So-then ^ Mariette began ^ to love Colin almost ^^ without 
knowing*' it. But being very bashful *® herself *® she did 
not let him notice *° it, and had it not been for a lucky acci- 
dent (had lucky *^ accident ^^ not been) they might have 
been very unhappy.'** Colin sent** a beautiful *^ pitcher to 
Mariette without saying from*° whom it came. The 
whole*' history*® of this pitcher is too long to tell*® now,^ 
the examination "being only ^^ one hour^* long (since the 
examination is only one hour long). But it is enough " to 
say that when Colin accidentally" broke *' the pitcher one 
day, he was obliged to confess " that he had sent it in order 



GEEMAiq- GKAMMAK. 363 

to save himself from punishment (in-order®^ not to be pun- 
ished '^).Thus^ they found-out '^Hhat they had long loved 
each-other/^ and they were married ^^ the next day.^ 

iba^SaV. Mebcn. «gen)ig. ''ba^ 2)orf. ^ granfreicf). «fe]^r 
^rei^ent). ®baS 9Jfabd)cn. ®Dcr9?ame. ^*^retcb» ^^ f d)iid)tern. 
^2 l)atte foiinen. ^^leic^t. ^^gcnjiimcn. ^^t»a^ $eq. "abcr. 
"magen. "erflciren. ^^Dic^iebe. ^o y.^.^JgJ.gg„^ 21 j-^^ jj^t^^gg^^ 
22uiifieunbUd). ^s^cgen. 2451^111. ^^mn^. ^e^oOcn (use pre- 
terit), ^^glauben. ^s jcj^^^j^,.^ 29 jj^ ^l^jg ^yg^y __ quJ ^^j^jg ggeij^^ 

*<*iuemal§. "eifldren. ^^muuberbar. ^^ Gmpfiiitung. ^^alfo. 
'^anfangen. ^^fvift. *^tt)e[fen (use infinitive with ju). ^fc^ew. 
«>felbft. *<>mcrfen. -^^ gludlid). ^Ux Sufatl. -^^ ^np^f .jdj^ 
**fenbcn. *^id)bn. Pitcher = bcr Slrug. ^^»on. *^gan3. ^^bic 
®ei(^id)tc. ^^er^d^Icn. ^^^jc^t. "^liifung. ^2„„^^ 53 ^ie 
^tunbe. "genug. ^jufdlltg. ^^5erbrec^en. ^^geftefyen. "urn 
(dependent order), ^^beftrafen. ^\o. ^^erfal^ren. ^^fid). 
•3 i)ermdt)kn. "anber (use accusative). **Der Sag. ^^mUncn 
(use Preterit Active). 

1. Decline ber used as a relative (masculine only). Trans- 
late : whose house is that ? which book have you ? the man 
whose book I have is not at home. 

2. What influence has the relative pronoun upon the 
position of the object to which it refers? Translate: I 
have given a book to the man who was here yesterday. 

3. Decline in full: the old man; a largo house; his good 
daughter (Soc^tcr); good bread. 

4. Explain the comparison of adjectives. 



364 EXAMIlNTATIOif PAPERS. 



GERMAN TRANSLATION. 

For the canditates who offer Translation at sight, 

1, 3ur Beit Raifer ^arl3 beg ©voj^en, iwelc^er 800 3at;rc nad^ 
^Ijriftt ©eburt lebte, gab e3 noc^ ttjcnigc obcr gar !eine @(j^ulcn. Um 
bic ^ilbung feine§ 5$ol!e3 ju forbern, Iie§ ber ^aijer an fcinem §ofc 
eine (Sd)ule errid^ten, tr>etc^e fcinc eigenen ^inber, xoxt bic {einer fdmmt« 
lichen ^oflcute unb feineu S)ienerfd)aft bcfud^en mugtcn« 55on ^t\i 
3U 3cit befuc^te ber ^aifer bie ©c^ule felbft unb lie§ bie 5^inber ton 
bem Secret ^riifen, ober legte i^ncn and) njol felbft einige i^ragcn Dor. 
3118 er einft Idngere B^it mit fernen 33blfern ^rieg gefiibrt l^attc unb 
enbtid) au8 bcmHbcn jurucfgc!ef)rt iijar, be[ud)te er fogleic^ feine (Sc^utc 
unb lieg eine ^riifnng anfteUen. $ierbei fanb e8 fic^, bag bie @o^nc 
ber S3orne^men unb SJeic^en fetjr unn)i[fenb tuaren, rod^renb bie ber 
©eringen unb ^rmen bortrefflic^e gortfc^ritte gemac^t fatten, 3)a 
lieO ber ^aifer tantmtlid^e ©d^iiter bortreten unb fteflte bie fteigigen 
IVL feiner 9?e(f>ten, bic trdgen unb nac^ldfjigcn aber gu feincr 8in!cn. 
§ierauf fiprac!^ er, inbem er fic^ Uebreid) ^u ben erftcrn wanbte: „@3 
frcut mid^, bag il^r cud) SJJii^c gegeben unb eurem l^e^rer ^reube ge* 
mad^t ^abt. gabret fort in eurem 35e[trebcn, unb fcib tocrfic^crt, bag 
\6) einft gut fiir eu^ forgen njcrbc." 5)ann aber njanbte er fid» mit 
jornigem ^ngefic^t ju bcaen, bic ju. feiner !t?infcn ftanbcn, unb fprac^: 
„@d)dmt cud), i^r ®ol;ne ber 9?ei(^en unb 33ornel?mcn; benft il^r, 
cure fd)onen Sllei'^er unb cure bubfd^en ©cfic^tcr ttjcrben bei mir etnja^ 
gelten? 3c^ fagc cuc^, njcnn i^r cud) nid}t dnbert unb ernftlic^e 33efs 
jcrung jcigt, fo l^abt il;r nic^t ba§ ©cringfte t^on mir ju l^offen.'" 

2, X^oma8 9J?oru8, ^anj^ter, bon Snglanb, jeid^nete fic^ burd^ 
jcinc ftrenge 9ted)tic^!eit al§ 9?i(!^ter au3. SincS STagcS fc^idtc i^m 
tin angejc'^cner ^JJiann, fitr ujctd^en cr cinen "iPro^eg ju fiitjrcn l^atte, 
jtoei fc^onc filbcrne ^annen, um il^m bamit ein @ef(^cn! ju madden. 



CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS. ZGB 

S^^omaS 2Roru8, toetdjer fogletd) bic ^bfid^t nter!tc, in ujcld^er cin fn 
h)ertI)DoUe3 ©efc^enf gemac^t tourbe, befal)l feinem 2)ieiicr, bie beibeo 
©efagc ntit bem beften 2Beinc au3 feinem teller ju fiiCten. ^ac^bem 
bic§ gejc^e^en, lieg er fie bem Uebevbringer juriidE geben unb bem §errtt 
beffelben fagcn, bag eS il^m ein ?$ergniigen madden toiirbe, i^m ijfter 
eintge ^^Jroben Don feinem 3Beinc julommen ju laffen. 3Iuf biefe 2Beife 
toermieb er ein ©efc^en!, weld^eS augcnfcl^einlid^ an§ (Sigennu|j gemad^t 
toorben war, o^ne benjenigcn ju beleibigcn, ber e3 i^m jugefanbt l^attc 

3. Give the principal parts (Present Infinite, Praeterite 
first person, Past Participle) of all the verbs in 2. 



CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS. 

CHEMISTRY. 

1. Describe in full one complete method for determin- 
ing the composition of water. 

2. How is oxygen prepared ? 

3. What are the three forms of carbon ? How can they 
be shown to be identical. 

4. Describe as fully as you can the element magnesium 
and its compounds. 

5. How many grammes of NaCl can be made from 106 
grammes of Naa COs. 

Na^OOg + 2 HCl = 2 NaCl + H^O + 00, 
Hzi:l Na = 23 CI = 35.5 

= 12 =16 



366 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 



PHYSICS. 

6. Explain the hydrostatic press, also called the watei 
press, or Bramah's press. 

7. Describe the method of finding the number of vibra- 
tions in one second corresponding to any note. 

8. Describe the refraction of light. 

9. Describe the electrical machine. 



PHYSICS AND ASTEONOMY. 

1. How is the position of the centre of gravity of a body 
determined ? 

2. What are some of the properties of liquids ? 

3. How is specific gravity determined. 

4. How is the common thermometer graduated ? 

6. How can a magnet be produced by means of the elec- 
tric current ? 

6. Describe the apparent motion of Mercury and Venus- 

9. Explain the phases of the moon. 

8. What are the causes of the disappearances of the satel 
lites of Jupiter ? 

9. Explain the motion of the sun-spots. 

10. What is known in regard to the masses of comets ? 



BOTANY. 367 



BOTANY. 

1. Describe the germination of an almond and of an 
acorn, 

2. Describe some of the forms of underground stems and 
branches. 

3. Give an outline sketch of a thrice-pinnate leaf. 

4. Describe the fruits of the strawberry ^ raspberry, and 
cranberry, 

5. Is the flower given for examination regular and per- 
fect ? 

6. "What kind of a flower-cluster does this plant have ? 

7/ Is-the calyx of the given flower free from or adherent 
to the ovary ? 

8. Describe the arrangement, venation, and shape of the 
leaves ; and write answers to the following questions : — 

(a) Is the plant exogenous or endogenous^ (Give your 
reasons for the answer.) 

(5) Upon what are the stamens inserted ? 

(c) Is the flower monopetalous, polypetalous, or apetalous f 



HARVARD ADMISSION EXAMINATION 
PAPERS. 



SEPTEMBER, 1877. 



ANCIENT HISTORY AND GEOGRAPHY. 

[Take five of these six numbers ; three in Greek history 
and two in Roman, or two in Greek and three i7i Roman.] 

1. Try to account (briefly) for the rise and the decline 
of the power of Athens. What was the most brilliant 
period of Athenian history ? 

2. Classify or group, geographically, the principal Greek 
colonies, and mention some important facts in their history. 

3. Give some account of three men famous in Greek 
literature. 

4. What do you understand by an Agrarian law? What 
did the Gracchi propose ? By what class and for what rea- 
son were they opposed. 

5. Give the geographical situation of the countries or 
districts in which were carried on the chief wars of the 
Romans before those against Carthage. Name the wars in 
the order of time. 

6. The two Triumvirates ; — their purpose and result 



MODERN AKD PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 369 



MODERN AND PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 

[ Wliere it is in his power, the student should use diagrams 
in answering the questions.'] 

1. Define the terms tropic, equator, latitude, longitude, 

2. Give approximately the latitude and the longitude, 
from Greenwich, of the following points : Cape of Good 
Hope, Cape Horn, Cape St. Roque, Cape Race. 

3. In making a coasting voyage from Copenhagen to 
Odessa, name the important cities at which a vessel could 
touch. 

4. Draw a sketch map of North America, and show on it 
the places of four important river systems. 

6. Name the larger islands of the West Indies in their 
order from west to east. 

6. Name in their order of entrance into the main stream 
the principal tributaries of the Mississippi. 

7. What is the Gulf Stream ? Trace its course. 

8. What European states lie in whole or in part within 
the basin of the Rhine ? what within that of the Danube ? 



370 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

GEEEK COMPOSITION. 

[Bo either A or B.] 



But Tiribazus ordered that those who were willing to 
agree to (uTraxoOo)) the peace should come together before 
him. When they had come, he exhibited (iTztdsixvufxi) the 
king's seal {ff-qiisla) and read aloud (avaYiyv6(Txo}) the things 
written. They were as follows: "Artaxerxes, the king, 
thinks it is just that the cities in Asia be his; but the 
Greek cities be independent (abrdvofioq). If any do not ac- 
cept {di^ofiat) this peace, I will make war on them." 

B. 

1. He said that if we had not come, they would all be 
marching against the king. 

2. They fear that the Greeks will attack them during the 
night. 

3. I know he will do this, if it is possible. 

4. They waited until the men went away from the city. 

5. With you I will suffer whatever seems good to the cit- 
izens. 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 371 



GEEEK GRAMMAR. 

1. Declin'E -f) vau(;, rb iidoq, and, in the plural only, the 
adjectives yXoxoq and aacpaXijq, 

2. Compare the adjectives ffa^ijq, <To^6q, iiiyaq^ xaxdq^ padio<^. 

Form and compare adverbs from the adjectives <pikoq, rayf^b<i, 

3. Decline ouroq, t{<;, and iaurod, 

4. Give the Active Infinitives and Participles of XetTzw and 

5. Give the present Optative Active and Middle of 8t]X6w ; 
Aorist Optative Active of Xuw ; Perfect Optative Middle of 
Xiyo), 

6. Principal parts of alpiio^ ^atvo), didtofiCj <pip(i), ep^ofxac^ 
OvijffxcDj xXivo)^ fiavOdvo). 

7. Write and accent correctly: rtiiaot, zerpc^raij ^Xetndrjv^ 

8. Describe the, derivation of these words, giving the 
meaning of root and ending: Xurijp, Xufftq^ rd^oq, inad6u>, 
itoXiiiixo^, 



372 EXAMIN^ATION- PAPERS. 



GKEEK PEOSE. 

[JSr. B. — Those who offer the Greek Reader ivill take 1, 2, 3. 
Those who offer four looks of the Anabasis and the 
seventh hook of Herodotus will take 4, 1, 3. Candidates 
in Course II. will take 1 and 2, or 4 and 1. 

1. Translate: — 

diTtopooiiivotf^ 5' abro'l^ TzpoffsXddiv riq dvr^p ^Podtoq sItcsv. ^Eyu) 
6iXa), 3) dvdpeg, dta^i^daai Op-dq xard Tsrpaxta^tUoo^ dTzXiraq^ S.v 
kp6\ a>v diopat bizijpsT-qffyjre, xai rdXavtov piaObv nopiffyjre, ip(o- 
r(I)p£voq 8k OTOU SiocrOj "Affxcov, e^r), 8iff/d{(ov de-jaopac TzoXkd. ^ 
6p(b Tzpo^ara xat alyaq xai ^ovq xai ovooq, a CLTZodapivra xa\ <poffTq- 
OivTa /5adt(o<; dv Tzapi^oi rrjv did^afftv. — Al^AB., III. V. 8, 9. 

Explain the use of the Subjunctive Tzopiff-qrs (line 3), and 
of the Optative dioiro (line 4). Give the value of the talent 
(line 3) both in Greek minae and American dollars. 

2. Translate: — 

IloXXdxiq Idabpaaa^ rial Tzoxh XSyoiq ^Ad-qvaiowz siteiffav ol ypatp- 
dpsvot loixpdrrjv^ ojq a^ioq etrj Oavdrou ttj izoXei. ij pkv yap ypdftj 
xat aurou rotdds riq tjv. 

^Adixel Zu}xpdTrj<; oS^ fJ>-kv ij izoXtr; vopt^ei d£oh(; ob vopi^wv^ irepa 
8s xacvd Satpouta elfffipwv. d8ixei 8k xai Touq viouq 8iaip0tip(Dv. 

Ilpwrov p.kv ouvj ojq oux hopiZev ouq ij TzoXtq vopi^st Oeobq, Ttoio) 
TOT t/pijffavTO T£xpr)ptw' ducDv re yap <pavepbq ^v, TcoXXdxiq pku 
ofxot, TzoXXdxtq 8k ItzI rihv xoivujv -zrjq TzoXecoq ^lopwv, xaX paurtx^ 
Xp6p£voq obx d<pavrjq ^v. — MeMOR., I. i. 1, 2. 

Give the date of the trial of Socrates, and the name and 
occupation of each of his accusers. Give the construction 
of the Participle Ouwv (line 7). 



GREEK PEOSE. 373 

3. Translate : — 

ivOavra d-vayxaii^ k^ipyofiaL yv(6fi7]v dTzodi^affOai lni<pdovov [ikv 
Tupoq TU)v TuXsovwv dvdp(07Z(i)v, o[ia)<; de r^ ^' ^fxo) <pav>tTai tlvai 
d.X-qOk^y oux iTzca^TJffaj. el ^AOrjvalot xaTappiodrjffavreq rov ^Triovra 
xivduvov l^ihizov rrjv a(periprjv, ^ xai fiij ixXt7:6vT£<; dXXd /i£ivavTe<; 
edoffav a(pia<; auToh<; Eip^rj^ xard. rijv OdXaaffav ou5apLol av k-nzi- 
puivTO dvTieu/ievot ^afftXii. ei Toivuv xard rijv OdXaffffav pTjdeig 
T^vrtouro Sip^rj, xard ys av t^v iJTtetpov rocdds kyiyvsro' el xa). tcoX- 
X6\ rei^iojv xiOaJveq ^ffav iXr^Xafxivoi did rod ^IffOfxou IleXoTzovvTjffiotfftj 
TzpodoOivrei: av Aaxedat/j.6viot UTzd rojv (Tu/j.fj.d^u)v ou^ ixovrwVj dXX' 
6n dvayxaii^g, xard 7r6Xt<; dXtffxoiiiviov 6t:6 too vaurtxoo ffxparoo 
TOO ^apl^dpoUf ifj.ouv(ud7jffav^ ixoovioOivreq de av al ditode^d/xevoi 
epya {leydXa dTzidavov yevvaiwq. — HerOD., VII. 139. 

Explain the use of av (line 5) and the case of ^aaiXi'i (line 
6). Give the Attic equivalents of all the peculiarly Ionic 
forms in this passage. 

4. Translate: — 

Mivwv de 6 derraXbq dTjXoq ^v kizidufxaJv pev TcXooreTv Iff^upcHqj 
iniOupwv 8e ap^etVy onojc: nXeiw Xapfidvoty k-rzidupibv dk ripdffdatj 
Xva TzXeiu) xepdaivoc tpiXor: re l^ouXero elvat to1(; piytarov duvapi- 
voc<q, ha ddixajv pi] dtdotT) dUr^v. It:} de ro xarepyd^eaOat wv irctOu- 
potTj ffuvropiordrTjv wero 6ddv elvat did rou ^Tzcop^elv re xa) (peudeaOai, 
xai i^anardv rd d' djzXoov xaX dX7]0e<; rd abro rip lijXiOtu) elvat. 
ffripyiov de <pavepd<; pev tjv oudiva, orw dk ^atr] ^iXoq elvat, roorat 
evdT)Xo<; iyiyvero iTtt^ooXebojv. — Al^AB., II. vi. 21 - 23. 

Give the construction of the Participle kTztdupSiv (line 1). 
Explain the use of the Optative <pai-q (line 7). Give a brief 
sketch of the life of Cyrus the Younger, 



374 EXAMIKATIOl?' PAPERS. 



GEEEK POETRY. 

[ JV. B. — You are advised to do the translation first, and 
answer the questions (a-f) afterward. Candidates in 
Course 11. tvill do the translation in 1 and 2, and answer 
the first four questions (a-d). 

1. Translate: — 

" rirXadc, jx^rep i/iT), xai dvdff^so xrjdofiivrj Tzsp, 
fiTJ as (pU-qv Tvep iovaav Iv ofdaXixolffiv tda)p.ac 
fisivofxivTjVj Tore S' oo rt duvjaofxat d^vup.sv6q itep 
/pat<T;j.siv' dpyaXioq yap WXopLTrco'^ dvrtyipsffffat. 
590 ^dr) yap /jls xai aXXor dXe^ifievat fiefiacoTa 
^l(ps Ttodoq reraywv dizb ^tjXou Osffitsffioio. 
Tzdv 5' ^[xap (fepofiTiv, dp.a S' ijeUo) xaradovri 
xaTZTzeaov iv Atjimvu). SXtyoq d' ert duixd<^ kvrjsv. 
£u6a fis ZivTisq avdp£(Z a(pap xoixiffavzo izsaovraP 

Iliad, 1.586-594. 

(a) Select from this passage six Homeric /orms, and give 
their Attic equivalents. 

(J)) Give a brief outline (half a page) of the action of 
Iliad I. 

2. Translate: — 

roy^ 5' w? T alTzoXia TzXarV alywv alndXot av8pe<; 
475 /5eTa diaxpivuxjiv^ inet xe vvp.(p [nyiuxnv^ 
&(j Tot>c yjysixovsq dtexoff/ieov hda xai hOa 
bafiivr^v^ iivat^ /jterd dk xpeiiov ^Ayap.ip.va)v^ 
6/ip.aTa xdX xs^aX^v ix£Xo<: Aii rspizixepauv^. 



GREEK POETRY. 375 

^Apsi dk ^(uvT^Vj (Tzipvov 8e IToffeiddwvt. 
480 TJore ^oi><; d.yiXrj<pi ixiy £^o^o<; ercXsro izdvTwv 

Toopoq' 8 yap re ^osfffft /xsraTrpiTcst dypo/xivi^ffr 
Tolov ap ^Arpzibriv dr^xs Zehq yj/xari xeivo)^ 
ixTTpeni" ^v -KoXXolfft xai e$o^ov 7Jp<0£<T<77v. 

Iliad, II. 474-83. 

(c) What is the force of the suffix of Oaiiivr^vde (v. 477) 
and that of d-ya-fifpi (v. 480) ? 

(d) Give the stems, with their meanings, from which the 
following words are derived : aiy&v (v. 474), zepTzixepaovo) (v. 
478), e^oxov (v. 483). 

3. Translate: — 

" rjXodsq kx TToXipLoo' d)(; clxpeXeq auroO^ dXiffdat, 
dvdp\ dap.£i(; xparepw^ oq ifioq Tcporepoq Tzofftq ^eV 

430 ^ fJLev di) Tzpcv y toy^i dprjitpiXoo MeveXdoo 
ffTj Ts ^iTj xai xepai xa\ iyx^i cpiprepoq elvar 
dXX^ no I vvv 7cpoxdXe<T(rai dp'qi(piXov MeviXaov 
i^aoTtq ixaxiaaaOai ivavriov. dXXd a lytii ye 
TraoeffOac xiXofxai, [n^8k^av0<p MtvsXdo) 

435 dvTt^tov TrdXsjxov iroXe/xt^etv :jdk jidxeffdac 

d<ppadio)<;, prj tzux; rdy OTt* aurou doupl dap-iJTjq.^* 

Iliad, 111.428-436. 

(e) Give the difference of meaning of TzoXs[xiZsiv and 
/idyeffdat (v. 435). 

(/) Explain the use of the Subjunctive Safnjrjq^ and 
analyze its form (v. 436). 



376 EXAMINATIOl^r PAPERS. 

LATIN COMPOSITION. 

Translate into English : — 

Publius Scipio Nasica consul lugurthae bellum indixit, 
matrem, Idaeam e Phrygiis sedibus ad nostras aras focosque 
migrantem sanctissimis manibus excepifc, multas et pesti- 
feras seditiones auctoritatis suae robore oppressit. 

When he was-a- candidate * for the edileship in his youth, 
and had grasped ^ the hand of a-man,' hardened * by field- 
work,* rather tight,® he asked '' him in-sport,® whether he 
was-in-the-liabit-of ® walking ^^ on his hands. This " joke,^* 
picked-up^' by the bystanders," leaked-out^*^ to" the pub- 
lic," and caused " a defeat " for Scipio. For all the rustic 
tribes, thinking ^ their poverty ^^ was thro wn-in- their- teeth,^* 
were-indignant-at ^ his insulting ^ raillery.^ 

1 6e a candidate for, petere. « adprehendere. » qnidam. * durare. » rasticum 
opus. «tenaciter. » interrogare. ^ioci gratia. «solere. "ambulare. "re/o- 
tive. i2{iictum. isexcipere. " circumstantes. ^m.a,na,Te. i^ad. ^^populus. 
i« cause, causam adferre. i^repulsa. ^oiudicare. ^ipaupertas. *2 exprobrare. 
S3 be indignant at, moleste ferre. ** contomeliosus . ^ urbanitas. 



LATIN GRAMMAR. 

[ Write Latin words very distinctly , particularly the end- 
ings. Do not crowd your work.] 

1. How do you pronounce per and cul in perculsus ; vo 
and ces in the substantive voces ? 



LATIN- GRAMMAR. 377 

2. Give tlie meanings of the derivative suffixes of tonsor, 
certamen, regulus. Give the root and the stem of stahu- 
lum, of dux, of natura ; give any other words you may 
remember from the same roots. Form from the stem of 
jpars a noun meaning a smalt 'portion ; one from the stem 
of solus meaning loneli-ness ; one from a stem of ulcisci 
meaning revenge, 

[Marh the quaniities of the penult and ultima of every 
Latin word you write in answering the 3d and 5th 
questions.] 

3. Decline tota cohors ; duplex acies (in the singular 
only) ; uterque currus ; quisquam. What is the Abl. Sing, 
of puppis? of mare? the Gen. PI. of pons? Compare 
piger, heneficus, facile, feliciter. Give rules for the gender 
of lahor, Aquilo, Delos. 

4. What is the root and what are the stems of tangeref 
of arare? 

5. State where each of the following forms is made, and 
give the principal parts of the verb to which it belongs : 
coepisset, moreris, ahscissum est, caverit, iaceretis, ordire. 

Form (a) 2d PI. Pf. Ind. Act. of sinere; 
(/5) 3d PL Pf. Subj. of solere; 
{y) 3d S. Plupf . Ind. Act. of pascere ; 
(/) 3d S. Impf. Subj. Act. of edere ; 
(s) 3d S. Fut. Ind. Pass, of miscere ; 
(C) 3d PI. Pres. Subj. Pass, of fodere. 

Inflect {ri) the Pres. Imperat. of esse ; (d) the Pres. Ind. 
of potiri ; («) the Pres. Subj. Pass, of domare. Give (x) all 
the participles of sequL 



378 EXA.MINATION PAPERS. 

6. What case or cases follow credere, peritus, opus est, 
pudet, accusare, ante, coram. Write in Latin: At Rome ; 
at Corinth; at Carthage; at Thebes; to Carthage; to the 
island. 



CAESAB, SALLUST, AOT) OVID. 

[Translate two pieces of prose and two of poetry ; and 
write out the first two lines of III. or VI L, marking feet, 
quantity, ictus, and caesura.^ 

I. Ibi cum alii fossas complerent, alii multis telis con- 
jectis defensores vallo munitionibusque depellerent, auxili- 
aresque, quibus ad pugnam non multuin Crassus confidebat, 
lapidibus telisque subministrandis et ad aggerem cespitibus 
comportandis speciem atque opinionem pugnantium prae- 
berent; cum item ab hostibus constanter ac non timide 
pugnaretur telaque ex loco superiore missa non frustra ac- 
ciderent ; equites circumitis hostium castris Orasso renun- 
ciaverunt, non eadem esse diligentia ab decumana porta 
castra munita f acilemque aditum habere. — Caesar, B. G. 
III. 25. 

Who is the Crassus mentioned ? 

II. Licuit nobis cum sum ma turpitudine in exsilio aeta- 
tem agere ; potuistis nonnulli Komae amissis bonis alienas 
opes exspectare ; quia ilia foeda atque intoleranda viris vi- 
debantur, haec sequi decrevistis. Si haec relinquere voltis, 
audacia opus est; nemo nisi victor pace bellum mutavit. 
Nam in fuga salutem sperare, quum arma quis corpus tegi- 
tur ab hostibus avorteris, ea vero dementia est. Semper in 
proelio iis maxumum est periculum, qui maxume timent ; 
audacia pro muro habetur. — Sallust, Cat. 58. 



LAiiiT. 379 

Who is the speaker ? 

III. At tu, funesti ne sim tibi muneris auctor, 
Nate, cave, dum resque sinit, tua corrige vota. 
Scilicet ut nostro genitum te sanguine credas, 
Pignora certa petis. Do pignora certa timendo, 
Et patrio pater esse metu probor. Adspice vultus 
Ecce meos, utinamque oculus in pectora posses 
Inserere, et patrias intus deprendere curas! 
Denique, quidquid habet dives, circumspice, mundus, 
Eque tot ac tantis coeli, terraeque, marisque 

Posce bonis aliquid : nuUam patiere rcpulsam. 

Ovid, Met. 11.88-97 

IV. Cur, quern modo denique vidi, 
Ne pereat, timeo ? quae tanti causa timoris ? 
Excute virgineo conceptas pectore flammas, 
Si potes, infelix. Si possem, sanior esseni, 
Sed trahit invitam nova vis, aliudque cupido, 
Mens aliud suadet. Video meliora, proboque, 
Deteriora sequor. Quid in hospite, regia virgo, 
Ureris, et thalamos alieni concipis orbis ? 

Ovid, Met. VII. 14-22. 

V. Tristis abis; oculis abeuntem prosequor udis; 

Et dixit tenui murmure lingua, * Vale.' 
Ut positum tetigi thalamo male saucia lectum, 

Acta est per lacrymas nox mihi, quanta fuit. 
Ante oculos taurique truces, segetesque nefandae, 

Ante meos oculos pervigil anguis erat. 
Hinc amor, hinc timor est: ipsum timor auget amorem. 

Mane erat, et thalamo cara recepta soror, 
Disjectamque comas adversaque in ora jacentem 

Invenit, et lacrymis omnia plena meis ; 
Orat ppem Minyis. Petit altera, et altera habebat. 

Ovid, Her. XII. 55 - G5. 



380 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

[TJiose ivho have not read Sallust and Ovid tnay suhstitufe 
the following for II. -V.] 

VI. Caesar consilio ejus probato, etsi opinione trium legio- 
num dejectus, ad duas redierat, tamen unum communis sa- 
lutis auxilium in celeritate ponebat. Venit magnis itineribus 
in Nerviorum fines. Ibi ex captivis cognoscit, quae apud 
Ciceronem geranfcur, quantoque in periculo res sit. Turn 
cuidam ex equitibus Gallis magnis praemiis persuadet, uti 
ad Ciceronem epistolam deferat. Hanc G-raecis conscriptam 
litteris mittifc, ne intercepta epistola nostra ab hostibus con- 
eilia cognoscantur. — Caesar, B. G. V. 48. 

Who is the Cicero mentioned ? 

VII. Turn sic Hyrtacides : Audite o mentibus acquis, 
Aeneadae, neve haec nostris spectentur ab annis, 
Quae ferimus. Eutuli somno vinoque soluti 
Conticuere ; locum insidiis conspeximus ipsi, 
Qui patet in bivio portae, quae proxuma ponto ; 
Interrupti ignes, aterque ad sidera fumus 
Erigitur; si fortuna permittitis uti, 
Quaesitum Aenean et moenia Pallantea : 
Mox hie cum spoliis, ingenti caede peracta, 
Adfore cernetis. Nee nos via fallit euntis : 
Vidimus obscuris primam sub vallibus urbem 
Venatu adsiduo et totum cognovimus amnem. 

Virgil, Aen. IX. 234 - 345. 

VEIL Tum sic exspirans Accam, ex aequalibus unam, 
Adloquitur ; fida ante alias quae sola Camillae, 
Quicum partiri curas ; atque haec ita f atur : 
Hactenus, Acca soror, potui; nunc volnus acerbum 
Conficit, et tenebris nigrescunt omnia circum. 
Effuge et haec Turno mandata novissima perfer : 



LATIIT. 381 

Succedat pugnae Troianosque arceat urbe. 
lamque vale. Simul his dictis linquebat habenas, 
Ad terram non sponte fluens. 

ViEGiL, AEiq-. XL 820-828. 

IX. At regioa, nova pugnae conterrita sorte, 

Flebat, et ardentem generum moritura tenebat : 
Turne, per has ego te lacrimas, per si quis Amatae 
Tangit honos animum, — -spes tu nunc una, senectae 
Tu requies miserae ; decus inperiumque Latini 
Te penes ; in te omnis domus inclinata recumbit — 
Unum oro : desiste manum committere Teucris. 
Qui te cumque manent isto certamine casus, 
Et me, Turne, manent ; simul haec invisa relinquam 
Lumina, nee generum Aenean captiva videho. 

Virgil, Aei^. XIL 54-63. 



CICERO AND VIRGIL. 

[Translate two pieces from Cicero and two from Virgil ^ 
answering the questions on tlie pieces selected. Candi- 
dates for Course II. may take the piece from Caesar 
instead of one from Virgil. 

1. Quamobrem, Quirites, quoniam ad omnia pulvinaria 
supplicatio decreta est, celebratote illos dies cum conjugibus 
ac liberis vestris. Nam multi saepe honores dis immortali- 
bus justi habiti sunt ac debiti, sed profecto justiores num- 
quam: erepti enim estis ex crudelissimo ac miserrimo 
interitu, erepti sine caede, sine sanguine, sine exercitu, sine 
dimicatione ; togati me uno togato duce et imperatore vicis- 



382 EXAMINATIOl?" PAPERS. 

lis. Etenim recordamini, Quirites, omnes civiles dissen- 
siones, non solum eas, quas audistis, sed eas, quas vosmet 
ipsi meministis atque vidistis. 

Celebratote ; why not the shorter form, celebrate 9 Erepti, 
togatij explain allusions. 

2. Vide quam non reformidem ; vide quanta lux liberali- 
tatis et sapientiae tuae mihi apud te dicenti oboriatur: 
quantum potero voce contendam, ut hoc populus Eomanus 
exaudiat: suscepto bello, Caesar, gesto etiam ex parte 
magna, nulla vi coactus, judicio ac voluntate ad ea arma 
profectus sum, quae erant sumpta contra te. Apud quem 
igitur hoc dico ? Nempe apud eum, qui cum hoc sciret, 
tamen me, ante quam vidit, rei publicae reddidit ; qui ad 
me ex Aegypto litteras misit, ut essem idem qui fuissem. 

Exaudiat, sciret, essem ; explain mood and tense. Bello, 
ea arma ; explain allusions. 

3. An 0. Palcidius, Q. Metellus, quos omnes honoris causa 
nomino, cum tribuni plebi fuissent, anno proximo legati 
esse potuerunt ; in uno Gabinio sunt tam diligentes, qui in 
hoc bello, quod lege Gabinia geritur, in hoc imperatore 
atque exercitu, quem per vos ipse constituit, etiam prae- 
cipuo jure esse deberet ? De quo legando consules spero ad 
senatum relaturos ; qui si dubitabunt aut gravabuntur, ego 
me profiteer relaturum. 

Honoris causa, relaturum ; explain meaning. Deberet; 
explain mood and tense. Lege Gabinia; explain what is 
meant. 

4. Oandidus insuetum miratur limen Olympi 
Sub pedibusque videt nubes et sidera Daphnis. 
Ergo alacris silvas et cetera rura voluptas 



LATIN. 383 

Panaque pastoresque tenet Dryadasque puellas. 

Nee lupus insidias pecori, nee retia cervis 60 

Ulla dolum meditantur ; amat bonus otia Daphnis. 

Ipsi laetitia voces ad sidera iactant 

Intonsi montes; ipsae iam carmina rupes, 

Ipsa sonant arbusta : deus, deus ille, Menalca ! 

Sis bonus o felixque tuis ! en quattuor aras : 

Mark the metrical scheme of lines 59 and 60 with cae- 
sura, feet, and quantities. 

5. Fama est Enceladi semiustum fulmine corpus 
Urgueri mole hac, ingentemque insuper Aetnam 
Inpositam ruptis flammam exspirare caminis ; 580 
Et fessum quotiens mutet latus, intremere omnem 
Murmure Trinacriam, et caelum subtexere fumo. 
Noctem illam tecti silvis inmania monstra 
Perferimus, nee, quae sonitum det causa, videmus. 
Nam neque erant astrorum ignes, nee lucidus aethra 
Siderea polus, obscure sed nubila caelo, 

Et Lunam in nimbo nox intempesta tenebat. 

Mark lines 585 and 586 as in 4. 

6. Talibus Allecto dictis exarsit in iras. 

At iuveni oranti subitus tremor occupat artus ; 
Deriguere oculi : tot Erinys sibilat hydris, 
Tantaque se facies aperit; tum flammea torquens 
Lumina cunctantem et quaerentem dicere plura 
Reppulit, et geminos erexit crinibus anguis, 
Verberaque insonuit, rabidoque haec addidit ore: 
En ego victa situ, quam veri effeta senectus 
Arma inter regum falsa f ormidine ludit ; 



384 EXAMINATIOK PAPERS. 

7. Hac confirmata opinione timoris idoneum qnendam 
hominem et callidum delegit Galium ex his quos auxilii 
causa secum habebat. Huic magnis praenaiis pollicitationi- 
busque persuadet uti ad hostes transeat, et quid fieri velit 
edocet. Qui ubi pro perfuga ad eos venit, timorem Eoma- 
norum proponit, quibus angustiis ipse Caesar a Venetis pre- 
matur docet, neque longius abesse quin proxima nocte 
Sabinus clam ex castris exercitum educat et ad Caesarem 
auxili ferendi causa proficiscatur. 

Educat ; explain mood and tense. Huic, auxili ; explain 
construction. 



AEITHMETIC. 

1 24- 34 ■#• 

1. FiHD the simplest expression for 1 . 

2. If 6 iron bars, 4 feet long, 3 inches broad, and 2 inches 
thick, weigh 288 pounds, find the weight of 15 bars, each 
6J feet long, 2J- inches broad, and 1|- inches thick. 

0.1397 X 14 
3 Find, by logarithms, the fourth power of — — . 

4. Find, by factoring, the greatest common divisor and 
least common multiple of 936 and 2925. 

5. An alloy contains 325 parts of copper to 175 parts of 
zinc. How much of each metal is contained in 43 kilo- 
grammes, 850 grammes of this alloy ? 

6. What sum of money, at 10 per cent compound inter- 
est, will amount to $ 8651.50 in three years ? 



ALGEBRA. 385 



ALGEBRA. 

[ Write legihly and without crowding ; give the whole work 
clearly ; find all possible answers, and reduce them to 
their simplest forms, Tlie shortest methods are preferred.] 

I aJa V^\'^ . 

1. Fii^D the first four terms of ( t— — r- I > reduc- 

\ v^ ^« / 

iog each term of the result to its simplest form, and freeing 
it from negative and fractional exponents. 

2. Reduce the following expression to its simplest form 
as a single fraction : — 

x^-\-y^ I X — y ^-\-y\ I ^ — y ^ + y 



x^ 



y 



"Xx-^y x — y)\x + y x — yy 



and divide the result by — ; — -, reducing the an- 

x^ — "Ixy + y^ 

swer to its lowest terms and freeing it from parenthesis. 

3. Two horsemen start at the same time, on the same 
road, from two places 15 miles apart. At the end of ten 
hours, the second horseman overtakes the first, and on com- 
paring their rates, they find that there has been a difference 
of five minutes in the time of going every seven miles 
Find their rates, and the distances they have gone. 

4. Solve the equation 

2a — X — 195 a — 2J — X hh — x 
ax — %bx a* — 45^ ax + Ihx 

5. Find the greatest common divisor and the least com- 
mon multiple of 

2a;* + cc'* — 5a; + 2 and 4a.» — 4a;» — 5a: + 3. 



386 EXAMIifATION PAPERS. 



ADVANCED ALGEBRA. • 

[ Give the wliole work neatly and clearly ; find all possiiU 
answers, and reduce them to their simplest forms. The 
shortest methods are preferred^ 

1. The sum of eight numbers in arithmetical progression 
is 44; and the mean proportional between the 5th and 6th 
terms of the series is 3. Find the eight numbers. 

2. Solve the equations 

3. Prove the general rule of arithmetic and algebra for 
finding the greatest common measure of two quantities 
(without considering the modifications which are necessary 
when the rule is applied to polynomials). 

4. To find the sum of a geometric progression when the 
first term, the ratio, and the number of terms are given. 

. To find the sum of an infinite decreasing geometric pro 
gression. 

5. Find the cube root of 

8a;«— 36icV+102a;22/^— 17l2/»+204a:-y— 144ir-*«/»+64ar-y. 



PLANE GEOMETRY. 

[ Numher your answers carefully, hut do not restate any 
proposition which is stated in full on this paper.'] 

1. A PERPEi^DicuLAR is the shortest line which can be 
drawn from a point to a line. Prove. 



SOLID GEOMETRY. 387 

2. If of two angles of a triangle the first is greater than 
the second, the side opposite the first is greater than the 
side opposite the second. State and prove the converse. 

3. Define similar polygons. If two triangles have an 
angle in the one equal to an angle in the other and the 
sides about these angles proportional, the triangles are sim- 
ilar. Prove. 

4. If in two similar triangles a side of one is three times 
as long as the homologous side of the other, what is the 
ratio of the areas ? State and prove the proposition on 
which your answer depends. 

5. If from a point without a circle a tangent and a secant 
be drawn, the tangent will be a mean proportional between 
the whole secant and its external segment. Prove. 

6. If two circles intersect and from any point of their 
common chord extended a tangent be drawn to each circle, 
these tangents will be equal. Prove. 

7. The areas of circles are to each other in what ratio ? 
Why? The radius of one circle is two feet, of another is 
four feet ; the area of the second is how many times the 
area of the first ? Confirm your answer by computing and 
comparing the two areas. 



SOLID GEOMETRY. 

[iV". B. — Give as full proofs as you can for the theorems 
stated in Nos. 1, 2, 3, and 5.] 

1 The angle of two planes, which cut each other, is 
measured by the angle of two lines drawn perpendicular to 



388 EXAMIKATIOK PAPERS. 

the common intersection of the two planes, at the same 
point, one in one of the planes, and one in the other. 

2. If a solid angle is formed by three plane angles, the 
sum of either two of these angles is greater than the third. 

3. A truncated triangular prism is equivalent to the sum 
of three pyramids, which have for their common base the 
base of the prism, and for their vertices the three vertices 
of the inclined section. 

4. Two similar pyramids have altitudes of six and eight 
feet. Give the ratio of their surfaces, and also of their 
volumes. 

5. The surface of a spherical triangle is measured by the 
excess of the sum of its three angles over two right angles. 



ANALYTIC GEOMETEY. 

1. Prove the formula for the tangent of the angle be- 
tween two straight lines whose equations are given. 

2. Find the equation of a straight line passing through 
the point, (4, 3) and perpendicular to the line whose equa- 
tion is Sx — ^y = 12. 

3. Explain fully the method of finding the points of in- 
tersection of two curves given by their equations. 

4. From the rectangular equation of an ellipse, deduce 
the polar equation, the centre being the pole. 

5. Find the equation of a tangent to an hyperbola at any 
point of the curve. Give the reasoning in full. 



TRIGONOMETRY. 389 



TRIGONOMETRY 

1. Obtain" formulas that will enable you to compute the 
cosine and tangent of an angle when the sine is given. 

Example. — Given sin 30° = .5. Compute cos 30° and 
tan 30° correct to two decimal places. 

2. What are the sine, cosine, and tangent of 150°? of 
210°? 

3. Write the formulas for sin {x-\-y) and sin (x — ^), 
and from them obtain a formula for sin ^ -(" sin B in 
terms of ^ (^ + B) and ^ {A—B), 

4. Having given two sides of a triangle and the in- 
cluded angle, write the formula by which the remaining 
angles arc obtained, and state and prove the theorem from 
which it is derived. 

6. At a point 103.8 feet from the foot of a flag-pole the 
angle of elevation of its top is found to be 62° 34'. Re- 
quired the height of the pole. 

6. Two sides of a triangle are 25 feet and 40 feet, respec- 
tively, and the angle opposite the second side is 120.° Solve 
the triangle. 



ENGLISH COMPOSITION. 

You are required to write a short English composition, 
correct in spelling, punctuation, division by paragraphs, 
and expression. You are recommended to arrange what 



890 EXAMIKATIOIT PAPEES. 

you have to say before beginning to write, to pay more at- 
tention to quality than to quantity of work, and to make a 
fair copy from a rough draft. 

One of the following subjects must be taken : — 

I. The Battle of Philippi. 
11. The Meeting of Saladin and Richard. 
III. The Moral of Kip Van Winkle. 



FRENCH. 

[TTie translation should he in good English. French idioms 
should he rendered hy corresponding English ones, ivhen- 
ever it is possible. If you fear you are going too far 
from the literal sense, the wordfor-word meaning may he 
enclosed in parentheses. Leave hlanlcs for the words you 
do not know.'] 

Tkansla.te: — 

II etait une fois un homme qui avait de belles maisons 
d la ville et a la campagne, de la vaisselle d'or et d'argent, 
des meubles en broderie, et des carrosses tout dores. Mais, 
par malheur, cet homme avait la barbe bleue; cela le ren- 
dait si laid, qu'il n'etait femme ni fille qui ne s'enfuit de- 
vant lui. Une de ses voisines avait deux filles parfaitement 
belles. II lui en demanda une en mariage, en lui laissant le 
choix de celle qu'elle voulait lui donner. Elles n'en vou- 
laient point toutes deux, et se le renvoyaient Tune d Tautre, 
ne pouvant se resoudre a prendre un homme qui eut la 



FRENCH. 351 

barbe bleue. Ce qui les degouta encore, c'est qu'il avait 
dejd epouse plusieurs femmes, et qu'on ne savait ce que ces 
femmes ^talent devenues. La Barbe Bleue, pour faire con- 
naissance, les mena, avec quelques jeunes gens du voisinage? 
k une de ses maisons de campagne, oii on demeura huit 
jours entiers. Ce n'etaient que promenades, que parties de 
chasse et de p^che, que danses et festins : on ne dormait 
point, et on passait toute la nuit k se faire des malices les 
uns aux autres; enfin, tout alia si bien, que la cadette com- 
men9a a trouver que le maitre du logis n'avait plus la 
barbe si bleue, et que c'etait un fort honnete homme. Des 
qu'on fut de retour d la ville le mariage se conclvj;, Au 
bout d'un mois, la Barbe Bleue dit d sa femme qu'il etait 
oblige de faire un voyage en province, de six semaines au 
moins, pour une affaire de consequence ; qu'il la priait de 
se bien divertir pendant son absence ; qu'elle fit venir ses 
amies, qu'elles les mendt k la campagne si elle voulait ; que 
partout qWq fit bonne chere. — Perrault. 

[Any one may pass who does well the above translation, even 
should he not answer a single question in Grammar, 
The following questions are set to give a better chance to 
those whose translation may not be quite satisfactory, and 
who by answering them will show that they have a fair 
knowledge of elementary grammar. Even should the can- 
didate feel that his translation is good enough, it will be 
well for him, if he can, to answer the last question (No. b), 
and thereby make sure of a high mark for this examina- 
tion.'] 

2. Give in full the tense of tbe italici-zA^ »^erbs ir t^<^ 
above. 

3. Give the principal tenses of marcher^ *m>*k 9^i^i^s are, 



392 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

mentir (thus : Inf., etre; Pres. Part., Uant; Past Part., 
ete ; Ind. Pres.,/^ suis; Fret,, je f us). 

4. Say what you know about the position of adjectives. 

5. Translate into French : — 

(a) Have you ever read Perrault's Fairy Tales? {i) 
They are very pretty and. easy, (c) Everybody in France 
has read them, {d) Perrault was born in Paris, Jan. 12, 
1628. 



GERMAN. 

[State how long you have studied German, under whose in- 
struction, and what German hook or looks you have read.'[ 



TRANSLATE INTO GeRMAN : 

1. On ^ this hill ^ were many • houses * which were beau- 
tiful* and large, but the merchant' did not wish to 
purchase' them because® they were exposed* to the North- 
wind.i<^ 

2. He has not-yet" been at home, but his brother" will 
be in this house to-morrow.^* 

3. At two o'clock" yesterday ^'^ the soldiers ".of the 
enemy" were in their trenches," but at three o'clock we 
had already^* defeated^ them and driven-them-back ^* into 
the city. 22 



GERMAlSr. 393 

4. Your father ^ is now in the garden,** but he will soon " 
go into his room.^* 

5. He became^ ill^^ while* he was (still) here, and, 
since ^ he has no money,*^ I shall give *^ him some if he re- 
mains ^ much longer. 

*auf. *tcr §agct. «i)tctc. *ba3 §au«. ^fd^on. «bcr ^auf- 
mann. ^faufcn. ^lueil. • auffe^en (separate verb). "ber9?crb- 
iDinb (use dative), "ned^nidjt. ^^53rubcr. ^^morgcn. ^^U^r. 
^^gcflern. ^*bcr ©clbat. "bcr^etnb. "ble ©d^anjc. "fc^on. 
^((^lagcn. ^^ juriidtrciben (separable verb, irregular or strong 
conjunction), ^^bie @tabt. ^fdaitx, ^t>tx ®artcn. ^haio. 

@elb. '2 geben. ^ bletbcn. 

n. 

1. You are an amiable * flatterer,* and your good opinion • 
of* us shows* that the Germans' and the British^ are 
capable ® of a true sympathy • (gen.). 

2. Both-the ^° great nations " will derive ^* ample " profit ^* 
from ^^ the friendly " fostering " of a sincere " understand- 
ing.i* 

3. Oh! that is the blackest*^ calumny!** said he; she 
depicts ^ me as the greatest epicure.^^ 

4. Translate : Whose house is that ? Which book have 
you ? The man whose book I have is not at home. 

* SicbenStDurbig. * ©d^mctd^ter. •SD'Jcinung, f. *i3on. *jcigcn. 
«ber 2)cut(c^c. "^ber 55rittc.« fa^ig. » ©t^mpat^ic. *<> both- 
the, beibe. "Station,! ^'^^tc'^cn. ** reidjhd}. ** ©etcinn, m. 
"au«. "freunbfc^aftlid). "??f(egc, f. "aufrid^tig. *» iberfldnb- 
nig, n. *^jcbn)ar3. *^ ^crleumbung. **f^ilbcrn. *»epifuraer. 



394 EXAMIi^ATIOl^ PAPEES. 

m. 

3, Translate: — 

5?o«ciufiIo, t)cr cbtc $oIc, tooHte cinfl ctncm ©eiftlid^en ;;u ©0(0* 
t^urn einigc i^Iafd^en gutcn 2[Beine8 iiberfenben. (Sr toa^lte baju 
etnen jungen Wlann mit ^^amcn 3^^^"^^/ ^^"^ iibcrlieg i^m filr bte 
9?eif c f ein cigeneS S^eit^ferb, ^2113 3^ttncr juritcff am, f agtc er : „ Tlzin 
gclb^err! ic^ tucrbc ^•'^r ^J3ferb nicbt trieber reiten, njenn i^ie m»r nid)t 
3uglci(^ 3lfc« Sorfe * mitgeben/' „Sie meinft SDu bcig?" fragte 
^oSciu^to. 3c^t"^^ anttDortctc: „@cbalb ein armer Mann aufber 
©trage ben $ut abnal^m unb «m etn ^illmofen bat, jtanb baS ^]3ferb 
augenbficflid^ ftiU unb ging ntc^t el^er toon ber ©teflc, al3 btS ber 
SBettler etn^a^ em^fangen ^atte, unb al9 mir enblid) ta^ @elb au^ging,* 
JDugte id) baS ^})ferb uur baburd) jufrieben ^u ftellcn unb ijomartS ju 
bringen, bag ic^ t^at, alS ob id^ ben ^ittenbcn etroaS gcibc. 

^ purse. * was gone. 



CHEMISTEY AND PHYSICS. 

CHEMISTEY. 

1. Describe experiments to show what happens when a 
candle burns. 

2. Describe the preparation of carbonic acid gas. 

3. Describe the element phosphorus and its uses. 

4. Describe Davy's safety-lamp. 



PHYSICS AKD ASTROifOMT. 395 

PHYSICS. 

6. Describe the barometer. 

6. Describe an experiment to show a metal expands on 
heating. 

7. Define the terms specific heat and latent heat. 

8. Describe the gold-leaf electroscope. 

9. Describe the action of an electric current on water. 



PHYSICS AND ASTRONOMY. 

1. What is the principle of the Bramah press ? 

2. How is the rate of vibration corresponding to a given 
musical note determined ? 

3. What is specific heat ? 

4. What is the principle of the electric telegraph ? 

5. What is the action of points on electricity ? 

6. How is the velocity of light determined ? 

7. Explain the phases of the moon. 

8. How is the moon's distance determined ? 

9. What is known of the sun's chemical constitution, and 
by what means ? 



396 EXAMINATIOiT PAPERS. 



BOTANY. 

1. Describe the germination of a cherry and of a horse- 
chesnut. 

2. How does a tuber differ from a fleshy root ? 

3. Describe, or give an outline sketch of, a palmately 
veined, once-compound leaf. 

4. Describe the fruits of the mulberry and apple. 

5. Is the flower given for examination regular and per- 
fect ? 

6. What kind of a flower-cluster does the plant given 
have? 

7. Is the calyx of the given flower free from, or adherent 
to, the ovary ? 

8. Describe the arrangement, venation, and shape of the 
leaves ; and write answers to the following questions : — 

{a) Is the plant exogenous or endogenous? (Give your 
reasons for the answer.) 

{])) Upon what are the stamens inserted ? 

(c) Is the flower monopetalous, polypetalous, or apetalous ? 



APPENDIX 



HARVARD COLLEGE, 

Cambridge, Mass. 

1877^78. 



EEQUISITIONS FOR ADMISSION. 

Candidates for admission to College in 1878, 1879, and 1880 will be examined 
in either of the two following methods at their option, the second method being that 
already in use : — 

Method 1. 

This method prescribes for the candidate a minimum req- 
uisition in every study , and a maximum requisition in two, 
selected from four principal studies at his option. 

Every candidate will he required to pasS a satisfactory 
epcamination in the following eleven subjects: — 

1,2. Latin. (1) Caesar, Gallic War I. - IV., with ques- 
tions on the subject-matter, and on construction and gram- 
matical forms ; — Virgil, Eclogues and Aeneid I. - IV., with 
questions on the subject-matter and on prosody ; — (2) the 
translation at sight of easy Latin prose; — and the transla- 
tion into Latin of simple English sentences, to test the can- 
didate's practical knowledge of grammar. (The passages 
set for translation at sight will be suited to the proficiency 
of those who have studied the prescribed books ; and can- 
didates will be supplied with a vocabulary of such words as 
they cannot reasonably be expected to know.) 

897 



V 

398 EXAMII^-ATIOK PAPERS. 

3, 4. Greeh, For five years, beginning with 1878, every 
candidate may offer himself for examination in either of 
the two following requirements : — 

A, (3) The translation at sight of easy passages of Xeno- 
phon (suited to the proficiency of those who have studied 
the first 111 pages of Goodwin's Greek Eeader or the first 
four books of the Anabasis), with a vocabulary of the less 
usual words ; — and (4) the translation into Greek of sim- 
ple sentences, such as those in the first 51 lessons of White's 
" First Lessons in Greek," to test the candidate's practical 
knowledge of grammar. 

B, (3) The first 111 pages of Goodwin's Greek Eeader 
(or Xenophon's Anabasis I. -lY.) and Iliad I. and XL vss. 
1-493, with questions on the subject-matter, and on con- 
struction and grammatical forms ; — and (4) the translation 
into Greek of simple sentences, such as those in the first 51 
lessons of White's " First Lessons in Greek," to test the can- 
didate's practical knowledge of grammar. 



5. Ancient History and Geography. Greek History to 
the death of Alexander ; Eoman History to the death of 
Commodus. Smith's smaller histories of Greece and Eome 
will serve to indicate the amount of knowledge demanded. 



6, 7, 8. Mathematics. (6) Arithmetic (Prime and Com- 
posite Numbers ; Factors, Divisors, and Multiples ; Propor- 
tion ; Decimals, including Percentage, Simple and Com- 
pound Interest, and Discount, but not the technical parts 
of Commercial Arithmetic ; Compound Numbers and the 
Metric System, the necessary tables and data being given 
on the papers ; Square roots) ; — (7) Algebra, through qua- 
dratic equations; — (8) Plane Geometry, as much as is con- 
tained in the first thirteen chapters of Peirce's Geometry. 



APPENDIX. 399 

9. Physics. Rolfe and Gillett's Manual, or parts I. and 
fl. of Arnott's Physics. 

10. English Composition. The candidate will be required 
to write a short English composition, correct in spelling, 
punctuation, grammar, division by paragraphs, and expres- 
sion. The subject for 1878 will be taken from one of the 
following works : Shakspeare's Macbeth, Coriolanus, or As 
You Like It; Irving's Sketch Book; Scott's Kenil worth, 
or Lady of the Lake. 

11. French or German. The translation at sight of easy 
French prose, or of easy German prose, if the candidate 
prefer to offer German. Proficiency in elementary gram- 
mar, a good pronunciation, or facility in speaking, will be 
accepted as an offset for some deficiency in translation. 
There will be no required examination in pronunciation* 
but it is recommended that attention be given to pronunci- 
ation from the outset. Candidates who offer German in 
place of French will be required to study French in place 
of German during the Freshman year. 

Every candidate will also he required to pass a satisfactory 
examination in at least two of the four following groups of sub- 
jects : — 

I. LATIK. 

1, 2. (1) Cicero's orations against Catiline, and Virgil's 
Aeneid V. -IX., with questions as in the minimum require- 
ment stated in subjects 1 and 2 above ; — (2) translation at 
sight of average passages from Cicero's orations ; — and Latin 
Composition. 

II. GKEEK. 

1, 2. (1) The translation at sight of average passages 
from Herodotus, with such help in notes as should be needed 



*00 EXAMIN-ATIOlf PAPERS. 

by those who have studied the Herodotus in Goodwin's 
Eeader (pp. 113-191) or pp. 201-280 of Blakesley's text of 
Herodotus; — (2) simple Greek prose composition; — and 
either the translation at sight of average passages from the 
Iliad (the candidate being supplied with a vocabulary of 
the less usual words), or Iliad, I., 11. vss. 1 - 493, and III., 
with questions on the passages set for translation. 

[Candidates who are examined in Iliad I. and II., in the 
course marked B under 3, 4 (above), will be examined in 
Iliad III, IV., and VL, in place of Iliad I.- HI.] 

III. MATHEMATICS. 

1,2. (1) Logarithms and Plane Trigonometry; — and 
(2) Solid Geometry. 

IV. PHYSICAL AKD NATURAL SCIENCE. 

1, 2. (1) Arnott's Physics, as far as Part IV., Section III., 
and (2) either Chemistry (Nichols' Abridgment of Eliot 
and Storer's Manual) or Botany (Gray's " How Plants 
Grow," with analysis of simple specimens). 

In each of the four departments, Latin, Greek, Mathe- 
matics, and Physical and Natural Science, two courses will 
be carried on in the Freshman year ; an ordinary course 
adapted to the state of preparation of those who are admit- 
ted with the minimum requirements, stated in subjects 1-9 
above ; and an advanced course for those who are admitted 
with the maximum requirement, last given above. 



appen-dix. 401 

Method 2. 

Candidates will he examined as heretofore in one of the 
tioo following courses of study, each embracing sixteen sub- 

jects : — 

COUESE I. 

1. Latin G^ro^mmar (including Prosody). 

2. Lati7i Compositio7i and Latin at sight. This will in- 
clude the translation at sight of some passage in prose not 
included in the following requisitions. 

3. Caesar, Sallust andOvid. Oaesar, Gallic War, Books 
I. -IV. ; Sallust, Catiline; Ovid, four thousand lines. 

4. Cicero and Virgil, Cicero, eight orations and the 
Cato Major ; Virgil, Eclogues, and the Aeneid, Books I. - VI. 



5. GreeJc Grammar (including metres). 

6. Greeh Composition (with the accents). 

7. Greek Prose, Goodwin and Allen's Greek Eeader ; 
or Xenophon's Anabasis, Books I. -IV., and the seventh 
book of Herodotus. 

8. Greek Poetry. Homer's Iliad, Books I. - III., omitting 
the catalogue of ships. 

9. Arithmetic (including the metric system of weights 
and measures, and the use and rudiments of the theory of 
logarithms). The examples requiring the use of logarithms 
at the examination will be adapted to a four-place table. 

10. Algebra (through quadratic equations). 

11. Plane Geometry (as much as is contained in the first 
thirteen chapters of Peirce's Geometry). 



12. Ancient History and Geography. Greek History to 
the death of Alexander; Koman History to the death of 
Commodus. Smith's smaller liistories of Greece and Rome 



403 EXAMIKATIOK PAPEES. 

will serve to indicate the amount of knowledge demanded 
in history. 

13. Modern and Physical Geography. The following 
works will serve to indicate the amount of knowledge de- 
manded in this subject : — in modern geography, Guyot's 
Common School Geography, or Miss Hall's Oar World, ISTo. 
2 ; in physical geography, Guyot's Physical Geography, Parts 
II. III., or Warren's Physical Geography, the first forty-nine 



14. English Composition. Each candidate will be re- 
quired to write a short piece of English, correct in spelling, 
punctuation, grammar, division by paragraphs, and expres- 
sion. The subject for 1878 will be taken from one of the 
following works : Shakspere's Macbeth, Coriolanus, or As 
You Like It ; Irving's Sketch Book ; Scott's Kenilworth, 
or Lady of the Lake. 

15. French or Oerman, The translation at sight of easy 
French prose, or of easy German prose if the candidate pre- 
fer to offer German. Proficiency in elementary grammar, 
a good pronunciation, or facility in speaking, will be ac- 
cepted as an offset for some deficiency in translation. There 
will be no required examination in pronunciation, but it is 
recommended that attention be given to pronunciation 
from the outset. Candidates who offer German in place of 
French will be required to study French in place of German 
during the Freshman year. 

16. Physical Science. One of the three following sub- 
jects, the selection of the subject being left to the candi- 
date : — 

1. Elementary Botany. 

2. Rudiments of Physics and of Chemistry. 

3. Rudiments of Physics and of Descriptive Astronomy. 
The following books will serve to indicate the nature and 

extent of this requisition : — 



APPENDIX. 403 

In Botany, Gray's How Plants Grow. 

In Physics, Balfour Stewart's Primer of Physics. 

In Chemistry, Roscoe's Primer of Chemistry. 

In Astronomy, Eolf e and Gillet's Handbook of the Stars 
(first 124 pages). 

Candidates who offer Botany will be required to give evi- 
dence that they can analyze simple specimens ; and those 
who offer Physics or Chemistry, that they can perform sim- 
ple experiments like those described in the Primers referred 
to above. 

COURSE II. 

1. Latin Grammar (including Prosody). 

2. Latin AutJiors. Caesar, Gallic War, Books I. and 
II. ; Cicero, six orations and the Cato Major ; Virgil, Aeneid, 
Books I. -VI. 

3. Greeh Grammar (including metres). 

4. Greek Authors. Goodwin and Allen's Greek Reader, 
first 111 pages, or Xenophon's Anabasis, Books I. -IV. ; Ho- 
mer's Iliad, Books I. and IL, omitting the catalogue of ships. 

5. Arithmetic, This requisition is the same as No. 9 of 
Course I. 

6. Elementary Algebra. This requisition is the same 
as No. 10 of Course I. 

7. Advanced Algebra. This subject, with the preced- 
ing, is regarded as embracing as much Algebra as is con- 
tained in the advanced text-books, such as the larger Alge- 
bras of Todhunter, Loomis, Greenleaf, etc. 

8. Plane Geometry. This requisition is the same as No. 
11 of Course I. 

9. Solid Geometry (as much as is contained in Peirce's 
Geometry). 

10. Plane Trigonometry (by the Analytic Method ; as 
much as is contained in the first six chapters of Peirce's 



404 EXAMIIfATIOI^ PAPERS. 

Trigonometry, or in the large print of the first eight chap- 
ters of Ohauvenet's Trigonometry). 

11. The Elements of Plane Analytic Geometry (as much 
as is contained in Peck's Analytic Geometry, pages 1-151, 
omitting articles 40 - 43, 54, 57 - 61, 72, 74-76, and the more 
difficult problems). 

12-16. These requisitions are the same as Nos. 12-16 
Course I. 

Candidates who enter College on Course II. substitute 
elective studies, amounting to four exercises a week, either 
in Mathematics or in some other subject, for the Mathemat- 
ics of the Freshman year. 



No particular text-book in Grammar is required; but 
either Allen's or Harkness's Latin Grammar, and either 
Goodwin's or Hadley's Elementary Greek Grammar, will 
serve to indicate the nature and amount of the grammati- 
cal knowledge demanded. 

In Latin the following pronunciation is recommended : 
a as iia. father, a the same sound but shorter; e like e in. fete, 
e as in set ; * as in machine, I as in sit ; o as in hole, d as in 
nor ; ^ as in rude, u as in put ; j like y in year ; c and g like 
Greek x and 7^. 

Instructors are requested to teach their pupils in pronounc- 
ing Greek to use the Greek accents, and to give (for example) 
a the sound of a in father, 7) that of a in fate, t that of i in 
machine, etc. 

It is earnestly recommended that the requisitions in Latin 
and Greek Authors be accurately complied with ; real equiv- 
alents, however, will be accepted, as, for example, under 
Method 2, Caesar's Gallic "War, Books V. and VL, in place of 
Hallust's Catiline ; two additional orations of Cicero in place 
of the Cato Major ; the seventh book of the Aeneid in place 



APPENDIX. 405 

of the Eclogues ; the last five books of the Aeneid in place 
of Ovid. 

No partial substitutions or interchanges between Courses 
I. and 11. of Method 2 will be allowed ; but candidates can 
present themselves on hoth courses, or on one course with 
additional subjects belonging to the other. 

No partial substitution or interchange between Method 
1 and Method 2 will be allowed. 

If a candidate passes with high credit in any one or more 
of the following groups of subjects (in Method I), namely, — 

Prescribed Classics (subjects 1, 2, 3, 4), 

Prescribed Mathematics (subjects 6, 7, 8), 

Prescribed and Elective Latin (subjects 1, 2, and Group 

Prescribed and Elective Greek (subjects 3, 4, and Group 

II.). 

Prescribed and Elective Mathematics (subjects 6, 7, 8, 
and Group III.), 

Prescribed and Elective Physics (subject 9 and Group 
IV.), — such distinction will be noted on his certificate of 
admission. 

A set of recent examination papers will be sent to any 
address, on application to James W. Harris, Secretary. 

PRELIMINARY EXAMINATIONS. 

[These examinations are held only in June.'l 

Any candidate for admission to College may, at his op- 
tion, pass the entire examination at one time ; or he may 
pass a preliminary examination, on a part of the course, 
and be examined on the remaining subjects in some subse- 
quent year (not the same year). But no candidate will be 
admitted to examination on a part of any subject; and no 
account w ill be made of, nor certificate be given for, the 



406 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 

preliminary examination, unless the candidate has passed 
satisfactorily in at least five subjects. 

Candidates will be received for the preliminary examina- 
tion only in subjects in which their teachers give them cer- 
tificates as prepared. 

These certificates must he in the hands of Mr. J. W. Har- 
ris, Secretary, lefore June 21, 1878; and no percon will be 
received at the preliminary examination in 1878 who has not 
presented his certificate lefore that day. 

The preliminary examination (in Method 1) will be lim- 
ited to the prescribed subjects, and will not be allowed to 
include any of the advanced or elective subjects ; and cer- 
tificates will be granted for any five prescribed subjects. 

Teachers are advised and requested not to present their 
pupils for preliminary examination on the whole minimum 
in either Greek, Latin, or Mathematics, unless they mean 
to prepare them in the advanced subjects in the same study. 

Candidates are encouraged to offer more than two of the 
four elective groups of Method 1 at the final examination, 
provided they have time to do the necessary work in a thor- 
ough manner. 

OPTIONAL EXAMKATIONS. 

A principal aim in providing these optional examinations 
is to encourage teachers to carry the studies of their brighter 
and more diligent pupils beyond the bare requisitions for ad- 
mission, in whatever direction taste or opportunity may sug- 
gest. Full employment may thus be secured for the most 
capable student until he is thought mature enough to enter 
College, while his greater progress in school will make his 
College course more profitable, by enabling him to take up 
his studies at a more advanced stage, or to give more time 
to the studies of his choice. 



APPEN^DIX. 407 

THE CLASSICS. 

Candidates who present themselves upon Course I. will 
be at liberty to offer themselves for additional examination 
upon one or both of the following classical courses : — 

(1) Latin. 
Livy, two books. 

Horace, Odes and Epodes. 

The translation at sight of a passage from the philosoph- 
ical works of Cicero. 
The retranslation of the English of a similar passage into 

Latin. 

(2) Greek. 

Plato, Apology and Crito. 

Homer, Iliad, Books IV. -YIIL, or Odyssey, Books IV., 
IX.-XIL 

Euripides, Alcestis; or Homer, Odyssey, Books V.-VII. 

The translation at sight of a passage from the works of 
Xenophon. 

Translation from English into Greek. 

1^0 candidate will be required to present himself at these 
examinations ; but those who pass them with high credit, 
in addition to the other classical examinations of Course I. 
above, will be admitted, immediately on entering College, 
to advanced sections in Latin and Greek, or to elective 
studies either in the Classics or in other departments, in 
place of the Freshman studies thus anticipated. All those 
who wish to attain distinction in classical studies, or to 
graduate with classical honors, are advised to pass these 
examinations on entering. 

MATHEMATICS. 

An advanced section in Mathematics is formed in the 
Freshman class, consisting of those who receive high marks 



408 EXAMINATION" PAPERS. 

in the Mathematical subjects required in Method 2, Course 
I., and also pass a creditable examination in Ad'vanced Al- 
gebra, Plane Trigonometry, and Solid Geometry, as required 
in Method 2, Course 11. Candidates who do not present 
Solid Geometry may, however, be admitted to the section, 
on condition of making up that subject. 

The design of this section is not to anticipate the sub- 
jects taught in the elective courses, but to afford to students 
of good ability and preparation a more valuable training 
and a greater practical command of their Mathematics than 
they can gain in the ordinary course, and to facilitate the 
taking of Second- Year Honors in Mathematics at the end 
of the Sophomore year. It is recommended to those who 
desire to attain special distinction in Mathematics or Phys- 
ical Science, and to all who would turn their Mathematical 
study to the best account. 

1^** Freshmen will hereafter be allowed to take elective 
studies in place of their Mathematics, if they anticipate all 
the Mathematical subjects of the Freshman year, but not 
otherwise. 

PHYSICS. 

Candidates who pass a satisfactory examination at ad- 
mission upon the course in Physics of the Freshman year 
may substitute for that course an elective study. 

GERMAN. 

Candidates for admission who present French may offer 
themselves for examination also in German Grammar and 
the translation of simple German prose ; upon passing such 
examination with credit they will be allowed to substitute 
some elective course or courses in place of the Freshman 
course in German. 



APPEI^DIX. 409 

PBESCEIBED STUDIES OF THE SOPHOMORE AND JUKIOB 
YEAES. 

Candidates for admission to the Freshman Class who are 
prepared to pass a creditable examination upon any of the 
prescribed studies of the Sophomore and Junior years may 
pass such examination at the beginning of the Freshman 
Year, instead of at the beginning of the year in which the 
study is pursued, and thereby relieve themselves from at- 
tendance at the exercises in that study in College. 

ADVANCED STANDINa. 

A candidate may be admitted to the Sophomore, Junior, 
or Senior class, if he appear on examination to be well 
versed in the following studies : — 

1. In the studies required for admission to the Freshman 
Class. 

2. In all the prescribed studies already pursued by the 
3lass for which he is offered; and in as many elective stud- 
ies as he would have pursued if he had entered at the 
beginning of the course, including, if he is offered in 
Course II., elective studies substituted for the Mathematics 
of the Freshman year. 

All candidates for admission to advanced standing must 
be examined at the times of the regular examinations for 
admission, and in conformity with the following rules : — 

1. All candidates for admission to advanced standing 
must be examined for admission to the Freshman Class ; 
for this examination they may offer themselves at either the 
first or the second examination. 

2. The examination on the studies of the Freshman, 
Sophomore, and Junior years is held only in the autumn^ 
at the time of the regular examination for admission. 



410 EXAMIKATIOK PAPERS. 

3. All candidates for admission to advanced standing 
will assemble on Tuesday, September 24, 1878, at 8 o'clock 
A. M., in Harvard Hall. 

In the case of graduates of other colleges who seek admis- 
sion to Harvard College, the examination will be directed 
to ascertaining whether their previous course of study has 
been sufficiently extensive, and their proficiency in it suffi- 
ciently great, to fit them to join the class for which they 
offer themselves ; a minute acquaintance with all the ground 
they have previously gone over not being essential. Such 
candidates should bring evidence of their standing at the 
colleges where they received their degree. 

TIMES AND PLACES OF EXAMINATION. 

Two regular examinations for admission to the Freshman 
Class are held each year, one at the beginning of the sum- 
mer vacation, and the other at the beginning of the aca- 
demic year in the autumn. 

In 1878 the first examination will be held in Cambridge, 
and in Cincinnati, Ohio, on Thursday, Friday, and Satur- 
day, June 27, 28, and 29 ; and the second in Cambridge 
only, on Wednesday, Thursday, and Friday, September 25, 
26, and 27. For each examination attendance on the three 
days is required. Candidates will assemble punctually at 
8 o'clock A. M., — in Cambridge, in Harvard Hall ; in Cin- 
cinnati, at some place to be announced in the daily papers 
of that city. 

Candidates who propose to be examined in Cincinnati 
are requested to send their names to the Secretary of the 
University before June 15. 

Persons who do not intend to enter College will be ad- 
mitted, on payment of a fee of ten dollars, to the examina- 



APPESTDIX. 411 

tion at Cincinnati ; and if successful will receive certificates 
to that effect. 

The Optional Examinations will be held at the time of 
the second examination for admission ; those in Mathemat- 
ics, at the first examination also. 

The Preliminary Examinations will be held at the time 
of the first examination only. 

No person ivill be examined for admission to College at any 
bther time than those above specified, 

ADMISSION WITHOUT MATKICULATION. 

The elective courses of study are open to persons not less 
than twenty-one years of age, who satisfy the Faculty, with- 
out passing the usual examination for admission, that they 
are fitted for the courses they select. They will receive no 
degree ; but at the end of each academic year they will re- 
ceive a certificate of proficiency in those courses which they 
pursue during the year, and in which they attain not less 
than seventy-five per cent. 

Persons who wish to avail themselves of this provision 
must present themselves at Harvard Hall, September 26, 
1878, at 10 A. M., with the necessary testimonials as to age, 
character, and fitness to attend the courses they wish to 
pursue. 

TESTIMONIALS AND BOND. 

All candidates for admission are required, at the time of 
the final examination for admission to the Freshman Class, 
to produce certificates of good moral character; and stu- 
dents from other colleges are required to bring certificates 
from those colleges of honorable dismission. 

Every candidate, if admitted, must furnish to the Bursar 
a bond tor four hundred dollars, executed by two bondsmen, 



412 EXAMIKATIOK PAPERS 

one of them a citizen of Massachusetts, as security for the 
payment of College dues. If the student prefer, however, 
he may in place of the bond make a deposit with the Bursar 
for the same purpose. A similar bond for two hundred dol- 
lars, or a deposit, will be required of unmatriculated stu- 
dents. 

ANTICIPATION OF PRESCBIBED STUDIES. 

As the prescriped studies of the Sophomore and Junior 
years are of an elementary character, students who wish to 
be relieved from attendance at College exercises in one or 
more of them will be so excused, if they pass a satisfactory 
examination in such study or studies at the time of their 
examination for admission, or at the beginning of the year 
in which the study is pursued in College. Preparation for 
such examination can often be made while the student is 
preparing for College, or in the long vacation, and time 
may be thus gained for higher courses of study. 

For information concerning the College not contained in 
this circular the Catalogue should be consulted. 

The College itself no longer issues au anntial catalogue. 
" The Harvard University Catalogue " (price in cloth, 75 
cents ; in paper, 50 cents) is published by Mr. Charles 
W. Sever, bookseller, Cambridge, Mass., to whom orders 
for it may be addressed. 

Circulars giving information about the professional schools 
of the University, the Scientific School, and the Bussey In- 
stitution, may be obtained on application to J. W. Har- 
Eis, Secretary, Cambiidge, Mass. 



ALLEN & GREENOUGH'S LATIN GRAMMAR. 



The first edition was published in 1872, and was widely adopted, reaching a 
sale of over JO, 000 copies. In 1877, the editors completed a revision, which has 
made it virtually a new work while retaining all the important features of the old. 
Attention is invited to the following merits of the book : 

I. The Supplementary and Marginal Notes on Etymology, Comparative Philol- 
ogy, and the meaning of forms. In this department it is believed to be more full 
and complete than any other school text-book, and to embody the most advanced 
views of comparative philologists. 

2. Numerous Introductory Notes in the Syntax^ giving a brief view of the theory 
of constructions. These Notes are original contributions to the discussion of the 
topics of which they treat ; they illustrate and greatly simplify syntactical construe-, 
tion, and are not based upon abstract theory, or " metaphysics of the subjunctive," 
but upon linguistic science, or upon the actual historical development of language 
from its simplest forms. 

3. Treatment of Special Topics of Syntax. On these points we invite compari* 
son with other school grammars on the score of simplicity and clearness. 

4. The extended, and often complete, lists of forms and constructions. 

5. Tabulated examples of peculiar or idiomatic use. 

6. The full and clear treatment of Rhythm and Versification, corresponding 
with the latest and best authorities on the subject. 

7. The unusual brevity attained without sacrifice of completeness or clearness. 
This Grammar expresses the results of independent study of the best original 

sources. It has been strictly subordinated to the uses of the class-room through the 
advice and aid of several of our most experienced teachers. The rapid adoption 
of this Grammar in over three-fourths of the leading colleges and preparatory schools 
of the country is believed to be a full guaranty for its adaptation to the purposes of 
instruction. 



ALLEN k GREENOUGH'S LATIN COURSE. 



Leighton's Latin Lessons (designed to accompany the Grammar). 

Six ^Weeks' Preparation for Reading Caesar (designed to accompany 
the Grammar, and also to prepare pupils for reading at sight). 

Allen 8c Greenough's Caesar,* Cicero,* Virgil,* Ovid,* Sallust, Cato 
Major, Latin Composition, Preparatory Latin Course, No. IL 
(with Vocabulary), containing four books of Caesar's Gallic War, and eight 
Orations of Cicero. 

Keep's Parallel Rules of Greek and Latin Syntax. 

Allen's Latin Reader. Selections from Caesar, Curtius, Nepos, Sallust, Ovid, 

Virgil, Plautus, Terence, Cicero, Pliny, and Tacitus. With Vocabulary. 
Crowell & Richardson's Brief History of Roman Literature. 
Crowell's Selections from the Less Knovrn Latin Poets. 
Stickney's De Natura Deorum. 
Allen's (F. D.) Remnants of Early Latin. 
Leighton's Critical History of Cicero's Letters. 
Leighton's Elementary Treatise on Latin Orthography. 
White's Junior Student's Latin-English Lexicons. 

* With or without Vocabulary. 

A Full Descriptive Catalogue maiied on Application. 

GINN & HEATH, Publisliers, Boston, New York, and OMcago. 



GREEK TEXT-BOOKS. 



Good-win's Greek Grammar. Revised and Enlarged Edition for 1879, 

It states general principles clearly and distinctly, with special regard to those who an 

preparing for college. 
^t excludes all detail which belongs to a book of reference, and admits whatever will 

aid a pupil in mastering the great principles of Greek Gravunar. 
The sections on the Syntax of the Verb are generally condensed from the author's 

larger work on the Greek Moods and Tenses. (See below.) 
// contains a brief statement of the author's new classification of conditional sentences^ 

with its application to relative and temporal sentences, which appears now for the 

first time in an elementary form. 
It contains a catalogue of irregular verbs, constructed entirely with reference to the 

wants of beginners. 
All forms are excluded {with a few exceptions^ which are not found in the strictly 

classic Greek before Aristotle. 
White's First Lessons in Greek. Prepared to accompany Goodwin's 

Greek Grammar. 

A series of Greek-English and English-Greek Exercises, taken mainly frotn the 
first four books of Xenophon's Anabasis, with Additional Exercises on Forms, and 
complete Vocabularies. The Lessons are carefully graded, and do not follow the 
order of arrangement of the Grammar, but begin the study of the verb with the 
second Lesson, and then pursue it alternately with that of the remaining parts of 
speech. It contains enough Greek Prose Composition for entrance into atiy college. 

Leighton's Greek Lessons. Prepared to accompany Goodwin's Greek 
Grammar. 
A progressive series of exercises (both Greek and English), mainly selected 

from the first book of Xenophon's Anabasis. The exercises on the Moods are 

sufficient, it is believed, to develop the general principles as stated in the Grammar. 

Good-win & White's First Four Books of the Anabasis. 

Good-win's Greek Reader contains the first and second books of the Ana- 
basis, Also, selections from Plato, Herodotus, and Thucydides; being the 
full amount of Greek Prose required for admission at Harvard University. 

Good-win's Selections from Xenophon and Herodotus contains the 
first four books of the Anabasis, the greater part of the second book of the Hel- 
lenica of Xenophon, and extracts from the sixth, seventh, and eighth books of 
Herodotus. 

Anderson's First Three Books of Homer's Iliad. 

Good-win's Greek Moods and Tenses. Gives a plain statement of the 
principles which govern the construction of the Greek Moods and Tenses, — 
the most important and the most difficult part of Greek Syntax. 

F. D. Allen's Prometheus of .aSschylus. 
Tarbell's Orations of Demosthenes. 
Flagg's Public Harangues of Demosthenes. 
Tyler's Selections from the Greek Lyric Poets. 
Seymour's Selections from Pindar and the Bucolic Poets. 
Whiton's Select Orations of Lysias. 
White's CBdipus Tyrannus of Sophocles. 
F. D. Allen's Medea of Euripides. 

Sidgvrick's Introduction to Greek Prose Composition. 
White's Schmidt's Rhythmic and Metric of the Classical Lan- 
guages. 
Liddell & Scott's Greek-English Lexicons. Abridged and Unabridged. 

A Full Descriptive Catalogue mailed on application. 
GHOT & HEATH, Publishers, Boston, New York, and Chicago. 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



Elementary Lessons in the English Language, for Home and 
School use, by W. D. Whitney of Yale College, and Mrs. N. L. Knox, Gradu- 
ate of the Oswego Normal School, late teacher of Methods in the Brockport 
Normal School, and a very successful primary teacher. 

This book is in two parts. Part I. contains no technical Grammar. It is 
designed to give children such a knowledge of the English Language as will 
enable them to speak, write, and use it with accuracy and force. It is made 
up of exercises to increase and improve the vocabulary, lessons in enunciation, 
pronunciation, spelling, sentence-making, punctuation, the use of capitals, 
abbreviations, drill in writing number and gender forms, and the possessive 
form, letter-writing, and such other matters pertaining to the art of the lan- 
guage as may be taught simply, clearly, and profitably. Many and varied oral 
and written exercises supplement every lesson. Part II. is an introduction to 
" The Essentials of English Grammar." 

The Teacher's Edition, prepared by Mrs. N. L. Knox, contains, be- 
side the text, plans for developing the lessons in the book, matter for oral 
lessons and methods of giving them, impromptu test-exercises, dictation les- 
sons, plans for conducting reviews, and other valuable aids to the easy, attract- 
ive, and successful teaching of Language. 

The Essentials of English Grammar, for the use of Schools, by 
Prof. W. D. Whitney of Yale College. 

This is an English Grammar of the English Language, prepared by the 
best philologist in this country, and has already been re-published in England. 
It is clear, practical, and complete. It proceeds from facts to principles, and 
from these to classifications and definitions. Mechanical forms, unnecessary 
classifications, and abstract definitions are avoided. 

The exercises, selected from the best English writers, leave none of the 
usual and regular forms of English structure untouched. 

The plan of analysis is simple. The ordinary method of Gender in Nouns 
is displaced by one truer and far simpler. The sharp distinction of verb-phrases 
or compound forms from the real verb-forms is original and scholarly. 

The facts of English Grammar are presented in such a way as to lay the 
best foundation for the further and higher study of Language in all its depart- 
ments. This book is accompanied by 

A Manual for the use of Teachers, prepared by Mrs. N. L. Knox. 
The Manual is designed to supply methods of developing and emphasizing 
the lessons of the text, to furnish material for every-day application and prac- 
tice, questions and tests for review, and tabular views and outlines (for the 
blackboard) to guide the pupils in study, recitation, and review. 

Gilmore's Outlines of the Art of Expression : A Treatise on Eng- 
lish Composition and Rhetoric, designed especially for Academies, High Schools, 
and the Freshman Class in Colleges. 

This book is admirably fitted to help students in English who are pre- 
paring for admission to college ; or to give them, after they have entered 
college, such preliminary training as will enable them to profit by higher and 
more systematic instruction in Rhetoric and Linguistic Science. 

A good book for reviewing English Grammar in the High School, and 
for studying Grammar from a historical standpoint. 

A Full Descriptive Catalogue mailed on application. 

GDOT & HEATH; Publisliers, Boston, New York, and OMcago. 



MATHEMATICS AND SCIENCE. 



We have in course of preparation a complete series of text-books in both 
of the above departments. 

A Series of Arithmetics by Dr. Thomas Hill, Ex-President of Har- 
vard University, and George A. Wentworth, Professor of Mathematics in Phil- 
lips (Exeter) Academy. The Primary will probably be ready in June, 1879. 

A Geometry for Beginners, Adapted to lower and Grammar-School 
work. By G. A. HiLL of Harvard University. (Ready in June, 1879.) 

"Wentworth's Elementary Algebra, (in preparation.) 

Wentworth's Plane and Solid Geometry is based upon the as- 
sumption that Geometry is a branch of practical logic, the object of which is to 
detect, and state clearly and precisely, the successive steps from premise to con- 
clusion. 

In each proposition a concise statement of what is given is printed in otie kind 
of type, of what is required in another, and the demonstration in still another. The 
reason for each step is indicated in small type, between that step and the one fol- 
lowing, thus preventing the necessity of interrupting the process of demonstration 
by referring to a previous proposition. 

A limited use has been made of symbols, wherein symbols stand for words and 
not for operations. The propositions have been so arranged that in no case is it 
necessary to turn the page in reading a demonstration. 

A large experience in the class-room convinces the author that, if the teacher 
will rigidly insist upon the logical form adopted in this work, the pupil will avoid 
the discouraging difficulties which usually beset the beginner in Geometry. 

Wheeler's Elements of Pleine and Spherical Trigonometry. 
Byerly's Differential Calculus. (Ready in June, 1879.) 

Used two years at Harvard in manuscript form. 
Peirce's Tables of Logarithmic and Trigonometric Functions 
to three and four places of Decimals. 

Peirce's Elements of Logarithms ; with an explanation of the Author's 
Three and Four Place Tables. 

Searle's Outlines of Astronomy. 

The Annals of the Astronomical Observatory of Harvard 
College. 

Elements of Natural Philosophy. A Text-Book for Common and 
High Schools. By Prof. A. E. DOLBEAR, A.M., of Tufts College, and A. P. Gage, 
Instructor in Physics in English High School, Boston. 

This treatise differs from most text-books on Natural Philosophy in beiiig based 
upon the doctrine of the conservation ofenefgy; this is made prominent in every de- 
partment of it. Whenever it is practicable, the experimental part precedes the 
statements of the laws ; that is to say, the laws are deduced from the experiments 
performed. (Ready in July, 1879.) 

Ste-wart's Elementary Physics. American edition. With questions 
and exercises by Prof. G. A. Hill of Harvard University. 

A Course in Scientific German. Prepared by H. B. Hodges, In- 
structor in Chemistry and German in Harvard University. With Vocabulary. 

Prepared to supply a want long felt by English and American students of 
science, of some aid in the acquirement of a knowledge of the German language 
of a sufficiently practical nature to enable them to read with ease the scientific 
literature of Germany. 

A Full Descriptive Catalogue mailed on application. 
GIO & HEATH, Publishers, Boston, New York, and OMcago. 



GOODWIN'S GREEK GRAMMAR. 

By WILLIAM W. GOODWIN, Ph. D., Eliot Professor of Greek 
Literature in Harvard University. 



The object of this Grammar is to state geiieral 'principles clearly 
and distinctly, with special regard to those who are preparing for 
college. The plan has been to exclude all detail which belongs to a 
book of reference, and to admit whatever will aid a pupil in master- 
ing the great principles of Greek Grammar. The Syntax has been 
allowed more space, proportionally, than the statement of the forms : 
this has been done from a conviction of the author that the chief 
principles of Syntax are a more profitable study for a pupil in the 
earlier years of his classical course than the details of vowel-changes 
and exceptional forms, which are often thought to be more season- 
able. The sections on the Syntax of the Verb are generally con- 
densed from the author's larger work on the Greek Moods and 
Tenses, to which advanced students, and especially teachers, are 
referred for a fuller exposition of many matters which are merely 
hinted at in the elementary grammar. The latter contains a 
brief statement of the author's new classification of conditional 
sentences, with its application to relative and temporal sentences, 
which is contained in full in the larger work, and which appears 
now for the first time in an elementary form. A catalogue of 
irregular verbs is added, which has been constructed entirely with 
reference to the wants of beginners. All forms are excluded (with 
a few exceptions) which are not found in the strictly classic Greek 
before Aristotle ; and all forms which are not used by Attic writers 
are enclosed in brackets. 



From Prof. J. T. Dunklin, Agricultural and Mechanical College 
of Alabama. 
For class instruction it has, in my opinion, no equal. All the 
necessary facts and principles of the Greek language are stated and 
illustrated so plainly and clearly, yet in so brief a compass, that stu- 
dents will find everything easy of comprehension and application, 
and be relieved from the unnecessary detail found in many school 
grammars. 



GUIDES FOR SGIENGE-TEACHINO. 

Designed to supplement Lectures giyen to Teachers of the 
Public Schools of Boston, 

By the Boston Society of Natural History. 

They are intended for the use of Teachers who desire to practically 
instruct classes in Natural History. Besides simple illustrations and 
instructions as to the modes of presentation and study, there are, in each 
pamphlet, hints which will be found useful in preserving, preparing, 
collecting, and purchasing specimens. 

No. I. About Pebbles. By Alpheus Hyatt, Custodian of the Bos- 
ton Society of Natural History, and Professor of Zoology and Paleontology 
in the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. This pamphlet is an 
illustration of the way in which a common object may be used profitably 
in teaching. This was the opening lecture of the course, and the one 
which gave rise to these little books. 

No. n. Concerning a Few Common Plants, By George 
L. Goodale, Professor of Botany in Harvard University. This is complete 
in two parts (which are bound together), and gives an account of the 
organs or " helpful parts " of plants, and how these can be cultivated and 
used in the schoolroom fc«* the mental training of children. 

No. HI. Commercial and other Sponges. By Prof. Al- 
pheus Hyatt. This gives an account of the sponges in common use, and 
of their structure, &c. Blustrated by 7 plates. 

No. IV. A First Lesson in Natural Mistory. By Mrs. 
Elizabeth Agassiz. Illustrated by 40 woodcuts and 4 plates. With 
admirable clearness and brevity, it gives in narrative form for young 
children a general history of Hydroids, Corals, and Echinoderms. 

No. V. Corals and Echinoderms. By Prof. Alpheus Hyatt. 
Blustrated by 12 plates. Intended to supply such information as teachers 
cannot get from other sources. 

No. VI. Mollusca. Oyster, Clam, and Snail. 

No. VIL Worms and Crustacea. Earthworm, Lobster, Com- 
mon Crab. 

No. VIII. Insects. Grasshopper. 

No. IX. Fishes. Yellow Perch. 

No. X. Frogs. Common Erog and Toad. 

No. XL Meptiles. Alligators and Tortoises. 

No. XII. Birds. 

No. XIII. Mammals. Common Rat 




YB 50507 






^p'l^"^ 




